Eaton Catalog Vol06 - Tab02 - 18 10 2021

Adjustable Frequency Drives
2.1 Product Overview . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

2
PowerXL DC1 V6-T2-2
OEM Drives 2
2.2 PowerXL DM1 Series Drives . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V6-T2-9
2
2.3 PowerXL DE1 Series Drives . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V6-T2-18
2.4 PowerXL DC1 Series Drives . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V6-T2-24 2

2.5 PowerXL DA1 Series Drives . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V6-T2-34 2
2.6 M-Max Series Drives . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V6-T2-45
2
PowerXL DG1
General Purpose Industrial Drives 2
2.7 PowerXL DG1 Series Drives
2
DG1 Drives . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V6-T2-57
EGS Enclosed Drives . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V6-T2-83 2
2.8 SVX Drives 2
SVX Drives . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V6-T2-114
SVX Enclosed Drives . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V6-T2-152
2
2
General Purpose HVAC Drives
2.9 PowerXL DH1 Series Drives 2
PowerXL DH1 Series Drives . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V6-T2-187 2
PowerXL DH1 Series Enclosed Drives . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V6-T2-207
Enclosed 18-Pulse Drive
2
2.10 H-Max Series Drives
H-Max Drives . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V6-T2-235 2
H-Max IntelliPass and IntelliDisconnect Drives . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V6-T2-247
2
Performance Drives 2
2.11 SPX Drives . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V6-T2-269
2
2.12 Clean Power Drives
Product Overview . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V6-T2-310
2
Enclosed Passive Filtered Drives 2
EGF Drives . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V6-T2-317
CFX Drives . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V6-T2-337 2
HCX Enclosed 12-Pulse Drives . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V6-T2-362 2
Enclosed 18-Pulse Drives
EGP Drives . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V6-T2-366 2
CPX Drives . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V6-T2-382 2
RGX Enclosed Regenerative Drives . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V6-T2-406
2.13 LCX Liquid Cooled Drives . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V6-T2-419
2
2.14 SPA/SPN/SPI Common DC Bus Drives . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V6-T2-435 2
2
2
2
Volume 6—Solid-State Motor Control CA08100007E—October 2021 www.eaton.com V6-T2-1

2.1 Adjustable Frequency Drives
Product Overview
A Drive For Any Application

2
Your application might call for Whether it is a standard Eaton drives are designed Whether designing a new
2 an ultra-compact solution,
clean power or future
product from the catalog or
a custom-enclosed variable
for industrial, HVAC, water/
wastewater treatment,
industrial complex, renovating
an existing structure or
2 configurability. frequency drive (VFD)
solution, Eaton delivers.
machinery OEM, continuous
process and commercial
developing a new machine,
Eaton has the right product
application demands. for your application.
2
PowerXL® Family
2
2
2
2 Application DE1 DC1 DA1 DH1 DG1
EGF
(Filtered)
EGP
(18-Pulse)
2 Single-phase input Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes — —

Maximum 230 V hp 3 15 7.5 125 125 125 —
2 Maximum 480 V hp 10 30 15 250 1000 400 800
2 Maximum 575 V hp — — 20 250 800 250 —
2 OEM drives
General purpose HVAC drives
2 General purpose industrial
2 Performance
Low harmonic
2
9000X Family
2
2
2
2 CFX HCX CPX RGX
Application M-Max H-Max SVX SPX LCX SPI (Filtered) (12-Pulse) (18-Pulse) (AFE)
2 Single-phase input Yes — Yes Yes — — — — — —
2 Maximum 230 V hp 15 125 125 125 — — 100 60 200 —
2 Maximum 480 V hp 25 250 250 2200 3200 2400 400 125 800 900
Maximum 575 V hp 7.5 200 200 2300 2800 2200 400 — 800 750
2
OEM drives
2 General purpose HVAC drives
2 General purpose industrial
2 Performance
Low harmonic
2
= Open drive standard
2 = Enclosed drive standard
2 = Enclosed—consult Enclosed Drives Plant (Watertown, WI)
V6-T2-2 Volume 6—Solid-State Motor Control CA08100007E—October 2021 www.eaton.com

Product Overview
2.1
A History of Drives
Throughout the years, Eaton’s drive offering has evolved as technology has changed. Some
2
drives are no longer available, but are listed below for reference and aid in finding the drive in
our current offering that fits your application. If needed, please contact the Drives Technical 2
Resource Center (1-877-ETN-CARE, option 2, option 6) for assistance in finding the current
drive to suit your needs. 2
Legacy Product Offering
2
2
2
2
CP 2
Application HVX SLX NFX GVX MVX SV HV (18-Pulse)
Single-phase input Yes — Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes —

2
Maximum 230 V hp 75 40 2 50 7.5 100 150 — 2
Maximum 480 V hp 150 100 — 125 10 1100 1000 800 2
Maximum 575 V hp
2
— 100 — 125 10 800 700 —
OEM drives
General purpose HVAC drives

2
General purpose industrial 2
Performance 2
2
Low harmonic
Current product offering H-Max DG1 DE1 DC1 / DG1 DC1 / DA1 DG1 H-Max CPX
= Open drive standard
2
= Legacy product; no longer available 2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2

Product Overview
Product Selection Guide

2
2 OEM Drives
PowerXL DE1 Series PowerXL DC1 Series PowerXL DA1 Series M-Max Series
2
2
2
2
2 Page V6-T2-18 Page V6-T2-24 Page V6-T2-34 Page V6-T2-45
2 Applications Applications Applications Applications
Machinery OEM variable speed starter General-purpose microdrive High-performance microdrive General-purpose microdrive
2 Machinery OEM drive Machinery OEM drive
2 Description Description Description Description
The DE1 VSS is a variable speed The DC1 VFD is a compact VFD with only The DA1 VFD is the perfect match for The M-Max™ VFD is a compact microdrive
2 starter that brings the simplicity of a
electromechanical starter with the
14 basic parameters, SmartWire-DT® and
EtherNet/IP connectivity and outstanding
demanding OEM applications. High-
performance processor, safe torque off,
with a broad power range, perfectly suited
for machinery applications in many
additional functionality of a variable ease of mounting and installation. The DC1 multiple fieldbus protocols including industries: food and beverage, HVAC,
2 frequency drive. The DE1 offers simple
installation in a compact, keypad-less
is perfect for quick commissioning and is
ideal for panel builders. The newest version
SmartWire-DT, sensorless vector control
and the possibility to operate permanent
packaging, pumping, general machine
and more.
design. With the use of the intuitive plug-in adds support for sensorless vector magnet motors are sure to leave a lasting
2 configuration module or the integration of control and permanent magnet motor impression. The DA1 includes an IP66
SmartWire-DT®, the DE1 is the simplest compatibility. This drive supports single- offering as well.
2 solution for variable speed. The VSS is

great for HVAC, material handling and
phase motor applications, and an IP66
offering provides unique mounting with
general MOEM applications. integrated disconnect and cover controls.
2 Offering/Range Offering/Range Offering/Range Offering/Range
2 Single-phase to three-phase
230 V to 3 hp
Single-phase to single-phase
115 V to 0.75 hp
Single-phase to three-phase
230 V to 3 hp
115 V to 1.5 hp
230 V to 1.5 hp 230 V to 3 hp
2
Three-phase to three-phase Three-phase to three-phase
230 V to 3 hp Single-phase to three-phase 230 V to 7.5 hp Three-phase to three-phase
Three-phase to three-phase 115 V to 1.5 hp 480 V to 15 hp 230 V to 15 hp
2 480 V to 10 hp 230 V to 5 hp
Three-phase to three-phase
600 V to 20 hp 480 V to 25 hp
575 V to 7.5 hp
230 V to 15 hp
2 480 V to 30 hp
Enclosure Enclosure Enclosure Enclosure

2 Open IP20 Open IP20, IP66 Open IP20, IP66 Open IP20, IP21
2 Open NEMA 1
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2

Product Overview
2.1
2
General Purpose Industrial Drives General Purpose HVAC Drives 2
Enclosed
PowerXL DG1 Series SVX PowerXL DH1 Series PowerXL DH1 Series 2
2
2
2
2
2
Page V6-T2-57 Page V6-T2-114 Page V6-T2-187 Page V6-T2-207
Applications Applications Applications Applications 2

General-purpose drive General-purpose drive General-purpose HVAC drive General-purpose HVAC drive
2
Description Description Description Description
The DG1 general-purpose drives are part The SVX VFD is a general-purpose, The DH1 HVAC/R drives are part of the The enclosed DH1 HVAC/R drives are part 2
of the Eaton next-generation PowerXL compact, modular solution for variable Eaton next generation PowerXL series of of the Eaton next generation PowerXL
series of adjustable frequency drives
specifically engineered for today’s more
speed applications and offers a variety
of features and application capabilities.
variable frequency drives specifically
engineered to exceed the demands of the
series of variable frequency drives
specifically engineered to exceed the
2
demanding commercial and industrial With a reliable design, quick startup and HVAC/R market. With an industry-leading demands of the HVAC/R market. The
applications. With an industry-leading
energy-efficiency algorithm, high short-
flexibility with options, the SVX provides a
great solution for customer's commercial
energy efficiency algorithm, high short-
circuit current rating and robust design, the
enclosed DH1 construction features allow
for easy installation, reliable operation and
2
circuit current rating and robust design,
the DG1 offers customers increased
and industrial applications. DH1 offers customers increased efficiency,
safety and reliability.
serviceability with additional onboard wire
space and removable conduit plates with 2
efficiency, safety and reliability. knockouts.
Offering/Range Offering/Range Offering/Range Offering/Range 2

230 V to 40 hp
230 V to 40 hp
230 V to 40 hp
208 V to 100 hp 2
480 V to 60 hp 480 V to 60 hp 480 V to 60 hp 230 V to 125 hp
Three-phase to three-phase Three-phase to three-phase Three-phase to three-phase 480 V to 250 hp
575 V to 250 hp
2
230 V to 125 hp 230 V to 125 hp 230 V to 125 hp
480 V to 1000 hp
575 V to 800 hp
480 V to 2200 hp
575 V to 2300 hp
480 V to 250 hp
575 V to 250 hp 2
Enclosure Enclosure Enclosure Enclosure
2
Open IP00, IP20, IP21, IP54 Open IP20, IP21, IP54 Open IP21, IP54 Enclosed NEMA 1, 12, 3R
Open NEMA 1, 12 Open NEMA 1, 12 Open NEMA 1, 12 –EHC—Compact Disconnect 2
Enclosed NEMA 1, 12, 3R Enclosed NEMA 1, 12, 3R –EHD—Disconnect
Consult Eaton for NEMA 4X AGSVX (agriculture config)
Consult Eaton for NEMA 4X
–EHB—Bypass
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2

Product Overview

2
2 Performance Drives
Low Harmonic Drives
2 SPX Passive Filtered—EGF Passive Filtered—CFX
2
2
2
2
2
Page V6-T2-269 Page V6-T2-317 Page V6-T2-337
Applications Applications Applications

2 High-performance drive Filtered drive Filtered drive
2 Description Description Description
The SPX VFD is a compact, modular Eaton’s enclosed passive filtered drives The CFX VFD uses a tuned passive filter
2 solution for high-performance variable
speed applications. When high
use tuned passive filters to significantly
reduce line harmonics at the drive input
to significantly reduce the line harmonics
generated by a standard 6-pulse drive.
performance is critical to a customer’s terminals. Designed for small to mid-sized drive
2 application, the SPX VFD is the ideal
choice. They are equipped with high
applications, the CFX, in conjunction
with the CPX, offers the user a tiered
2
processing power, capable of closed loop approach to harmonic mitigation.
feedback, safe torque off, permanent
magnet motor operation and very precise
2 motor control.
Offering/Range Offering/Range Offering/Range

2 Single-phase to three-phase 208 V to 100 hp Three-phase to three-phase
230 V to 40 hp 230 V to 125 hp 230 V to 100 hp
2 480 V to 60 hp
480 V to 400 hp 480 V to 400 hp
575 V to 400 hp
2
230 V to 125 hp
480 V to 2200 hp
575 V to 2300 hp
2 Enclosure Enclosure Enclosure
2 Open IP20, IP21, IP54

Open NEMA 1, 12
Enclosed NEMA 1, 12, 3R
2
AGSVX (agriculture config)
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2

Product Overview
2.1
2
Performance Drives 2
Low Harmonic Drives
12-Pulse—HCX 18-Pulse—EGP 18-Pulse—CPX Regenerative—RGX 2
2
2
2
2
2
Page V6-T2-362 Page V6-T2-366 Page V6-T2-382 Page V6-T2-406
Applications Applications Applications Applications
12-pulse drive 18-pulse drive 18-pulse drive Regenerative drive 2

Description Description Description Description
2
The enclosed HCX drive is specifically Eaton’s PowerXL EGP VFD uses advanced The CPX VFD uses advanced 18-pulse clean The RGX is an enclosed solution to meet
tailored for HVAC applications where
clean power is necessary. The enclosed
18-pulse clean power technology that
significantly reduces line harmonics at the
power technology that significantly reduces
line harmonics at the drive input terminals
the needs of customer's regenerative
load applications. It combines Eaton’s 2
HCX drive uses Eaton’s SVX drive with a drive input terminals and is designed to and is designed to exceed IEEE 519-1992 comprehensive family of DC common
12-pulse phase shifting transformer to
deliver a substantial reduction in voltage
exceed IEEE 519-1992 requirements.
Delivering true power factor and reducing
requirements. Delivering true power factor
and reducing harmonic distortion prevents
DC bus drive products together with the
necessary circuit protection and filtering
2
and current harmonics. harmonic distortion prevents upstream upstream transformer overheating and to give the customer an all-in-one package.
transformer overheating and overloading overloading of breakers and feeders, The RGX is available in 480 V and 575 V 2
of breakers and feeders, enabling the enabling the application of variable configurations in sizes up through 900 hp.
application of variable frequency drives
on generators and other high-impedance
frequency drives on generators and other
high-impedance power systems. 2
power systems.
Offering/Range Offering/Range Offering/Range Offering/Range 2

208 V to 60 hp
230 V to 60 hp
230 V to 200 hp
230 V to 200 hp
480 V to 900 hp
2
480 V to 125 hp 480 V to 800 hp 480 V to 800 hp 575 V to 750 hp
(Consult Eaton for larger hp) 575 V to 800 hp
(Consult Eaton for larger hp)
2
Enclosure Enclosure Enclosure Enclosure 2
Enclosed NEMA 1, 12 Enclosed NEMA 1, 12, 3R Enclosed NEMA 1, 12, 3R Enclosed NEMA 1
Consult Eaton for NEMA 4 and 4X Consult Eaton for NEMA 4 and 4X 2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2

Product Overview

2
2 Performance Drives
Low Harmonic Drives
2 LCX SPA/SPN/SPI
2
2
2
2
2
Page V6-T2-419 Page V6-T2-435
Applications Applications
2 Liquid cooled drive Common DC bus drive
Active front end drive
2 Regenerative drive
2
Description Description
The LCX VFD is well suited for locations Eaton offers a comprehensive range of
2 when air-cooling would be difficult or

expensive or when space is at a premium.
common DC bus VFD products. This
includes a number of front-end units and
These extremely compact drives are inverter units in the entire power range.
2 suitable for ships, mines and heavy
industry.
Common DC bus drives are used in
a multitude of applications and
combinations. Drives that are braking
2 can transfer the energy directly to the
drives in a motoring mode.
2 Offering/Range Offering/Range
2
Three-phase to three-phase Three-phase to three-phase
480 V to 3200 hp 480 V to 2400 hp
575 V to 2800 hp 575 V to 2200 hp
2 Enclosure Enclosure
2 Open IP00 Open IP00, IP21

Open NEMA 1
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2

PowerXL DM1 Series
2.2
Contents
PowerXL DM1 Series
Description Page
2
PowerXL DM1 Series 2
Catalog Number Selection . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V6-T2-10
Product Selection . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V6-T2-11 2
Accessories . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V6-T2-13
Technical Data and Specifications . . . . . . . . . . V6-T2-15 2
Dimensions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V6-T2-17
2
2
2
2
2
2
Product Description Features Standards and 2
Certifications
The DM1 and DM1 PRO
microdrives are part of
●
●
Brake chopper standard
Dual overload ratings:
● Remote graphic LCD
display and keypad ● IEC/EN 61800-5-1
2
Eaton’s next generation supports simple menu
PowerXL Series of adjustable
● 110% variable torque (IL)
navigation as well as
Immunity: IEC/EN 61800-3,
UL-61800-5, 2
frequency drives specifically
● 150% constant torque (IH) on-screen diagnostics IEC/EN 61800-5-2,
engineered for today’s more ● Control logic can be and troubleshooting Category C2 2
demanding commercial and powered from an external ● LOCAL/REMOTE ● cUL
industrial applications. The
power unit makes use of
auxiliary control panel—
internal drive functions and
operation from keypad ● UL 2
fieldbus if necessary
● Conformal-coated control ● CE
the most sophisticated
semiconductor technology ● Open Type/IP00 or IP20 or
and power boards standard ● IEC 61508 2
and a highly modular Type 1/IP21 accessory kit
● Safe Torque Off (STO)
C-Tick
2
●
construction that can be enclosures available built-in with functional

safety SIL2 Certification ● EN 62061
flexibly adapted to meet the ● Standard I/O:
customer’s needs. The ● 4DI, 1AI, 1AO 2FC relays Software
●
●
RoHS
EN ISO 13849-1
2
control module was designed
Integrated input surge
2
●
to include today’s standard ● Active Energy Control ● EAC
communication protocols protection minimizes energy losses in ● Plenum rated
Standard communications: your motor, resulting in
2
●
and I/O while still having the
modularity to add additional ● DM1 PRO EtherNet/IP, industry-leading energy
option cards. Eaton’s Modbus TCP, BACnet/IP efficiency for your
patented Active Energy ● DM1 and DM1 PRO
application 2
Control® is also a standard Modbus RTU, BACnet
● Quick Start Wizard upon
feature on DM1 drives,
offering customers
MS/TP, Bluetooth initial power-up supports
fast, easy installation
2
increased efficiency, safety EMI/RFI filters optional on
2
●
● Standard applications:
and reliability. These drives all drives—meets EMC ● Standard
continue the tradition of Category C2
robust performance and ● Seamless integration into
● Fan 2
raise the bar on features
● Pump
EtherNet/IP networks via
and functionality, ensuring EIP-Assist I/O tag-
● Multi-purpose 2
the best solution at the generation tool ● Copy/paste functionality on
right price. ● SNTP time clock supports drive keypad allows for fast
setup of multiple drives
2
internet time stamping of
faults
●
using remote keypad
Pre-programmed I/O
2
● One expansion port for
supports fast, easy
additional communication
protocols as necessary installation for most 2
applications
● Advanced PC Tool with 2
diagnostic capabilities
2

PowerXL DM1 Series
Catalog Number Selection

2
PowerXL DM1 Series Drives
2
D M 1 - 3 4 4D3 E B - S 20 S -
2
2
Basic Naming Region
D = Drive Blank = US
EM = EMEA
2 Device Series
AP = APAC
2
M = Machinery
Control Options
B = No STO and no Ethernet communications
2 Product Generation
1 = First generation
S = STO SI L2 and EtherNet/IP, Modbus TCP onboard
(DM1 Pro)
2 IP Rating
20 = IP20
2 Phase Reference
1 = Single-phase input/single-phase output
3 = Three-phase input/three-phase output
2
Display Option
N = No display
Input/Output Voltage Rating S = Multi-segment LCD display (DM1 Pro)
2 1 = 115 V (100–120 V, +10%/–15%)
2 = 230 V (200–240 V, +10%/–15%)
2 4 = 400 V (380–480 V, +10%/–15%) Internal Brake Chopper
5 = 575 V (525–600 V, +10%/–15%) B = Brake chopper
N = No brake chopper
2
Internal EMC Filter
2 E = Internal EMC filter
N = No EMC filter
2
2 Output Current Rating (Single-Phase Input)
100–120 V 200–240 V 200–240 V
Output Current Rating (Three-Phase Input)
380–480 V 525–600 V
2 1D6 = 1.6 A, 0.25 hp, 0.18 kW

3D0 = 3.0 A, 0.5 hp, 0.37 kW
1D6 = 1.6 A, 0.25 hp, 0.18 kW
3D0 = 3.0 A, 0.5 hp, 0.27 kW
1D6 = 1.6 A, 0.25 hp, 0.18 kW
3D0 = 3.0 A, 0.5 hp, 0.37 kW
1D5 = 1.5 A, 0.5 hp, 0.37 kW
2D2 = 2.2 A, 1 hp, 0.75 kW
4D5 = 4.5 A, 3 hp, 2.2 kW
7D5 = 7.5 A, 5 hp, 3 kW
4D8 = 4.8 A, 1.0 hp, 0.75 kW 4D8 = 4.8 A, 1.0 hp, 0.75 kW 4D8 = 4.8 A, 1.0 hp, 0.75 kW 4D3 = 4.3 A, 2 hp, 1.5 kW 010 = 10 A, 7.5 hp, 5.5 kW
2 6D9 = 6.9 A, 1.5 hp, 1.1 kW 7D8 = 7.8 A, 2.0 hp, 1.5 kW
011 = 11 A, 3.0 hp, 2.2 kW
7D8 = 7.8 A, 2.0 hp, 1.5 kW
011 = 11 A, 3.0 hp, 2.2 kW
5D6 = 5.6 A, 3 hp, 2.2 kW
7D6 = 7.6 A, 5 hp, 3 kW
013 = 13.5 A, 10 hp, 7.5 kW
018 = 18 A, 15 hp, 11 kW
017 = 17.5 A, 5.0 hp, 4.0 kW 017 = 17.5 A, 5.0 hp, 4.0 kW 012 = 12 A, 7.5 hp, 5.5 kW 022 = 22 A, 20 hp, 15 kW
2 025 = 25.3 A, 7.5 hp, 5.5 kW
032 = 32.2 A, 10 hp, 7.5 kW
016 = 16 A, 10 hp, 7.5 kW
023 = 23 A, 15 hp, 11 kW
2
048 = 48.3 A, 15 hp, 11 kW 031 = 31 A, 20 hp, 15 kW
038 = 38 A, 25 hp, 18.5 kW
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2

PowerXL DM1 Series
2.2
Product Selection
2
PowerXL DM1 Series Drives
2
DM1-32_ 230 V—Three-Phase Input
Constant Torque (CT)/High Overload (IH) Variable Torque (VT)/Low Overload (IL) 2
Frame 230 V, 50 Hz 230 V, 60 Hz Current 230 V, 50 Hz 230 V, 60 Hz Current
Size
FR1
kW Rating
0.18
hp
0.25
A
1.6
kW Rating
0.37
hp
0.5
A
2.5
Catalog Number
DM1-321D6NB-N20B
2
0.37
0.75
0.5
1
3
4.8
0.75
1.5
1
2
4.8
7.8
DM1-323D0NB-N20B
DM1-324D8NB-N20B
2
1.5 2 7.8 2.2 3 11 DM1-327D8NB-N20B
2
FR2 2.2 3 11 4 5 17.5 DM1-32011NB-N20B
4 5 17.5 5.5 7.5 25.3 DM1-32017NB-N20B 2
FR3 5.5 7.5 25.3 7.5 10 32.2 DM1-32025NB-N20B
FR4 7.5 10 32.2 11 15 48.3 DM1-32032NB-N20B 2
11 15 48.3 15 20 62.1 DM1-32048NB-N20B
2
DM1-34_ 480 V—Three-Phase Input 2
Constant Torque (CT)/High Overload (IH) Variable Torque (VT)/Low Overload (IL)
Frame
Size
480 V, 50 Hz
kW Rating
480 V, 60 Hz
hp
Current
A
480 V, 50 Hz
kW Rating
480 V, 60 Hz
hp
Current
A Catalog Number
2
FR1 0.37
0.75
0.5
1
1.5
2.2
0.75
1.5
1
2
2.2
4.3
DM1-341D5NB-N20B
DM1-342D2NB-N20B
2
1.5 2 4.3 2.2 3 5.6 DM1-344D3NB-N20B
2
2.2 3 5.6 3 5 7.6 DM1-345D6NB-N20B
FR2 3 5 7.6 5.5 7.5 12 DM1-347D6NB-N20B 2
5.5 7.5 12 7.5 10 16 DM1-34012NB-N20B
7.5 10 16 11 15 23 DM1-34016NB-N20B 2
FR3 11 15 23 15 20 31 DM1-34023NB-N20B
FR4 15 20 31 18.5 25 38 DM1-34031NB-N20B 2
18.5 25 38 22 30 46 DM1-34038NB-N20B
2
PowerXL DM1 PRO Series Drives
115 V—Single-Phase Input

2
DM1-11_
Frame
Constant Torque (CT)/High Overload (IH)
230 V, 50 Hz 230 V, 60 Hz Current
Variable Torque (VT)/Low Overload (IL)
230 V, 50 Hz 230 V, 60 Hz Current
2
2
Size kW Rating hp A kW Rating hp A Catalog Number
FR1 0.18 0.25 1.6 0.37 0.5 2.5 DM1-111D6NB-S20S
0.37 0.5 3 0.75 1 4.8 DM1-113D0NB-S20S
2
FR2 0.75 1 4.8 1.1 1.5 6.9 DM1-114D8NB-S20S
1.1 1.5 6.9 1.5 2 7.8 DM1-116D9NB-S20S 2
2
2
230 V—Single-Phase Input
2
DM1-12_
Size kW Rating hp A kW Rating hp A Catalog Number 2
FR1 0.18 0.25 1.6 0.37 0.5 2.5 DM1-121D6NB-S20S
0.37 0.5 3 0.75 1 4.8 DM1-123D0NB-S20S 2
0.75 1 4.8 1.5 2 7.8 DM1-124D8NB-S20S
FR2 1.5 2 7.8 2.2 3 11 DM1-127D8NB-S20S 2
FR3
2.2
4
3
5
11
17.5
4
5.5
5
7.5
17.5
25.3
DM1-12011NB-S20S
DM1-12017NB-S20S
2
Note: Models shown are for non-EMI versions. For EMI versions, replace the 10th character with E. 2

PowerXL DM1 Series
PowerXL DM1 PRO Series Drives

2
2 Constant Torque (CT)/High Overload (IH) Variable Torque (VT)/Low Overload (IL)
2 Size kW Rating hp A kW Rating hp A Catalog Number
FR1 0.18 0.25 1.6 0.37 0.5 2.5 DM1-321D6NB-S20S
2 0.37 0.5 3 0.75 1 4.8 DM1-323D0NB-S20S
2
0.75 1 4.8 1.5 2 7.8 DM1-324D8NB-S20S
1.5 2 7.8 2.2 3 11 DM1-327D8NB-S20S
2 FR2 2.2 3 11 4 5 17.5 DM1-32011NB-S20S

4 5 17.5 5.5 7.5 25.3 DM1-32017NB-S20S
2 FR3 5.5 7.5 25.3 7.5 10 32.2 DM1-32025NB-S20S
FR4 7.5 10 32.2 11 15 48.3 DM1-32032NB-S20S
2 11 15 48.3 15 20 62.1 DM1-32048NB-S20S
2
480 V—Three-Phase Input
2 DM1-34_
2 Frame
Size
480 V, 50 Hz
kW Rating
480 V, 60 Hz
hp
Current
A
480 V, 50 Hz
kW Rating
480 V, 60 Hz
hp
Current
A Catalog Number
2 FR1 0.37
0.75
0.5
1
1.5
2.2
0.75
1.5
1
2
2.2
4.3
DM1-341D5NB-S20S
DM1-342D2NB-S20S
2 1.5 2 4.3 2.2 3 5.6 DM1-344D3NB-S20S

2.2 3 5.6 3 5 7.6 DM1-345D6NB-S20S
2 FR2 3 5 7.6 5.5 7.5 12 DM1-347D6NB-S20S
5.5 7.5 12 7.5 10 16 DM1-34012NB-S20S
2 7.5 10 16 11 15 23 DM1-34016NB-S20S
2 FR3
FR4
11
15
15
20
23
31
15
18.5
20
25
31
38
DM1-34023NB-S20S
DM1-34031NB-S20S
2 18.5 25 38 22 30 46 DM1-34038NB-S20S
2
2 Constant Torque (CT)/High Overload (IH) Variable Torque (VT)/Low Overload (IL)
2 Size kW Rating hp A kW Rating hp A Catalog Number
FR2 2.2 3 4.5 3 5 7.5 DM1-354D5NB-S20S
2 3 5 7.5 5.5 7.5 10 DM1-357D5NB-S20S
2
5.5 7.5 10 7.5 10 13.5 DM1-35010NB-S20S
FR3 7.5 10 13.5 11 15 18 DM1-35013NB-S20S
2 FR4 11 15 18 15 20 22 DM1-35018NB-S20S
15 20 22 18.5 25 27 DM1-35022NB-S20S
2 Note: Models shown are for non-EMI versions. For EMI versions, replace the 10th character with E.
2
2
2
2
2
2

PowerXL DM1 Series
2.2
Accessories
2
PowerXL Series—DM1 NEMA 1 Conversion Kits
Description Catalog Number 2
DM1 FR1 NEMA 1 kit
DM1 FR2 NEMA 1 kit
DXM-ACC-FR1N1KIT
DXM-ACC-FR2N1KIT
2
DM1 FR3 NEMA 1 kit DXM-ACC-FR3N1KIT 2
DM1 FR4 NEMA 1 kit DXM-ACC-FR4N1KIT
2
PowerXL Series—DM1 Communication Card Kit
Description Catalog Number
2
DG1 SmartWire™ communication card and module IP20 DXG-NET-SWD-IP20 2
DG1 SmartWire communication card and module IP54 DXG-NET-SWD-IP54
DM1 PROFIBUS communications card DXM-NET-PROFIBUS 2
2
DM1 CANopen communications card DXM-NET-CANOPEN
PowerXL Series—DM1 NEMA 1 Plenum Rated Kits 2

DM1 FR1 Plenum rated kit DXM-ACC-FR1N1PKIT 2
2
DM1 FR2 Plenum rated kit DXM-ACC-FR2N1PKIT
2
PowerXL Series—DM1 Remote Keypad Kit 2
Remote keypad DXG-KEY-LCD
2
Remote keypad mounting holder DXG-KEY-HOLDER
2
DG1 remote keypad kit (3.0 m cable) DXG-KEY-RMTKIT
DG1 remote keypad mounting holder only—bulk pack (99) DXG-KEY-HOLDER-BP 2
PowerXL Series—DM1 Demo Units
2
2
Demo case DM1 PRO DM1-DEMO
2
Power Xpert inControl Software
2
PC cable DXG-CBL-PCCABLE 2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2

PowerXL DM1 Series
Wiring Diagram
2 Default Default
2 OFF
SW1
ON OFF
SW2
ON
CMA GND CMA GND
2
RES OFF 1 RES ON 1
AI– GND 2 AI– GND
AI 0 ~ 10 V 3 AI 4 ~ 20 mA
2 PowerXL Series—DM1 Control Wiring Diagram
2
External Wiring Pin Signal Name Signal Default Setting Description
1 DI1 Digital input 1 Run forward Starts the motor in the forward direction
2 2 DI2 Digital input 2 Run reverse Start the motor in the reverse direction
3 DI3 Digital input 3 External fault Triggers a fault in the drive
2 4 DI4 Digital input 4 Fault reset Resets active faults in the drive
5 CMA DI1 to DI4 common Grounded Allows for sourced input
2 6 A RS-485 signal A — Fieldbus communication (Modbus RTU, BACNet)
2 7 B RS-485 signal B — Fieldbus communication (Modbus RTU, BACNet)

8 AI1+ 1 Analog input 1 0–10 V Voltage speed reference (programmable to 4 mA to 20 mA)
2 9 AI1– Analog input 1 ground — Analog input 1 common (ground)

10 GND I/O signal ground — I/O ground for reference and control
2 11 AO1+ Analog output 1 Output frequency Shows output frequency to motor 0–60 Hz (4 mA to 20 mA)
2
12 GND I/O signal ground — I/O ground for reference and control
13 10 V 10 Vdc reference output 10.3 Vdc ±3% 10 Vdc reference voltage
2 14 24 V 24 Vdc control output 24 Vdc In/Out Control voltage input/output (100 mA max.)
15 STO1 Safe torque Off 1 — Safe torque Off 1 input
2 16 STO2 Safe torque Off 2 — Safe torque Off 2 input
17 STO_COM Safe torque common — Safe torque Off common
2 18 R1NO Relay 1 normally open Run Changes state when the drive is in the run state
2 19
20
R1CM
R1NC
Relay 1 common
Relay 1 normally closed
—
—
—
—
2 21 R2NO Relay 2 normally open Fault Changes state when the drive is in the fault state
22 R2CM Relay 2 common — —
2 Notes
2
The above wiring demonstrates a SINK configuration. It is important that CMA is wired to ground (as shown by dashed line). If a SOURCE configuration is desired, wire 24 V to CMA and close
the inputs to ground. When using the +10 V for AI1, it is important to wire AI1– to ground (as shown by dashed line). If using +10 V for AI1, terminals 9 and 10 need to be jumpered together.
2
1 AI1+ support 10 K potentiometer.
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2

PowerXL DM1 Series
2.2
Technical Data and Specifications
2
PowerXL DM1 Series Specifications
Section Description Specification 2
Input ratings Rated input voltage 1 = 115 V (100–120 V, +10%/–15%)
2 = 230 V (200–240 V, +10%/–15%) 2
4 = 400 V (380–480 V, +10%/–15%)
5 = 575 V (525–600 V, +10%/–15%)
2
Voltage tolerance –15%/10%
Input frequency 50 Hz to 60 Hz (variation up to 45 Hz to 66 Hz) 2
Input THD >120%
Connection to power Once per minute or less 2
Boot delay 3s
Short-circuit withstand rating 100 kAIC (fuses and circuit breakers); 65 kAIC (Type E CMC); 14 kAIC (miniature breakers); 5 kAIC (all) 2
2
Power ride-through 100 ms
Logic control ride-through 0.5 s min, 2 s typical
Frequency tolerance
Total watts loss typical
45 Hz to 65 Hz
Typical efficiency 97.5% for three phase
2
Output ratings Output voltage
2
Continuous output current IL: ambient temperature maximum 40 °C, up to 60 °C with derating, overload 1.1 x IL (1 min/10 min)
Overload current
IH: ambient temperature maximum 50 °C, up to 60 °C with derating, overload 1.5 x IH (1 min/10 min)
150% of drive rating for constant torque; 110% of drive rating for variable torque
2
Initial output current 200% (2 sec/20 sec)
2
Output frequency 0–400 Hz (standard)
Frequency resolution 0.01 Hz 2
Maximum cable length See EMC guidelines in Installation Manual
Without EMC considerations: 328 ft (100 m) 2
Control characteristics Control methods Frequency control; speed control; PM motor speed control
Performance:
● V/Hz (volts per hertz) ±0.5% of base speed across a 30:1 speed range
2
2
● SVC (sensorless vector) ±0.5% of base speed across a 60:1 speed range
● PM motor ±0.5% of base speed, up to a 20:1 speed range
Switching frequency 230 V/480 V range: 1 kHz to 16 kHz
Automatic switching frequency derating in case of overload 2
Frequency reference Analog input: resolution 0.1% (10-bit), accuracy +1%
Analog output: resolution 0.1% (10-bit), accuracy +1%
Panel reference: resolution 0.01 Hz
2
Field weakening point 20 Hz to 400 Hz
2
Acceleration time 0.1 s to 3000 s
Deceleration time 0.1 s to 3000 s 2
Braking torque DC brake: 30% x motor rated torque (Tn) (without brake chopper)
Dynamic braking (with optional brake chopper using an external brake resistor): 100% continuous maximum rating
2
Protections Overvoltage protection Yes
Overvoltage trip limit 240 V drives: 430 V / 480 V drives: 850 V 2
Undervoltage protection Yes
Undervoltage trip limit 240 V drives: 210 V / 480 V drives: 390 V 2
Earth fault protection Yes
Input phase supervision Yes 2
2
Motor phase supervision Yes
Overcurrent protection Yes
Unit overtempurature protection
Motor overload protection
Yes
Yes
2
Motor stall protection Yes
2
Motor underload protection Yes
DC bus overvoltage control Yes 2
Short-circuit protection of 24 V supply No
Surge protection Yes (differential mode 2 kV; common mode 4 kV) 2
Conformal-coated boards Yes (prevents corrosion) meets IEC 60721-3-3, unit in operation, Class 3C2
2

PowerXL DM1 Series
PowerXL DM1 Series Specifications, continued

2 Section Description Specification
2 Control section Control voltage

Reference voltage
24 Vdc, max 100 mA
10.3 Vdc max 10 mA
2 Digital inputs:
Quantity 4 programmable
2 Type
Speed
Positive or negative logic; 18 to 30 Vdc
1 kHz
2 Relay output:
Quantity 2 programmable (1 Form C relay and 1 N/O Form A relay)
2 Specification Switching capacity:

Resistive rating: 3.0 A at 30 Vdc, 3.0 A at 125 V, 3.0 A at 240 Vac
Inductive rating: 0.5 A at 30 Vdc, 0.5 A at 125 V, 0.5 A at 240 Vac
2 Analog input:
Quantity 1 dipswitch selectable 0–10 Vdc or 0/4 to 20 mA
2 Specification
● Resolution 10-bit
2 ● 0–10 Vdc analog
● 4–20 mA analog
100 kohm input impedance
250 ohm input impedance
● External pot 1–10 kohm, 2 watt minimum
2 Analog output:
2
Quantity 1 dipswitch selectable 0–10 Vdc or 0/4 to 20 mA
Specification
● Resolution 10-bit
2 ● 0–10 Vdc analog
● 4–20 mA analog
10 mA max
RL max 500 ohm
2 Communications EtherNet/IP
Modbus TCP
Onboard (DM1 PRO only)
2 BACnet/IP
Modbus RTU
Onboard
2 BACnet MSTP Onboard (DM1 PRO only)

Dualport EtherNet/IP Onboard (DM1 PRO only)
2 SmartWire D/T Onboard (DM1 PRO only)

PROFIBUS Onboard (DM1 PRO only)
2 CANopen Onboard (DM1 PRO only)
Environmental Ambient operating temperature –10 °C (no frost) to +50 °C, up to +60 °C with derating (CT)
2 Storage temperature
–10 °C (no frost) to +40 °C, up to +60 °C with derating (VT)
–40 °C to +70 °C
2 Relative humidity
Air quality:
0–95% RH, noncondensing, non-corrosive
Tested according to IEC 60068-2-60 test key:
2
● Chemical vapors Flowing mixed gas corrosion test, method 1 (H2S [hydrogen sulfide] and SO2 [sulfur dioxide])
● Mechanical particles Designed according to: IEC 60721-3-3, unit in operation, Class 3C2
Vibration: Vibration test at operating status
2 ●
●
EN 61800-5-1
EN 60068-2-6
Displacement amplitude: 0.075 mm (peak) at 10 Hz to 57 Hz
Maximum acceleration amplitude: 1g at 57 Hz to 150 Hz
2 Shock:
●EN 60068-2-27
Shock test at operating status
Peak acceleration: 15 g
Duration: 11 ms
2 Transportation: Transported as a single device in a separate package,
● ISTA 1 A Vibration test and drop test per ISTA 1A
2 Overvoltage Overvoltage Category III
Pollution degree Pollution Degree 2
2 Enclosure class IP20 standard in entire kW/hp range; NEMA Type 1 with accessory kit
Immunity EN 61800-3:2004/A1:2012, first and second environment
2 Altitude 100% load capacity (no derating) up to 3280 ft (1000 m)
1% derating for each 328 ft (100 m) above 3280 ft (1000 m) max. 9842 ft (3000 m)
2 MTBF
(2000 m for corner grounded earth main systems)
300,000 hours
2 Standards Safety
Electrostatic discharge
UL 61800-5-1:2012 (Rev. 2018), CSA C22.2 No. 274-17:2017 and EN 61800-5-1:2007/A1:2017
Second environment, IEC 61000-4-2, 4 kV CD or 8 kV AD, Criterion B
2 Fast transient burst Second environment, IEC 61000-4-4, 2 kV/5 kHz, Criterion B
Dielectrical strength Primary to secondary: 3600 Vac/5100 Vdc; Primary to earth: 2000 Vac/2828 Vdc
2 Approvals CE, UL and cUL, EAC, RCM (C-Tick), RoHS, TUV, FCC

PowerXL DM1 Series
2.2
Dimensions
Approximate Dimensions in Inches (mm)
2
PowerXL Series—DM1 Dimensions 2
Ø
W2
2
2
2
H1 H2
2
2
W1 D W3
2
Output Rating Approximate Dimensions in Inches (mm) 2
Input Frame Catalog CT/IH VT/IL Weight
Voltage Size Number Current (A) Current (A) D H1 H2 W1 W2 W3 Ø Lb (kg) 2
100–120 Vac, FR1 DM1-111D6… 1.6 2.5 7.09 (180) 5.98 (152) 5.51 (140) 2.83 (72) 2.26 (57.5) 2.26 (57.5) 0.20 (5.2) 2.6 (1.2)
50/60 Hz,
single-phase
DM1-113D0… 3 4.8 7.09 (180) 5.98 (152) 5.51 (140) 2.83 (72) 2.26 (57.5) 2.26 (57.5) 0.20 (5.2) 2.6 (1.2) 2
FR2 DM1-114D8… 4.8 6.9 7.09 (180) 8.66 (220) 8.15 (207) 4.29 (109) 3.56 (90.5) 3.56 (90.5) 0.22 (5.5) 5.7 (2.6)
DM1-116D9… 6.9 7.8 7.09 (180) 8.66 (220) 8.15 (207) 4.29 (109) 3.56 (90.5) 3.56 (90.5) 0.22 (5.5) 5.7 (2.6) 2
2
200–240 Vac, FR1 DM1-121D6… 1.6 2.5 7.09 (180) 5.98 (152) 5.51 (140) 2.83 (72) 2.26 (57.5) 2.26 (57.5) 0.20 (5.2) 2.6 (1.2)
50/60 Hz,
DM1-123D0… 3 4.8 7.09 (180) 5.98 (152) 5.51 (140) 2.83 (72) 2.26 (57.5) 2.26 (57.5) 0.20 (5.2) 2.6 (1.2)
single-phase
FR2
DM1-124D8…
DM1-127D8…
4.8
7.8
7.8
11
7.09 (180)
7.09 (180)
5.98 (152)
8.66 (220)
5.51 (140)
8.15 (207)
2.83 (72)
4.29 (109)
2.26 (57.5)
3.56 (90.5)
2.26 (57.5)
3.56 (90.5)
0.20 (5.2)
0.22 (5.5)
2.6 (1.2)
5.7 (2.6)
2
DM1-12011… 11 17.5 7.09 (180) 8.66 (220) 8.15 (207) 4.29 (109) 3.56 (90.5) 3.56 (90.5) 0.22 (5.5) 5.7 (2.6)
2
FR3 DM1-12017… 17.5 25.3 7.09 (180) 10.24 (260) 9.72 (247) 5.12 (130) 4.57 (116) 4.57 (116) 0.22 (5.5) 8.2 (3.7)
200–240 Vac,
50/60 Hz,
FR1 DM1-321D6… 1.6 2.5 7.09 (180) 5.98 (152) 5.51 (140) 2.83 (72) 2.26 (57.5) 2.26 (57.5) 0.20 (5.2) 2.6 (1.2) 2
DM1-323D0… 3 4.8 7.09 (180) 5.98 (152) 5.51 (140) 2.83 (72) 2.26 (57.5) 2.26 (57.5) 0.20 (5.2) 2.6 (1.2)
2
three-phase
DM1-324D8… 4.8 7.8 7.09 (180) 5.98 (152) 5.51 (140) 2.83 (72) 2.26 (57.5) 2.26 (57.5) 0.20 (5.2) 2.6 (1.2)
DM1-327D8… 7.8 11 7.09 (180) 5.98 (152) 5.51 (140) 2.83 (72) 2.26 (57.5) 2.26 (57.5) 0.20 (5.2) 2.6 (1.2)
FR2 DM1-32011… 11 17.5 7.09 (180) 8.66 (220) 8.15 (207) 4.29 (109) 3.56 (90.5) 3.56 (90.5) 0.22 (5.5) 5.7 (2.6) 2
2
DM1-32017… 17.5 25.3 7.09 (180) 8.66 (220) 8.15 (207) 4.29 (109) 3.56 (90.5) 3.56 (90.5) 0.22 (5.5) 5.7 (2.6)
FR3 DM1-32025… 25.3 32.2 7.09 (180) 10.24 (260) 9.72 (247) 5.12 (130) 4.57 (116) 4.57 (116) 0.22 (5.5) 8.2 (3.7)
FR4 DM1-32032…
DM1-32048…
32.2
48.3
48.3
62.1
7.68 (195)
7.68 (195)
11.81 (300)
11.81 (300)
11.02 (280)
11.02 (280)
7.24 (184)
7.24 (184)
6.3 (160)
6.3 (160)
6.3 (160)
6.3 (160)
0.24 (6)
0.24 (6)
13.9 (6.3)
13.9 (6.3)
2
380–480 Vac,
50/60 Hz,
FR1 DM1-341D5… 1.5 2.2 7.09 (180) 5.98 (152) 5.51 (140) 2.83 (72) 2.26 (57.5) 2.26 (57.5) 0.20 (5.2) 2.6 (1.2)
2
DM1-342D2… 2.2 4.3 7.09 (180) 5.98 (152) 5.51 (140) 2.83 (72) 2.26 (57.5) 2.26 (57.5) 0.20 (5.2) 2.6 (1.2)
three-phase
DM1-344D3… 4.3 5.6 7.09 (180) 5.98 (152) 5.51 (140) 2.83 (72) 2.26 (57.5) 2.26 (57.5) 0.20 (5.2) 2.6 (1.2) 2
DM1-345D6… 5.6 7.6 7.09 (180) 5.98 (152) 5.51 (140) 2.83 (72) 2.26 (57.5) 2.26 (57.5) 0.20 (5.2) 2.6 (1.2)
FR2 DM1-347D6… 7.6 12 7.09 (180) 8.66 (220) 8.15 (207) 4.29 (109) 3.56 (90.5) 3.56 (90.5) 0.22 (5.5) 5.7 (2.6) 2
DM1-34012… 12 16 7.09 (180) 8.66 (220) 8.15 (207) 4.29 (109) 3.56 (90.5) 3.56 (90.5) 0.22 (5.5) 5.7 (2.6)
DM1-34016… 16 23 7.09 (180) 8.66 (220) 8.15 (207) 4.29 (109) 3.56 (90.5) 3.56 (90.5) 0.22 (5.5) 5.7 (2.6) 2
2
FR3 DM1-34023… 23 31 7.09 (180) 10.24 (260) 9.72 (247) 5.12 (130) 4.57 (116) 4.57 (116) 0.22 (5.5) 8.2 (3.7)
FR4 DM1-34031… 31 38 7.68 (195) 11.81 (300) 11.02 (280) 7.24 (184) 6.3 (160) 6.3 (160) 0.24 (6) 13.9 (6.3)
525–600 Vac, FR2

DM1-34038…
DM1-351D7…
38
1.7
46
2.7
7.68 (195)
7.09 (180)
11.81 (300)
8.66 (220)
11.02 (280)
8.15 (207)
7.24 (184)
4.29 (109)
6.3 (160)
3.56 (90.5)
6.3 (160)
3.56 (90.5)
0.24 (6)
0.22 (5.5)
13.9 (6.3)
5.7 (2.6)
2
2
50/60 Hz,
DM1-352D7… 2.7 4.5 7.09 (180) 8.66 (220) 8.15 (207) 4.29 (109) 3.56 (90.5) 3.56 (90.5) 0.22 (5.5) 5.7 (2.6)
three-phase
DM1-354D5… 4.5 7.5 7.09 (180) 8.66 (220) 8.15 (207) 4.29 (109) 3.56 (90.5) 3.56 (90.5) 0.22 (5.5) 5.7 (2.6)
DM1-357D5… 7.5 10 7.09 (180) 8.66 (220) 8.15 (207) 4.29 (109) 3.56 (90.5) 3.56 (90.5) 0.22 (5.5) 5.7 (2.6) 2
DM1-35010… 10 13.5 7.09 (180) 8.66 (220) 8.15 (207) 4.29 (109) 3.56 (90.5) 3.56 (90.5) 0.22 (5.5) 5.7 (2.6)
FR3 DM1-35013… 13.5 18 7.09 (180) 10.24 (260) 9.72 (247) 5.12 (130) 4.57 (116) 4.57 (116) 0.22 (5.5) 8.2 (3.7) 2
FR4 DM1-35018… 18 22 7.68 (195) 11.81 (300) 11.02 (280) 7.24 (184) 6.3 (160) 6.3 (160) 0.24 (6) 13.9 (6.3)
DM1-35022… 22 27 7.68 (195) 11.81 (300) 11.02 (280) 7.24 (184) 6.3 (160) 6.3 (160) 0.24 (6) 13.9 (6.3) 2

PowerXL DE1 Series
Contents
2 PowerXL DE1 Series
Description Page
2 PowerXL DE1 Series
2 Product Selection . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V6-T2-19
Accessories . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V6-T2-20
2 Technical Data and Specifications . . . . . . . . . . V6-T2-21
Dimensions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V6-T2-23
2
2
2
2
2
2
2 Product Description Features Standards and
Certifications
2 Eaton’s PowerXL® DE1
variable speed starter offers
● Compact, space-saving
design
the advantages of both a Product
2 Rugged design rated up
●
motor starter and a variable to 60 °C without derating ● Complies with EN 61800-3

frequency drive in a single
2 DIN rail and screw
●
device. The DE1 is a compact Safety
mountable
and easy-to-use device with ● IEC 61800-5-1
2 Narrow footprint for true
●
the ability to change the ● CE
speed of the motor with side-by-side installation
Rated for group motor ● UL
2
●
the simplicity of a contactor
starter. With 14 basic applications ● CSA/cUL
parameters, SmartWire-DT® ● Low capacitor design for ● cTick
2 connectivity and an intuitive low harmonics ● UKRSekpro
configuration module, the ● Control terminal blocks GOST R
2
●
DE1 setup and commissioning ● Three digital inputs ● RoHS compliant
is easy for any panel builder
One digital/analog
2
●
and MOEM. The DE1 was
designed for customers (programmable) input
One relay output
2
●
who have concerns of the
complexity of a VFD but still ● Contactor style
require variable frequency and power wiring
2 advanced motor protection. ● RS-485/Modbus as
Models rated at 480 volts, standard
2 three-phase, 50/60 Hz are ● Efficient, simple design
available in sizes ranging from without a keypad
2 0.5 to 10 hp. Models rated ● Three indicating LEDs
at 230 volts, single-phase in/ for fault and condition
2 three-phase out, 50/60 Hz
are available in sizes ranging
status
● Reliable design—
2 from 0.33 to 3 hp.
150% for 60 s
The DE1 VSS is designed 175% for 2 s
2 without a keypad to provide
a simplistic, cost effective
● SmartWire-DT and
EtherNet/IP ready for
solution. Units are shipped
2 without a keypad. In order to
expanding communication
gateways
change parameters, there are
2 accessories such as the
configuration module that can
2 change up to 5 parameters or
connectivity products to
2 connect to the drivesConnect
PC Tool.

PowerXL DE1 Series
2.3
2
DE1 Series Variable Speed Starter
2
D E1 - 1 2 4D3 N N - N 20 N
2
2
Basic Naming Conformation Coated Option
D = Drive N = Not conformal coated boards
Device Series Environment Rating

2
2
E1 = Economy 20 = IP20, NEMA 0
Number of Phases
1 = Single-phase main connection/
Display Option
N = No display
2
three-phase motor connection
3 = Three-phase main connection/
three-phase motor connection Brake Chopper Option
2
Input/Output Voltage
2
2 = 230 V
4 = 480 V 230 V
Current Rating
460 V
Filter Option
N = No filter
2
1D4 = 1.4 A, 0.33 hp, 0.25 kW
2D3 = 2.3 A, 0.5 hp, 0.37 kW
1D3 = 1.3 A, 0.5 hp, 0.37 kW
2D1 = 2.1 A, 1.0 hp, 0.75 kW 2
2D7 = 2.7 A, 0.75 hp, 0.55 kW 3D6 = 3.6 A, 2.0 hp, 1.5 kW
4D3 = 4.3 A, 1.0 hp, 0.75 kW
7D0 = 7.0 A, 2.0 hp, 1.5 kW
5D0 = 5.0 A, 3.0 hp, 2.2 kW
6D6 = 6.6 A, 4.0 hp, 3.0 kW
2
9D6 = 9.6 A, 3.0 hp, 2.2 kW 8D5 = 8.5 A, 5.0 hp, 4.0 kW
011 = 11 A, 7.5 hp, 5.5 kW
016 = 16 A, 10 hp, 7.5 kW
2
2
Product Selection 2
IP20 DE1 Series IP20 Enclosure Drives 2
2
100% Continuous Frame
hp 1 kW Volts Current In (A) Size Catalog Number 2
3/
2
0.33 0.25 200–240 V single-phase in 1.4 1 DE1-121D4NN-N20N
230 V three-phase out
0.5 0.37 2.3 1 DE1-122D3NN-N20N
0.75 0.55 2.7 1 DE1-122D7NN-N20N
2
1 0.75 4.3 1 DE1-124D3NN-N20N
2 1.5 7 1 DE1-127D0NN-N20N 2
3 2.2 9.6 2 DE1-129D6NN-N20N
0.5 0.37 380–480 V three-phase in/ 1.3 1 DE1-341D3NN-N20N 2
1
2
0.75
1.5
2.1
3.6
1
1
DE1-342D1NN-N20N
DE1-343D6NN-N20N
2
3 2.2 5 2 DE1-345D0NN-N20N
2
4 3 6.6 2 DE1-346D6NN-N20N
5 4 8.5 2 DE1-348D5NN-N20N 2
7.5 5.5 11.3 2 DE1-34011NN-N20N
10 7.5 16 2 DE1-34016NN-N20N 2
Notes
1 For all applications, select the unit such that the motor current is less than or equal to the rated continuous output current.
2
2
2 These are constant torque/high overload rated drives.
3 For 230 V three-phase applications, refer to the three-phase to single-phase application note (AP040108EN) to properly set up the system.
2
2
2

PowerXL DE1 Series
Accessories
2
DE1 Series
2
PC Communication Kit and Copy/Paste Module
2 Description Catalog Number
2
Bluetooth copy/paste communication stick DX-COM-STICK2
USB to RJ45 panel mount kit DX-COM-PCKIT
2 USB to RJ45 PC Tool cable DX-CBL-PC-3M0
2 Keypad Options
2 LED remote keypad—7-segment display, IP54 rated DX-KEY-LED2 1
2
Configuration module—plug-in unit, DIP switch and dial control DXE-EXT-SET
2 Extension Cables and Data Cable Splitter

2 RJ45 communication cable w/terminating resistor EASY-NT-R

RS-485 data cable, RJ45, 0.5 m DX-CBL-RJ45-0M5
2 RS-485 data cable, RJ45, 1.0 m DX-CBL-RJ45-1M0
2
RS-485 three-way data cable splitter, RJ45 DX-SPL-RJ45-3SL
2 RS-485 data cable splitter, RJ45, (1 connector to 2 socket) DX-SPL-RJ45-2SL1PL
2 Communication Modules
2 SmartWire-DT interface for DE1 and DC1 IP20 DX-NET-SWD3
Dual EtherNet/IP interface for DE1 and DC1 IP20 DX-NET-ETHERNET2-2
2
Commoning Links 2
2 Description Max. Devices Used Catalog Number
2 460 V, three-phase link 3xFS1 XTCEXCLK3B

2xFS1 + 1xFS2
2 2xFS2
4xFS1 XTCEXCLK4B
2 3xFS1 + 1xFS2
2 1xFS1 + 2xFS2 3
5xFS1 XTCEXCLK5B
2 4xFS1 + 1xFS2
2xFS1 + 2xFS2 3
2 3xFS2 3
2
460 V, incoming terminal — XTCEXITB 4
Notes
2 1 Includes 1 m RS-485 data cable.

2 Commoning links can be used to connect multiple line side 460 V DE1 units for use in
group motor applications.

2 3 These combinations may result in the total of the individual input currents exceeding the
three-phase commoning link’s and incoming connection block’s ampacity (35 A).
2 4 Required for group motor applications when using the 460 V commoning links.
2
2
2

PowerXL DE1 Series
2.3
2
DE1 Series
Ratings Specifications 2
PowerXL DE1 Basic Controller Standard Ratings PowerXL DE1 Series 2
Description Specification Description Specification
Protections Input Ratings 2
Overload protection 150% for 60s for every 600 seconds Input voltage (Vin) ±10%
Overvoltage protection Yes Input frequency (fin) 50/60 Hz (variation up to 48–62 Hz)
2
Undervoltage protection Yes Connection to power Maximum of one time every 30 seconds
2
Ground fault protection Yes Output Ratings
Overtemperature
protection
Yes Output voltage 0 to Vin 2
Continuous output Continuous rated current IN at ambient temperature max.
Motor overload protection Yes current 140 °F (60 °C), 150% for 60 seconds, 175% for 2 seconds 2
Motor stall protection Yes Output frequency 0 to 500 Hz
Short-circuit protection 100 kAIC with Type J fuses, Frequency resolution 0.1 Hz 2
65 kAIC with PKZM,
Initial output current (IH) 175% for 2s for every 20 seconds
10 kAIC with FAZ
Torque depends on motor 2
Control Characteristics
Programmable Parameters
Operation mode U/f control, slip compensation 2
Description
14 Standard operation parameters
Switching frequency
Voltage reference
4 to 32 kHz
10 Vdc (max. 10 mA)
2
Programmable start function
DC-brake at start and stop
Field weakening point 0 to 500 Hz 2
Acceleration time 0.1 to 600 seconds
Adjustable switching frequency
Deceleration time 0.1 to 600 seconds 2
Autorestart function after fault
Ambient Conditions
Protections and supervisions
Ambient operating –10 °C to +50 °C, for 60 °C there is no derating required 1
2
Power section fault indication temperature
External fault Storage temperature –40 °C to +70 °C 2
2
Fieldbus communication Relative humidity 0 to 95% RH, noncondensing, non-corrosive, no dripping water
Analog input range selection, signal scaling and filtering Enclosure class IP20 (FS1–FS3)
Four preset speed reference
Note 2
1 All units do not require derating except for the 10 hp 460 V unit which may require derating
depending on the switching frequency used. 2

2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2

PowerXL DE1 Series
Standards—DE1 Series Variable Speed Starter

2
I/O Specifications Reliability
2 ● Digital inputs DI1–DI4 Includes: ● Pretested components
are programmable ● Four inputs (three digital ● Computerized testing
2 ● Relay output is and one digital/analog) ● Robust design rated
programmable ● Analog input to 60 °C
2 ● DI3 and DI4 can be ● 4–20 mA
programmed to be digital, ● 0–10 V
2 thermistor or analog
● One relay output
2 RS-485 interface
●
2 DE1 Series I/O Interface

Terminal Signal Factory Preset Description
2 0V 0V Reference potential — 0 V connection
2
+0 V +24 Vdc Control voltage for DI1-DI4 — Maximum load 100 mA
Reference potential V
1 DI1 Digital Input 1 FWD +10 to 24 V
2 2 DI2 Digital Input 2 REV +10 to 24 V
2 3 DI3
Ther.
Digital Input 3
Thermistor
Fixed frequency FF1
Fixed frequency FF1
+10 to 24 V
External fault:
Trip at 3600 Ω
2 Reset at 1600 Ω
4 DI4 Digital Input 4 Frequency reference value +10 to 24 V
2 AI1 Analog Input Frequency reference value 0 to 10 V 0/4–20 mA
Can be switched with parameter P16
2 13 K13 Relay 1, normally open contact Active = RUN Maximum switching load: 250 Vac/6 A or 30 Vdc/5 A
14 K14 Relay 1, normally open contact Active = RUN Maximum switching load: 250 Vac/6 A or 30 Vdc/5 A
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2

PowerXL DE1 Series
2.3
Dimensions
2
DE1, Sizes FS1 and FS2, Degree of Protection IP20/NEMA 0 2
Ø B2 2
L1/LL2/NL3
Ø1
2
B3
2
Ø2 2
2
B1
B 2
2
B4 2
2
2
0 V +10 V 1 2 3 4 13 14
U V W
2
A1
C1
2
A C
2
Frame
Size A A1 B B1 B2 B3 B4 2
FS1 1.77 (45.0) 0.98 (25.0) 9.09 (231.0) 8.66 (220.0) 0.20 (5.1) 2.52 (64.0) 6.54 (166.1)
FS2 3.54 (90.0) 1.97 (50.0) 9.09 (231.0) 8.66 (220.0) 0.20 (5.1) 2.52 (64.0) 6.54 (166.1) 2
2
Frame Weight
Size C C1 Ø1 Ø2 lbs (kg)
2
FS1 6.65 (169.0) 0.26 (6.6) 0.20 (5.1) 0.39 (10.0) 2.29 (1.04)
FS2 6.65 (169.0) 0.26 (6.6) 0.20 (5.1) 0.39 (10.0) 3.70 (1.68) 2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2

PowerXL DC1 Series Drives
Contents
2 PowerXL DC1 Series Drives
Description Page
2 PowerXL DC1 Series Drives
Accessories . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V6-T2-28
Dimensions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V6-T2-32
2
2
2
2
2
2
Certifications
2 Eaton’s PowerXL® DC1
variable frequency drives are
design
● RS-485/Modbus® and
CANopen™ as standard
the next generation of drives Product
2 Rugged and reliable— PI controller as standard
● ●
specifically engineered for 175% for 2 s, 50 °C rated ● SmartWire capability

● Complies with EN61800-3
today’s machinery (2004)
●
applications.
● Dual EtherNet/IP
mountable (FS1 and FS2) communication module EMC (At Default Settings)
2 The DC1 is compact with Side-by-side installation
●
● Removable I/O terminal ● EMC Category C1, C2
only 14 basic parameters, ● Industry-leading efficiency blocks and C3 at default settings
SmartWire-DT® and delivers energy savings to
2 Contactor style power
●
(1 m, 5 m, 25 m)
EtherNet/IP connectivity, the customer wiring
and outstanding ease of Optional integrated EMC
●
Safety 1
2 Designed for shaded-pole,
●
mounting and installation. filters make the unit
The newest version adds single-phase motors and ● 61800-5-1
suitable for commercial permanent split capacitor
2 EN 60529
●
support for sensorless vector and industrial networks
control and permanent single-phase motors ● CE
magnet motor compatibility.
● Brake chopper as standard ● Sensorless vector control
2 UL
●
The DC1 is perfect for quick in frames 2 and higher ● Permanent magnet motor ● cUL
commissioning and is ideal ● Temperature-controlled fan compatibility
2 UkrSepro
●
for panel builders. This drive
supports single-phase motor ● c-Tick
2 applications, and detachable
terminal blocks make control
● RoHS compliant
2 wiring much easier.

Models rated at 480 volts,
2 three-phase, 50/60 Hz are
available in sizes ranging from
Note
1 See unit nameplate for more detailed
2 1 to 30 hp. Models rated at

240 volts, single- or three-
approvals.
phase, 50/60 Hz are available

2 in sizes ranging from 0.5
to 15 hp. Models rated at
2 115 volts, single-phase,
50/60 Hz are available in
2 the 0.5 to 3 hp size range.
2
2
2

2.4
2
DC1 Series Adjustable Frequency AC Drives
2
DC1 - 1 2 4D1 F N - A 20 N
2
Device Series
DC1 = Variable frequency drive, compact, Series 1
Type
N = Standard basic device 2
(D = Drives, C = Compact, 1 = Series 1) CE1 = Enhanced device
2
Connection in Power Section
1 = Single-phase mains connection/three-phase motor connection
Degree of Protection
20 = IP20/NEMA 0
2
3 = Three-phase mains connection/three-phase motor connection 66 = IP66/NEMA 4/4X
S = Single-phase mains connection/single-phase motor connection 6S = IP66 with disconnect/NEMA 4/4X 2
Mains Voltage Category Display Unit (Display) 2
1= 110 V (110–115 V ±10%) A = LED display
2=
4=
230 V (200–240 V ±10%)
480 V (380–480 V ±10%)
2
D= 110 V input/230 V output (voltage doubler) Brake Chopper
N = No internal brake chopper
2
2
B = Brake chopper
Rated
Operational Current
Examples—
2D2 = 2.2 A
EMC (Radio Interference Suppression Filter) 2
4D1 = 4.1 A N = No internal RFI filter
024 = 24 A F = Internal RFI filter
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2

Product Selection
2
2 IP20 DC1 Series IP20 Enclosure Drives 1
2
hp 2 kW Volts Current In (A) Size 3 Catalog Number
0.5 0.37 115 V single-phase in/ 4 7 1 DC1-S17D0NN-A20N
2
115 V single-phase out
0.75 0.55 10.5 2 DC1-S1011NB-A20N
0.5 0.37 200–240 V single-phase in/ 4 4.3 1 DC1-S24D3NN-A20N 5
2 1 0.75
200–240 V single-phase out
7 1 DC1-S27D0NN-A20N 5
1.5 1.1 10 2 DC1-S2011NB-A20N 5
2 0.5 0.37 115 V single-phase in/ 2.3 1 DC1-1D2D3NN-A20CE1
2 1
1.5
0.75
1.1
4.3
5.8
1
2
DC1-1D4D3NN-A20CE1
DC1-1D5D8NB-A20CE1
2 0.5 0.37 200–240 V single-phase in/

2.3 1 DC1-122D3NN-A20CE1 5
1 0.75 4.3 1 DC1-124D3NN-A20CE1 5
2 2 1.5 7 1 DC1-127D0NN-A20CE1 5
DC1-127D0NB-A20CE1 5
2
2 1.5 7 2
3 2.2 10.5 2 DC1-12011NB-A20CE1 5
2 5 4 15 3 DC1-12015NB-A20CE1
0.5 0.37 200–240 V three-phase in/ 2.3 1 DC1-322D3NN-A20CE1
2 1 0.75
4.3 1 DC1-324D3NN-A20CE1
2 1.5 7 1 DC1-327D0NN-A20CE1
2 2 1.5 7 2 DC1-327D0NB-A20CE1 5
2 3
5
2.2
4
10.5
18
2
3
DC1-32011NB-A20CE1 5
DC1-32018NB-A20CE1 5
2 7.5 5.6 24 4 DC1-32024NB-A20CE1 5

10 7.5 30 4 DC1-32030NB-A20CE1 5
2 15 11 46 4 DC1-32046NB-A20CE1 5
1 0.75 380–480 V three-phase in/ 2.2 1 DC1-342D2NN-A20CE1 5
2 2 1.5
4.1 1 DC1-344D1NN-A20CE1 5
2 2
3
1.5
2.2
4.1
5.8
2
2
2 5 4 9.5 2 DC1-349D5NB-A20CE1 5
7.5 5.5 14 3 DC1-34014NB-A20CE1 5
2 10 7.5 18 3 DC1-34018NB-A20CE1 5
DC1-34024NB-A20CE1 5
2
15 11 24 3
20 15 30 4 DC1-34030NB-A20CE1 5
2 25 18.5 39 4 DC1-34039FB-A20N 5
30 22 46 4 DC1-34046FB-A20N 5
2 Notes
2 2 For all applications, select the unit such that the motor current is less than or equal to the rated continuous output current.
3 Brake chopper circuit available as standard in frames 2, 3 and 4.
2 4 Only for use with shaded pole or split capacitor single-phase motors.
5 RFI version available. Substitute with DC1-*****F*-**** for this option.
2
2
2
2
2

2.4
IP66 NEMA 4/4X Interior
DC1 Drive “-A66…” Option “-A6S…” Option 2
The IP66 version of the This version comes with the This version has an integrated
DC1 is a unique solution keypad that is similar to that potentiometer, a forward/ 2
to allow for mounting the of IP20 version. There are no off/reverse switch and a
drive outside of a control
panel or next to a motor
additional cover controls to
address security concerns.
disconnect switch with
lock-off capability with
2
for distributed control. the standard keypad. This
allows for reduced labor and 2
materials when compared to
a IP20 solution in separate 2
enclosure.
2
DC1 Series IP66 Enclosure Drives 1
IP66
2
0.5 0.37 115 V single-phase in/ 7 1 DC1-S17D0NN-A6SN 4 2
115 V single-phase out
2
0.75 0.55 10.5 2 DC1-S1011NB-A6SN 4
0.5 0.37 200–240 V single-phase in/ 4.3 1 DC1-S24D3NN-A6SN 45

1 0.75
200–240 V single-phase out
7 1 DC1-S27D0NN-A6SN 45 2
1.5 1.1 10 2 DC1-S2011NB-A6SN 45
IP66S 0.5 0.37 115 V single-phase in/ 2.3 1 DC1-1D2D3NN-A6SCE1 4 2
DC1-1D4D3NN-A6SCE1 4
2
1 0.75 4.3 1
1.5 1.1 5.8 2 DC1-1D5D8NB-A6SCE1 4
0.5 0.37 200–240 V single-phase in/
2.3 1 DC1-122D3NN-A6SCE1 45
2
1 0.75 4.3 1 DC1-124D3NN-A6SCE1 45
2 1.5 7 1 DC1-127D0NN-A6SCE1 45 2
2 1.5 7 2 DC1-127D0NB-A6SCE1 45
3 2.2 10.5 2 DC1-12011NB-A6SCE1 45 2
5
0.5
4
0.37 200–240 V three-phase in/
15
2.3
3
1
DC1-12015NB-A6SCE1 4
DC1-322D3NN-A6SCE1 4
2
2
1 0.75 4.3 1 DC1-324D3NN-A6SCE1 4
2 1.5 7 1 DC1-327D0NN-A6SCE1 4
2 1.5 7 2 DC1-327D0NB-A6SCE1 45 2
3 2.2 10.5 2 DC1-32011NB-A6SCE1 45
5 4 18 3 DC1-32018NB-A6SCE1 45 2
1
2
0.75
1.5
380–480 V three-phase in/
2.2
4.1
1
1
2
2 1.5 4.1 2 DC1-344D1NB-A6SCE1 45 2
3 2.2 5.8 2 DC1-345D8NB-A6SCE1 45
5 4 9.5 2 DC1-349D5NB-A6SCE1 45 2
45
2
7.5 5.5 14 3 DC1-34014NB-A6SCE1
10 7.5 18 3 DC1-34018NB-A6SCE1 45
Notes
2
3 Brake chopper circuit available as standard in frames 2, 3 and 4.
2
2
4 Non-disconnect version available. Substitute with -A66….
5 RFI version available. Substitute with DC1-*****F*-**** for this option.
2
2
2
2

Accessories
2
DC1 Series
2
PC Communication Kit and Copy/Paste Module Extension Cables and Data Cable Splitter
2 Description Catalog Number Description Catalog Number
2
Bluetooth copy/paste communication stick DX-COM-STICK2 RJ45 communication cable w/terminating resistor EASY-NT-R
USB to RJ45 panel mount kit DX-COM-PCKIT RS-485 data cable, RJ45, 0.5 m DX-CBL-RJ45-0M5
2 USB to RJ45 PC Tool cable DX-CBL-PC-3M0 RS-485 data cable, RJ45, 1.0 m DX-CBL-RJ45-1M0
2 Encoder Feedback Plug-In Option Module
and Miscellaneous Cards
RS-485 data cable splitter, RJ45, (1 connector to 2 socket) DX-SPL-RJ45-2SL1PL
Local control/test option card DXC-EXT-LOCSIM Communication Modules
2 HVACO drive running and tripped relay output card DXC-EXT-2RO1AO Description Catalog Number
2
Dual relay output card DXC-EXT-2RO
SmartWire-DT interface for DE1 and DC1 IP20 DX-NET-SWD3
110 V logic input card DXC-EXT-IO110
Dual EtherNet/IP interface for DE1 and DC1 IP20 DX-NET-ETHERNET2-2
2 230 V logic input card DXC-EXT-IO230
Optional Communication Modules
2 Remote Keypad Description Catalog Number
EtherNet/IP plug-in interface module 2
2
DX-NET-ETHERNET2-2
LED remote keypad—7-segment display, IP54 rated DX-KEY-LED2 1
Notes
DX-KEY-OLED 1
2
OLED remote keypad—full text display, multi-line text, 1 Includes 1 m RS-485 data cable.
multi-language, IP54 hand/auto buttons 2 Available June 2016.
2 Brake Resistor (FR2 and FR3)

2 DC1, DA1 internal mount 200 W, 100 R DX-BR3-100
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2

2.4
Line and Load Reactors
A line and load reactor is a DR1 Line Reactor DR2 Output Reactor
2
three-phase inductance filter
that can be placed on the line
A line reactor helps to provide
a moderate reduction in
An output filter is used to
reduce the transient voltage 2
and load side of the AFD to current harmonics similar to (dV/dt) at the motor terminals.
help improve the harmonic a DC choke. It also provides The output filter is 2
performance of the system. increased input protection for recommended for cable
Consult the factory for
additional filtering options
AFD and its semiconductors lengths exceeding 100 ft 2
from line transients helping to (30 m) with a drive of 3 hp
and further technical details. extend the life of the AFD. and above and for cable
lengths of 33 ft (10 m) with
2
a drive of 2 hp and below.
2
Line and Load Reactors—Catalog Number Selection 2
D R1 – 2 2D0 – 0 5 2
Basic Naming Impedance 2
D = Drive 3 = 3%
5 = 5% 2
Device Series Current Rating
R1 = Line side reactor
Input/Output Voltage
Examples: Environment Rating 2
R2 = Load side reactor 2D0 = 2.0 A 0 = Open
2 = 230 V
4 = 480 V
4D0 = 4.0 A
8D0 = 8.0 A
1 = NEMA 1
2
012 = 12 A
Line and Load Reactors—230 V 2

Open
Load Reactor Line Reactor
NEMA 1
Load Reactor Line Reactor
2
hp (CT) 3% 5% 3% 5% 3% 5% 3% 5%
2
0.5 DR2-22D0-03 DR2-22D0-05 DR1-22D2-03 DR1-22D2-05 DR2-22D0-13 DR2-22D0-15 DR1-22D2-13 DR1-22D2-15
1 DR2-24D0-03 DR2-28D0-05 DR1-24D2-03 DR1-24D2-05 DR2-24D0-13 DR2-28D0-15 DR1-24D2-13 DR1-24D2-15 2
3
5
DR2-2012-03
DR2-2018-03
DR2-2012-05
DR2-2018-05
DR1-29D6-03
DR1-2015-03
DR1-29D6-05
DR1-2015-05
DR2-2012-13
DR2-2018-13
DR2-2012-15
DR2-2018-15
DR1-29D6-13
DR1-2015-13
DR1-29D6-15
DR1-2015-15
2
7.5 DR2-2025-03 DR2-2025-05 DR1-2022-03 DR1-2022-05 DR2-2025-13 DR2-2025-15 DR1-2022-13 DR1-2022-15
2
10 DR2-2035-03 DR2-2035-05 DR1-2028-03 DR1-2028-05 DR2-2035-13 DR2-2035-15 DR1-2028-13 DR1-2028-15
15 DR2-2045-03 DR2-2045-05 DR1-2042-03 DR1-2042-05 DR2-2045-13 DR2-2045-15 DR1-2042-13 DR1-2042-15 2
Open NEMA 1
Load Reactor Line Reactor Load Reactor Line Reactor 2
hp (CT) 3% 5% 3% 5% 3% 5% 3% 5%
1 DR2-42D0-03 DR2-42D0-05 DR1-42D1-03 DR1-42D1-05 DR2-42D0-13 DR2-42D0-15 DR1-42D1-13 DR1-42D1-15
2
2
15
20
DR2-4025-03
DR2-4025-03
DR2-4025-05
DR2-4025-05
DR1-4021-03
DR1-4027-03
DR1-4021-05
DR1-4027-05
DR2-4025-13
DR2-4025-13
DR2-4025-15
DR2-4025-15
DR1-4021-13
DR1-4027-13
DR1-4021-15
DR1-4027-15
2
2
2


2
DC1 Series
2 Ratings Specifications
2 PowerXL DC1 Basic Controller IP20 Standard Ratings PowerXL DC1 Series Drives
2 Protections Input Ratings
2 Overload protection 150% for 60s for every 600 seconds Input voltage (Vin) ±10%
2 Undervoltage protection Yes Connection to power Maximum of one time every 30 seconds
2 Overtemperature Yes Output voltage 0 to Vin 1
protection
2
Continuous output Continuous rated current IN at ambient temperature max.
Motor overload protection Yes current 122 °F (50 °C), 150% for 60 seconds, 175% for 2 seconds
2 Short-circuit 100 kAIC with Type J fuses Frequency resolution 0.1 Hz
withstand rating
2 Initial output current (IH) 175% for 2s for every 20 seconds
Torque depends on motor
2 Programmable Parameters
Operation mode U/f control, slip compensation
2
Description
Switching frequency 4 to 32 kHz
Built-in Help card
Voltage reference 10 Vdc (max. 10 mA)
2 14 Standard operation parameters
Field weakening point 0 to 500 Hz
Reference scaling
Acceleration time 0.1 to 600 seconds
2 Programmable start and stop functions
Deceleration time 0.1 to 600 seconds
2 Programmable V/Hz curve
Brake Resistor (Minimum Values) 2
230 V Series FS2 and FS3 47 ohms
2 Adjustable switching frequency

400 V Series FS2 100 ohms, FS3 47 ohms
Ambient Conditions
2 Protections and supervisions
Ambient operating +14 °F (–10 °C), no frost to +122 °F (+50 °C): Rated loadability IN
Power section fault indication temperature IP20—NEMA 0
2 External fault Storage temperature –40 °F (–40 °C) to +140 °F (+60 °C)
Relative humidity 0 to 95% RH, noncondensing, non-corrosive, no dripping water
2
Fieldbus communication
Second deceleration time Enclosure class IP20 (FS1–FS4)
2 Analog input range selection, signal scaling and filtering Notes

1 Exception: 115 V single-phase in, 230 V three-phase out.
PI controller
2 Skip frequencies
2 Only FS2, FS3 and FS4 drives are equipped with brake chopper circuit.
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2

2.4
Standards—DC1 Series
2
● Digital inputs DI1–DI4 Includes: ● Pretested components 2
are programmable ● Four inputs (two digital and ● Computerized testing
● Digital, relay and analog two digital/analog) ● Final test with full load 2
outputs are programmable ● Analog inputs ● Conformal-coated boards
● 4–20 mA ● Eaton’s Electrical Services & 2
● 0–10 V Systems: national network
● One output (analog of AF drive specialists 2
or digital)
● One relay output 2
● RS-485 interface
2
DC1 Series I/O Interface 2
1 +24 Vdc Control voltage for DI1–DI4 — Maximum load 100 mA 2
2 DI1 Digital Input 1 Start Enable FWD 8 to +30 V (High, R1 > 6 kΩ) 2
3 DI2 Digital Input 2 Start Enable REV 8 to +30 V (High, R1 > 6 kΩ)
4 DI3 Digital Input 3 Fixed frequency FF1 Digital: 8–30 V (high) 2
AI2 Analog Input 2 Fixed frequency FF1 Analog: 0 to +10 V (Ri >72 kΩ)
0/4–20 mA (Rß = 500 Ω) 2
Can be switched with parameter P-16
5 +10 Vdc Reference voltage, Output (+10 V) — Maximum load 10 mA
Reference potential 0 V
2
6 AI1 Analog Input 1 Frequency reference value
(fixed frequency)
Analog: 0 to +10 V (Ri >72 kΩ)
0/4–20 mA (Rß = 500 Ω)
2
Can be switched with parameter P-16
DI4 Digital Input 5 Frequency reference value Digital: 8–30 V (high) 2
(fixed frequency)
7 0V Reference potential — 0 V = connection terminal 9 2
8 AO1 Analog Output 1 Output frequency Analog: 0 to +10 V, maximum 20 mA
Can be switched with parameter P-25 2
DO1 Digital Output 1 Output frequency Digital: 8 to +24 V
9 0V Reference potential — 0 V connection terminal 7 2
2
2
0 to +10V/20 mA
0 to +10V/20 mA
2
f-Soll
f-Out
FWD
REV
24V
FF1
1 2 3 4 6 8 2
+24V Out
< 100 mA
DI1
DI2
DI3
(AI2)
AI1
(DI4)
AO
(DO)
2
2
2
CPU
2
2
2
2
2

Dimensions
2 Approximate Dimensions in Inches (mm)
2 DC1, Sizes FS1–FS4, Degree of Protection IP20/NEMA 0
2 Ø B2
Ø1
2
2
Ø2
2
2
B
B1
2
2
2
A1 C1
2 A C
2
Frame Weight
Size A A1 B B1 B2 C C1 Ø1 Ø2 lbs (kg)
2
FS1 3.19 (81) 1.97 (50) 7.24 (184) 6.69 (170) 0.28 (7) 4.88 (124) 0.16 (4) 0.24 (6) 0.47 (12) 2.43 (1.1)
FS2 4.21 (107) 2.95 (75) 9.09 (231) 8.46 (215) 0.31 (8) 5.98 (152) 0.20 (5) 0.24 (6) 0.47 (12) 5.73 (2.6)
2 FS3 5.08 (129) 3.94 (100) 10.75 (273) 10.04 (255) 0.33 (8.5) 6.89 (175) 0.20 (5) 0.24 (6) 0.47 (12) 8.82 (4.0)
FS4 6.81 (173) 4.92 (125) 16.48 (418.5) 15.75 (400) 0.41 (10.5) 8.31 (211) 0.16 (4) 0.31 (8) 0.57 (14.5) 18.52 (8.4)
2
DC1, Sizes FS1–FS3, Degree of Protection IP66/NEMA 4
2
Ø1
2
2
Ø2
2
2 B
2 B1
2
2 B1
2
2
A1 C1 A1
B2
2 A C
Frame Weight
2 Size A A1 B B1 B2 C C1 Ø1 Ø2 lbs (kg)
FS1 6.34 (161) 5.85 (148.5) 9.13 (232) 7.44 (189) 0.98 (25) 7.24 (184) 0.14 (3.5) 0.16 (4) 0.31 (8) 6.17 (2.8)
2 FS2 7.40 (188) 6.93 (176) 10.12 (257) 7.87 (200) 1.10 (28) 7.56 (192) 0.14 (3.5) 0.17 (4.2) 0.33 (8.5) 11.02 (5.0)
2 FS3 8.27 (210) 7.78 (197.5) 12.20 (310) 9.92 (252) 1.30 (33) 9.45 (240) 0.14 (3.5) 0.17 (4.2) 0.33 (8.5) 18.08 (8.2)

2.4
2
DC1, Sizes FS1–FS3, Degree of Protection IP66/NEMA 4, with Local Controls
2
Ø1 2
2
Ø2 2
2
B1
B
2
2
2
B1 2
2
A1 B2 C1 A1 2
A C
Frame Weight
2
FS1 6.34 (161) 5.85 (148.5) 9.13 (232) 7.44 (189) 0.98 (25) 7.24 (184) 0.14 (3.5) 0.16 (4) 0.31 (8) 6.17 (2.8)
2
FS2 7.40 (188) 6.93 (176) 10.12 (257) 7.87 (200) 1.10 (28) 7.56 (192) 0.14 (3.5) 0.17 (4.2) 0.33 (8.5) 11.02 (5.0)
2
FS3 8.27 (210) 7.78 (197.5) 12.20 (310) 9.92 (252) 1.30 (33) 9.45 (240) 0.14 (3.5) 0.17 (4.2) 0.33 (8.5) 18.08 (8.2)
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2

PowerXL DA1 Series Drives
Contents
2 PowerXL DA1 Series Drives
Description Page
2 PowerXL DA1 Series Drives
Accessories . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V6-T2-38
Dimensions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V6-T2-43
2
2
2
2
2
2
Certifications
2 Eaton’s PowerXL® DA1
variable frequency drives are
design
●
●
Brake chopper as standard
Temperature-controlled fan
the next generation of drives Product
2 Rugged and reliable—
●
● RS-485/Modbus® and
specifically engineered for 200% for 4s 50 °C rated CANopen™ as standard
● Complies with EN61800-3
today’s machinery (2004)
●
applications.
● PID controller as standard
mountable (FS1 and FS2) ● SmartWire capability EMC (At Default Settings)
2 DA1 is the perfect match for Side-by-side installation
●
● Removable I/O terminal ● EMC Category C1, C2
demanding OEM applications. ● Industry-leading efficiency blocks and C3 at default settings
High-performance processor, delivers energy savings to
2 safe torque off, multiple the customer
● Contactor style power
wiring
(1 m, 5 m, 25 m)
fieldbus protocols including Integrated EMC filters
●
Safety 1
2 SmartWire-DT, sensorless
vector control and the
make the unit suitable for
● 200% torque at zero speed
● 61800-5-1
commercial and industrial
● Designed to run surface
2 EN 60529
●
possibility to operate networks mounted (SPM) and rotor
permanent magnet motors in-built (IPM) permanent ● CE
are sure to leave a lasting
● Communication cards that magnet motors
2 UL
●
impression. integrate into the drive—

● PLC programming ● cUL
● EtherNet/IP
2 Closed loop DNV
● ●
Models rated at 480 volts, ● DeviceNet
three-phase, 50/60 Hz are ● Conformal coated boards ● UkrSepro
● PROFIBUS-DP
2
available in sizes ranging from ● c-Tick
1 to 15 hp. Models rated at ● EtherCAT
● RoHS compliant
240 volts, single- or three- ● PROFINET
2 phase, 50/60 Hz are available ● Modbus TCP
in sizes ranging from 0.5
BACnet
2
●
to 7.5 hp. Models rated at
575 volts, three-phase, Note
2 50/60 Hz are available in sizes
ranging from 1 to 20 hp.
1 See unit nameplate for more detailed
approvals.
2
2
2
2
2
2

2.5
2
DA1 Series Adjustable Frequency AC Drives
2
DA1 - 1 2 4D1 F B - A 20 C
2
Device Series
DA1 = Variable frequency drive, compact, Series 1
Type
C = Coated printed circuit boards
2
2
(D = Drives, A = Advanced, 1 = Series 1)
Degree of Protection
Connection in Power Section
1 = Single-phase mains connection/three-phase motor connection
20 = IP20/NEMA 0
66 = IP66/NEMA 4/4X
2
2
3 = Three-phase mains connection/three-phase motor connection 6S = IP66 with disconnect/NEMA 4/4X
Mains Voltage Category Display Unit (Display)

A = LED display (IP20 only)
2
2 = 230 V (200–240 V ±10%)
2
4 = 400 V (380–480 V ±10%) B = OLED display (IP66 only)
5 = 575 V (500–600 V ±10%)
Rated
Brake Chopper
B = Brake chopper
2
2
Operational Current
Examples—
2D2 = 2.2 A EMC (Radio Interference Suppression Filter)
4D1 = 4.1 A
024 = 24 A
F = Internal RFI filter 2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2

Product Selection
2
2 IP20 DA1 Series IP20 Enclosure Drives 1
2
1 0.75 200–240 V single-phase in/ 4.3 2 DA1-124D3FB-A20C
2
2 1.5 7 2 DA1-127D0FB-A20C
3 2.2 10.5 2 DA1-12011FB-A20C
2 1 0.75 200–240 V three-phase in/ 4.3 2 DA1-324D3FB-A20C
2 1.5 7 2 DA1-327D0FB-A20C
2 3 2.2 10.5 2 DA1-32011FB-A20C
2 5
7.5
4
5.5
18
24
3
3
DA1-32018FB-A20C
DA1-32024FB-A20C
2 1 0.75 380–480 V three-phase in/

2.2 2 DA1-342D2FB-A20C
2 1.5 4.1 2 DA1-344D1FB-A20C
2 3 2.2 5.8 2 DA1-345D8FB-A20C
2
5 4 9.5 2 DA1-349D5FB-A20C
7.5 5.5 14 3 DA1-34014FB-A20C
2 10 7.5 18 3 DA1-34018FB-A20C
15 11 24 3 DA1-34024FB-A20C
2 1 0.75 500–600 V three-phase in/
2.1 2 DA1-352D1NB-A20C
2 4.5 3.1 2 DA1-353D1NB-A20C
2 3 2.2 4.1 2 DA1-354D1NB-A20C
2 5
7.5
4
5.5
6.5
9
2
2
DA1-356D5NB-A20C
DA1-359D0NB-A20C
2 10 7.5 12 3 DA1-35012NB-A20C
15 11 17 3 DA1-35017NB-A20C
2 20 15 22 3 DA1-35022NB-A20C
2 Notes
2 3 Brake chopper circuit available as standard in frames 2 and 3.
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2

2.5
IP66 NEMA 4/4X Interior “-B66C” Option “-B6SC” Option
DA1 Drive This version comes with the This version has an integrated 2
The IP66 version of the OLED keypad. There are no potentiometer, a forward/
DA1 is a unique solution to additional cover controls to off/reverse switch and a 2
allow for mounting the drive address security concerns. disconnect switch with
outside of a control panel or
next to a motor for distributed
lock-off capability with the 2
OLED keypad. This allows
control. for reduced labor and
materials when compared
2
to a IP20 solution in
separate enclosure. 2
2
IP66 DA1 Series IP66 Enclosure Drives 1 2
IP66 NEMA 4/4X Interior DA1 Drive
2
1 0.75 200–240 V single-phase in/ 4.3 2 DA1-124D3FB-B6SC 4
2
2 1.5 7 2 DA1-127D0FB-B6SC 4
2
3 2.2 10.5 2 DA1-12011FB-B6SC 4
1 0.75 200–240 V three-phase in/
4.3 2 DA1-324D3FB-B6SC 4 2
IP66S 2 1.5 7 2 DA1-327D0FB-B6SC 4
3 2.2 10.5 2 DA1-32011FB-B6SC 4 2
2
5 4 18 3 DA1-32018FB-B6SC 4
1 0.75 380–480 V three-phase in/ 2.2 2 DA1-342D2FB-B6SC 4

2 1.5 4.1 2 DA1-344D1FB-B6SC 4
2
3 2.2 5.8 2 DA1-345D8FB-B6SC 4
5 4 9.5 2 DA1-349D5FB-B6SC 4 2
7.5 5.5 14 3 DA1-34014FB-B6SC 4
10 7.5 18 3 DA1-34018FB-B6SC 4 2
1
2
0.75
4.5
500–600 V three-phase in/
2.1
3.1
2
2
DA1-352D1NB-B6SC
DA1-353D1NB-B6SC
2
3 2.2 4.1 2 DA1-354D1NB-B6SC 2
5 4 6.5 2 DA1-356D5NB-B6SC
7.5 5.5 9 2 DA1-359D0NB-B6SC 2
10 7.5 12 3 DA1-35012NB-B6SC
15 11 17 3 DA1-35017NB-B6SC
2
Notes
2
3 Brake chopper circuit available as standard in frames 2 and 3.
2
4 Non-disconnect version available. Substitute with -B66C.
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2

Accessories
2
DA1 Series
2
PC Communication Kit and Copy/Paste Module Remote Keypad
2 Description Catalog Number Description Catalog Number
2
Bluetooth copy/paste communication stick DX-COM-STICK2 LED remote keypad—7-segment display, IP54 rated DX-KEY-LED2 1
USB to RJ45 panel mount kit DX-COM-PCKIT OLED remote keypad—full text display, multi-line text, DX-KEY-OLED 1
multi-language, IP54, hand/auto
2 USB to RJ45 PC Tool cable DX-CBL-PC-3M0
Extension Cables and Data Cable Splitter

2 Optional Communication Modules
2 DeviceNet plug-in interface module DX-NET-DEVICENET
RJ45 communication cable w/terminating resistor EASY-NT-R
2
PROFIBUS-DP plug-in interface module DX-NET-PROFIBUS
EtherNet/IP plug-in interface module DX-NET-ETHERNET-2
2 EtherCAT plug-in interface module DX-NET-ETHERCAT-2
PROFINET plug-in interface module DX-NET-PROFINET-2
2 Modbus TCP plug-in interface module DX-NET-MODBUSTCP-2
RS-485 data cable splitter, RJ45, (1 connector to 2 socket) DX-SPL-RJ45-2SL1PL
BACnet/IP plug-in interface module DX-NET-BACNETIP-2

2 SmartWire Modules
Encoder Feedback Plug-In Option Module
2 and Miscellaneous Cards SmartWire-DT interface for DA1 IP20 DX-NET-SWD1
2 Expansion card: 3 relay outputs DXA-EXT-3RO
Note
1 Includes 1 m RS-485 data cable.
2 Encoder feedback plug-in option module DXA-EXT-ENCOD

Expansion card: 3 digital inputs and 1 relay output DXA-EXT-3DI1RO
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2

2.5
2
An output filter is used
to reduce the transient 2
and load side of the AFD to current harmonics similar to voltage (dV/dt) at the motor
help improve the harmonic a DC choke. It also provides terminals. The output filter 2
performance of the system. increased input protection for is recommended for cable
additional filtering options and
further technical details. extend the life of the AFD. and above and for cable
2
2
2
Line and Load Reactors—Catalog Number Selection
2
D R1 – 2 2D0 – 0 5
2
2
Basic Naming Impedance
D = Drive 3 = 3%
5 = 5%
Device Series Current Rating 2

Environment Rating
2
R1 = Line side reactor Examples:
R2 = Load side reactor Input/Output Voltage 2D0 = 2.0 A 0 = Open
2 = 230 V 4D0 = 4.0 A 1 = NEMA 1
4 = 460 V
5 = 575 V
8D0 = 8.0 A
012 = 12 A 2
Line and Load Reactors—230 V

2
Open NEMA 1 2
Load Reactor Line Reactor Load Reactor Line Reactor
hp (CT) 3% 5% 3% 5% 3% 5% 3% 5% 2
2
3 DR2-2012-03 DR2-2012-05 DR1-29D6-03 DR1-29D6-05 DR2-2012-13 DR2-2012-15 DR1-29D6-13 DR1-29D6-15
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2


2 Open NEMA 1
2 hp (CT)
Load Reactor
3% 5%
Line Reactor
3% 5%
Load Reactor
3% 5%
Line Reactor
3% 5%
2 1 DR2-42D0-03 DR2-42D0-05 DR1-42D1-03 DR1-42D1-05 DR2-42D0-13 DR2-42D0-15 DR1-42D1-13 DR1-42D1-15

2 7.5 DR2-4012-03 DR2-4012-05 DR1-4011-03 DR1-4011-05 DR2-4012-13 DR2-4012-15 DR1-4011-13 DR1-4011-15
2 10
15
DR2-4018-03
DR2-4025-03
DR2-4018-05
DR2-4025-05
DR1-4014-03
DR1-4021-03
DR1-4014-05
DR1-4021-05
DR2-4018-13
DR2-4025-13
DR2-4018-15
DR2-4025-15
DR1-4014-13
DR1-4021-13
DR1-4014-15
DR1-4021-15
2
2 Line and Load Reactors—575 V
Open NEMA 1
2 Load Reactor Line Reactor Load Reactor Line Reactor
hp (CT) 3% 5% 3% 5% 3% 5% 3% 5%

2 5
7.5
DR2-58D0-03
DR2-58D0-03
DR2-58D0-05
DR2-58D0-05
DR1-56D1-03
DR1-59D0-03
DR1-56D1-05
DR1-59D0-05
DR2-58D0-13
DR2-58D0-13
DR2-58D0-15
DR2-58D0-15
DR1-56D1-13
DR1-59D0-13
DR1-56D1-15
DR1-59D0-15
2 10 DR2-5012-03 DR2-5012-05 DR1-5011-03 DR1-5011-05 DR2-5012-13 DR2-5012-15 DR1-5011-13 DR1-5011-15

2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2

2.5
2
DA1 Series
Ratings Specifications
2
PowerXL DA1 Basic Controller IP20 Standard Ratings PowerXL DA1 Series Drives 2
Protections Input Ratings
2
Overload protection 150% for 60s for every 600 seconds Input voltage (Vin) ±10%
2
Undervoltage protection Yes Connection to power Maximum of one time every 30 seconds 2
Overtemperature Yes Output voltage 0 to Vin 1 2
protection
2
Continuous output Continuous rated current IN at ambient temperature
Motor overload protection Yes current max. 122 °F (50 °C), 150% for 60 seconds, 200% for 4 seconds
Short-circuit 100 kAIC with Type J fuses Frequency resolution 0.1 Hz
2
withstand rating
Initial output current (IH) 200% for 4s for every 40 seconds
Torque depends on motor 2
Operation mode U/f control, slip compensation, sensorless vector control (SLV),
2
2
Description vector control with feedback (CLV)
Built-in Help card Switching frequency 4 to 32 kHz
14 Standard operation parameters Voltage reference 10 Vdc (max. 10 mA)
2
Reference scaling Field weakening point 0 to 500 Hz
Programmable start and stop functions Acceleration time 0.1 to 600 seconds 2
DC-brake at start and stop Deceleration time 0.1 to 600 seconds
Programmable V/Hz curve Brake Resistor (Minimum Values) 2 2
230 V Series
400 V Series
FS2 and FS3 15 ohms
FS2 33 ohms, FS3 22 ohms
2
Protections and supervisions Ambient Conditions 2
Power section fault indication Ambient operating +14 °F (–10 °C), no frost to +122 °F (+50 °C): Rated loadability IN
External fault
temperature IP20—NEMA 0
2
Storage temperature –40 °F (–40 °C) to +140 °F (+60 °C)
2
Safe torque off (STO) function
Enclosure class IP20 (FS2 and FS3)
Analog input range selection, signal scaling and filtering
Notes
2
PI controller
2
Skip frequencies 2 Only FS2 and FS3 drives are equipped with brake chopper circuit.
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2

Standards—DA1 Series
2
2 ● Digital inputs DI1–DI5 Includes: ● Pretested components
are programmable ● Five inputs (three digital ● Computerized testing
2 ● Digital, relay and analog and two digital/analog) ● Final test with full load
outputs are programmable ● Analog inputs ● Conformal-coated boards
2 ● 4–20 mA ● Eaton’s Electrical Services &
● 0–10 V Systems: national network
2 ● Two outputs (analog or of AF drive specialists
digital)
2 ● Two relay outputs
2
2 DA1 Series I/O Interface
2 Terminal
1 +24 Vdc
Signal
Control voltage for DI1–DI5
Factory Preset
—
Description
Maximum load 100 mA
2 2 DI1 Digital Input 1 Start Enable FWD 1

8 to +30 V (High, R1 > 6 kΩ)
2 3 DI2 Digital Input 2 Start Enable REV 1 8 to +30 V (High, R1 > 6 kΩ)
4 DI3 Digital Input 3 Fixed frequency FF1/FF2 1 8 to +30 V (High, R1 > 6 kΩ)
2 5 +10 Vdc Reference voltage, Output (+10 V) — Maximum load 10 mA

Reference potential 0 V
2 6 AI1 Analog Input 1 Frequency reference value 1 Analog: 0 to +10 V (Ri >72 kΩ)
0/4–20 mA (Ri = 500 Ω)
Can be switched with parameter P2-30
2 DI4 Digital Input 5 Frequency reference value 1 Digital: 8–30 V (high)
2 7
8
0V
AO1
Reference potential
Analog Output 1
—
Output frequency
0 V = connection terminal 9
Analog: 0 to +10 V, maximum 20 mA
2 DO1 Digital Output 1 Output frequency Digital: 8–24 V
2 9
10
0V
DI4
Reference potential
Digital Input 4
—
Fixed frequency FF2 1
0 V connection terminal 7
Analog: 0 to +10 V (Ri >72 kΩ)
2
0/4–20 mA (Ri = 500 Ω)
AI2 Analog Input 2 Fixed frequency FF2 1 Digital: 8–30 V (high)
2 11 AO2 Analog output 2 Output current 1 Analog: 0 to +10 V, maximum 20 mA
2 DO2 Digital output 2 Output current 1 Digital: 8–24 V
12 STO+ Safe Torque Off + — Enable = +24 V
2 13 STO- Safe Torque Off – — Enable = 0 V
2 14
15
K11
K14
Relay 1, changeover contact
Relay 1, changeover contact (N/O)
Active = FAULT 1
Active = FAULT 1
Maximum switching load: 250 Vac/6 A or 30 Vdc/5 A
Maximum switching load: 250 Vac/6 A or 30 Vdc/5 A
2 16 K12 Relay 1, changeover contact (N/C) Active = FAULT 1 Maximum switching load: 250 Vac/6 A or 30 Vdc/5 A
17 K23 Relay 2, N/O contact Active = FAULT 1 Maximum switching load: 250 Vac/6 A or 30 Vdc/5 A
2 18 K24 Relay 2, N/C contact Active = FAULT 1 Maximum switching load: 250 Vac/6 A or 30 Vdc/5 A
2
Note
1 Programmable function.
2
0 to +10V/20 mA
0 to +10V/20 mA
0 to +10V/20 mA
FF1/FF2
2
A-Out
f-Soll
f-Out
+24V
FWD
REV
FF2
1 2 3 4 10 6 8 11
2
AI1
(DI5)
AO1
(DO1)
AO2
(DO2)
+24V Out
< 100 mA
DI1
DI2
DI3
DI4
(AI2)
2
2 CPU

2.5
Dimensions
2
DA1, Sizes FS2 and FS3, Degree of Protection IP20/NEMA 0 2
2
Ø B2
2
Ø1
2
Ø2 2
2
B
B1
2
2
2
2
A1 C1
A C 2
Frame Weight
Size A A1 B B1 B2 C C1 Ø1 Ø2 lbs (kg) 2
FS2 4.21 (107.0) 2.95 (75.0) 9.09 (231.0) 8.46 (215.0) 0.31 (8.0) 7.32 (186.0) 0.20 (5.0) 0.24 (6.0) 0.47 (12.0) 3.97 (1.8)
FS3 5.16 (131.0) 3.94 (100.0) 10.75 (273.0) 10.04 (255.0) 0.33 (8.5) 8.03 (204.0) 0.20 (5.0) 0.24 (6.0) 0.47 (12.0) 7.72 (3.5) 2
DA1, Sizes FS2 and FS3, Degree of Protection IP66/NEMA 4 2
Ø1
2
2
Ø2
2
2
2
B
B1 2
2
2
B1
2
2
A1 B2 C1
A1 2
A C
2
Frame Weight
2
FS2 7.40 (188.0) 6.93 (176.0) 10.12 (257.0) 7.87 (200.0) 0.79 (20.0) 9.42 (239.3) 0.14 (3.5) 0.16 (4.2) 0.33 (8.5) 10.4 (4.5)
FS3 8.29 (211.0) 7.78 (198.0) 12.20 (310.0) 9.90 (252.0) 0.98 (25.0) 10.48 (266.3) 0.14 (3.5) 0.16 (4.2) 0.33 (8.5) 15.9 (7.0) 2
2


2
DA1, Sizes FS2 and FS3, Degree of Protection IP66/NEMA 4, with Local Controls
2
2
Ø1
2
Ø2
2
2
2 B
B1
2
2
2
B1
2
2
2 A1
B2
C1
A1
2 A C
Frame Weight
2 Size A A1 B B1 B2 C C1 Ø1 Ø2 lbs (kg)
FS2 7.40 (188.0) 6.93 (176.0) 10.12 (257.0) 7.87 (200.0) 0.79 (20.0) 9.42 (239.3) 0.14 (3.5) 0.16 (4.2) 0.33 (8.5) 10.6 (4.8)
2 FS3 8.29 (211.0) 7.78 (198.0) 12.20 (310.0) 9.90 (252.0) 0.98 (25.0) 10.48 (266.3) 0.14 (3.5) 0.16 (4.2) 0.33 (8.5) 16.1 (7.3)
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2

M-Max Series Drives
2.6
Contents
M-Max Series Drives for Machinery Applications
Description Page
2
M-Max Series Drives 2
Standards and Certifications . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V6-T2-46
Catalog Number Selection . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V6-T2-46 2
Product Selection . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V6-T2-47
Accessories . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V6-T2-48 2
Technical Data and Specifications . . . . . . . . . . V6-T2-51
Dimensions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V6-T2-53 2
2
2
2
2
2
Product Description Features 2
Eaton’s M-Max™ Series
Sensorless Vector Adjustable
The standard drive includes a
digital display, and operating
● Ease of use—preset
application macros, startup
● Integrated EMC filters
make the unit suitable for
2
Frequency AC Drives are and programming keys on a wizard, diagnostic commercial and industrial
the next generation of drives visually appealing, efficient capabilities networks 2
specifically engineered application programming ● Compact, space-saving ● IP21 as standard, option
for today’s machinery interface. The display design for NEMA® 1 (FS4 and FS5) 2
applications. These micro- provides drive monitoring, ● Rugged and reliable— ● IP20 as standard, option
processor-based drives have
standard features that can be
as well as adjustment and
diagnostic information. The
150% torque for one for IP21 and NEMA 1 2
minute, 50C rated, (FS1–FS3)
programmed to tailor the
drive’s performance to suit
keys are used for digital
adjustment and programming
conformal coated boards ● Brake chopper as standard 2
a wide variety of application of the drive, as well as for
● DIN rail and screw in three-phase, applications
requirements. The M-Max operator control. Separate mountable of frames 2 (FS2) and
larger
2
product line uses a 32-bit terminal blocks for control ● Side-by-side installation
microprocessor and insulated and power wiring are ● Industry leading efficiency ● Temperature-controlled fan 2
gate bipolar transistors provided for customer delivers energy savings to ● RS-485/Modbus® as
(IGBTs) that provide quiet
motor operation, high motor
connections. the customer standard 2
● Integrated 5% DC choke ● PID controller as standard
efficiency, and smooth low-
speed performance. The size
(FS4 and FS5) ● Several fieldbus options 2
and simplicity of the M-Max
● PROFIBUS
make it ideal for hassle-free ● DeviceNet 2
installation. Models rated at ● CANopen
575 volts, three-phase,
50/60 Hz are available in sizes
2
ranging from 1 to 7-1/2 hp.
Models rated at 480 volts,
2
three-phase, 50/60 Hz
are available in sizes ranging 2
from 1/2 to 25 hp. Models
rated at 240 volts, single- or 2
three-phase, 50/60 Hz are
available in sizes ranging from
1/4 to 15 hp. Models rated
2
at 115 volts, single-phase,
50/60 Hz are available in the 2
1/4 to 1-1/2 hp size range.
2
2
2

M-Max Series Drives
Standards and Certifications

2
Product EMC (At Default Settings)
2 ● Complies with EN61800-3 ● EMC Category C2, C3,
(2004) and C4 (Level H): With an
2 internal RFI filter option
Safety 1
2 ● 61800-5-1
● EN60204-1
2 ● CE
● UL
2 ● cUL
● IEC
2 ● RoHS compliant
Note
2 1 See unit nameplate for more detailed
approvals.
2
2 Catalog Number Selection
2 MMX 1 1 AA 1D1 F 0 – 0
2
Description Option
2 MMX = Base catalog number Phase
1 = Single-phase
Enclosure Class
0 = NEMA 0 or IP20
0 = Full version
2
3 = Three-phase
2 Voltage
1 = 120 V 4 = 480 V
Software
Designation Series
Output Current
1D6 = 1.6 A
EMC Filter
F = Filter
2 = 230 V 5 = 575 V AA 010 = 10 A N = No filter
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2

M-Max Series Drives
2.6
Product Selection
2
M-Max M-Max Basic Controller
100% Continuous Nominal Input Frame 2
hp 1 Volts 2 Current IN (A) Current (A) Size Catalog Number 3
1/4 100–120 V single-phase in
1.7 9.2 FS2 MMX11AA1D7N0-0 4 2
1/2 2.4 11.6 MMX11AA2D4N0-0 4
3/4 2.8 12.4 MMX11AA2D8N0-0 4 2
2
1 3.7 15 MMX11AA3D7N0-0 4
1-1/2 4.8 16.5 FS3 MMX11AA4D8N0-0 4

1/4 200–240 V single-phase in
1.7 4.2 FS1 MMX12AA1D7N0-0
2
1/2 2.4 5.7 MMX12AA2D4N0-0
3/4 2.8 6.6 MMX12AA2D8N0-0 2
1 3.7 8.3 FS2 MMX12AA3D7N0-0
1-1/2 4.8 11.2 MMX12AA4D8N0-0 2
2 7 14.1 MMX12AA7D0N0-0
3 9.6 15.8 FS3 MMX12AA9D6N0-0
2
1/4
1/2
200–240 V three-phase in
1.7
2.4
2.7
3.5
FS1 MMX32AA1D7N0-0
MMX32AA2D4N0-0
2
3/4 2.8 3.8 MMX32AA2D8N0-0 2
1 3.7 4.3 FS2 MMX32AA3D7N0-0
1-1/2 4.8 6.8 MMX32AA4D8N0-0 2
2 7 8.4 MMX32AA7D0N0-0
3 11 13.4 FS3 MMX32AA011N0-0 2
5
7-1/2
17
25
17
25
FS4 MMX32AA017N0-0
MMX32AA025N0-0
2
10 31 31 FS5 MMX32AA031N0-0
2
15 38 38 MMX32AA038N0-0
1/2 380–480 V three-phase in
1.3 2.2 FS1 MMX34AA1D3N0-0 2
3/4 1.9 2.8 MMX34AA1D9N0-0
1 2.4 3.2 MMX34AA2D4N0-0 2
2
1-1/2 3.3 4 FS2 MMX34AA3D3N0-0
2 4.3 5.6 MMX34AA4D3N0-0
3 5.6 7.3 MMX34AA5D6N0-0
2
4 7.6 9.6 FS3 MMX34AA7D6N0-0
5 9 11.5 MMX34AA9D0N0-0 2
7-1/2 12 14.9 MMX34AA012N0-0
10 14 18.7 MMX34AA014N0-0 2
10 16 16 FS4 MMX34AA016N0-0
15 23 23 MMX34AA023N0-0 2
20
25
31
38
31
38
FS5 MMX34AA031N0-0
MMX34AA038N0-0
2
1 575 V three-phase in
1.7 2.0 FS3 MMX35AA1D7N0-0 5 2
2 2.7 3.6 MMX35AA2D7N0-0 5
3 3.9 5.0 MMX35AA3D9N0-0 5 2
5 6.1 7.6 MMX35AA6D1N0-0 5
7-1/2 9.0 10.4 MMX35AA9D0N0-0 5 2
Notes
1 Horsepower ratings are based on the use of a 240 V, 460 V, and 575 V NEMA B, four- or six-pole squirrel cage induction motor and are for reference only.
2
2
Units are to be selected such that the motor current is less than or equal to the MMX rated continuous output current.
2 For 208 V, 380 V, or 415 V applications, select the unit such that the motor current is less than or equal to the MMX rated continuous output current.
3 For EMC filtered unit, replace “N0-0” with “F0-0”.
4 EMC filters are not available on MMX11 units.
5 All 575 V units come with EMC filter standard.
2
2

M-Max Series Drives
Accessories
2
M-Max Copy/Paste Module
2
Module is plugged onto the front of the drive to provide: upload/download of all parameters, direct MMX-COM-PC
link to a PC via USB interface for parameter assignment via MaxConnect software, and copying of
parameters for a series of devices or when exchanging devices. No PC required
2
2 PC Cable
2 Remote download USB to RJ-45 cable with software driver disk REM-USB-DOWN
2
NEMA Type 1 Kits 1
2 NEMA Type 1 and IP21 kit for frame 1 MMX-IP21-FS1

NEMA Type 1 and IP21 kit for frame 2 MMX-IP21-FS2
2 NEMA Type 1 and IP21 kit for frame 3 MMX-IP21-FS3

NEMA Type 1 for frame 4 MMX-CKIT-FS4
2 NEMA Type 1 for frame 5 MMX-CKIT-FS5
2
Optional Communication Modules
2 Network cards require communication adapter.
2 Description
Communication adapter kit (FS1–FS3)
Catalog Number
MMX-NET-XA
2 PROFIBUS DP network card with serial connection 2 XMX-NET-PS-A

PROFIBUS DP network card with Sub-D connection 2 XMX-NET-PD-A
2 DeviceNet network card 2 XMX-NET-DN-A
CANopen network card 2
2
XMX-NET-CO-A
2 Remote Keypad 3
2 There are three components needed for a full remote keypad.

2 Bezel and cable OPTRMT-BP-HMAX 3

Remote copy/paste keypad MMX-REMKEY-TEXT 3
2 VFD adapter MMX-ADAPTER-RJ45 3
2 Notes
1 NEMA Type 1 kit provides conduit entry plate.
2
2 Requires communication adapter kit.
3 All three components are required for remote keypad operation.
2
2
2
2
2
2
2

M-Max Series Drives
2.6
2
An output filter is used
to reduce the transient 2
help improve the harmonic a DC choke. It also provides terminals. The output filter 2
and further technical details. extend the life of the AFD. and above and for cable
2
2
2
Line and Load Reactors—Catalog Number Selection
2
D R1 – 2 2D0 – 0 5
2
2
Basic Naming Impedance
D = Drive 3 = 3%
5 = 5%
Device Series Current Rating 2

Environment Rating
2
R1 = Line side reactor Examples:
2 = 230 V 4D0 = 4.0 A 1 = NEMA 1
4 = 480 V
5 = 575 V
8D0 = 8.0 A
012 = 12 A 2

2
Open NEMA 1 2
hp (CT) 3% 5% 3% 5% 3% 5% 3% 5% 2
0.5 DR2-22D0-03 DR2-22D0-05 DR1-22D2-03 DR1-22D2-05 DR2-22D0-13 DR2-22D0-15 DR1-22D2-13 DR1-22D2-15 2
2
2
3 DR2-2012-03 DR2-2012-05 DR1-29D6-03 DR1-29D6-05 DR2-2012-13 DR2-2012-15 DR1-29D6-13 DR1-29D6-15 2
7.5 DR2-2025-03 DR2-2025-05 DR1-2022-03 DR1-2022-05 DR2-2025-13 DR2-2025-15 DR1-2022-13 DR1-2022-15 2
10
15
DR2-2035-03
DR2-2045-03
DR2-2035-05
DR2-2045-05
DR1-2028-03
DR1-2042-03
DR1-2028-05
DR1-2042-05
DR2-2035-13
DR2-2045-13
DR2-2035-15
DR2-2045-15
DR1-2028-13
DR1-2042-13
DR1-2028-15
DR1-2042-15
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2

M-Max Series Drives

2 Open NEMA 1
2 hp (CT)
Load Reactor
3% 5%
Line Reactor
3% 5%
Load Reactor
3% 5%
Line Reactor
3% 5%
2 0.5 DR2-41D0-03 DR2-41D0-05 DR1-41D1-03 DR1-41D1-05 DR2-41D0-13 DR2-41D0-15 DR1-41D1-13 DR1-41D1-15

2 3
5
DR2-48D0-03
DR2-48D0-03
DR2-48D0-05
DR2-48D0-05
DR1-44D8-03
DR1-47D6-03
DR1-44D8-05
DR1-47D6-05
DR2-48D0-13
DR2-48D0-13
DR2-48D0-15
DR2-48D0-15
DR1-44D8-13
DR1-47D6-13
DR1-44D8-15
DR1-47D6-15

2
2
Open NEMA 1
2 hp (CT)
Load Reactor
3% 5%
Line Reactor
3% 5%
Load Reactor
3% 5%
Line Reactor
3% 5%

2 7.5 DR2-58D0-03 DR2-58D0-05 DR1-59D0-03 DR1-59D0-05 DR2-58D0-13 DR2-58D0-15 DR1-59D0-13 DR1-59D0-15
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2

M-Max Series Drives
2.6
2
Ratings Specifications
M-Max Basic Controller IP20 Standard Ratings M-Max Series Drives 2
2
Protections Input Ratings
Overcurrent protection Trip limit 4.0 x IH instantaneously Input voltage (Vin) +10%/–15% 2
Overvoltage protection 115/230 V series: 437 Vdc; 400 V series: 874 Vdc; Input frequency (fin) 50/60 Hz (variation up to 45–66 Hz)
575 V series: 1048 Vdc trip level
Connection to power Once per minute or less (typical operation) 2
Undervoltage protection 115/230 V series: 183 Vdc; 400 V series: 333 Vdc;
575 V series: 460 Vdc trip level
Output Ratings
Output voltage 0 to Vin 1
2
Ground fault protection Ground fault is tested before every start. In case of ground fault in
motor or motor cable, only the frequency converter is protected Continuous output
current
Continuous rated current IN at ambient temperature max.
122 °F (50 °C), overload 1.5 x IN max. 1 min/10 min
2
Overtemperature Yes
protection
Motor overload protection Yes
Output frequency 0 to 320 Hz
2
Frequency resolution 0.01 Hz
Motor stall protection Yes Initial output current (IH) Current 2 x IN for 2 seconds in every 20-second period
Torque depends on motor
2
Short-circuit protection 100 kAIC with Type J fuses Control Characteristics 2
Control method Frequency control (V/Hz) open loop or sensorless vector control
Switching frequency 1.5 to 16 kHz; default 4 kHz 2
2
Frequency reference Analog input: resolution 0.1% (10-bit), accuracy ± 1% V/Hz
Description Panel reference: resolution 0.01 Hz
Application macros: basic, pump, fan and high load (hoist)
Acceleration time 0 to 3000 sec 2
Programmable start/stop and reverse signal logic (sinking or sourcing)
Reference scaling
Deceleration time
Braking torque
0 to 3000 sec
DC brake: 30% x Tn (without brake option)
2
Programmable start and stop functions
Brake Resistor (Minimum Values) 2 2
230 V Series FS2 35 ohms and FS3 26 ohms, FS4 14 ohms, FS5 9 ohms
2
Programmable V/Hz curve
400 V Series FS2 75 ohms and FS3 54 ohms, FS4 28 ohms, FS5 17 ohms
2
575 V Series FS3 103 ohms
Ambient Conditions
Protections and supervisions (all fully programmable; off, warning, fault)
Current signal input fault
Ambient operating
temperature
14 °F (–10 °C), no frost to 122 °F (+50 °C): Rated loadability IN
2
External fault
Storage temperature
Relative humidity
–40 °F (–40 °C) to 158 °F (70 °C)
0 to 95% RH, noncondensing, non-corrosive, no dripping water
2
Eight preset speeds
Analog input range selection, signal scaling and filtering
Air quality Chemical vapors: IEC 721-3-3, unit in operation, Class 3C2; Mechanical
particles: IEC 721-3-3, unit in operation, Class 3S2
2
PID controller Altitude 100% load capacity (no derating) up to 3280 ft (1000 m);
1% derating for each 328 ft (100 m) above 3280 ft (1000 m);
2
Skip frequencies max. 6560 ft (2000 m)
Vibration EN 60068-2-6; 3 to 150 Hz, displacement amplitude 1 mm (peak) at 3 to
2
15.8 Hz, max. acceleration amplitude 1G at 15.8 to 150 Hz
Shock EN 50178, IEC 68-2-27 UPS Drop test (for applicable UPS weights); 2
storage and shipping: max. 15 g, 11 ms (in package)
Enclosure class IP20 (FS1–FS3) 2
IP21 (FS4 and FS5)
Notes 2
2 Only three-phase FS2 and FS3 drives are equipped with brake chopper circuit. 2
2
2
2
2

M-Max Series Drives
Standards
2
2 ● Digital inputs DI1–DI6 are Includes: ● Pretested components
freely programmable. The ● Six digital inputs ● Computerized testing
2 user can assign multiple ● Two analog inputs ● Final test with full load
functions to a single input
– 4–20 mA ● Conformal-coated boards
2 ● Digital, relay, and analog – 0–10 V ● Eaton’s Electrical Services &
outputs are freely ● One analog output Systems: national network
2 programmable
● One digital output of AF drive specialists
2
● Two relay outputs
2
2 M-Max I/O Interface
2 1 +10 V Ref. output voltage — Maximum load 10 mA

2 AI1 Analog signal in 1 Freq. reference P) 0–+10 V Ri = 200k ohms [min.]
2
2 3 GND I/O signal ground — —
6 24 V 24 V output for DIs — ±20%, max. load 50 mA
2 7 GND I/O signal ground — —
2 8 DI1 Digital input 1 Start forward P) 0–+30 V Ri = 12k ohms min.
9 DI2 Digital input 2 Start reverse P) —

2 10 DI3 Digital input 3 Preset speed P) —
2 AUTOGEN
A A RS-485 signal A FB communication —
Ref B B RS-485 signal B FB communication —
2 Current
4 AI2 Analog signal in 2 PI actual value P) 0[4]–20 mA, Ri = 200k ohms
2
5 GND I/O signal ground — —
13 GND I/O signal ground — —
2 14 DI4 Digital input 4 Preset speed B1 P) 0–+30 V Ri = 12k ohms min.

15 DI5 Digital input 5 Fault reset P) 0–+30 V Ri = 12k ohms min.
2 Analog
OUT
16 DI6 Digital input 6 Disable PI contr. P) 0–+30 V Ri = 12k ohms min.
2 18 AO Analog output Output frequency P) 0(2)–10 V, RL = 500 ohms
20 DO Digital signal out Active = READY P) Open collector, max. load 48V/50 mA
2 22 RO11 Relay out 1 Active = RUN P) Max. switching load: 250 Vac/2 A or 250 Vdc/0.4 A
23 RO12
2 24 RO21 Relay out 2 Active = FAULT P) Max. switching load: 250 Vac/2 A or 250 Vdc/0.4 A
2 25 RO22
26 RO23
2 Note
P) Parameter-selectable function.
2
2
2
2
2
2

M-Max Series Drives
2.6
Dimensions
2
Dimensions and Frame Sizes, FS1–FS3 (FS = Frame Size) 2
a a a
2
a1 a1 a1
2
2
2
2
2
b1
b
b1
b
2
b1
b
2
2
FS1 2
FS2 2
2
2
FS3
0.28 in 2
(7 mm)
2
b2
2
2
2
2
c
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2

M-Max Series Drives

2
Dimensions and Frame Sizes, FS4 and FS5 (FS = Frame Size)
2 a
0.28
2 a1
Ø
(7.0)
2
2
2
2
2
2
b1
b2
b
2
2
2
2
2
2
2 c
2
2 Ø1
a1
2
2 Ø2
b1
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2

M-Max Series Drives
2.6
Dimensions and Frame Sizes
Approximate Dimensions in inches (mm)
2
Installation
Part Number a a1 b b1 b2 c Ø, Ø1 Ø2 Size
2
MMX12AA1D7_ 2.60 1.50 6.30 5.79 1.26 4.02 0.18 — FS1
MMX12AA2D4_
MMX12AA2D8_
(66) (38) (160) (147) (32) (102) (4.5)
2
MMX32AA1D7_
MMX32AA2D4_ 2
MMX32AA2D8_
MMX34AA1D3_ 2
MMX34AA1D9_
MMX34AA2D4_
2
MMX11AA1D7_ 3.54 2.46 7.68 7.17 1.26 4.14 2.17 — FS2
MMX11AA2D4_
MMX11AA2D8_
(90) (62.5) (195) (182) (32) (105) (5.5)
2
MMX11AA3D7_
MMX12AA3D7_ 2
MMX12AA4D8_
MMX12AA7D0_
2
MMX32AA3D7_
MMX32AA4D8_
MMX32AA7D0_ 2
MMX34AA3D3_
MMX34AA4D3_ 2
MMX34AA5D6_
MMX11AA4D8_ 3.94 2.95 9.96 9.53 1.34 4.41 2.17 — FS3 2
(100) (75) (253) (242) (34) (112) (5.5)
2
MMX12AA9D6_
MMX32AA011_
MMX34AA7D6_
MMX34AA9D0_ 2
MMX34AA012_
MMX34AA014_ 2
MMX35AA1D7_
MMX35AA2D7_
MMX35AA3D9_
2
MMX35AA6D1_
MMX35AA9D0_ 2
MMX32AA012_ 6.50 5.51 14.57 13.82 13.27 6.61 0.28 0.55 FS4
MMX32AA017_
MMX32AA025_
(165.0) (140.0) (370.0) (351.0) (337.0) (168.0) (7.0) (14.0) 2
MMX34AA016_
MMX34AA023_
2
MMX32AA031_
MMX32AA038_
6.50
(165.0)
5.51
(140.0)
16.30
(414.0)
15.67
(398.0)
15.08
(383.0)
8.07
(205.0)
0.28
(7.0)
0.55
(14.0)
FS5
2
MMX34AA031_
MMX34AA038_ 2
Note
1 in = 25.4 mm, 1 mm = 0.0394 in
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2

M-Max Series Drives

2
NEMA 1/IP21 M-Max Drives and Communication Adapter Kit
2 D
2
2 W3
2 W2
2
H
2
2
2
2
W1
2
Frame Type H W1 W2 W3 D
2 FS1 8.14 (206.7) 3.77 (95.7) 2.99 (75.9) 3.98 (101.2) 5.41 (137.5)
FS2 9.90 (251.5) 4.72 (120.0) 3.97 (100.8) 4.94 (125.5) 5.68 (144.2)
2 FS3 12.26 (311.5) 5.12 (130.1) 4.36 (110.8) 5.33 (135.3) 6.32 (160.5)
2 FS4
FS5
16.40 (416.6)
18.10 (460.1)
—
—
6.50 (165.0)
6.50 (165.0)
—
—
6.61 (166.0)
8.07 (205.0)
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2

PowerXL DG1 Series Drives
2.7
Contents
DG1 General Purpose Drive
Description Page
2
PowerXL DG1 Series Drives 2
Accessories . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V6-T2-65 2
Replacement Parts . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V6-T2-72
2
Dimensions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V6-T2-82
PowerXL EGS Series Enclosed Drives . . . . . . . . . V6-T2-83
2
2
2
2
PowerXL DG1 Series Drives 2
Product Description Features and Benefits 2
The DG1 general purpose Hardware Software
drives are part of Eaton’s next ● Brake chopper standard on ● Control logic can be ● Active energy control— 2
generation PowerXL Series of Frames 0, 1, 2, 3 powered from an external minimizes energy losses
adjustable frequency drives
specifically engineered for
● Dual overload ratings auxiliary control panel— in your motor, resulting in 2
● 110% variable torque (IL) internal drive functions and industry-leading energy
today’s more demanding
commercial and industrial ● 150% constant torque (IH)
fieldbus if necessary efficiency for your
application
2
● Standard I/O:
applications. The power unit
makes use of the most
● Open Type/IP00 or IP20
or Type 1/IP21 or Type 12/
● 8DI, 1DO ● Quick Start Wizard upon
initial power-up supports
2
sophisticated semiconductor ● 2AI, 2AO
technology and a highly
modular construction that can ●
IP54 enclosures available
Integrated common mode
● 2FC, 1FA relays ● Standard applications:
2
reduction 5% DC link Standard communications:
2
●
be flexibly adapted to meet ● Standard
the customer’s needs. choke with input surge ● EtherNet/IP, Modbus TCP ● Multi-pump and fan
protection RS-485: Modbus RTU, Control
2
●
The control module was
designed to include today’s
● EMI/RFI filters standard BACnet MS/TP ● Multi-PID
standard communication on all drives—meets EMC Seamless integration into
2
●
Category C2
● Multi-purpose
protocols and I/O while still EtherNet/IP networks
having the modularity to add ● Real-time clock—supports via EIP-Assist I/O ● Copy/paste functionality
additional option cards. calendaring and PLC tag-generation tool on drive keypad—allows 2
Eaton’s patented Active functionality ● Two expansion slots— for fast setup of multiple
Energy Control is also a ● Graphic LCD display and intended to support drives 2
standard feature on DG1 keypad—supports simple additional I/O or ● Pre-programmed I/O—
drives, offering customers
increased efficiency, safety
menu navigation as well as
on-screen diagnostics and
communication protocols
as necessary
supports fast, easy
installation for most
2
troubleshooting applications
and reliability.
● LOCAL/REMOTE operation
● Quick disconnect terminals
for I/O connections— ● Dynamic motor 2
These drives continue
from keypad and two regenerative energy
the tradition of robust
performance and raise configurable soft keys
supports fast easy
installation management 2
the bar on features and ● Conformal coated control ● Advanced PC Tool with
Safe Torque Off (STO) built-
2
●
functionality, ensuring and power boards standard in with functional safety diagnostic capabilities
the best solution at the SIL1 certification ● Two keypad software keys
right price. for easy menu navigation 2
and shortcuts
Product Range 2
230 V to 125 hp, 312 A, 90 kW
480 V to 1000 hp, 1180 A, 630 kW 2
2
575 V to 800 hp, 820 A, 597 kW


2 Product EMC Certification
2 ●
●
IEC/EN 61800-5-1
IEC/EN 61800-5-2
●
●
Immunity: IEC/EN 61800-3
Category C2
●
●
UL
cUL
2 ● UL 508C ● CE
● IEC 61508 ● C-Tick
2 ● EN 62061 ● RoHS
● EN ISO 13849-1 ● EAC
2 ● Plenum rated

Catalog Number Selection is for illustrative purposes only and not to be used to create new catalog numbers.
2 PowerXL Series—DG1 General Purpose Drive
2 Series Power Part Options
2 D G1 – 3 4 4D3 F B – C 21 C
Basic Naming Coating of Boards
2 D = Drive C = Coated
2 Series Phase Reference Internal Brake Chopper Enclosure (IP Rating)

G1 = General purpose 3 = 3~ INPUT/3~ OUTPUT N = No brake chopper 00 = IP00
2
B = Brake chopper 20 = IP20
21 = IP21/Type 1
Input/Output Voltage Rating Internal EMC Filter 54 = IP54/Type 12
2 2 = 230 V (208–240 V, –15%, +10%)
4 = 400 V (380–500 V, –15%, +10%)
D=
E =
DC choke only
EMC filter only Display Option
5 = 600 V (525–600 V, –15%, +10%) C = LCD (graphical)
2
F = Internal EMC filter and DC choke
N= No EMC filter, no DC choke N = No display
2 208–240 V
Output Current Rating (CT)
380–500 V 525–600 V
2
3D7 = 3.7 A, 0.55 kW, 0.75 hp 2D2 = 2.2 A, 0.75 kW, 1 hp 105 = 105 A, 55 kW, 75 hp 3D3 = 3.3 A, 1.5 kW, 2 hp
4D8 = 4.8 A, 0.75 kW, 1 hp 3D3 = 3.3 A, 1.1 kW, 1.5 hp 140 = 140 A, 75 kW, 100 hp 4D5 = 4.5 A, 2.2 kW, 3 hp
6D6 = 6.6 A, 1.1 kW, 1.5 hp 4D3 = 4.3 A, 1.5 kW, 2 hp 170 = 170 A, 90 kW, 125 hp 7D5 = 7.5 A, 3.7 kW, 5 hp
2 7D8
011
=
=
7.8 A, 1.5 kW, 2 hp
11 A, 2.2 kW, 3 hp
5D6
7D6
=
=
5.6 A, 2.2 kW, 3 hp
7.6 A, 3 kW, 5 hp
205 = 205 A, 110 kW, 150 hp
245 = 245 A, 132 kW, 200 hp
010
013
=
=
10 A, 5.5 kW, 7.5 hp
13.5 A, 7.5 kW, 10 hp
012 = 12.5 A, 3 kW, 4 hp 9D0 = 9 A, 4 kW, 7.5 hp (VT) 310 = 310 A, 160 kW, 250 hp 018 = 18 A, 11 kW, 15 hp
2 017
025
=
=
17.5 A, 3.7 kW, 5 hp
25 A, 5.5 kW, 7.5 hp
012
016
=
=
12 A, 5.5 kW, 7.5 hp
16 A, 7.5 kW, 10 hp
385 = 385 A, 200 kW, 300 hp
460 = 460 A, 250 kW, 350 hp
022
027
=
=
22 A, 15 kW, 20 hp
27 A, 18.5 kW, 25 hp
2
031 = 31 A, 7.5 kW, 10 hp 023 = 23 A, 11 kW, 15 hp 520 = 520 A, 250 kW, 450 hp 034 = 34 A, 22 kW, 30 hp
048 = 48 A, 11 kW, 15 hp 031 = 31 A, 15 kW, 20 hp 590 = 590 A, 315 kW, 500 hp 041 = 41 A, 30 kW, 40 hp
061 = 61 A, 15 kW, 20 hp 038 = 38 A, 18.5 kW, 25 hp 650 = 650 A, 355 kW, 500 hp 052 = 52 A, 37 kW, 50 hp
2 075
088
=
=
75 A, 18.5 kW, 25 hp
88 A, 22 kW, 30 hp
046
061
=
=
46 A, 22 kW, 30 hp
61 A, 30 kW, 40 hp
730 = 730 A, 400 kW, 600 hp
820 = 820 A, 450 kW, 700 hp
062
080
=
=
62 A, 45 kW, 60 hp
80 A, 55 kW, 75 hp
114 = 114 A, 30 kW, 40 hp 072 = 72 A, 37 kW, 50 hp 920 = 920 A, 500 kW, 800 hp 100 = 100 A, 75 kW, 100 hp
2 143
170
=
=
143 A, 37 kW, 50 hp
170 A, 45 kW, 60 hp
087 = 87 A, 45 kW, 60 hp 1K0 = 1180 A, 630 kW, 1000 hp (VT) 125
144
=
=
125 A, 90 kW, 125 hp
144 A, 110 kW, 150 hp
211 = 211 A, 55 kW, 75 hp 208 = 208 A, 132 kW, 200 hp
2 248 = 248 A, 75 kW, 100 hp 261
325
=
=
261 A, 187 kW, 250 hp
325 A, 224 kW, 300 hp
2 385
416
=
=
385 A, 224 kW, 300 hp
416 A, 298 kW, 400 hp
460 = 460 A, 336 kW, 450 hp
2 520
590
=
=
520 A, 373 kW, 500 hp
590 A, 448 kW, 600 hp
650 = 650 A, 485 kW, 650 hp
2 820 = 820 A, 597 kW, 800 hp (VT)
2 PowerXL Series—DG1 General Purpose Drive Option Boards

DX G – NET – PROFIBUS
2
2 Basic Naming
DX = PowerXL Drive
Series
G = General purpose NET =
Type
Communication card
Function
PROFB = PROFIBUS
EXT = I/O card DEVICENET = DeviceNet
2 ACC =
SPR =
Accessory
Spare part
CANOPEN = CANopen
SWD = SmartWire
2
KEY = Keypad See Accessories on Page V6-T2-65
CBL = Cable for full offering

2.7
Product Selection
2
DG1 Series Drives—208–240 Volt
2
PowerXL Series—DG1 IP20
Constant Torque (CT) / High Overload (IH) Variable Torque (VT) / Low Overload (IL) 2
230 V, 50 Hz 230 V, 60 Hz Current 230 V, 50 Hz 230 V, 60 Hz Current
Frame Size kW Rating hp A kW Rating hp A Catalog Number
2
FR0 0.55 0.75 3.7 0.75 1 4.8 DG1-323D7EB-C20C
0.75 1 4.8 1.1 1.5 6.6 DG1-324D8EB-C20C 2
1.1 1.5 6.6 1.5 2 7.8 DG1-326D6EB-C20C
2
2
2
PowerXL Series—DG1 Type 1/IP21 2

Constant Torque (CT) / High Overload (IH)
230 V, 50 Hz 230 V, 60 Hz Current
Variable Torque (VT) / Low Overload (IL)
230 V, 50 Hz 230 V, 60 Hz Current
2
FR1 0.55 0.75 3.7 0.75 1 4.8 DG1-323D7FB-C21C
2
0.75 1 4.8 1.1 1.5 6.6 DG1-324D8FB-C21C
2
1.1 1.5 6.6 1.5 2 7.8 DG1-326D6FB-C21C
1.5 2 7.8 2.2 3 11 DG1-327D8FB-C21C 2
2.2 3 11 3 — 12.5 DG1-32011FB-C21C
FR2 3 — 12.5 3.7 5 17.5 DG1-32012FB-C21C 2
3.7
5.5
5
7.5
17.5
25
5.5
7.5
7.5
10
25
31
DG1-32017FB-C21C
DG1-32025FB-C21C
2
FR3 7.5 10 31 11 15 48 DG1-32031FB-C21C 2
11 15 48 15 20 61 DG1-32048FB-C21C
FR4 15 20 61 18.5 25 75 DG1-32061FN-C21C 2
18.5 25 75 22 30 88 DG1-32075FN-C21C
22 30 88 30 40 114 DG1-32088FN-C21C
2
FR5 30 40 114 37 50 143 DG1-32114FN-C21C
2
37 50 143 45 60 170 DG1-32143FN-C21C
45 60 170 55 75 211 DG1-32170FN-C21C 2
FR6 55 75 211 75 100 261 DG1-32211FN-C21C
75 100 248 90 125 312 DG1-32248FN-C21C 2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2

Type 12/IP54
2 PowerXL Series—DG1
Constant Torque (CT) / High Overload (IH) Variable Torque (VT) / Low Overload (IL)
2 Frame Size
230 V, 50 Hz
kW Rating
230 V, 60 Hz
hp
Current
A
230 V, 50 Hz
kW Rating
230 V, 60 Hz
hp
Current
A Catalog Number
2 FR1 0.55
0.75
0.75
1
3.7
4.8
0.75
1.1
1
1.5
4.8
6.6
DG1-323D7FB-C54C
DG1-324D8FB-C54C
2 1.1 1.5 6.6 1.5 2 7.8 DG1-326D6FB-C54C

1.5 2 7.8 2.2 3 11 DG1-327D8FB-C54C
2 2.2 3 11 3 — 12.5 DG1-32011FB-C54C
FR2 3 — 12.5 3.7 5 17.5 DG1-32012FB-C54C
2 3.7 5 17.5 5.5 7.5 25 DG1-32017FB-C54C
2 FR3
5.5
7.5
7.5
10
25
31
7.5
11
10
15
31
48
DG1-32025FB-C54C
DG1-32031FB-C54C
2 11 15 48 15 20 61 DG1-32048FB-C54C
FR4 15 20 61 18.5 25 75 DG1-32061FN-C54C
2 18.5 25 75 22 30 88 DG1-32075FN-C54C
2
22 30 88 30 40 114 DG1-32088FN-C54C
FR5 30 40 114 37 50 143 DG1-32114FN-C54C
2 37 50 143 45 60 170 DG1-32143FN-C54C

45 60 170 55 75 211 DG1-32170FN-C54C
2 FR6 55 75 211 75 100 261 DG1-32211FN-C54C
75 100 248 90 125 312 DG1-32248FN-C54C
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2

2.7
DG1 Series Drives—380–500 Volt
2
PowerXL Series—DG1 IP20
Frame Size kW Rating hp A kW Rating hp A Catalog Number 2
FR0 0.75 1 2.2 1.1 1.5 3.3 DG1-342D2EB-C20C
1.1 1.5 3.3 1.5 2 4.6 DG1-343D3EB-C20C 2
2
1.5 2 4.3 2.2 3 5.6 DG1-344D3EB-C20C
2.2 3 5.6 3 5 7.6 DG1-345D6EB-C20C
2
2
Type 1/IP21
2
PowerXL Series—DG1
2
FR1 0.75 1 2.2 1.1 1.5 3.3 DG1-342D2FB-C21C
1.1 1.5 3.3 1.5 2 4.3 DG1-343D3FB-C21C 2
1.5 2 4.3 2.2 3 5.6 DG1-344D3FB-C21C
2.2 3 5.6 3 5 7.6 DG1-345D6FB-C21C 2
2
3 5 7.6 4 — 9 DG1-347D6FB-C21C
4 — 9 5.5 7.5 12 DG1-349D0FB-C21C
FR2 5.5 7.5 12 7.5 10 16 DG1-34012FB-C21C
2
7.5 10 16 11 15 23 DG1-34016FB-C21C
11 15 23 15 20 31 DG1-34023FB-C21C 2
FR3 15 20 31 18.5 25 38 DG1-34031FB-C21C
18.5 25 38 22 30 46 DG1-34038FB-C21C 2
FR4
22
30
30
40
46
61
30
37
40
50
61
72
DG1-34046FB-C21C
DG1-34061FN-C21C
2
37 50 72 45 60 87 DG1-34072FN-C21C 2
45 60 87 55 75 105 DG1-34087FN-C21C
FR5 55 75 105 75 100 140 DG1-34105FN-C21C 2
75 100 140 90 125 170 DG1-34140FN-C21C
90 125 170 110 150 205 DG1-34170FN-C21C
2
FR6 110 150 205 132 200 261 DG1-34205FN-C21C
2
132 200 245 160 250 310 DG1-34245FN-C21C
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2

Type 12/IP54
2 Frame Size
400 V, 50 Hz
kW Rating
460 V, 60 Hz
hp
Current
A
400 V, 50 Hz
kW Rating
460 V, 60 Hz
hp
Current
A Catalog Number
2 FR1 0.75
1.1
1
1.5
2.2
3.3
1.1
1.5
1.5
2
3.3
4.3
DG1-342D2FB-C54C
DG1-343D3FB-C54C
2 1.5 2 4.3 2.2 3 5.6 DG1-344D3FB-C54C

2.2 3 5.6 3 5 7.6 DG1-345D6FB-C54C
2 3 5 7.6 4 — 9 DG1-347D6FB-C54C
4 — 9 5.5 7.5 12 DG1-349D0FB-C54C
2 FR2 5.5 7.5 12 7.5 10 16 DG1-34012FB-C54C
2 7.5
11
10
15
16
23
11
15
15
20
23
31
DG1-34016FB-C54C
DG1-34023FB-C54C
2 FR3 15 20 31 18.5 25 38 DG1-34031FB-C54C

18.5 25 38 22 30 46 DG1-34038FB-C54C
2 22 30 46 30 40 61 DG1-34046FB-C54C
2
FR4 30 40 61 37 50 72 DG1-34061FN-C54C
37 50 72 45 60 87 DG1-34072FN-C54C
2 45 60 87 55 75 105 DG1-34087FN-C54C
FR5 55 75 105 75 100 140 DG1-34105FN-C54C
2 75 100 140 90 125 170 DG1-34140FN-C54C
90 125 170 110 150 205 DG1-34170FN-C54C
2 FR6 110 150 205 132 200 261 DG1-34205FN-C54C
2 132 200 245 160 250 310 DG1-34245FN-C54C
2 PowerXL Series—DG1 Open Type/IP00
2 Constant Torque (CT) / High Overload (IH)

400 V, 50 Hz 460 V, 60 Hz Current
400 V, 50 Hz 460 V, 60 Hz Current
2
FR7 160 250 311 200 300 385 DG1-34310FN-C00C
2 200 300 385 250 350 460 DG1-34385FN-C00C

250 350 460 250 450 520 DG1-34460FN-C00C
2 250 450 520 315 500 590 DG1-34520FN-C00C
FR8 315 500 590 355 500 650 DG1-34590FN-C00C
2 355 500 650 400 600 730 DG1-34650FN-C00C
2 400
450
600
700
730
820
450
500
700
800
820
920
DG1-34730FN-C00C
DG1-34820FN-C00C
2 500 800 920 560 900 1040 DG1-34920FN-C00C

500 800 920 630 1000 1180 DG1-341K0FN-C00C
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2

2.7
DG1 Series Drives—575 Volt
2
PowerXL Series—DG1 Type 1/IP21
Frame Size kW Rating hp A kW Rating hp A Catalog Number 2
FR1 1.5 2 3.3 2.2 3 4.5 DG1-353D3FB-C21C
2.2 3 4.5 3.7 5 7.5 DG1-354D5FB-C21C 2
FR2
3.7
5.5
5
7.5
7.5
10
5.5
7.5
7.5
10
10
13.5
DG1-357D5FB-C21C
DG1-35010FB-C21C
2
7.5 10 13.5 11 15 18 DG1-35013FB-C21C 2
11 15 18 15 20 22 DG1-35018FB-C21C
FR3 15 20 22 18.5 25 27 DG1-35022FB-C21C 2
18.5 25 27 22 30 34 DG1-35027FB-C21C
22 30 34 30 40 41 DG1-35034FB-C21C 2
2
FR4 30 40 41 37 50 52 DG1-35041FN-C21C
37 50 52 45 60 62 DG1-35052FN-C21C
45 60 62 55 75 80 DG1-35062FN-C21C
2
FR5 55 75 80 75 100 100 DG1-35080FN-C21C
75 100 100 90 125 125 DG1-35100FN-C21C 2
90 125 125 110 150 144 DG1-35125FN-C21C
FR6 110 150 144 150 200 208 DG1-35144FN-C21C 2
2
132 200 208 187 250 250 DG1-35208FN-C21C
PowerXL Series—DG1 Type 12/IP54 2

Constant Torque (CT) / High Overload (IH)
575 V, 60 Hz 575 V, 60 Hz Current
575 V, 60 Hz 575 V, 60 Hz Current
2
FR1 1.5 2 3.3 2.2 3 4.5 DG1-353D3FB-C54C 2
2.2
3.7
3
5
4.5
7.5
3.7
5.5
5
7.5
7.5
10
DG1-354D5FB-C54C
DG1-357D5FB-C54C
2
FR2 5.5 7.5 10 7.5 10 13.5 DG1-35010FB-C54C 2
7.5 10 13.5 11 15 18 DG1-35013FB-C54C
11 15 18 15 20 22 DG1-35018FB-C54C 2
FR3 15 20 22 18.5 25 27 DG1-35022FB-C54C
18.5 25 27 22 30 34 DG1-35027FB-C54C 2
2
22 30 34 30 40 41 DG1-35034FB-C54C
FR4 30 40 41 37 50 52 DG1-35041FN-C54C
37 50 52 45 60 62 DG1-35052FN-C54C
2
45 60 62 55 75 80 DG1-35062FN-C54C
FR5 55 75 80 75 100 100 DG1-35080FN-C54C 2
75 100 100 90 125 125 DG1-35100FN-C54C
90 125 125 110 150 144 DG1-35125FN-C54C 2
FR6 110 150 144 150 200 208 DG1-35144FN-C54C
132 200 208 187 250 250 DG1-35208FN-C54C
2
2
2
2
2
2

Open Type/IP00
2 Frame Size
575 V, 60 Hz
kW Rating
575 V, 60 Hz
hp
Current
A
575 V, 60 Hz
kW Rating
575 V, 60 Hz
hp
Current
A Catalog Number
2 FR7 186.5
223.8
250
300
261
325
223.8
298.4
300
400
325
385
DG1-35261FN-C00C
DG1-35325FN-C00C
2 223.8 300 385 335.7 450 416 DG1-35385FN-C00C

FR8 298.4 400 416 335.7 450 460 DG1-35416FN-C00C
2 335.7 450 460 373 500 520 DG1-35460FN-C00C
373 500 520 447.6 600 590 DG1-35520FN-C00C
2 447.6 600 590 484.9 650 650 DG1-35590FN-C00C
2 484.9
484.9
650
650
650
650
522.2
596.8
700
800
750
820
DG1-35650FN-C00C
DG1-35820FN-C00C
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2

2.7
Accessories
The PowerXL Series—DG1 drives can accommodate a wide PowerXL Series—DG1 Conversion and Flange Kits 2
selection of expander and adapter option boards to customize
the drive for your application needs. The drive’s control unit is
The Type 12/IP54 option kit is used to convert a Type 1/IP21 to a
Type 12/IP54 drive. The kit includes cover, fan and grommets.
2
designed to accept a total of two additional option boards.
The PowerXL Series—DG1 drives come with a factory-installed
Type 12/IP54 Conversion Kits 1 2
standard board configuration including the following: Description Catalog Number
Frame 1 230 V Type 12/IP54 kit DXG-ACC-2FR1N12KIT
2
● Standard I/O:
● 8DI, 1DO Frame 1 480 V Type 12/IP54 kit DXG-ACC-4FR1N12KIT
2
● 2AI, 2AO Frame 2 Type 12/IP54 kit DXG-ACC-FR2N12KIT
● 2FC, 1FA relays 2
The flange kit is used when the power section heat sink is
Standard communications:
2
●
mounted through the back panel of an enclosure. The kit
● EtherNet/IP, Modbus TCP includes hardware, top flange plate, bottom flange plate and
● RS-485: Modbus RTU, BACnet MS/TP two side flange plates.
2
Flange Kits
PowerXL Series—DG1 I/O Card Kits Description Catalog Number 2
2
Description Catalog Number Frame 1 flange kit Type 12/IP54 DXG-ACC-FR1N12FK
Frame 2 flange kit Type 12/IP54 DXG-ACC-FR2N12FK
3 x DI, 3 x DO, 1 x thermistor, 24 Vdc/EXT option card DXG-EXT-3DI3DO1T
1 x AI, 2 x AO (isolated to control board) option card DXG-EXT-1AI2AO
2
3 x relay dry contact (2NO + 1NO/NC) option card DXG-EXT-3RO
3 x PT100 RTD thermistor input option card DXG-EXT-THER1
Frame 5 flange kit Type 12/IP54 DXG-ACC-FR5N12FK 2
6 x DI 240 Vac input option card DXG-EXT-6DI
2
PowerXL Series—DG1 Communication Card Kits
PowerXL Series—DG1 Demo Units
2
Demo Units
PROFIBUS-DP communication card DXG-NET-PROFB
2
DG1 control module demo stand DG1-DEMO1
CANopen communication card DXG-NET-CANOPEN
DG1 full drive demo case DG1-DEMO2
DeviceNet communication card DXG-NET-DEVICENET
PROFIBUS DB9 to 5-pin adapter card DXG-NET-PROAD
Note 2
1 NEMA 12 DG1 drives from W34 are available within 3 business days.
SmartWire communication card and module IP20 DXG-NET-SWD-IP20
2
SmartWire communication card and module IP54 DXG-NET-SWD-IP54
2
PowerXL Series—DG1 Keypad Kits 2
Standard keypad DXG-KEY-LCD 2
2
Remote keypad kit (IP 54 rated keypad holder and 3 m cable) DXG-KEY-RMTKIT
1 m remote keypad cable DXG-CBL-1M0
2
Remote keypad mounting holder only DXG-KEY-HOLDER
Type 12/IP54 keypad hole plug (maintain rating without keypad) DXG-KEY-N12PLUG 2
2
2
2
2
2
2


2 The PowerXL Series PC Tool is designed for programming, controlling and monitoring of
the DG1 drives. Features include loading parameters that can be saved to a file or printed,
2 setting references, starting and stopping the motor, monitoring signals in graphical or text
form, and real-time display.
2 PowerXpert inControl Software
Software kit (software, cable, manual) DXG-ACC-SOFTWARE
2 Software cable (USB to keypad [RJ45]) DXG-CBL-PCCABLE
Real-time clock battery (approximately 10,000 hours life) DXG-ACC-RTBATT
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2

2.7
Brake Chopper Options
The brake chopper circuit Duty Cycle Torque
2
option is used for applications
that require dynamic braking.
The duty cycle rating is based
on a 60-second period. For
If the braking torque required
is less than 15%, dynamic 2
Dynamic braking resistors are example, the 20% duty cycle braking is not required
not included with drive resistor can carry 100% because the regenerated 2
purchase. Consult the factory current for 12 seconds out energy will be dissipated in
for additional dynamic braking
resistor selections that are
of every 60 seconds, while the drive and motor losses. 2
the 50% duty cycle resistor
supplied separately. A list of
common resistors are listed
can carry 150% current for
30 seconds out of every
2
below and are complete
indoor assemblies, include a
60 seconds.
2
pre-wired terminal block and
a thermal switch, and are not 2
UL Listed.
2
Dynamic Brake Resistor—Catalog Number Selection
2
DBR – R100 – W0800
2
Dynamic Brake Resistor Resistance Rated Watts 2
1D0 = 1.0 Ohms 0800 = 800 Watts
100 = 100 Ohms 8000 = 8000 Watts
080K = 80,000 Watts
2
230 V Brake Resistors 2
20% Duty Cycle, 100% Torque 50% Duty Cycle, 150% Torque
2
Drive hp Minimum
(CT/IH) Ohms Catalog Number Dimensions (Inches) Catalog Number Dimensions (Inches)
2
0.75 30.0 DBR-R100-W0400 12W x 5D x 5H DBR-R100-W0800 12W x 7D x 5H
1 30.0 DBR-R100-W0400 12W x 5D x 5H DBR-R100-W0800 12W x 7D x 5H
2
3 30.0 DBR-R036-W0800 12W x 7D x 5H DBR-R036-W2000 12W x 16D x 5H 2
7.5
10
20.0
10.0
DBR-R020-W1200
DBR-R015-W1600
12W x 10D x 5H
12W x 13D x 5H
DBR-R020-W4800
DBR-R112-W6000
26.5W x 13D x 5H
26.5W x 13D x 5H
2
20 3.3 DBR-R9D3-W3200 19W x 10D x 5H DBR-R3D4-W012K 28W x 10D x 10H
25 3.3 DBR-R5D5-W4000 26.5W x 10D x 5H DBR-R5D1-W015K 28W x 16D x 10H 2
30 3.3 DBR-R4D8-W4800 26.5W x 10D x 5H DBR-R4D1-W020K 28W x 16D x 10H
40 1.4 DBR-R004-W6000 26.5W x 13D x 5H DBR-R3D4-W025K 30W x 18D x 16H
2
2
60 1.4 DBR-R2D8-W9000 26.5W x 16D x 5H DBR-R002-W036K 30W x 18D x 24H
75 1.4 DBR-R2D6-W012K 28W x 10D x 10H DBR-R1D5-W045K 30W x 18D x 32H 2
100 1.4 DBR-R002-W015K 28W x 16D x 10H DBR-R1D4-W060K 30W x 18D x 40H
2
2
2
2
2
2

480 V Brake Resistors

2 Drive hp Minimum 20% Duty Cycle, 100% Torque 50% Duty Cycle, 150% Torque
2 (CT/IH)
1
Ohms
63.0
Catalog Number
DBR-R100-W0400
Dimensions (Inches)
12W x 5D x 5H
Catalog Number
DBR-R100-W0800
Dimensions (Inches)
12W x 7D x 5H
2 1.5 63.0 DBR-R100-W0400 12W x 5D x 5H DBR-R100-W1200 12W x 10D x 5H

2 3 63.0 DBR-R100-W0800 12W x 7D x 5H DBR-R100-W2000 12W x 16D x 5H
2
2 7.5 63.0 DBR-R100-W1200 12W x 10D x 5H DBR-R063-W4800 26.5W x 13D x 5H

10 63.0 DBR-R063-W1600 12W x 13D x 5H DBR-R063-W6000 26.5W x 16D x 5H
20 21.0 DBR-R030-W3200 19W x 13D x 5H DBR-R023-W012K 28W x 13D x 10H
2 25 21.0 DBR-R030-W4000 19W x 16D x 5H DBR-R021-W015K 28W x 13D x 10H
2 30
40
14.0
6.5
DBR-R020-W4800
DBR-R112-W6000
26.5W x 13D x 5H
26.5W x 13D x 5H
DBR-R014-W020K
DBR-R007-W025K
30W x 18D x 24H
30W x 18D x 16H
2 50 6.5 DBR-R013-W7500 26.5W x 16D x 5H DBR-R8D5-W030K 30W x 18D x 24H

60 6.5 DBR-R010-W9000 28W x 10D x 10H DBR-R7D3-W036K 30W x 18D x 24H
2 75 3.3 DBR-R009-W012K 28W x 13D x 10H DBR-R3D3-W045K 30W x 18D x 32H
100 3.3 DBR-R5D1-W015K 28W x 16D x 10H DBR-R004-W060K 30W x 18D x 40H
2 125 3.3 DBR-R4D1-W020K 28W x 16D x 10H DBR-R004-W070K 30W x 18D x 48H
2 150
200
3.3
3.3
DBR-R3D4-W025K
DBR-R3D3-W030K
30W x 18D x 16H
30W x 18D x 24H
DBR-R3D5-W085K
DBR-R3D3-W110K
30W x 18D x 56H
30W x 18D x 72H
2 250 1.4 DBR-R2D5-W036K 30W x 18D x 24H 1 —

300 1.4 DBR-R1D5-W045K 30W x 18D x 32H 1 —
2 350 1.4 DBR-R1D4-W060K 30W x 18D x 40H 1 —
1
2
400 0.9 DBR-R1D4-W060K 30W x 18D x 40H —
500 0.9 DBR-R0D9-W080K 30W x 18D x 48H 1 —
2 550 0.9 DBR-R001-W085K 30W x 18D x 56H 1 —
Note
2 1 Consult factory.
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2

2.7
Drive hp Minimum 20% Duty Cycle, 100% Torque 50% Duty Cycle, 150% Torque
2
(CT/IH)
2
Ohms
100.0
Catalog Number
DBR-R100-W0400
Dimensions (Inches)
12W x 5D x 5H
Catalog Number
DBR-R100-W1200
Dimensions (Inches)
12W x 10D x 5H
2
7.5 100.0 DBR-R100-W1200 12W x 10D x 5H DBR-R100-W4800 26.5W x 13D x 5H
2
2
25 30.0 DBR-R030-W4000 19W x 16D x 5H DBR-R030-W015K 28W x 16D x 10H 2
30 18.0 DBR-R020-W4800 26.5W x 13D x 5H DBR-R020-W020K 30W x 18D x 16H
40 18.0 DBR-R030-W6000 26.5W x 16D x 5H DBR-R184-W025K 30W x 18D x 16H 2
2
75 9.0 DBR-R009-W012K 28W x 13D x 10H DBR-R009-W045K 30W x 18D x 24H
2
125 7.0 DBR-R8D2-W020K 30W x 18D x 10H DBR-R007-W070K 30W x 18D x 40H 2
175 7.0 DBR-R007-W030K 30W x 18D x 24H DBR-R007-W100K 30W x 18D x 72H 2
200
250
2.5
2.5
DBR-R3D3-W030K
DBR-R2D5-W036K
30W x 18D x 24H
30W x 18D x 24H
DBR-R2D6-W110K
DBR-R003-W140K
30W x 18D x 64H
30W x 18D x 72H
2
300 2.5 DBR-R3D3-W045K 30W x 18D x 32H 1 — 2
400 1.7 DBR-R002-W060K 30W x 18D x 48H 1 —
450 1.7 DBR-R1D8-W070K 30W x 18D x 48H 1 — 2
500 1.7 DBR-R002-W080K 30W x 18D x 56H 1 —
Note
2
1 Consult factory.
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2


2 A line and load reactor is a DR1 Line Reactor DR2 Output Reactor
2
three-phase inductance filter A line reactor helps to provide An output filter is used
that can be placed on the line a moderate reduction in to reduce the transient
2 help improve the harmonic a DC choke. It also provides terminals. The output filter
2 Consult the factory for
AFD and its semiconductors lengths exceeding 100 ft
2 and further technical details. extend the life of the AFD. and above and for cable
2 a drive of 2 hp and below.
2
2 Line and Load Reactors—Catalog Number Selection
D R1 – 2 2D0 – 0 5
2
2 Basic Naming
D = Drive
Impedance
3 = 3%
5 = 5%
2 Device Series Current Rating
Environment Rating
2 R1 = Line side reactor Examples:
2 = 230 V 4D0 = 4.0 A 1 = NEMA 1
2 4 = 460 V 8D0 = 8.0 A
012 = 12 A

2 Open NEMA 1
Line Reactor Load Reactor Line Reactor Load Reactor
2 hp (CT) 3% 5% 3% 5% 3% 5% 3% 5%
2
2 3 DR1-29D6-03 DR1-29D6-05 DR2-2012-03 DR2-2012-05 DR1-29D6-13 DR1-29D6-15 DR2-2012-13 DR2-2012-15

2 20
25
DR1-2054-03
DR1-2068-03
DR1-2054-05
DR1-2068-05
DR2-2055-03
DR2-2080-03
DR2-2055-05
DR2-2080-05
DR1-2054-13
DR1-2068-13
DR1-2054-15
DR1-2068-15
DR2-2055-13
DR2-2080-13
DR2-2055-15
DR2-2080-15

2
2
2
2

2.7
Open NEMA 1
2
hp (CT) 3% 5% 3% 5% 3% 5% 3% 5% 2
2
5
7.5
DR1-47D6-03
DR1-4011-03
DR1-47D6-05
DR1-4011-05
DR2-48D0-03
DR2-4012-03
DR2-48D0-05
DR2-4012-05
DR1-47D6-13
DR1-4011-13
DR1-47D6-15
DR1-4011-15
DR2-48D0-13
DR2-4012-13
DR2-48D0-15
DR2-4012-15
2
10
15
DR1-4014-03
DR1-4021-03
DR1-4014-05
DR1-4021-05
DR2-4018-03
DR2-4025-03
DR2-4018-05
DR2-4025-05
DR1-4014-13
DR1-4021-13
DR1-4014-15
DR1-4021-15
DR2-4018-13
DR2-4025-13
DR2-4018-15
DR2-4025-15
2
20
25
DR1-4027-03
DR1-4034-03
DR1-4027-05
DR1-4034-05
DR2-4025-03
DR2-4035-03
DR2-4025-05
DR2-4035-05
DR1-4027-13
DR1-4034-13
DR1-4027-15
DR1-4034-15
DR2-4025-13
DR2-4035-13
DR2-4025-15
DR2-4035-15
2
2
2
2
Open NEMA 1 2
hp (CT) 3% 5% 3% 5% 3% 5% 3% 5%
2
2
200
250
DR1-5192-03
DR1-5242-03
DR1-5192-05
DR1-5242-05
DR2-5200-13
DR2-5250-13
DR2-5200-15
DR2-5250-15
DR1-5192-13
DR1-5242-13
DR1-5192-15
DR1-5242-15
DR2-5200-13
DR2-5250-13
DR2-5200-15
DR2-5250-15
2
300
400
DR1-5289-03
DR1-5382-03
DR1-5289-05
DR1-5382-05
DR2-5320-13
DR2-5400-13
DR2-5320-15
DR2-5400-15
DR1-5289-13
DR1-5382-13
DR1-5289-15
DR1-5382-15
DR2-5320-13
DR2-5400-13
DR2-5320-15
DR2-5400-15
2
450
500
DR1-5412-03
DR1-5472-03
DR1-5412-05
DR1-5472-05
DR2-5400-13
DR2-5500-03
DR2-5400-15
DR2-5500-05
DR1-5412-13
DR1-5472-13
DR1-5412-15
DR1-5472-15
DR2-5400-13
DR2-5500-13
DR2-5400-15
DR2-5500-15
2
2

Replacement Parts
2
Frame 0
2 230 V 480 V 575 V
Description Catalog Number Catalog Number Catalog Number
2 Standard keypad DXG-KEY-LCD DXG-KEY-LCD —
2 Main control board DXG-SPR-CTRLBOARD DXG-SPR-CTRLBOARD —

Control module kit with keypad 1 DXG-SPR-CTRLKIT DXG-SPR-CTRLKIT —
2 Main fan kit DXG-SPR-FR0FAN DXG-SPR-FR0FAN —
Main power board DXG-SPR-2FR0MPB DXG-SPR-4FR0MPB —
2 EMI kit for C2 DXG-SPR-FR0EMCKIT DXG-SPR-FR0EMCKIT —
2
Frame 1
2 230 V 480 V 575 V
2 Standard keypad DXG-KEY-LCD DXG-KEY-LCD DXG-KEY-LCD
Main control board DXG-SPR-CTRLBOARD DXG-SPR-CTRLBOARD DXG-SPR-CTRLBOARD
2 Control module kit with keypad 1 DXG-SPR-CTRLKIT DXG-SPR-CTRLKIT DXG-SPR-CTRLKIT
2 Control board cover DXG-SPR-BCOVER DXG-SPR-BCOVER DXG-SPR-BCOVER

Standard cover DXG-SPR-FR1CVR DXG-SPR-FR1CVR DXG-SPR-FR1CVR
2 Main fan kit 1 DXG-SPR-FR1FAN DXG-SPR-FR1FAN DXG-SPR-FR1FAN

Control fan DXG-SPR-2FR1CF DXG-SPR-4FR1CF DXG-SPR-4FR1CF
2 Main power board DXG-SPR-2FR1MPB DXG-SPR-4FR1MPB DXG-SPR-4FR1MPB
2
EMI board DXG-SPR-2FR1EB DXG-SPR-4FR1EB DXG-SPR-4FR1EB
Middle chassis cover DXG-SPR-FR1MCC DXG-SPR-FR1MCC DXG-SPR-FR1MCC
2 Outer housing DXG-SPR-FR1OH DXG-SPR-FR1OH DXG-SPR-FR1OH

UL conduit plate DXG-SPR-FR1CPUL DXG-SPR-FR1CPUL DXG-SPR-FR1CPUL
2 IEC conduit plate DXG-SPR-FR1CPIEC DXG-SPR-FR1CPIEC DXG-SPR-FR1CPIEC
2 Frame 2
2 Description
230 V
Catalog Number
480 V
Catalog Number
575 V
Catalog Number
2 Standard keypad DXG-KEY-LCD DXG-KEY-LCD DXG-KEY-LCD

2 Control module kit with keypad 1 DXG-SPR-CTRLKIT DXG-SPR-CTRLKIT DXG-SPR-CTRLKIT
2
Control board cover DXG-SPR-BCOVER DXG-SPR-BCOVER DXG-SPR-BCOVER
2 Main fan kit 1 DXG-SPR-FR2FAN DXG-SPR-FR2FAN DXG-SPR-FR2FAN

Control fan DXG-SPR-FR2CF DXG-SPR-FR2CF DXG-SPR-FR2CF
2 Bus capacitor DXG-SPR-2FR2BC DXG-SPR-4FR24BC DXG-SPR-4FR24BC
Main power board DXG-SPR-2FR2MPB DXG-SPR-4FR2MPB DXG-SPR-4FR2MPB
2 EMI board DXG-SPR-2FR2EB DXG-SPR-4FR2EB DXG-SPR-4FR2EB
2 Middle chassis cover

Outer housing
DXG-SPR-FR2MCC
DXG-SPR-FR2OH
DXG-SPR-FR2MCC
DXG-SPR-FR2OH
DXG-SPR-FR2MCC
DXG-SPR-FR2OH
2 UL conduit plate DXG-SPR-FR2CPUL DXG-SPR-FR2CPUL DXG-SPR-FR2CPUL

IEC conduit plate DXG-SPR-FR2CPIEC DXG-SPR-FR2CPIEC DXG-SPR-FR2CPIEC
2 Note
1 Factory recommended spare parts.
2
2
2

2.7
Frame 3
230 V 480 V 575 V
2
Description
Standard keypad
Catalog Number
DXG-KEY-LCD
Catalog Number
DXG-KEY-LCD
Catalog Number
DXG-KEY-LCD
2
Main control board DXG-SPR-CTRLBOARD DXG-SPR-CTRLBOARD DXG-SPR-CTRLBOARD 2
Control module kit with keypad 1 DXG-SPR-CTRLKIT DXG-SPR-CTRLKIT DXG-SPR-CTRLKIT
Control board cover DXG-SPR-BCOVER DXG-SPR-BCOVER DXG-SPR-BCOVER 2
Main fan kit 1 DXG-SPR-FR3FANKIT DXG-SPR-FR3FANKIT DXG-SPR-FR3FANKIT
2
Main fan DXG-SPR-FR3FAN DXG-SPR-FR3FAN DXG-SPR-FR3FAN
2
Bus capacitor DXG-SPR-FR3BC DXG-SPR-FR3BC DXG-SPR-FR3BC 2
EMI board DXG-SPR-2FR3EB DXG-SPR-4FR3EB DXG-SPR-4FR3EB 2
2
Drive board DXG-SPR-2FR3DB DXG-SPR-4FR3DB DXG-SPR-4FR3DB
Output board DXG-SPR-FR3OB DXG-SPR-FR3OB DXG-SPR-FR3OB
2
Outer housing DXG-SPR-FR3OH DXG-SPR-FR3OH DXG-SPR-FR3OH
UL conduit plate DXG-SPR-FR3CPUL DXG-SPR-FR3CPUL DXG-SPR-FR3CPUL 2
2
Frame 4
2
230 V 480 V 575 V
Description Catalog Number Catalog Number Catalog Number 2
Standard keypad DXG-KEY-LCD DXG-KEY-LCD DXG-KEY-LCD
Main control board DXG-SPR-CTRLBOARD DXG-SPR-CTRLBOARD DXG-SPR-CTRLBOARD 2
2
2
Main fan DXG-SPR-FR4FAN DXG-SPR-FR4FAN DXG-SPR-FR4FAN 2
Bus capacitor DXG-SPR-2FR4BC DXG-SPR-4FR24BC DXG-SPR-4FR24BC 2
Main power board
EMI board
DXG-SPR-2FR4MPB
DXG-SPR-2FR4EB
DXG-SPR-4FR4MPB
DXG-SPR-4FR4EB
DXG-SPR-4FR4MPB
DXG-SPR-4FR4EB
2
Softstart board DXG-SPR-2FR4SB DXG-SPR-4FR4SB DXG-SPR-4FR4SB 2
IGBT module DXG-SPR-2FR4IGBT DXG-SPR-4FR4IGBT DXG-SPR-4FR4IGBT
Rectifier module DXG-SPR-2FR4RM DXG-SPR-4FR4RM DXG-SPR-4FR4RM 2
Brake chopper module DXG-SPR-2FR4BCM DXG-SPR-4FR4BCM DXG-SPR-4FR4BCM
Middle chassis cover DXG-SPR-FR4MCC DXG-SPR-FR4MCC DXG-SPR-FR4MCC 2
Outer housing
UL conduit plate
DXG-SPR-FR4OH
DXG-SPR-FR4CPUL
DXG-SPR-FR4OH
DXG-SPR-FR4CPUL
DXG-SPR-FR4OH
DXG-SPR-FR4CPUL
2
IEC conduit plate DXG-SPR-FR4CPIEC DXG-SPR-FR4CPIEC DXG-SPR-FR4CPIEC 2
Note
1 Factory recommended spare parts. 2
2
2
2
2

Frame 5
2 230 V 480 V 575 V
2 Description
Standard keypad
Catalog Number
DXG-KEY-LCD
Catalog Number
DXG-KEY-LCD
Catalog Number
DXG-KEY-LCD
2 Main control board DXG-SPR-CTRLBOARD DXG-SPR-CTRLBOARD DXG-SPR-CTRLBOARD

2
2 Main fan DXG-SPR-FR5FAN DXG-SPR-FR5FAN DXG-SPR-FR5FAN

2 Bus capacitor DXG-SPR-FR5BC DXG-SPR-FR5BC DXG-SPR-FR5BC
2 EMI-1 board DXG-SPR-2FR5E1B DXG-SPR-4FR5E1B DXG-SPR-4FR5E1B
2 EMI-2 board
EMI-3 board
DXG-SPR-2FR5E2B
DXG-SPR-FR5E3B
DXG-SPR-4FR5E2B
DXG-SPR-FR5E3B
DXG-SPR-4FR5E2B
DXG-SPR-FR5E3B
2 IGBT module DXG-SPR-2FR5IGBT DXG-SPR-4FR5IGBT DXG-SPR-5FR5IGBT

Rectifier module DXG-SPR-FR5RM DXG-SPR-FR5RM DXG-SPR-5FR5RM
2 Brake chopper module DXG-SPR-2FR5BCM DXG-SPR-4FR5BCM DXG-SPR-4FR5BCM
2 UL conduit plate
IEC conduit plate
DXG-SPR-FR5CPUL
DXG-SPR-FR5IECCP
DXG-SPR-FR5CPUL
DXG-SPR-FR5IECCP
DXG-SPR-FR5CPUL
DXG-SPR-FR5IECCP
2 DC terminal kit DXG-SPR-FR5DCKIT DXG-SPR-FR5DCKIT DXG-SPR-FR5DCKIT
2 Frame 6
230 V 480 V 600 V
2 Description Catalog Number Catalog Number Catalog Number
2
Standard keypad DXG-KEY-LCD DXG-KEY-LCD DXG-KEY-LCD
2 Control module kit with keypad DXG-SPR-CTRLKIT DXG-SPR-CTRLKIT DXG-SPR-CTRLKIT

2 Standard cover DXG-SPR-FR6CVR DXG-SPR-FR6CVR DXG-SPR-FR6CVR
Type 12 grommet kit DXG-SPR-FR6GRN12 DXG-SPR-FR6GRN12 DXG-SPR-FR6GRN12
2 Main fan kit DXG-SPR-FR6FANKIT DXG-SPR-FR6FANKIT DXG-SPR-FR6FANKIT
2
Main fain DXG-SPR-FR6FAN DXG-SPR-FR6FAN DXG-SPR-FR6FAN
2 Bus capacitor DXG-SPR-FR6BC DXG-SPR-FR6BC DXG-SPR-5FR6BC

2 EMI board DXG-SPR-FR6EB DXG-SPR-FR6EB DXG-SPR-FR6EB
2 Rectifier module DXG-SPR-FR6RM DXG-SPR-FR6RM DXG-SPR-5FR6RM
2 Middle chassis cover

Outer housing
DXG-SPR-FR6MCC
DXG-SPR-FR6OH
DXG-SPR-FR6MCC
DXG-SPR-FR6OH
DXG-SPR-FR6MCC
DXG-SPR-FR6OH

2 Softstart board DXG-SPR-2FR6SB DXG-SPR-4FR6SB DXG-SPR-5FR6SB
Rectifier snubber board DXG-SPR-2FR6RSB DXG-SPR-4FR6RSB DXG-SPR-5FR6RSB
2 Terminal block kit (1-pole) DXG-SPR-FR6TB1P DXG-SPR-FR6TB1P DXG-SPR-FR6TB1P
Note
2 1 Factory recommended spare parts.

2.7
Frame 7
230 V 480 V 575 V
2
Description
Standard keypad
Catalog Number
—
Catalog Number
DXG-KEY-LCD
Catalog Number
DXG-KEY-LCD
2
Control module kit with keypad 1 — DXG-SPR-HPCTRLKIT DXG-SPR-HPCTRLKIT 2
Control board cover — DXG-SPR-BCOVER DXG-SPR-BCOVER
Standard cover — DXG-SPR-FR1CVR DXG-SPR-FR1CVR 2
Frame 8 2
230 V 480 V 575 V
2
Standard keypad — DXG-KEY-LCD DXG-KEY-LCD
Control module kit with keypad 1 — DXG-SPR-HPCTRLKIT DXG-SPR-HPCTRLKIT
Control board cover — DXG-SPR-BCOVER DXG-SPR-BCOVER
2
Standard cover — DXG-SPR-FR1CVR DXG-SPR-FR1CVR
Note 2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2


2
PowerXL Series—DG1 Technical Data and Specifications
2 Attribute Description Specification
2 Input ratings Input voltage Uin 208 V to 240 V, 380 V to 500 V, 525 V to 600 V, –15 to 10%
Input frequency 50 Hz to 60 Hz (variation up to 45 Hz to 66 Hz)
2 Connection to power Once per minute or less
2 Starting delay 3 s (FR1 to FR2), 4 s (FR3), 5 s (FR4), 6 s (FR5 and FR6)

Short-circuit withstand rating 100 kAIC (fuses and circuit breakers); 5 kAIC (without fuses or breakers)
2 Output ratings Output voltage 0 to Uin
Continuous output current IL: ambient temperature maximum 40 °C, up to 60 °C with derating, overload 1.1 x IL (1 min./10 min.)
2 IH: ambient temperature maximum 50 °C, up to 60 °C with derating, overload 1.5 x IH (1 min./10 min.)
2 Overload current 150% of drive rating for constant torque, 110% for variable torque
Initial output current 200% (2 s / 20 s)
2 Output frequency 0–400 Hz (standard)
2 Frequency resolution 0.01 Hz

Control characteristics Control methods Frequency control
2 Speed control
Open-loop speed control
2 Open-loop torque control
2 Switching frequency 230 V / 480 V range:

FR1–3: 1 kHz to 12 kHz
2 230 V / 480 V defaults:
FR1–3: 4 kHz
2 FR4–5: 3.6 kHz
FR6: 2 kHz
2 575 V range:
2 575 V defaults:
FR1–4: 3 kHz
2 FR5–6: 2 kHz
Automatic switching frequency derating in case of overload.
2 Frequency reference Analog input: resolution 0.1% (10-bit), accuracy +1%
2 Panel reference: resolution 0.01 Hz
2 Acceleration time 0.1 s to 3000 s
2 Deceleration time 0.1 s to 3000 s
Braking torque DC brake: 30% x Motor Rated Torque (Tn) (without brake chopper)
2 Dynamic braking (with optional brake chopper using an external brake resistor):
100% continuous maximum rating
2 Ambient conditions Ambient operating temperature –10 °C (no frost) to +50 °C, up to +60 °C with derating (CT)
2 –10 °C (no frost) to +40 °C, up to +60 °C with derating (VT)

Storage temperature –40 °C to +70 °C
2 Relative humidity 0–95% RH, noncondensing, non-corrosive
Air quality: Tested according to IEC 60068-2-60 Test Key:
2 ●Chemical vapors Flowing mixed gas corrosion test, Method 1 (H2S [hydrogen sulfide] and SO2 [sulfur dioxide])
Designed according to:
2 Mechanical particles
●
IEC 60721-3-3, unit in operation, class 3C2

IEC 60721-3-3, unit in operation, class 3S2
2 Altitude 100% load capacity (no derating) up to 3280 ft (1000 m); 1% derating for each 328 ft (100 m) above
3280 ft (1000 m); max. 9842 ft (3000 m) (2000 m for corner grounded earth main systems)
2 For 575 V product, maximum altitude is 6561 ft (2000 m) regardless of main system

2.7
PowerXL Series—DG1 Technical Data and Specifications, continued
Attribute Description Specification
2
Ambient conditions,
continued
Vibration: 5–150 Hz 2
●EN 61800-5-1 Displacement amplitude: 1 mm (peak) at 5 Hz to 15.8 Hz (FR1–FR6)
●EN 60668-2-6 Maximum acceleration amplitude: 1g at 15.8 Hz to 150 Hz (FR1–FR6) 2
Shock: Storage and shipping: maximum 15 g, 11 ms (in package)
●ISTA 1 A 2
EN 60068-2-27
2
●
Overvoltage Overvoltage Category III

Pollution degree Pollution Degree 2 2
Enclosure class IP21/Type 1 standard in entire kW/hp range
IP54/Type 12 option 2
Note: Keypad or keypad hole plug required to be mounted in drive for IP54/Type 12 rating
Immunity Fulfills EN 61800-3 (2004), first and second environment 2
MTBF FR1: 165,457 hours
FR2: 134,833 hours
2
FR3: 102,515 hours 2
FR4: 121,567 hours
FR5: 108,189 hours 2
FR6: 100,000 hours
Noise FR1: 51.2 dB 2
FR2: 58.6 dB
FR3: 61.0 dB 2
FR4: 68.0 dB
FR5: 69.1 dB
2
FR6: 73.2 dB
2
Standards Safety UL 508C, CSA C22.2 No. 274-13 and EN 61800-5-1
EMC +EMC2: EN 61800-3 (2004), Category C2 2
The drive can be modified for IT networks and corner grounding TN system
Electrostatic discharge Second environment, IEC 61000-4-2, 4 kV CD or 8 kV AD, Criterion B 2
Fast transient burst Second environment, IEC 61000-4-4, 2 kV/5 kHz, Criterion B
2
Dielectrical strength Primary to secondary: 3600 Vac/5100 Vdc
Primary to earth: 2000 Vac/2828 Vdc 2
Approvals EAC, RCM (C-Tick), RoHS, CE, UL and cUL (see nameplate for more detailed approvals)
Fieldbus connections Onboard: EtherNet/IP, Modbus® TCP, Modbus RTU, BACnet 2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2


2 Safety/protections Overvoltage protection Yes

Overvoltage trip limit 230 V drives: 456 V
2 480 V drives: 911 V
575 V drives: 1100 V
2 Undervoltage protection Yes
2 Undervoltage trip limit 230 V drives: 211 V

480 V drives: 370 V
575 V drives: 550 V
2 Earth fault protection Yes
Default: 15% motor FLA
2 Minimum: 0% motor FLA
Maximum: 30% motor FLA
2 Input phase supervision Yes
2 Motor phase supervision Yes

2 Unit overtemperature protection Yes
2 Motor overload protection Yes

2 Motor underload protection Yes
2 DC bus overvoltage control Yes

Short-circuit protection of 24 V Yes
2 reference voltages
Surge protection Yes (differential mode 2 kV; common mode 4 kV
2 230 V drives: 275 Vac, 10,000 A
480 V drives: 320 Vac, 8000 A
2 575 V drives: 385 Vac, 10,000 A
Common coated boards Yes (prevents corrosion)
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2

2.7
PowerXL Series—DG1 Technical Data and Specifications—Efficiency
2
230 V 575 V
Efficiency Efficiency 2
2
Frame Size Load Torque VT CT Input THDi Frame Size Load Torque VT CT Input THDi
FR1 25% 92.10% 90.90% 42.8% FR1 25% 97.48% 97.25% 62.6%
50% 95.20% 95.20% 35.2% 50% 97.79% 97.66% 45.6%
2
100% 96.70% 96.20% 29.9% 100% 98.10% 97.60% 36.8%
FR2 25% 90.80% 94.20% 70.0% FR2 25% 98.06% 97.98% 60.6% 2
50% 96.64% 97.09% 46.6% 50% 98.19% 98.11% 47.2%
100% 97.30% 97.30% 33.3% 100% 98.20% 98.10% 36.7% 2
FR3 25%
50%
97.23%
97.37%
97.06%
97.17%
53.1%
43.6%
FR3 25%
50%
97.98%
98.32%
97.77%
98.18%
78.9%
55.5%
2
100% 97.00% 97.20% 30.8% 100% 98.10% 98.10% 36.3% 2
FR4 25% 94.60% 94.30% 39.4% FR4 25% 98.27% 97.96% 66.1%
50% 97.20% 97.10% 32.4% 50% 98.57% 98.44% 41.6% 2
100% 97.60% 97.60% 25.6% 100% 98.30% 98.30% 31.2%
FR5 25% 94.5 94.30% 30.50% FR5 25% 98.60% 98.50% 52.80%
2
50% 97.80% 97.60% 30.8% 50% 98.81% 98.78% 35.9%
2
100% 97.70% 97.80% 25.0% 100% 98.60% 98.70% 28.4%
2
480 V
Efficiency 2
Frame Size Load Torque VT CT Input THDi
FR1 25% 93.30% 90.70% 54.0% 2
2
50% 97.10% 96.98% 46.8%
100% 97.61% 97.67% 35.3%
FR2 25% 95.90% 94.20% 59.8%
2
50% 97.81% 98.34% 42.7%
100% 98.11% 98.20% 33.8% 2
FR3 25% 96.40% 95.20% 69.2%
50% 97.87% 97.99% 45.2% 2
FR4
100%
25%
97.79%
98.00%
98.15%
97.80%
32.6%
56.5%
2
50% 97.97% 97.89% 39.8% 2
100% 97.96% 98.17% 31.5%
FR5 25% 97.8 97.60% 50.3% 2
50% 98.39% 98.10% 37.0%
100% 98.14% 98.19% 29.5%
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2

Wiring Diagram
2
PowerXL Series—DG1 Control Wiring Diagram
2 External Wiring Pin Signal Name Signal Default Setting Description
2 1 +10 V Ref. Output Voltage — 10 Vdc Supply Source

Res
2 AI1+ Analog Input 1 0–10 V Voltage Speed Reference (Programmable to 4 mA to 20 mA)

2 3 AI1– Analog Input 1 Ground — Analog Input 1 Common (Ground)
4 AI2+ Analog Input 2 4 mA to 20 mA Current Speed Reference (Programmable to 0–10 V)
2 i
5 AI2– Analog Input 2 Ground — Analog Input 2 Common (Ground)
2 6 GND I/O Signal Ground — I/O Ground for Reference and Control
7 DIN5 Digital Input 5 Preset Speed B0 Sets frequency output to Preset Speed 1
2 8 DIN6 Digital Input 6 Preset Speed B1 Sets frequency output to Preset Speed 2
2 9
10
DIN7
DIN8
Digital Input 7
Digital Input 8
—
Force Remote (TI+)
—
Input takes VFD from Local to Remote
2 11 CMB DI5 to DI8 Common Grounded Allows source input
12 GND I/O Signal Ground — I/O Ground for Reference and Control
2 13 24 V +24 Vdc Output — Control voltage output (100 mA max.)
2 14 DO1 Digital Output 1 Ready Shows the drive is ready to run

15 24 Vo +24 Vdc Output — Control voltage output (100 mA max.)
17 AO1+ Analog Output 1 Output Frequency Shows Output frequency to motor 0–60 Hz (4 mA to 20 mA)
2 18 AO2+ Analog Output 2 Motor Current Shows Motor current of motor 0–FLA (4 mA to 20 mA)
2 19 24 Vi +24 Vdc Input — External control voltage input
20 DIN1 Digital Input 1 Run Forward Input starts drive in forward direction (start enable)
2 21 DIN2 Digital Input 2 Run Reverse Input starts drive in reverse direction (start enable)
2 22 DIN3 Digital Input 3 External Fault Input causes drive to fault

23 DIN4 Digital Input 4 Fault Reset Input resets active faults
2 24 CMA DI1 to DI4 Common Grounded Allows source input
25 A RS-485 Signal A — Fieldbus Communication (Modbus, BACnet)
2 26 B RS-485 Signal B — Fieldbus Communication (Modbus, BACnet)
2 27 R3NO Relay 3 Normally Open At Speed Relay output 3 shows VFD is at Ref. Frequency
28 R1NC Relay 1 Normally Closed Run Relay output 1 shows VFD is in a run state
2 29 R1CM Relay 1 Common
30 R1NO Relay 1 Normally Open
2 31 R3CM Relay 3 Common At Speed Relay output 3 shows VFD is at Ref. Frequency
2 32 R2NC Relay 2 Normally Closed Fault Relay output 2 shows VFD is in a fault state
33 R2CM Relay 2 Common
2 34 R2NO Relay 2 Normally Open
2 Notes
The above wiring demonstrates a SINK configuration. It is important that CMA and CMB are wired to ground (as shown by dashed line).
2 If a SOURCE configuration is desired, wire 24 V to CMA and CMB and close the inputs to ground.
When using the +10 V for AI1, it is important to wire AI1– to ground (as shown by dashed line).
If using +10 V for AI1 or AI2, terminals 3, 5 and 6 need to be jumpered together.
2
2
2
2
2

2.7
Control Board Layout
2
PowerXL Series—DG1 Control Board Layout
2
2
2
Fan Power Wire DSP Connection
to Power Board 2
Safe Torque Off (STO)

Keypad 2
2
2
MCU Connection
AI Mode Selection to Power Board 2
1
ON
2
2
3
RTC Battery (Standard)

RJ45 EtherNet/IP,
2
Modbus TCP
Optional Card Slot A 2
Control I/O
Terminals
Optional Card Slot B
2
2
ON
RS-485 Terminating
Resistor 2
MOV Screw
2
Removable
EMC Screw
2
2
Motor Ground 2
Clamp Location
Line Ground
Clamp Location
2
Grounding
Grounding Strap Location 2
Strap Location
2
Line Side Motor
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2

Dimensions
2 PowerXL Series—DG1 Dimensions

W4 Ø D
2
2 W2
2
2
2 H1 H2 H3
2
2
W1
2
2 W3

2
Frame Amperes Weight
Size Voltage hp (CT/IH) kW (CT/IH) D H1 H2 H3 W1 W2 W3 W4 Ø Lb (kg)
2
FR0 230 Vac 0.75–1.5 0.55–1.1 3.7–6.6 6.83 10.58 10.16 9.54 5.00 4.97 4.26 4.26 0.28 4.41
(173.5) (268.7) (258) (242.3) (127) (126.3) (108.3) (108.3) (7.0) (2.0)
480 Vac 1–3 0.75–2.2 2.2–5.6
2 FR1 230 Vac

480 Vac
0.75–3
1–5
0.55–2.2
0.75–3.7
3.5–11
2.3–7.6
7.91
(200.9)
12.87
(326.9)
12.28
(311.9)
11.50
(292.1)
6.02
(153.0)
4.80
(121.9)
3.94
(100.1)
3.94
(100.1)
0.28
(7.0)
14.33
(6.5)
2 575 Vac 2–5 1.5–3.7 3.3–7.5

FR2 230 Vac 5–7.5 3–5.5 12.5–25 9.63 16.50 15.98 14.96 6.61 5.28 3.54 3.54 0.28 23.37
2 480 Vac 7.5–15 5.5–11 12–23
(244.7) (419.1) (405.9) (380.0) (167.8) (134.1) (90.0) (90.0) (7.0) (10.6)
575 Vac 7.5–15 5.5–11 10–18

2 FR3 230 Vac 10–15 7.5–11 31–48 10.44 21.97 21.46 20.41 8.06 7.24 4.92 4.92 0.35 49.82
(265.1) (558.0) (545.0) (518.5) (204.6) (183.9) (125.0) (125.0) (9.0) (22.6)
480 Vac 20–30 15–22 31–46
2 575 Vac 20–30 15–22 22–34
2
FR4 230 Vac 20–30 15–22 61–88 11.57 24.80 24.31 23.27 9.36 9.13 8.07 8.07 0.35 77.60
(294.0) (629.9) (617.5) (591.1) (237.7) (231.9) (205.0) (205.0) (9.0) (35.2)
480 Vac 40–60 30–45 61–87
2 FR5
575 Vac
230 Vac
40–60
40–60
30–45
30–45
41–62
114–170 13.41 34.98 29.65 27.83 11.34 11.10 8.66 8.66 0.35 154.32
2
(340.7) (888.5) (753.1) (706.9) (288.0) (281.9) (220.0) (220.0) (9.0) (70.0)
480 Vac 75–125 55–90 105–170
575 Vac 75–125 55–90 80–125
2 FR6 230 Vac 75–100 55–75 211–248 14.61
(371.0)
34.04
(864.5)
33.27
(845.0)
40.75
(1035.0)
19.13
(486.0)
18.90
(480.0)
15.75
(400.0)
15.75
(400.0)
0.35
(9.0)
281.3
(127.6)
480 Vac 150–200 110–150 205–261
2 575 Vac 150–200 110–160 144–208
FR7 480 Vac 250–450 160–250 311–520 20.51 38.58 34.25 34.49 19.92 19.92 17.99 18.74 0.98 452
2 575 Vac 250–400 187–298 261–416
(507.0) (980.0) (870.0) (876.0) (506.0) (506.0) (457.0) (476.0) (25.0) (205.0)
2
690 Vac 335–536 250–400 261–416
FR7 with 480 Vac 250–450 160–250 311–520 20.67 60.55 56.81 59.13 19.92 19.92 15.91 18.74 0.98 904
brake (525.0) (1538.0) (1442.0) (1501.9.0) (506.0) (506.0) (404.0) (476.0) (25.0) (410.0)
2 chopper
575 Vac
690 Vac
250–400
335–536
187–298
250–400
261–416
261–416
2 FR8 480 Vac 500–800 315–500 590–920 20.51

(507.0)
38.58
(980.0)
34.25
(870.0)
34.49
(876.0)
39.84
(1012.0)
39.84
(1012.0)
17.99
(457.0)
18.74
(476.0)
0.98
(25.0)
904
(410.0)
575 Vac 450–650 336–485 460–650
2 690 Vac 603–845 450–630 460–650
FR8 with 480 Vac 500–800 315–500 590–920 20.67 60.55 56.81 59.13 39.84 39.84 15.91 18.74 0.98 1808
2 brake
chopper
575 Vac 450–650 336–485 460–650
(525.0) (1538.0) (1442.0) (1501.9.0) (1012.0) (1012.0) (404.0) (476.0) (25.0) (820.0)
690 Vac 603–845 450–630 460–650

2 Note: The FR8 drive includes 2 FR7 power units coupled together.

PowerXL EGS Series Drives
2.7
Contents
EGS General Purpose Enclosed Drive
Description Page
2
PowerXL DG1 Series Drives . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V6-T2-57 2
PowerXL EGS Series Enclosed Drives
Production Selection . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V6-T2-86
Accessories . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V6-T2-91 2
Options . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V6-T2-92
2
Wiring Diagram . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V6-T2-95
Dimensions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V6-T2-96
2
2
2
2
PowerXL EGS Series Enclosed Drives 2
Product Description Features and Benefits Standards and Certifications 2
The EGS Enclosed Drive ● Dual rated for both ● The PowerXL EGS comes UL 508C
family incorporates the latest constant torque (CT) / high standard with the following 2
Eaton drive technology into overload (IH) and variable communication protocols:
pre-engineered enclosed
solutions covering the
torque (VT) / low overload
applications
● EtherNet/IP 2
● Modbus/TCP
industry’s most common
applications. Using the
● Optional Brake Chopper
for external braking
● Modbus RTU 2
benefits of the PowerXL EGS, applications
● BACnet MS/TP
the enclosed family provides ● Available circuit breaker, 2
enhanced user safety with Communication Options
motor circuit protector,
the Safe Torque feature as
well as industry-leading
fused disconnect, isolation
● PROFIBUS-DP 2
fusing and surge protection ● LonWorks
energy efficiency from the
patented Active Energy
device options to provide ● CANopen 2
input power protection ● DeviceNet
Control algorithm. Eaton
further raises the bar by
● Optional 3% input and 2
providing customers with output reactors provide Enclosure Ratings
industry best lead times a reduction in voltage and
current harmonics on both
● NEMA Type 1 2
with the Rapid Response ● NEMA Type 12
2
System. This system line and load side ● NEMA Type 3R
allows customers to select ● Bypass options include a
standard three-contactor
from 9 million standard
configurations that have design and a reduced
Mounting
● Wall mount
2
been pre-engineered with voltage soft starter design
each configuration having ● Output contactor option
● Floor mount: 12-inch legs 2
a set lead time. The Rapid provides a means for ● Floor mount: 22-inch legs
Response System delivers an positive disconnection
Product Range
2
improved quotation process of the drive output from
and a faster delivery. the motor terminals ●
●
208 V: 0.75–100 hp
230 V: 0.75–125 hp
2
● MotoRX and dV/dt filter
options are used to reduce
transients voltages at the
● 480 V: 1–1000 hp 2
● 230 V single-phase:
2
motor terminals 1–30 hp
● Customizable cover ● 480 V single-phase:
control options
● Padlockable disconnect
1.5–60 hp
2
2
2


2 Catalog Number Selection is for reference only. Not all option combinations may be available.
2 EGSEnclosed—Base Catalog Number
2 EGS 3D5 1 D 1 _ _ _ _ _ _
2
Product Family Options 3
2 EGS = Enclosed DG1 drives—standard See Page V6-T2-85 for catalog number
option selection.
2
Enclosure Rating 2
2 Output Ampere Rating 1 = NEMA Type 1
2 = NEMA Type 12
208 V 230 V 480 V
2 3D5 = 3.5 A, 0.75 hp 3D2 = 3.2 A, 0.75 hp 2D1 = 2.1 A, 1 hp
3 = NEMA Type 3R
6 = NEMA Type 1 Filtered and gasketed
4D6 = 4.6 A, 1 hp 4D2 = 4.2 A, 1 hp 3D0 = 3.0 A, 1.5 hp • = Custom option
2 6D6 =
7D5 =
6.6 A, 1.5 hp
7.5 A, 2 hp
6D0 = 6.0 A, 1.5 hp
6D8 = 6.8 A, 2 hp
3D4 =
4D8 =
3.4 A, 2 hp
4.8 A, 3 hp
010 = 10.6 A, 3 hp 9D6 = 9.6 A, 3 hp 7D6 = 7.6 A, 5 hp
2 016 =
024 =
16.7 A, 5 hp
24.2 A, 7.5 hp
015 = 15.2, 5 hp
022 = 22 A, 7.5 hp
011 =
014 =
11 A, 7.5 hp
14 A, 10 hp
Braking Application 1
A = No brake chopper, low overload
2
030 = 30.8 A, 10 hp 028 = 28 A, 10 hp 021 = 21 A, 15 hp B = Brake chopper, low overload
046 = 46.2 A, 15 hp 042 = 42 A, 15 hp 027 = 27 A, 20 hp C = No brake chopper, high overload
059 = 59.4 A, 20 hp 054 = 54 A, 20 hp 034 = 34 A, 25 hp D = Brake chopper, high overload
2 074 =
088 =
74.8 A, 25 hp
88 A, 30 hp
068 = 68 A, 25 hp
080 = 80 A, 30 hp
040 =
052 =
40 A, 30 hp
52 A, 40 hp
114 = 114 A, 40 hp 104 = 104 A, 40 hp 065 = 65 A, 50 hp
2 143 =
169 =
143 A, 50 hp
169 A, 60 hp
130 = 130 A, 50 hp
154 = 154 A, 60 hp
077 =
096 =
77 A, 60 hp
96 A, 75 hp
Phasing, Voltage
1 = Input: Three-phase, 208 V 5 = Input: Three-phase, 575 V
211 = 211 A, 75 hp 192 = 192 A, 75 hp 124 = 124 A, 100 hp Output: Three-phase Output: Three-phase
2 273 = 273 A, 100 hp 248 = 248 A, 100 hp 156 = 156 A, 125 hp 2 = Input: Three-phase, 230 V J = Input: Single-phase, 230 V
312 = 312 A, 125 hp 180 = 180 A, 150 hp Output: Three-phase Output: Three-phase
2 240 =
302 =
240 A, 200 hp
302 A, 250 hp
4 = Input: Three-phase, 480 V
Output: Three-phase
K = Input: Single-phase, 480 V
Output: Three-phase
361 = 361 A, 300 hp
2 414 =
477 =
414 A, 350 hp
477 A, 400 hp
515 = 515 A, 450 hp
2 590 =
730 =
590 A, 500 hp
730 A, 600 hp
2
818 = 818 A, 700 hp
920 = 920 A, 800 hp
954 = 954 A, 800 hp
2 1K0 =
1K2 =
1030 A, 900 hp
1180 A, 1000 hp
2 Notes
2
1 Brake chopper is a factory-installed option only. Braking resistors sold separately. See DG1 drives starting on Page V6-T2-68 for selection.
2 Additional enclosure options including NEMA 4, 4X, 7 and 9 are available. Please contact the factory for configuration and pricing.
3 Part number configuration continued on the following page.
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2

2.7
Catalog Number Selection is for reference only. Not all option combinations may be available.
2
EGSEnclosed—Catalog Number Options
2
EGS 3D5 1 D 1 2 0 0 B 1 0 0 0 0
2
Base Catalog Number Example
See Page V6-T2-84 for base catalog 2
number selection. Option Boards 2
Same options and codes as Option Boards 1 2
Power Disconnect Options
0 = None
1 = MCP disconnect 1 Option Boards 1
2
2 = Circuit breaker
3 = Circuit breaker/isolation fusing
4 = Circuit breaker/isolation fusing/3% input reactor
0 = No option
1 = 3 x DI, 3 x DO, 1 Thermistor, 24 Vdc/EXT 2
2 = 1 x AI, 2 x AO (isolated to control board)
5 = Circuit breaker/isolation fusing/SPD
6 = Circuit breaker/isolation fusing/SPD/3% input reactor
3 = 3 x relay dry contact (2NO + 1NO/NC)
4 = 3 x PT100 RTD thermistor input
2
7 = Circuit breaker/3% input reactor
5 = 6 DI 240 Vac input
8 = Circuit breaker/SPD
9 = Circuit breaker/SPD/3% input reactor
• = Custom option 2 2
A = Fused disconnect
B = Fused disconnect/SPD
C = Fused disconnect/SPD/3% input reactor Communication Options
2
2
D = Fused disconnect/3% input reactor 0 = No option
E = Isolation fuses 1 = PROFIBUS-DP
F = Isolation fuses/3% input reactor 3 = CANopen (slave)
G = Isolation fuses/SPD
H = Isolation fuses/SPD/3% input reactor
4 = DeviceNet
5 = PROFIBUS-DP (D9 connector)
2
• = Custom option 2 D = SmartWire-DT
Bypass Options
2
3
0 = None Enclosure Options

1 = Manual HOA bypass
2 = Manual HOA bypass/isolation fusing
3 = Manual HOA bypass/isolation fusing/3% input reactor
0 = None
1 = Floor stand—12 inches 2
2 = Floor stand—22 inches
2
4 = Manual HOA bypass/isolation fusing/SPD A = Space heater
5 = Manual HOA bypass/isolation fusing/SPD/3% input reactor B = Space heater & 12-inch floor stands
6 = Manual HOA bypass/3% input reactor C = Space heater & 22-inch floor stands
7 = Manual HOA bypass/SPD
8 = Manual HOA bypass/SPD/3% input reactor
H = Manual HOA RVSS bypass
J = Manual HOA RVSS bypass/isolation fusing
K = Manual HOA RVSS bypass/isolation fusing/3% input reactor Light Options 5 2
L = Manual HOA RVSS bypass/isolation fusing/SPD 0 = None
M = Manual HOA RVSS bypass/isolation fusing/SPD/3% input reactor 1 = Non-bypass light kit—Power On, Run, Fault 2
N = Manual HOA RVSS bypass/3% input reactor 2 = Bypass light kit—On, VFD Run, Fault, Bypass Run
P = Manual HOA RVSS bypass/SPD
R = Manual HOA RVSS bypass/SPD/3% input reactor
• = Custom option 2
2
2
Output Power Options 4 2
0 = None
A
B
=
=
Output contactor
3% Output reactor 2
D = dV/dt filter
E
G
=
=
3% Output Reactor/output contactor
dV/dt/output contactor 0 = None
Control Options 5
2
• = Custom option 2 1 = Speed pot
2 = Start-stop pushbutton 2
3 = Start-stop pushbutton with speed pot
A = HOA switch
B = Start-stop pushbutton with speed pot & HOA switch 2
C = Start-stop pushbutton with HOA switch
D = HOA switch with speed pot
2
Notes
1 HMCP disconnect option required and only available when bypass is selected.
2
2
2 More options are available as Engineered to Order through the Bid Manager tool.
3 All bypass options include third contactor for drive isolation when in bypass mode.
4 Output contactor not available with bypass. Bypass comes standard with output contactor.
5 Pilot devices are 22 mm standard. 30 mm options are available as engineered to order through the Bid Manager tool. 2

Production Selection
2
208 V Drives—Constant Torque (CT)/High Overload (IH) Enclosed Drives
2
EGS Enclosed Drive
NEMA Type 1 NEMA Type 12 NEMA Type 3R
Drive Base Base Base
2 hp Current (A) Frame Size Catalog Number 1 Catalog Number 1 Catalog Number 1
0.75 3.5 1 EGS3D51D1 EGS3D51D2 EGS3D51D3
2 1 4.6 1 EGS4D61D1 EGS4D61D2 EGS4D61D3
2 1.5 6.6 1 EGS6D61D1 EGS6D61D2 EGS6D61D3

2 7.5 1 EGS7D51D1 EGS7D51D2 EGS7D51D3
2 3 10.6 1 EGS0101D1 EGS0101D2 EGS0101D3

5 16.7 2 EGS0161D1 EGS0161D2 EGS0161D3
2 7.5 24.2 2 EGS0241D1 EGS0241D2 EGS0241D3
2
10 30.8 3 EGS0301D1 EGS0301D2 EGS0301D3
15 46.2 3 EGS0461D1 EGS0461D2 EGS0461D3
2 20 59.4 4 EGS0591C1 EGS0591C2 EGS0591C3

25 74.8 4 EGS0741C1 EGS0741C2 EGS0741C3
2 30 88 4 EGS0881C1 EGS0881C2 EGS0881C3
40 114 5 EGS1141C1 EGS1141C2 EGS1141C3
2 50 143 5 EGS1431C1 EGS1431C2 EGS1431C3
2 60
75
169
211
5
6
EGS1691C1
EGS2111C1
EGS1691C2
EGS2111C2
EGS1691C3
EGS2111C3
2 100 2 261 2 6 EGS2611C1 EGS2611C2 EGS2611C3
2
EGS Enclosed Drive 208 V Drives—Variable Torque (VT)/Low Overload (IL) Enclosed Drives
2 NEMA Type 1 NEMA Type 12 NEMA Type 3R
1 4.6 1 EGS4D61B1 EGS4D61B2 EGS4D61B3
2 1.5 6.6 1 EGS6D61B1 EGS6D61B2 EGS6D61B3
2 3 10.6 1 EGS0101B1 EGS0101B2 EGS0101B3
2 5
7.5
16.7
24.2
2
2
EGS0161B1
EGS0241B1
EGS0161B2
EGS0241B2
EGS0161B3
EGS0241B3
2 10 30.8 2 EGS0301B1 EGS0301B2 EGS0301B3

15 46.2 3 EGS0461B1 EGS0461B2 EGS0461B3
2 20 59.4 3 EGS0591B1 EGS0591B2 EGS0591B3
2
25 74.8 4 EGS0741A1 EGS0741A2 EGS0741A3
30 88 4 EGS0881A1 EGS0881A2 EGS0881A3
2 40 114 4 EGS1141A1 EGS1141A2 EGS1141A3

50 143 5 EGS1431A1 EGS1431A2 EGS1431A3
2 60 169 5 EGS1691A1 EGS1691A2 EGS1691A3
75 211 5 EGS2111A1 EGS2111A2 EGS2111A3
2 100 273 6 EGS2731A1 EGS2731A2 EGS2731A3
2 Notes
1 Table is for base catalog number reference only. For complete catalog number selection, see Page V6-T2-85.
2
2 These units are current rated. They do not meet NEC ampere rating at this horsepower.
2
2
2

2.7
EGS Enclosed Drive
2
hp Current (A)
Drive
Frame Size
Base
Catalog Number 1
Base
Catalog Number 1
Base
Catalog Number 1 2
2
0.75 3.2 1 EGS3D22D1 EGS3D22D2 EGS3D22D3
1.5 6 1 EGS6D02D1 EGS6D02D2 EGS6D02D3
2
3 9.6 1 EGS9D62D1 EGS9D62D2 EGS9D62D3 2
5 15.2 2 EGS0152D1 EGS0152D2 EGS0152D3
7.5 22 2 EGS0222D1 EGS0222D2 EGS0222D3 2
10
15
28
42
3
3
EGS0282D1
EGS0422D1
EGS0282D2
EGS0422D2
EGS0282D3
EGS0422D3
2
20 54 4 EGS0542C1 EGS0542C2 EGS0542C3 2
25 68 4 EGS0682C1 EGS0682C2 EGS0682C3
30 80 4 EGS0802C1 EGS0802C2 EGS0802C3 2
40 104 5 EGS1042C1 EGS1042C2 EGS1042C3
50 130 5 EGS1302C1 EGS1302C2 EGS1302C3
2
60 154 5 EGS1542C1 EGS1542C2 EGS1542C3
2
75 192 6 EGS1922C1 EGS1922C2 EGS1922C3
100 248 6 EGS2482C1 EGS2482C2 EGS2482C3 2
2
EGS Enclosed Drive 230 V Drives—Variable Torque (VT)/Low Overload (IL) Enclosed Drives
NEMA Type 1 NEMA Type 12 NEMA Type 3R 2
hp Current (A) Frame Size Catalog Number 1 Catalog Number 1 Catalog Number 1 2
1.5 6 1 EGS6D02B1 EGS6D02B2 EGS6D02B3 2
2
5 15.2 2 EGS0152B1 EGS0152B2 EGS0152B3
2
7.5 22 2 EGS0222B1 EGS0222B2 EGS0222B3
10 28 2 EGS0282B1 EGS0282B2 EGS0282B3 2
15 42 3 EGS0422B1 EGS0422B2 EGS0422B3
20 54 3 EGS0542B1 EGS0542B2 EGS0542B3 2
25
30
68
80
4
4
EGS0682A1
EGS0802A1
EGS0682A2
EGS0802A2
EGS0682A3
EGS0802A3
2
40 104 4 EGS1042A1 EGS1042A2 EGS1042A3 2
50 130 5 EGS1302A1 EGS1302A2 EGS1302A3
60 154 5 EGS1542A1 EGS1542A2 EGS1542A3 2
75 192 5 EGS1922A1 EGS1922A2 EGS1922A3
100 248 6 EGS2482A1 EGS2482A2 EGS2482A3
2
125 312 6 EGS3122A1 EGS3122A2 EGS3122A3
2
Note
2
2
2
2
2


2 EGS Enclosed Drive
2 hp Current (A)
Drive
Frame Size
Base
Catalog Number 1
Base
Catalog Number 1
Base
Catalog Number 1
2 1
1.5
2.1
3
1
1
EGS2D14D1
EGS3D04D1
EGS2D14D2
EGS3D04D2
EGS2D14D3
EGS3D04D3

7.5 11 2 EGS0114D1 EGS0114D2 EGS0114D3
2 10 14 2 EGS0144D1 EGS0144D2 EGS0144D3
2 15
20
21
27
2
3
EGS0214D1
EGS0274D1
EGS0214D2
EGS0274D2
EGS0214D3
EGS0274D3
2 25 34 3 EGS0344D1 EGS0344D2 EGS0344D3

30 40 3 EGS0404D1 EGS0404D2 EGS0404D3
2 40 52 4 EGS0524C1 EGS0524C2 EGS0524C3
2
50 65 4 EGS0654C1 EGS0654C2 EGS0654C3
60 77 4 EGS0774C1 EGS0774C2 EGS0774C3
2 75 96 5 EGS0964C1 EGS0964C2 EGS0964C3

100 124 5 EGS1244C1 EGS1244C2 EGS1244C3
2 125 156 5 EGS1564C1 EGS1564C2 EGS1564C3
150 180 6 EGS1804C1 EGS1804C2 EGS1804C3
2 200 240 6 EGS2404C1 EGS2404C2 EGS2404C3
2 250 302 7 EGS3024C1 EGS3024C6 2 EGS3024C6

300 361 7 EGS3614C1 EGS3614C6 2 EGS3614C6
2 350 414 7 EGS4144C1 EGS4144C6 2 EGS4144C6

400 477 7 EGS4774C1 EGS4774C6 2 EGS4774C6
2 450 515 7 EGS5154C1 EGS5154C6 2 EGS5154C6
2 Notes
2 Type 1 filtered.
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2

2.7
480 V Drives—Variable Torque (VT)/Low Overload (IL) Enclosed Drives
EGS Enclosed Drive
2
hp Current (A)
Drive
Frame Size
Base
Catalog Number 1
Base
Catalog Number 1
Base
Catalog Number 1 2
2
1.5 3 1 EGS3D04B1 EGS3D04B2 EGS3D04B3
2
7.5 11 1 EGS0114B1 EGS0114B2 EGS0114B3 2
10 14 2 EGS0144B1 EGS0144B2 EGS0144B3
15 21 2 EGS0214B1 EGS0214B2 EGS0214B3 2
20
25
27
34
2
3
EGS0274B1
EGS0344B1
EGS0274B2
EGS0344B2
EGS0274B3
EGS0344B3
2
30 40 3 EGS0404B1 EGS0404B2 EGS0404B3 2
40 52 3 EGS0524B1 EGS0524B2 EGS0524B3
50 65 4 EGS0654A1 EGS0654A2 EGS0654A3 2
60 77 4 EGS0774A1 EGS0774A2 EGS0774A3
75 96 4 EGS0964A1 EGS0964A2 EGS0964A3
2
100 124 5 EGS1244A1 EGS1244A2 EGS1244A3
2
125 156 5 EGS1564A1 EGS1564A2 EGS1564A3
150 180 5 EGS1804A1 EGS1804A2 EGS1804A3 2
200 240 6 EGS2404A1 EGS2404A2 EGS2404A3
250 302 6 EGS3024A1 EGS3024A2 EGS3024A3 2
2
300 361 7 EGS3614A1 EGS3614A6 2 EGS3614A3
350 414 7 EGS4144A1 EGS4144A6 2 EGS4144A3
400 477 7 EGS4774A1 EGS4774A6 2 EGS4774A3
2
450 515 7 EGS5154A1 EGS5154A6 2 EGS5154A3
500 590 7 EGS5904A1 EGS5904A6 2 EGS5904A3 2
Notes
1 Table is for base catalog number reference only. For complete catalog number selection, see Page V6-T2-85. 2
2 Type 1 filtered.
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2

230 V Single-Phase Drives—Variable Torque (VT)/Low Overload (IL) Enclosed Drives

2 EGS Enclosed Drive
2 hp Current (A)
Drive
Frame Size
Base
Catalog Number 1
Base
Catalog Number 1
Base
Catalog Number 1
2 Low Overload (VT) Enclosed Drives

0.75 3.2 1 EGS3D2JB1 EGS3D2JB2 EGS3D2JB3
2 1 4.2 1 EGS4D2JB1 EGS4D2JB2 EGS4D2JB3

1.5 6 2 EGS6D0JB1 EGS6D0JB2 EGS6D0JB3
2 2 6.8 2 EGS6D8JB1 EGS6D8JB2 EGS6D8JB3
3 9.6 2 EGS9D6JB1 EGS9D6JB2 EGS9D6JB3
2 5 15.2 2 EGS015JB1 EGS015JB2 EGS015JB3
2 7.5
10
22
28
3
3
EGS022JB1
EGS028JB1
EGS022JB2
EGS028JB2
EGS022JB3
EGS028JB3
2 15 42 4 EGS042JB1 EGS042JB2 EGS042JB3

20 54 4 EGS054JB1 EGS054JB2 EGS054JB3
2 25 68 5 EGS068JA1 EGS068JA2 EGS068JA3
2
30 80 5 EGS080JA1 EGS080JA2 EGS080JA3
40 104 5 EGS104JA1 EGS104JA2 EGS104JA3
2
2 EGS Enclosed Drive 480 V Single-Phase Drives—Variable Torque (VT)/Low Overload (IL) Enclosed Drives
2 hp Current (A)
Drive
Frame Size
Base
Catalog Number 1
Base
Catalog Number 1
Base
Catalog Number 1

1 2.1 1 EGS2D1KB1 EGS2D1KB2 EGS2D1KB3
2 1.5 3 1 EGS3D0KB1 EGS3D0KB2 EGS3D0KB3
2 3.4 1 EGS3D4KB1 EGS3D4KB2 EGS3D4KB3
2 3 4.8 1 EGS4D8KB1 EGS4D8KB2 EGS4D8KB3
2 5
7.5
7.6
11
2
2
EGS7D6KB1
EGS011KB1
EGS7D6KB2
EGS011KB2
EGS7D6KB3
EGS011KB3
2 10 14 2 EGS014KB1 EGS014KB2 EGS014KB3

15 21 3 EGS021KB1 EGS021KB2 EGS021KB3
2

50 65 5 EGS065KA1 EGS065KA2 EGS065KA3
2 60 77 5 EGS077KA1 EGS077KA2 EGS077KA3
2
Note
2
2
2
2
2
2
2

2.7
Accessories
The PowerXL Series—EGS drives can accommodate a wide 2
the drive for your application needs. The drive’s control unit is 2
The PowerXL Series—EGS drives come with a factory-installed
2
standard board configuration including the following:
2
● Standard I/O:
● 8DI, 1DO 2
● 2AI, 2AO
2
●
● EtherNet/IP, Modbus TCP

● RS-485: Modbus RTU, BACnet MS/TP
2
PowerXL Series—EGS I/O Card Kits
2
2
1 x AI, 2 x AO (isolated to control board) option card DXG-EXT-1AI2AO 2
2
2
PowerXL Series—EGS Communication Card Kits
2
2
CANopen communication card DXG-NET-CANOPEN 2
2
SmartWire communication card and module DXG-NET-SWD 1
2
Note
1 Available in January 2017.
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2

Options
2
Input Power Options
2 Option Description
2 HMCP Disconnect The HMCP motor protection circuit breaker uses an electronic trip unit to provide typical motor overload relay functionality and short-circuit protection
against potential phase-to-phase or phase-to-ground faults.
2 Circuit Breaker Utilizes a circuit breaker to provide a means of short-circuit protection for the power cables between it and the drive, and protection from high-level ground
faults on the power cable. Allows a convenient means of disconnecting the drive from the line, and the operating mechanism can be padlocked in the OFF
position. This is factory mounted in the enclosure.
2 Isolation Fusing Provides high-level fault protection of the drive input power circuit from the load side of the fuses to the input side of the power transistors. This option
consists of three 200 kA fuses that are factory mounted in the enclosure.
2 3% Input Reactor The input reactor is a three-phase series inductance on the line side of an AFD. It is used to provide a reduction in voltage and current harmonics. It also
provides increased input protection for AFD and its semiconductors from line transients.
2 SPD Provides a UL 1449 surge protection device (SPD) rated for 40 kA/ph that is connected to the line side terminals.
Fused Disconnect Utilizes fusing to provide a means of short-circuit protection for the power cables between it and the drive, and protection from high-level ground faults on
2 the power cable. Allows a convenient means of disconnecting the drive from the line, and the operating mechanism can be padlocked in the OFF position.
This is factory mounted in the enclosure.
2 Bypass Options
Manual HOA Bypass Provides a three-position selector switch that allows the user to select either a HAND or AUTO mode of operation. HAND mode is defaulted keypad
2 operation, and AUTO mode is defaulted to control from an external terminal source. These modes of operation can be configured via programming to allow
for alternate combinations of start and speed sources. Start and speed sources include keypad, I/O and fieldbus.
2 Manual HOA RVSS Bypass This option adds a reduced voltage soft starter to bypass assembly for soft starting in bypass mode.
2 Output Power Options

Option Description
2 Output Contactor Provides a means for positive disconnection of the drive output from the motor terminals. The contactor coil is controlled by the drive’s run or permissive logic.
NC and NO auxiliary contacts rated at 10 A, 600 Vac are provided for customer use. This option includes a low VA 115 Vac fused control power transformer
2 and is factory mounted in the enclosure.
3% Output Reactor The output reactor is a three-phase series inductance on the load side of a VFD. It is used to reduce transient voltage (dv/dt) and peak voltages at the motor
2 dV/dt Filter
terminals. A 3% output filter is recommended for motor cable lengths up to 300 ft (10 m).
Used to reduce the transient voltage (dV/dt) at the motor terminals. Recommended for motor cable lengths over 300 ft (10 m) and up to 1000 ft (304.8 m).
2
This option is mounted in the enclosure.
2 Control Options
Option Description
2 Speed Pot Provides the ability to adjust the frequency reference using a door-mounted potentiometer. This option uses the 10 Vdc reference to generate a 0–10 V signal
at the analog voltage input signal terminal. When the HOA bypass option is added, the speed is controlled when the HOA switch is in the HAND position.
2
Without the HOA bypass option, a two-position switch (labeled local/remote) is provided on the keypad to select speed reference from the speed
potentiometer or a remote speed signal.
HOA Switch Provides a three-position selector switch that allows the user to select either a HAND or AUTO mode of operation. HAND mode is defaulted to keypad
2 operation, and AUTO mode is defaulted to control from an external terminal source. These modes of operation can be configured via drive programming to
allow for alternate combinations of start and speed sources. Start and speed sources include Keypad, I/O and fieldbus.
2 Start-Stop Pushbutton Provides door-mounted START and STOP pushbuttons for either bypass or non-bypass configurations.
2 Light Options
Option Description
2 Non-Bypass Light Kit—Power On, Run, Provides a white POWER ON light that indicates power to the enclosed cabinet, a green RUN light that indicates the drive is running and a red FAULT light
Fault that indicates a drive fault has occurred.
2 Bypass Light Kit—On, VFD Run, Fault, Provides a white POWER ON light that indicates power to the enclosed cabinet, a green RUN light that indicates the drive is running, a red FAULT light that
Bypass Run indicates a drive fault has occurred and an amber light that indicates when the motor is running in Bypass mode.
2
Enclosure Options
2 Floor Stand 12 in
Floor Stand 22 in
Converts a normally wall-mounted enclosure to a floor-standing enclosure with a height of 12 in (304.8 mm).
2
2

2.7
2
PowerXL Series—EGS Technical Data and Specifications
Attribute Description Specification 2
Input ratings Input voltage Uin 208 V, 230 V, 480 V, 575 V, –15 to 10%
2
Starting delay 3 s (FR1 to FR2), 4 s (FR3), 5 s (FR4), 6 s (FR5 and FR6)
2
Short-circuit withstand rating 100 kAIC (fuses and circuit breakers)
Output ratings Output voltage 0 to Uin 2
Output current IL: overload 1.1 x IL (1 min./10 min.)
IH: overload 1.5 x IH (1 min./10 min.) 2
Initial output current 200% (2 s / 20 s) 2
Speed control
2
Open-loop speed control 2
Open-loop torque control
Switching frequency 230 V / 480 V range: 2
FR4–6: 1 kHz to 10 kHz 2
230 V / 480 V defaults:
FR1–3: 4 kHz
FR4–5: 3.6 kHz
2
FR6: 2 kHz
575 V range:
2
575 V defaults:
2
FR1–4: 3 kHz
FR5–6: 2 kHz 2
2
2
Field weakening point 20 Hz to 400 Hz 2
Deceleration time 0.1 s to 3000 s
2
Braking torque DC brake: 30% x Motor Rated Torque (Tn) (without brake chopper) 2
Dynamic braking (with optional brake chopper using an external brake resistor):
100% continuous maximum rating 2
Ambient conditions Ambient operating temperature –10 °C (no frost) to +40 °C and up to +50 °C as an option
Storage temperature –40 °C to +70 °C 2
Relative humidity 0–95% RH, noncondensing, non-corrosive 2
●Chemical vapors Flowing mixed gas corrosion test, Method 1 (H2S [hydrogen sulfide] and SO2 [sulfur dioxide]) 2
●Mechanical particles Designed according to:
2
Altitude 100% load capacity (no derating) up to 3280 ft (1000 m); 1% derating for each 328 ft (100 m) above
2
For 575 V product, maximum altitude is 6561 ft (2000 m) regardless of main system 2
2

PowerXL Series—EGS Technical Data and Specifications, continued

2 Ambient conditions,
continued
2 Enclosure class NEMA Type 1, 12, 3R
2 Immunity Fulfills EN 61800-3 (2004), first and second environment

Standards Safety UL 508C, EN 61800-5-1
2 Approvals UL and cUL
2 Fieldbus connections Onboard: EtherNet/IP, Modbus® TCP, Modbus RTU, BACnet

Safety/protections Overvoltage protection Yes
2 Overvoltage trip limit 230 V drives: 456 V
480 V drives: 911 V
2 575 V drives: 1100 V
2 480 V drives: 370 V
575 V drives: 550 V

Minimum: 0% motor FLA
2 Maximum: 30% motor FLA

2 Overcurrent protection Yes

2 Motor stall protection Yes
2 Short-circuit protection of 24 V Yes
reference voltages
2 Surge protection Yes (differential mode 2 kV; common mode 4 kV
230 V drives: 275 Vac, 10,000 A
2 480 V drives: 320 Vac, 8000 A
575 V drives: 385 Vac, 10,000 A
2 Common coated boards Yes (prevents corrosion)
Efficiency Drive efficiency ratings 1 480 V: FR1 = 97.7%
2 480 V: FR2 = 97.9%
480 V: FR3 = 97.7%
2 480 V: FR4 = 98.0%
480 V: FR5 = 98.2%
2 230 V: FR1 = 96.7%
230 V: FR2 = 97.4%
2 230 V: FR3 = 97.2%
230 V: FR4 = 97.4%
2 230 V: FR5 = 97.7%
Note
2 1 Based on EGS efficiency ratings in an enclosure with no options.
2
2
2

2.7
Wiring Diagram
2
PowerXL Series—EGS Control Wiring Diagram
Pin Signal Name Signal Default Setting Description 2
1 +10 V Ref. Output Voltage — 10 Vdc Supply Source
2
Res

3 AI1– Analog Input 1 Ground — Analog Input 1 Common (Ground) 2
i
2
6 GND I/O Signal Ground — I/O Ground for Reference and Control 2
8 DIN6 Digital Input 6 Preset Speed B1 Sets frequency output to Preset Speed 2 2
9
10
DIN7
DIN8
Digital Input 7
Digital Input 8
Emergency Stop (TI–)
Force Remote (TI+)
Input forces VFD output to shut off
2
11 CMB DI5 to DI8 Common Grounded Allows source input 2
13 24 V +24 Vdc Output — Control voltage output (100 mA max.) 2
14 DO1 Digital Output 1 Ready Shows the drive is ready to run
2
18 AO2+ Analog Output 2 Motor Current Shows Motor current of motor 0–FLA (4 mA to 20 mA)
2
19 24 Vi +24 Vdc Input — External control voltage input 2
21 DIN2 Digital Input 2 Run Reverse Input starts drive in reverse direction (start enable) 2
22
23
DIN3
DIN4
Digital Input 3
Digital Input 4
External Fault
Fault Reset
Input causes drive to fault
Input resets active faults
2
24 CMA DI1 to DI4 Common Grounded Allows source input 2
26 B RS-485 Signal B — Fieldbus Communication (Modbus, BACnet) 2
27 R3NO Relay 3 Normally Open At Speed Relay output 3 shows VFD is at Ref. Frequency
2
29 R1CM Relay 1 Common 2
31 R3CM Relay 3 Common At Speed Relay output 3 shows VFD is at Ref. Frequency
2
32 R2NC Relay 2 Normally Closed Fault Relay output 2 shows VFD is in a fault state 2
34 R2NO Relay 2 Normally Open 2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2

Dimensions
2 AX Box Type 1
4.00 (101.6) Minimum
2 Free Air Space Required
2 3.00 (76.2)
Minimum
Air Space
2 25.80
Required
Both Sides
(655.3)
2
25.35 26.74
2 (643.9) (679.2)
17.31
2 (439.7)
Ø 0.44 (11.2)
2 Mounting
Holes
2
(4 Places)
1.76
17.02 (432.2)
19.30 (490.2) (44.8)
2 20.92 (531.4)
2
AX Box Type 1—12 Inch Floor Stands
2 19.30 (490.0) Ø 0.44 (11.2)
4.00 (101.6) Minimum Mounting Holes
2 Free Air Space Required (2 Places)
2 3.00 (76.2)
Minimum
2 Air Space
Required 14.06
Both Sides (357.1)
2 25.35
(643.9)
10.53
(267.5) 7.00
2 (177.8)
2 29.12
(739.6)
3.00 (76.2)
5.00 (127.0)
2 15.50 (393.7)
17.50 (444.7)
2
2
2 20.92 (531.4) 1.76 (44.8) 17.02 (432.2)
2
2
2
2
2
2
2

2.7
2
19.30 (490.2) Ø 0.44 (11.2)
2
Mounting Holes
4.00 (101.6) Minimum
Free Air Space Required (2 Places) 2
3.00 (76.2) 2
Minimum
Air Space
Required
2
Both Sides
25.35
14.06
(357.1) 2
(643.9)
10.53
(267.5)
7.00 2
(177.8)
2
47.37
(1203.2)
47.87
(1215.9) 3.00 (76.2)
39.15 5.00 (127.0)
2
(994.4)
15.50 (393.7)
2
17.50 (444.5)
2
2
2
20.92 (531.4) 1.76 (44.8) 17.02 (432.2)
2
AX Box Type 12 2
4.00 (101.6) Minimum
Free Air Space Required 2
3.00 (76.2) 2
Minimum
Air Space
Required 2
Both Sides
25.80
(655.3) 2
26.74
25.35
(679.2)
2
(643.9)
2
Ø 0.44 (11.2)
Mounting 2
Holes
(4 Places)
1.76
2
17.02 (432.2)
(44.8)
2
19.30 (490.2)
20.92 (531.4)
2
2
2
2
2
2


2
2 19.30 (490.2) Ø 0.44 (11.2)
2 4.00 (101.6) Minimum

Free Air Space Required
Mounting
Holes
(2 Places)
2 3.00 (76.2)
Minimum
2 Air Space
Required
14.06
Both Sides
2 25.35
(357.1)
10.53
(643.9) (267.5)
2 37.37
37.87
7.00
(177.8)
(961.9)
2
(949.2)
29.13 3.00 (76.2)
(739.9)
2
5.00 (127.0)
15.50 (393.7)
2 17.50 (444.5)
2
2 20.92 (531.4) 1.76 (44.8) 17.02 (432.2)
2 AX Box Type 12—22 Inch Floor Stands
2 19.30 (490.2) Ø 0.44 (11.2)

Mounting
4.00 (101.6) Minimum
2 Free Air Space Required Holes
(2 Places)
2 3.00 (76.2)
Minimum
Air Space
2 Required
Both Sides 14.06
2 25.35
(643.9)
(357.1)
10.53
(267.5)
2 7.00
(177.8)
2 47.87
(1215.9)
3.00 (76.2)
5.00 (127.0)
2 47.37
(1203.2)
39.15
(994.4) 15.50 (393.7)
17.75 (450.7)
2
2
2
2
20.92 (531.4) 1.76 (44.8) 17.02 (432.2)
2
2
2
2
2

2.7
2
AX Box Type 3R
3.00 (76.2) 20.18 (512.5)

2
2
Minimum
Air Space
Required
Both Sides
2
2
33.09
(840.4)
33.97
2
(862.8)
31.76
(806.6) 2
25.35 17.28
2
(643.9) (438.9)
2
Ø 0.44 (11.2)
Mounting
Holes
(4 Places)
3.64
2
17.02 (432.2)
19.30 (490.2) (92.5)
20.92 (531.4)
2
AX Box Type 3R—12 Inch Floor Stands
2
20.88 (530.4)
Ø 0.44 (11.2)
Mounting
2
20.18 (512.5)
17.88 (454.2) Holes
(2 Places) 2
3.00 (76.2)
Minimum 14.25
2
Air Space
2
(361.8)
Required
10.72
31.76 Both Sides
(272.2) 7.19
(806.8)
(182.5) 2
25.36 1.04 [26.4]
(644.0)
45.10
3.20
(81.3)
2
2
44.66 (1145.5)
5.20
(1134.3)
(132.1)
29.12
15.70 (398.8)
17.70 (449.6)
2
2
(739.6)
2
2
20.92 (531.4)
3.64
(92.5)
17.02 (432.2) 2
2
2
2
2
2
2


2
2 Ø 0.44 (11.2)
20.88 (530.4)
Mounting 20.18 (512.5)
2 17.88 (454.2) Holes
(2 Places)
2 3.00 (76.2)
Minimum
2 Air Space
Required 14.25
Both Sides (361.8)
31.76
2
10.72
(806.8) (272.2)
7.19
2 25.35
(182.5)
(643.9)
2 55.10
3.20 (81.3)
5.20 (132.1)
(1399.5)
2 15.70 (398.8)
17.70 (449.6)
2 54.66 39.13
(1388.3) (993.9)
2
2
2
2 20.92 (531.4) 3.64 (92.5) 17.02 (432.2)
2 BX Box Type 1
2 4.00 (101.6)
Minimum
2
Free Air Space
Required
2 3.00 (76.2)
Minimum
Air Space
2 Required
Both Sides
36.80
2 (934.7)
37.74
36.35 (958.6)
2 (923.3) 28.55
(725.1)
2 Ø 0.44 (11.2)
Mounting
2 Holes
(4 Places)
2 19.30 (490.2) 1.76

(44.8)
17.01 (432.2)
20.92 (531.4)
2
2
2
2
2
2

2.7
2
BX Box Type 1—12 Inch Floor Stands
19.30 (490.2)
2
4.00 (101.6)
Minimum
Ø 0.44 (11.2)
Mounting
2
Free Air Space
2
Holes
Required
(2 Places)
3.00 (76.2)
Minimum 2
Air Space 14.06
Required
Both Sides
(357.1) 10.53
2
(267.5) 7.00
36.35
(177.8)
2
(923.3)
2
3.00 (76.2)
48.87
48.37 (1241.3) 5.00 (127.0)
40.38
2
(1228.6)
(1025.7) 15.50 (393.7)
17.50 (444.5) 2
2
2
20.92 (531.4) 1.76
(44.8)
17.01 (432.2) 2
2
19.30 (490.2) 2
4.00 (101.6)
Minimum
Ø 0.44 (11.2)
Mounting
2
Free Air Space Holes
Required (2 Places) 2
2
3.00 (76.2)
Minimum
Air Space
Required
Both Sides
14.06
2
2
(357.1) 10.53
36.35
(267.5) 7.00
(923.3)
(177.8)
2
3.00 (76.2)
58.37
(1482.6)
58.87
(1495.3) 5.00 (127.0) 2
50.38
(1279.7)
15.50 (393.7) 2
17.50 (444.5) 2
2
2
1.76 17.01 (432.2)
2
20.92 (531.4) (44.8)
2
2
2


2
BX Box Type 12
2 4.00 (101.6) Ø 0.44 (11.2)
Minimum
2
Mounting
Required (2 Places)
2 3.00 (76.2)
Minimum
2 Air Space
Required
36.80 Both Sides
2 (934.7)
37.74
2 36.35 28.55
(958.6)
(923.3) (725.1)
2
2
2 19.30 (490.2)
1.76
(44.8)
17.01 (432.2)
2 20.92 (531.4)
2 BX Box Type 12—12 Inch Floor Stands

19.30 (490.2)
2 4.00 (101.6) Ø 0.44 (11.2)
Minimum Mounting
2 Free Air Space
Required
Holes
(2 Places)
2 3.00 (76.2)
Minimum 14.06
2
Air Space (357.1)
Required 10.53
Both Sides (267.5) 7.00
2 36.35
(923.3) (177.8)
2 48.37 48.87
3.00 (76.2)
(1228.6) (1241.3) 5.00 (127.0)

2 40.38
(1025.7) 15.50 (393.7)
2 17.50 (444.5)
2
2
2 20.92 (531.4) 1.76 17.01 (432.2)
(44.8)
2
2
2
2
2
2
2

2.7
2
19.30 (490.2)
2
4.00 (101.6)
Minimum
Ø 0.44 (11.2)
Mounting 2
Required (2 Places) 2
3.00 (76.2)
Minimum
14.06 2
Air Space
(357.1)
Required
Both Sides
10.53
(267.5) 7.00 2
(177.8)
36.35
(923.3)
2
3.00 (76.2)
5.00 (127.0) 2
2
58.37 58.87
(1482.6) (1495.3) 15.50 (393.7)
17.50 (444.5) 2
2
2
2
20.92 (531.4)
1.76
(44.8)
17.01 (432.2) 2
2
BX Box Type 3R
20.18 (512.5) 2
2
3.00 (76.2)
Minimum
Air Space
2
Required
Both Sides 2
44.09
(1119.8)
2
42.69
(1084.3)
37.74 2
(958.6)
36.35
(923.3)
28.56
(725.3) 2
Ø 0.44 (11.2) 2
Mounting
Holes
(4 Places)
2
3.51
19.30 (490.2) (89.1)
17.01 (432.2)
2
20.92 (531.4)
2
2
2
2
2


2
BX Box Type 3R—12 Inch Floor Stands
2 20.88 (530.4)
Ø 0.44 (11.2) 20.18 (512.5)
2 17.88 (454.2) Mounting
Holes
(2 Places)
2 3.00 (76.2)
Minimum
2 Air Space
Required 14.06
2 Both Sides (357.1)
10.53
42.77 (267.5) 7.00
2 (1086.4) (177.8)
2 55.66 36.35
56.10
(1424.9)
3.00 (76.2)
5.00 (127.0)
(1413.7) (923.3)
2 40.40 15.50 (393.7)
2 (1026.3)
17.50 (444.5)
2
2
2
20.92 (531.4) 3.51
17.01 (432.2)
2 (89.1)
2 BX Box Type 3R—22 Inch Floor Stands

Ø 0.44 (11.2)
2 20.88 (530.4)
17.88 (454.2)
Mounting
Holes
20.18 (512.5)
2 (2 Places)
3.00 (76.2)
Minimum
2 Air Space
Required
2 42.77
Both Sides
(1086.4)
2 14.06
(357.1)
10.53
2 36.35
(923.3) 55.10 (267.5) 7.00
(177.8)
(1429.9)
2 65.66
(1667.7)
3.00 (76.2)
2 50.38
5.00 (127.0)
(1279.7) 15.50 (393.7)

2
17.50 (444.5)
2
2
2
2 20.92 (531.4) 3.57 (90.7) 17.01 (432.2)
2
2

2.7
2
CX Box Type 1
4.00 (101.6) Minimum

2
2
3.00 (76.2)
Minimum
Air Space
2
Required
Both Sides 2
48.80 2
(1239.5)
48.35
49.74
(1263.4) 2
35.85
(1228.1) (910.6)
2
2
Ø 0.44 (11.2)
Mounting
2
Holes
(4 Places) 2
29.30 (744.2) 1.74 17.76 (451.2)
30.92 (785.4) (44.2)
2
CX Box Type 1—12 Inch Floor Stands 2
29.30 (744.2) Ø 0.44 (11.2)
4.00 (101.6) Minimum
Mounting 2
Holes
Free Air Space Required (2 Places)
2
3.00 (76.2)
Minimum
Air Space
2
Required
Both Sides 2
14.81
(376.2)
11.28
2
(286.5) 7.75
48.35
(1228.1) (196.9) 2
60.37 47.67
3.00 (76.2) 2
49.74 5.00 (127.0)
(1210.8)
2
(1533.4)
(1263.4) 25.50 (647.7)
27.50 (698.5)
2
2
2
1.74
2
30.92 (785.4) 17.76 (451.2)
(44.2)
2
2
2
2
2


2
CX Box Type 1—22 Inch Floor Stands
2 29.30 (744.2) Ø 0.44 (11.2)
Mounting Holes
2 4.00 (101.6) Minimum
(2 Places)
2 3.00 (76.2)
Minimum
2 Air Space
Required
Both Sides
2 14.81
2 48.35 (376.2)
11.28
(1228.1)
(286.5) 7.75
(196.9)
2 57.68
(1465.0) 70.87 3.00
2
70.37 (76.2)
(1800.1)
(1787.4)
25.50
5.00
2 (127.0)
(647.7)
27.50
(698.5)
2
2
2
2
30.92 (785.4)
1.74 (44.2) 17.76 (451.2)
2
2 CX Box Type 12
4.00 (101.6) Minimum
3.00 (76.2)
2 Minimum
Air Space
2 Required
Both Sides
2
2 48.80 49.74
(1239.5) (1263.4)
2 35.85
48.35 (910.6)
2 (1228.1)
2 Ø 0.44 (11.2)
Mounting
2 Holes
(4 Places)
29.30 (744.2) 1.74
2 30.92 (785.4) (44.2)
17.76 (451.2)
2
2
2
2

2.7
2
29.30 (744.2) Ø 0.44 (11.2)
2
Mounting
4.00 (101.6) Minimum
Holes
(2 Places)
2
3.00 (76.2) 2
Minimum
Air Space
Required 2
Both Sides
14.81 2
(376.2)
48.35
(1228.1)
11.28
(286.5) 7.75
2
(196.9)
2
60.37 3.00 (76.2)
47.67
(1533.4)
(1210.8) 49.74 5.00 (127.0) 2
(1263.4) 25.50 (647.7)
27.50 (698.5) 2
2
2
2
30.92 (785.4) 1.74
(44.2)
17.76 (451.2) 2
2
29.30 (744.2) Ø 0.44 (11.2) 2
Mounting
4.00 (101.6) Minimum
Free Air Space Required Holes
(2 Places)
2
3.00 (76.2)
Minimum
2
Air Space
Required 2
Both Sides
14.81 2
(376.2)
48.35
(1228.1)
11.28
(286.5) 7.75 2
(196.9)
2
70.37 3.00 (76.2)
(1787.4) 5.00 (127.0) 2
57.68 25.50 (647.7)
70.87
(1465.0)
(1800.1) 27.50 (698.5) 2
2
2
2
30.92 (785.4) 1.74 17.76
2
(44.2) (451.2)
2
2


2
CX Box Type 3R
2 30.88 (784.4) 21.00 (533.3)
2
3.00 (76.2)
2 Minimum
Air Space
2
Required
Both Sides
56.08
(1424.5)
2
54.77
2 (1391.2)
56.96
2
(1446.9)
48.35
(1228.1)
35.85
2 (910.6)
2
2 Ø 0.44 (11.2)
Mounting
2
Holes
(4 Places)
29.30 (744.2) 3.72
2 30.92 (785.4) (94.4)
17.76 (451.2)
2 CX Box Type 3R—12 Inch Floor Stands
2 30.88 (784.4)
Ø 0.44 (11.2)
Mounting
21.00 (533.3)
Holes
2
28.10 (713.7)
(2 Places)
3.00 (76.2)
2 Minimum
Air Space
2 Required
Both Sides
2 14.81
(376.2) 11.28
67.65
2 (1718.4)
(286.5)
7.75
(196.9)
2 66.60
47.67
3.00 (76.2)
(1691.7)
5.00 (127.0)
2 (1210.8) 68.09
(1729.6)
25.50 (647.7)
48.35 27.50 (698.5)
2 (1228.1)
2
2
2
30.92 (785.4) 3.72 17.76 (451.2)
2 (94.4)
2
2
2

2.7
2
CX Box Type 3R—22 Inch Floor Stands
Ø 0.44 (11.2)
2
30.88 (784.4)
Mounting
27.88 (708.2) Holes
(2 Places)
21.00 (533.3)
2
3.00 (76.2) 2
Minimum
Air Space
Required 2
Both Sides
77.65
(1972.4)
2
14.81
76.60
(376.2) 11.28 2
(286.5)
7.75
2
(1945.7)
(196.9)
78.09
48.35
(1228.1)
(1983.6) 3.00 (76.2)
5.00 (127.0)
2
57.68
(1465.0)
25.50 (647.7)
27.50 (698.5) 2
2
2
2
30.92 (785.4) 3.72 17.76 2
(94.4) (451.2)
2
DX Box Type 1
29.30 (744.2) 2
4.00 (101.6)
Minimum
Free Air Space
Ø 0.44 (11.2)
Mounting 2
Holes
2
Required
(2 Places)
3.00 (76.2)
Minimum
Air Space
2
2
Required
Both Sides
82.23
(2088.6)
22.56
(573.0) 6.13 2
(155.6)
82.85 2
(2104.4)
76.35
(1939.3)
67.88
(1724.2)
1.62 (41.1)
8.38 (212.9)
2
22.12
(561.8) 2
28.88 (733.6)
2
2
30.92 (785.4) 1.55 22.48 2
(39.4) (571.1)
2
2
2


2
DX Box Type 12
2 29.30 (744.2)
2 4.00 (101.6)
Minimum
Ø 0.44 (11.2)
Mounting
2 Required
(2 Places)
2
3.00 (76.2)
Minimum
Air Space
2 Required
Both Sides
2 82.35
22.56
(573.0) 6.13
(155.6)
2
(2091.7)
82.85
(2104.4)
1.62 (41.1)
2 76.35 67.89
8.38 (212.9)
(1939.3) (1724.4)
22.12
2 (561.8)
28.88 (733.6)
2
2
2 30.92 1.55 22.48
2
(785.4) (39.4) (571.1)
2
DX Box Type 3R
2 30.88 (784.4)
Ø 0.44 (11.2)
2
27.88 (708.2) Mounting 25.51 (647.8)
Holes
(2 Places)
2 3.00 (76.2)
Minimum
2 Air Space
Required
Both Sides
2 89.70
(2278.3)
22.81
2 (579.2) 6.31
82.84 (160.3)
2 (2104.1) 90.14
(2289.5)
67.89
2 76.35
(1939.3)
(1724.4) 1.80 (45.7)
8.56 (217.4)
2 22.30
(566.4)
2 29.06 (738.1)
2
2
30.92 (785.4) 3.64 22.48
2 (92.5) (571.1)
2
2

2.7
2
EX Box Type 1
Ø2.00 (Ø50.8) 2
Lifting Holes
2
32.00 (812.8) 18.68 (474.5)
(4 places)
2.79
(71.0)
3.00 (76.2)
Minimum
37.00
(939.9)
10.68
(271.4)
2.18
(55.5) 2
2
Free Air
Space
Required 1.59
93.50 (40.3)
(2374.9)
3.83 2
(97.2)
90.00
(2286.0)
21.83 2
(554.4)
24.09
(611.8)
2
2
64.42 Conduit
(1636.4) Access
Location 2
2
2
2
40.00 (1016.0)
1.51 34.16 (867.5) 2
(38.5)
2
Standard Keypad
Optional Operator Elements
Padlockable Swinghandle
EX Box Type 12 2
32.00 (812.8)
Ø2.00 (Ø50.8)
Lifting Holes
2
(4 places) 18.68 (474.5)
2
2.65
2
3.00 (76.2) 36.86 10.54 (67.2) 2.04
Minimum (936.1) (267.6) (51.7)
Free Air
2
Space
Required 93.50 1.65
(2374.9) (41.9)
3.89
(98.8) 2
90.00
(2286.0) 21.89
(556.0)
2
24.15
(613.4) 2
64.42
Conduit
2
(1636.4)
Access
Location 2
2
2
2
40.00 (1016.0) 1.51 34.16 (867.5)
2
(38.5)
Standard Keypad
2


2
EX Box Type 3R
2 38.50 (977.9)
2 40.87 (1038.2)
2.65
2
(67.2)
3.00 (76.2) 36.86 10.54 2.04
Minimum (936.1) (267.6) (51.7)
2 Free Air
Space
Required 1.65
2 (41.9)
3.89
(98.8)
2
21.89
2 87.54 93.81
(556.0)
24.15
(2223.5) (2382.7) (613.4)
2
64.42
2 (1636.4) Conduit
Access
Location
2
2
2
2 Standard Keypad
2 FX Box Type 1
2 Ø2.00 (Ø50.8)
Lifting Holes
40.00 (1016.0)
2
(4 places) 18.68 (474.5)
2
2.65
3.00 (76.2)
Minimum 44.86 10.54 (67.2) 2.04
Free Air (1139.3) (267.6) (51.7)
2 Space
Required
1.55
93.50
(39.2)
2 (2374.9)
3.79
(96.1)
2 90.00
(2286.0) 21.79
(553.3)
2 24.05
(610.7)
2
64.42
2 (1636.4) Conduit
Access
Location
2
2
2
1.51
2 48.00 (1219.2) 34.25 (870.0)
(38.5)
Standard Keypad
2

2.7
2
FX Box Type 12
Ø2.00 (Ø50.8)
18.68 (474.5) 2
2
Lifting Holes 18.68
[474.5]
40.00 (1016.0) (4 places)
3.00 (76.2)
Minimum 44.86
2.65
10.54 (67.2) 2.04
2
Free Air (1139.3) (267.6) (51.7)
Space
Required 2
93.50 1.55
(2374.9) (39.2)
3.79
2
(96.1)
90.00
(2286.0) 21.79
2
(553.3)
24.05 2
(610.7)
2
64.42
(1636.4) Conduit
Access 2
Location
2
2
2
48.00 (1219.2) 1.51
(38.5)
34.25 (870.0) 2
Standard Keypad
2
FX Box Type 3R 2
38.42 (976.0)
2
48.87 (1241.4)
2.65
3.00 (76.2)
Minimum
44.86
(1139.3)
10.54 (67.2) 2.04
(267.6) (51.7) 2
Free Air
Space
Required 1.55
2
(39.2)
3.79
(96.1)
2
21.79 2
(553.3)
93.80
(2382.5)
24.05
(610.7)
2
64.42
2
(1636.4) Conduit
Access
Location
2
2
2
2
48.00 (1219.2)
Standard Keypad
2
2

SVX Drives
Contents
2 SVX Drives
Description Page
2 SVX Drives
2 Catalog Number Selection . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V6-T2-115
2 Accessories . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V6-T2-120
Options . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V6-T2-121
2 Replacement Parts . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V6-T2-128
2
Dimensions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V6-T2-136
2 SVX Enclosed Drives . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V6-T2-152
2
2
2
2 SVX Drives
2 Product Description Features
SVX Series Adjustable ● Robust design—proven ● The SVX can be flexibly ● Hand-held auxiliary 24 V
2 Frequency Drives from 500,000 hours MTBF adapted to a variety of power supply allows
Eaton’s Electrical Sector are ● Integrated 3% line reactors needs using our pre- programming/monitoring
2 the next generation of drives
standard on drives from installed “Seven in One”
precision application
of control module without
applying full power to the
FR4 through FR9
programs consisting of: drive
2 today’s commercial and
industrial applications. The
● EMI/RFI Filters H standard
up to 200 hp IH 480 V, 100 ● Basic ● Control logic can be
power unit makes use of powered from an external
2 hp IH 230 V Standard
●
the most sophisticated auxiliary control panel,
semiconductor technology
● Simplified operating menu ● Local/remote
internal drive functions and
2 and a highly modular
construction that can be
allows for typical
programming changes,
●
●
Multi step speed control
PID control
fieldbus if necessary
while programming mode ● Brake chopper standard
2 flexibly adapted to the
customer’s needs. provides control of
● Multi-purpose control from: 1–30 hp/380–500 V
everything ● Pump and fan control 3/4–15 hp/208–230 V
2 The input and output ● Quick Start Wizard built with auto change ● NEMA Type 1/IP21 and
configuration (I/O) is designed into the programming of ● Additional I/O and NEMA Type 12/IP54
2 with modularity in mind. The
I/O is compromised of option
the drive ensures a smooth communication cards
provide plug and play
enclosures available,
Frame Sizes FR4–FR9
start-up
2
cards, each with its own input ● Keypad can display up to functionality ● Open chassis FR10 and
and output configuration. The three monitored ● I/O connections with greater
control module is designed to simple quick connection
2 parameters simultaneously Standard option board
●
accept a total of five of these terminals configuration includes an
cards. The cards contain not
● LOCAL/REMOTE operation
A9 I/O board and an A2
2 only normal analog and digital
inputs but also fieldbus cards. ●
from keypad
Copy/paste function allows
relay output board installed
in slots A and B
2 These drives continue the
transfer of parameter
settings from one drive to
tradition of robust performance, the next
2 and raise the bar on features ● Standard NEMA Type 12/
and functionality, ensuring the IP54 keypad on all drives
2 best solution at the right price.
2
2
2
2

SVX Drives
2.8
Product EMC (At Default Settings) Safety
2
● IEC 61800-2 ● Immunity: Fulfills all EMC
immunity requirements;
● UL 508C 2
● CE
Emissions: EN 61800-3,
LEVEL H 2
2
2
2
SVX Adjustable Frequency Drives
SVX 010 A 1 – 4 A 1 B 1 _ _ _ _ _ _ 2
2
Product Family Board Modifications Options 2
SVX = Open drives 1 = Standard boards Options appear in alphabetical order.
SPX = Open drives FR10 and greater 2 = Conformal (varnished) coating 4 Extended I/O Card Options 2
B1 = 6 DI, 1 ext +24 Vdc/EXT +24 Vdc
Horsepower Rating Brake Chopper Options 2
B2 = 1 RO (NC-NO), 1 RO (NO), 1 therm
B4 = 1 AI (mA isolated), 2 AO (mA isolated), 2
F07 = 3/4 hp 800 = 800 hp N = No brake chopper circuit 1 ext +24 Vdc/EXT + 24 Vdc
F15 = 1-1/2 hp
007 = 7-1/2 hp
900 = 900 hp
H10 = 1000 hp
B = Internal brake chopper circuit B5 = 3 RO (NO)
B8 = 1 ext +24 Vdc/EXT +24 Vdc, 3 Pt100
2
010 = 10 hp H12 = 1200 hp B9 = 1 RO (NO), 5 DI 42–240 Vac input
050 = 50 hp
125 = 125 hp
H13 = 1350 hp
H15 = 1500 hp
Input Options 1 Communication Cards 2
1 = Three-phase, EMC H CA = Johnson Controls N2
350 = 350 hp H16 = 1600 hp
700 = 700 hp H20 = 2000 hp
2 = Three-phase, EMC N
3 = Three-phase, EMC T 5
CI = Modbus TCP
CJ = BACnet
2
4 = Three-phase, EMC L CQ = EtherNet/IP
AFD Software Series

C2 = Modbus 2
C3 = PROFIBUS DP
2
A = Standard software Keypad C4 = LonWorks
A = Alphanumeric C5 = PROFIBUS DP (D9 connector)
Enclosure 3 Voltage Rating C6 = CANopen (slave)
0 = Chassis
1 = NEMA Type 1/IP21
2 = 230 V (208–240)
4 = 480 V (380–500)
C7 = DeviceNet
C8 = Modbus (D9 Type connector)
2
2 = NEMA Type 12/IP54 5 = 575 V (525–690) D3 = RS-232 with D9 connection
2
Notes
1 All 230 V drives and 480 V drives up to 200 hp (IH) are only available with input option 1 (EMC Level H). 480 V drives 250 hp (IH) or larger are available
with input option 2 (EMC Level N). 480 V drives are available with input option 4 (EMC Level L). 575 V drives 200 hp (IH) or larger are only available
2
with input option 2. 575 V drives up to 150 hp (IH) are only available with input option 4 (EMC Level L).
2 480 V drives up to 30 hp (IH) are only available with brake chopper option B. 480 V drives 40 hp (IH) or larger come standard with brake chopper option N. 2
230 V drives up to 15 hp (IH) are only available with brake chopper option B. 230 V drives 20 hp or larger come standard with brake chopper option N.
All 575 V drives come standard without brake chopper option (N). N = No brake chopper.
3 480 V drives 250 hp (I ) and larger are available with enclosure style 0 (chassis); 690 V drives 200 hp (I ) and larger are available with
H H
2
enclosure style 0 (chassis).
4 Factory promise delivery. Consult sales office for availability.
5 For high-resistance ground systems, any SVX/SPX drive can be used if the HRG system has ground supervision. If no ground supervision feature is
2
available, use EMC class N or T.
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2

SVX Drives
Product Selection
2
230 V SVX Drives
2
SVX Open Drives 208–240 V, NEMA Type 1/IP21 Drives
2 Frame
Size hp (IH) Current (IH) hp (IL) Current (IL) Catalog Number
2 FR4 3/4 3.7 1 4.8 SVXF07A1-2A1B1
2
1 4.8 1-1/2 6.6 SVX001A1-2A1B1
1-1/2 6.6 2 7.8 SVXF15A1-2A1B1
2 2 7.8 3 11 SVX002A1-2A1B1
3 11 — 12.5 SVX003A1-2A1B1
2 FR5 — 12.5 5 17.5 SVX004A1-2A1B1
5 17.5 7-1/2 25 SVX005A1-2A1B1
2 7-1/2 25 10 31 SVX007A1-2A1B1
2 FR6 10
15
31
48
15
20
48
61
SVX010A1-2A1B1
SVX015A1-2A1B1
2 FR7 20 61 25 75 SVX020A1-2A1N1
25 75 30 88 SVX025A1-2A1N1
2 30 88 40 114 SVX030A1-2A1N1
FR8 40 114 50 140 SVX040A1-2A1N1
2 50 140 60 170 SVX050A1-2A1N1
2 FR9
60
75
170
205
75
100
205
261
SVX060A1-2A1N1
SVX075A1-2A1N1
2 100 261 125 300 SVX100A1-2A1N1
2
208–240 V, NEMA Type 12/IP54 Drives
2 Frame
2 FR4 3/4 3.7 1 4.8 SVXF07A2-2A1B1

1 4.8 1-1/2 6.6 SVX001A2-2A1B1
2 1-1/2 6.6 2 7.8 SVXF15A2-2A1B1
2 2
3
7.8
11
3
—
11
12.5
SVX002A2-2A1B1
SVX003A2-2A1B1
2 FR5 — 12.5 5 17.5 SVX004A2-2A1B1

5 17.5 7-1/2 25 SVX005A2-2A1B1
2 7-1/2 25 10 31 SVX007A2-2A1B1
FR6 10 31 15 48 SVX010A2-2A1B1
2 15 48 20 61 SVX015A2-2A1B1
2 FR7 20 61 25 75 SVX020A2-2A1N1
25 75 30 88 SVX025A2-2A1N1
2 30 88 40 114 SVX030A2-2A1N1
FR8 40 114 50 140 SVX040A2-2A1N1
2 50 140 60 170 SVX050A2-2A1N1
2
60 170 75 205 SVX060A2-2A1N1
FR9 75 205 100 261 SVX075A2-2A1N1
2 100 261 125 300 SVX100A2-2A1N1
2
2
2

SVX Drives
2.8
480 V SVX Drives
2
SVX Open Drives
Frame 2
FR4 1 2.2 1-1/2 3.3 SVX001A1-4A1B1 2
1-1/2
2
3.3
4.3
2
3
4.3
5.6
SVXF15A1-4A1B1
SVX002A1-4A1B1
2
3 5.6 5 7.6 SVX003A1-4A1B1 2
5 7.6 — 9 SVX005A1-4A1B1
— 9 7-1/2 12 SVX006A1-4A1B1 2
FR5 7-1/2 12 10 16 SVX007A1-4A1B1
10 16 15 23 SVX010A1-4A1B1
2
15 23 20 31 SVX015A1-4A1B1
2
FR6 20 31 25 38 SVX020A1-4A1B1
25 38 30 46 SVX025A1-4A1B1 2
30 46 40 61 SVX030A1-4A1B1
FR7 40 61 50 72 SVX040A1-4A1N1 2
2
50 72 60 87 SVX050A1-4A1N1
60 87 75 105 SVX060A1-4A1N1
FR8 75 105 100 140 SVX075A1-4A1N1
2
100 140 125 170 SVX100A1-4A1N1
125 170 150 205 SVX125A1-4A1N1 2
FR9 150 205 200 261 SVX150A1-4A1N1
200 245 250 300 SVX200A1-4A1N1 2
2
Frame
2
FR4 1 2.2 1-1/2 3.3 SVX001A2-4A1B1
2
1-1/2 3.3 2 4.3 SVXF15A2-4A1B1
2
2 4.3 3 5.6 SVX002A2-4A1B1
3 5.6 5 7.6 SVX003A2-4A1B1 2
5 7.6 — 9 SVX005A2-4A1B1
— 9 7-1/2 12 SVX006A2-4A1B1 2
FR5 7-1/2
10
12
16
10
15
16
23
SVX007A2-4A1B1
SVX010A2-4A1B1
2
15 23 20 31 SVX015A2-4A1B1 2
FR6 20 31 25 38 SVX020A2-4A1B1
25 38 30 46 SVX025A2-4A1B1 2
30 46 40 61 SVX030A2-4A1B1
FR7 40 61 50 72 SVX040A2-4A1N1 2
50
60
72
87
60
75
87
105
SVX050A2-4A1N1
SVX060A2-4A1N1
2
FR8 75 105 100 140 SVX075A2-4A1N1 2
100 140 125 170 SVX100A2-4A1N1
125 170 150 205 SVX125A2-4A1N1 2
2
FR9 150 205 200 261 SVX150A2-4A1N1
200 245 250 300 SVX200A2-4A1N1
2
2

SVX Drives
380–500 V, Open Chassis Drives

2 SVX Open Drives
Frame
2 FR10 1 250 330 300 385 SPX250A0-4A2N1
2 300 385 350 460 SPX300A0-4A2N1

350 460 400 520 SPX350A0-4A2N1
2 FR11 400 520 500 590 SPX400A0-4A2N1
500 590 — 650 SPX500A0-4A2N1
2 — 650 600 730 SPX550A0-4A2N1
2
FR12 600 730 — 820 SPX600A0-4A2N1
— 820 700 920 SPX650A0-4A2N1
2 700 920 800 1030 SPX700A0-4A2N1

FR13 800 1030 900 1150 SPX800A0-4A2N1
2 900 1150 1000 1300 SPX900A0-4A2N1
1000 1300 1200 1450 SPXH10A0-4A2N1
2 FR14 1200 1600 1500 1770 SPXH12A0-4A2N1
2 1600
1900
1940
2300
1800
2200
2150
2700
SPXH16A0-4A2N1
SPXH19A0-4A2N1
2
2 575 V SVX Drives
2 525–690 V, NEMA Type 1/IP21 Drives

Frame
2 Size hp (IH) Current (IH) hp (IL) Current (IL) Catalog Number

FR6 2 3.3 3 4.5 SVX002A1-5A4N1
2 3 4.5 — 5.5 SVX003A1-5A4N1

— 5.5 5 7.5 SVX004A1-5A4N1
2 5 7.5 7-1/2 10 SVX005A1-5A4N1
2
7-1/2 10 10 13.5 SVX007A1-5A4N1
10 13.5 15 18 SVX010A1-5A4N1
2 15 18 20 22 SVX015A1-5A4N1
20 22 25 27 SVX020A1-5A4N1
2 25 27 30 34 SVX025A1-5A4N1
FR7 30 34 40 41 SVX030A1-5A4N1
2 40 41 50 52 SVX040A1-5A4N1
2 FR8 50
60
52
62
60
75
62
80
SVX050A1-5A4N1
SVX060A1-5A4N1
2 75 80 100 100 SVX075A1-5A4N1

FR9 100 100 125 125 SVX100A1-5A4N1
2 125 125 150 144 SVX125A1-5A4N1
150 144 — 170 SVX150A1-5A4N1
2 — 170 200 208 SVX175A1-5A4N1
2 Note
1 FR10–FR14 includes 3% line reactor, but it is not integral to chassis.
2
2
2
2
2

SVX Drives
2.8
SVX Open Drives
Frame
2
FR6 2 3.3 3 4.5 SVX002A2-5A4N1
2
3 4.5 — 5.5 SVX003A2-5A4N1
2
— 5.5 5 7.5 SVX004A2-5A4N1
5 7.5 7-1/2 10 SVX005A2-5A4N1 2
7-1/2 10 10 13.5 SVX007A2-5A4N1
10 13.5 15 18 SVX010A2-5A4N1 2
2
15 18 20 22 SVX015A2-5A4N1
20 22 25 27 SVX020A2-5A4N1
25 27 30 34 SVX025A2-5A4N1
2
FR7 30 34 40 41 SVX030A2-5A4N1
40 41 50 52 SVX040A2-5A4N1 2
FR8 50 52 60 62 SVX050A2-5A4N1
60 62 75 80 SVX060A2-5A4N1 2
FR9
75
100
80
100
100
125
100
125
SVX075A2-5A4N1
SVX100A2-5A4N1
2
125 125 150 144 SVX125A2-5A4N1 2
150 144 — 170 SVX150A2-5A4N1
— 170 200 208 SVX175A2-5A4N1 2
2
525–690 V, Open Chassis Drives
Frame 2
FR10 200 208 250 261 SPX200A0-5A2N1 2
250
300
261
325
300
400
325
385
SPX250A0-5A2N1
SPX300A0-5A2N1
2
FR11 400 385 450 460 SPX400A0-5A2N1 2
450 460 500 502 SPX450A0-5A2N1
500 502 — 590 SPX500A0-5A2N1 2
FR12 — 590 600 650 SPX550A0-5A2N1
600 650 700 750 SPX600A0-5A2N1 2
FR13
700
800
750
820
800
900
820
920
SPX700A0-5A2N1
SPX800A0-5A2N1
2
900 920 1000 1030 SPX900A0-5A2N1 2
1000 1030 1250 1180 SPXH10A0-5A2N1
FR14 1350 1300 1500 1500 SPXH13A0-5A2N1 2
2
1500 1500 2000 1900 SPXH15A0-5A2N1
2000 1900 2300 2250 SPXH20A0-5A2N1
2
2
2
2
2
2
2

SVX Drives
Accessories
2
Demo Drive and Power Supply
2
9000X demo drive 9000XDEMO
2
2 9000X Series—SVX/SPX Conversion and Flange Kits
The Type 12/IP54 option kit is used to convert a
2 Type 1/IP21 to a Type 12/IP54 drive. The kit includes:
2 NEMA Type 12 / IP54 Conversion Kits

Frame Size Catalog Number
2 Frame 4 Type 12/IP54 kit OPTN12FR4
2
Frame 5 Type 12/IP54 kit OPTN12FR5
2
2 Flange Kits
2 mounted through the back panel of an enclosure. The kit includes
hardware and supporting steel plates.
2 NEMA Type 12 / IP54 Conversion Kits
2 Kit
2 Frame 4 flange kit Type 12/IP54 OPTTHR4
2
Frame 5 flange kit Type 12/IP54 OPTTHR5

2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2

SVX Drives
2.8
Options
2
SVX Series Option Board Kits
The SVX Series drives can accommodate a wide selection of expander and adapter option boards to 2
customize the drive for your application needs. The drive’s control unit is designed to accept a total
of five option boards. 2
The SVX Series factory installed standard board configuration includes an A9 I/O board and an A2 relay
output board, which are installed in slots A and B. 2
Option Board Kits
Option Boards
Field Factory
2
Installed Installed SVX Ready Programs
Allowed Slot Catalog Option Local/ 2
Option Kit Description 1 Locations 2 Number Designator Basic Remote Standard MSS PID Multi-P. PFC
Standard I/O Cards 2
D E 6 DI, 1 DO, 2 AI, 1 AO, 1 +10 Vdc ref, A OPTA9 — ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■
A B C 2 ext +24 Vdc/EXT +24 Vdc 2
2 RO (NC-NO) B OPTA2 — ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■
Extended I/O Cards 2
2 RO, therm B OPTA3 A3 — ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■
Encoder low volt +5 V/15 V/24 V—SPX only C OPTA4 A4 — ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ 2
Encoder high volt +15 V/24 V—SPX only C OPTA5 A5 — ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■
Double encoder—SPX only C OPTA7 A7 ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ 2
■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■
2
6 DI, 1 DO, 2 AI, 1 AO A OPTA8 A8 —
3 DI (encoder 10–24 V), out +15 V/+24 V, C OPTAE AE ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■
2 DO (pulse+direction)—SPX only
6 DI, 1 ext +24 Vdc/EXT +24 Vdc B, C, D, E OPTB1 B1 — — — — — ■ ■ 2
■ ■
2
1 RO (NC-NO), 1 RO (NO), 1 therm B, C, D, E OPTB2 B2 — — — — —
1 AI (mA isolated), 2 AO (mA isolated), B, C, D, E OPTB4 B4 ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■
1 ext +24 Vdc/EXT +24 Vdc
3 RO (NO) B, C, D, E OPTB5 B5 — — — — — ■ ■ 2
1 ext +24 Vdc/EXT +24 Vdc, 3 Pt100 B, C, D, E OPTB8 B8 — — — — — — —
1 RO (NO), 5 DI 42–240 Vac input B, C, D, E OPTB9 B9 — — — — — ■ ■ 2
2
Communication Cards 3
Modbus RTU D, E OPTC2 C2 ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■

Modbus RTU (D9 connector)
PROFIBUS DP
D, E
D, E
OPTC8
OPTC3
C8
C3
■
■
■
■
■
■
■
■
■
■
■
■
■
■
2
PROFIBUS DP (D9 connector) D, E OPTC5 C5 ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ 2
Johnson Controls N2 D, E OPTC2 CA — — — — — — —
BACnet MSTP D, E OPTCJ CJ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ 2
LonWorks D, E OPTC4 C4 ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■
CANopen (slave) D, E OPTC6 C6 ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ 2
DeviceNet D, E OPTC7 C7 ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■
Modbus TCP D, E OPTCI CI ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ 2
EtherNet/IP D, E OPTCQ CQ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■
PROFINET, Modbus TCP, D, E OPTE9 E9 ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ 2
EtherNet/IP (dual-port) 4
EtherCAT (dual-port) 4 D, E OPTEC EC ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ 2
SPX adapter D, E OPTD1 D1 ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■
SPX adapter D, E OPTD2 D2 ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ 2
■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■
2
RS-232 adapter D, E OPTD3 D3
Notes
1 AI = Analog Input; AO = Analog Output, DI = Digital Input, DO = Digital Output, RO = Relay Output
2 Option card must be installed in one of the slots listed for that card. Slot indicated in bold is the preferred location.
2
2
3 OPTC2 is a multi-protocol option card.
4 Available October 2016.
2
2

SVX Drives
Modbus RTU Network The channel connection is Johnson Controls BACnet Network
2 Communications achieved using a FTT-10 A Metasys N2 Network Communications
The Modbus Network Card Free Topology transceiver Communications The BACnet Network Card
2 OPTC2 is used for connecting via a single twisted transfer The OPTC2 fieldbus board OPTCJ is used for connecting
the SVX Drive as a slave on cable. The communication provides communication the SVX Drive to BACnet
2 a Modbus network. The speed with LonWorks is
78 kBits/s.
between the SVX Drive and a networks. It includes a
interface is connected by a Johnson Controls Metasys™ 5.08 mm pluggable connector.
2 9-pin DSUB connector
(female) and the baud rate CANopen (Slave)
N2 network. With this
connection, the drive can be
Data transfer is Master-Slave/
Token Passing (MS/TP)
Communications
2 ranges from 300 to 19,200
baud. Other communication The CANopen (Slave)
controlled, monitored and
programmed from the
RS-485. This interface uses
a collection of 30 Binary Value
parameters include an Network Card OPTC6 is used Metasys system. The N2 Objects (BVOs) and 35 Analog
2 address range from 1 to 247; for connecting the SVX Drive fieldbus is available as a Value Objects (AVOs) to
a parity of None, Odd or to a host system. According factory installed option and communicate drive parameters.
2 Even; and the stop bit is 1. to ISO11898 standard cables as a field installable kit. The card supports 9.6, 19.2
to be chosen for CANbus and 38.4 Kbaud communication
2 PROFIBUS Network
Communications
should have a nominal
impedance of 120 ohms,
Modbus/TCP Network
Communications
speeds and supports network
addresses 1–127.
and specific line delay of
2 The PROFIBUS Network Card
OPTC3 is used for connecting nominal 5 nS/m. 120 ohms
The Modbus/TCP Network
Card OPTCI is used for EtherNet/IP Network
line termination resistors Communications
2 the SVX Drive as a slave on
a PROFIBUS-DP network. required for installation.
connecting the SVX Drive to
Ethernet networks utilizing The EtherNet/IP Network
The interface is connected Modbus protocol. It includes Card OPTCK is used for
2 by a 9-pin DSUB connector DeviceNet Network
Communications
an RJ-45 pluggable connector. connecting the SVX Drive to
(female). The baud rates This interface provides a Ethernet/Industrial Protocol
2 range from 9.6 Kbaud to
12 Mbaud, and the addresses
The DeviceNet Network Card
OPTC7 is used for connecting
selection of standard and
custom register values to
networks. It includes an
RJ-45 pluggable connector.
2 range from 1 to 127. the SVX Drive on a DeviceNet
Network. It includes a
communicate drive parameters.
The board supports 10 Mbps
The interface uses CIP
objects to communicate drive
LonWorks Network 5.08 mm pluggable and 100 Mbps communication parameters (CIP is “Common
2 Communications connector. Transfer method speeds. The IP address of the Industrial Protocol”, the same
The LonWorks Network Card is via CAN using a two-wire board is configurable over protocol used by DeviceNet).
2 OPTC4 is used for connecting twisted shielded cable with Ethernet using a supplied The board supports 10 Mbps
the SVX Drive on a LonWorks two-wire bus power cable software tool. and 100 Mbps communication
2 network. This interface uses and drain. The baud rates
used for communication
speeds. The IP address of the
board is configurable by Static,
Standard Network Variable
2 Types (SNVT) as data types. include 125 Kbaud,
250 Kbaud and 500 Kbaud.
BOOTP and DHCP methods.
2 Control Panel Options

Factory Options
2 Factory Installed Field Installed
2 Description Option Code

NEMA Type 1/IP21
Catalog Number
2 Local/Remote Keypad SVX Control Panel—This option is standard on all drives and consists of A
an RS-232 connection, backlit alphanumeric LCD display with nine indicators for the RUN status
KEYPAD-LOC/REM
and two indicators for the control source. The nine pushbuttons on the panel are used for panel
2 programming and monitoring of all SVX parameters. The panel is detachable and isolated from the
input line potential. Include LOC/REM key to choose control location.
2 Keypad Remote Mounting Kit—This option is used to remote mount the SVX keypad. The
footprint is compatible to the SV remote mount kit. Includes 10 ft cable, keypad holder and
— OPTRMT-KIT-9000X
mounting hardware.
2
Miscellaneous Options
2 9000XDrive—A PC-based tool for controlling and monitoring of the SVX. Features include: loading parameters that can be
saved to a file or printed, setting references, starting and stopping the motor, monitoring signals in graphical or text form,
9000XDRIVE
and real-time display. To avoid damage to the drive or computer, SVDrivecable must be used.
2 SVDrivecable—6 ft (1.8 m) RS-232 cable (22 gauge) with a 7-pin connector on each end. Should be used in conjunction SVDRIVECABLE
with the 9000XDrive option to avoid damage to the SVX or computer. The same cable can be used for downloading
2 specialized applications to the drive.
External Dynamic Braking Resistors—Used with the dynamic braking chopper circuit to absorb motor regenerative See Page V6-T2-123
2 energy for stopping the load and to dissipate the energy flowing back into the drive. Resistors are separated into standard
duty and heavy-duty. Standard duty is defined as 20% duty or less with 100% braking torque, while heavy-duty is defined as
50% duty or less with 150% braking torque.
2

SVX Drives
2.8
Open Drive Options
2
The brake chopper circuit Duty Cycle Torque 2
option is used for applications The duty cycle rating is based If the braking torque required
that require dynamic braking.
Dynamic braking resistors
on a 60-second period. For is less than 15%, dynamic 2
example, the 20% duty cycle braking is not required
are not included with drive
purchase. Consult the factory
resistor can carry 100%
current for 12 seconds out
because the regenerated
energy will be dissipated in
2
of every 60 seconds, while
the drive and motor losses.
2
supplied separately. A list of can carry 150% current for
common resistors are listed 30 seconds out of every 2
below and are complete 60 seconds.
indoor assemblies, include a
2
a thermal switch, and are not
UL Listed. 2
2
2
DBR – R100 – W0800
2
Dynamic Brake Resistor Resistance Rated Watts 2
1D0 = 1.0 Ohms 0800 = 800 Watts
100 = 100 Ohms 8000 = 8000 Watts
080K = 80,000 Watts
2
20% Duty Cycle, 100% Torque 50% Duty Cycle, 150% Torque
Drive hp
(CT/IH)
Minimum
Ohms Catalog Number Dimensions (Inches) Catalog Number Dimensions (Inches) 2
0.75
1
30.0
30.0
DBR-R100-W0400
DBR-R100-W0400
12W x 5D x 5H
12W x 5D x 5H
DBR-R100-W0800
DBR-R100-W0800
12W x 7D x 5H
12W x 7D x 5H
2
1.5 30.0 DBR-R100-W0400 12W x 5D x 5H DBR-R036-W1200 12W x 10D x 5H 2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2

SVX Drives

2 (CT/IH)
1
Ohms
63.0
Catalog Number
DBR-R100-W0400
Dimensions (Inches)
12W x 5D x 5H
Catalog Number
DBR-R100-W0800
Dimensions (Inches)
12W x 7D x 5H

2

2 30
40
14.0
6.5
DBR-R020-W4800
DBR-R112-W6000
26.5W x 13D x 5H
26.5W x 13D x 5H
DBR-R014-W020K
DBR-R007-W025K
30W x 18D x 24H
30W x 18D x 16H

2 150
200
3.3
3.3
DBR-R3D4-W025K
DBR-R3D3-W030K
30W x 18D x 16H
30W x 18D x 24H
DBR-R3D5-W085K
DBR-R3D3-W110K
30W x 18D x 56H
30W x 18D x 72H
2 250 1.4 DBR-R2D5-W036K 30W x 18D x 24H 1 —

300 1.4 DBR-R1D5-W045K 30W x 18D x 32H 1 —
2 350 1.4 DBR-R1D4-W060K 30W x 18D x 40H 1 —
1
2
400 0.9 DBR-R1D4-W060K 30W x 18D x 40H —
500 0.9 DBR-R0D9-W080K 30W x 18D x 48H 1 —
2 550 0.9 DBR-R001-W085K 30W x 18D x 56H 1 —
Note
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2

SVX Drives
2.8
2
(CT/IH)
2
Ohms
100.0
Catalog Number
DBR-R100-W0400
Dimensions (Inches)
12W x 5D x 5H
Catalog Number
DBR-R100-W1200
Dimensions (Inches)
12W x 10D x 5H
2
2
2
2
2
200
250
2.5
2.5
DBR-R3D3-W030K
DBR-R2D5-W036K
30W x 18D x 24H
30W x 18D x 24H
DBR-R2D6-W110K
DBR-R003-W140K
30W x 18D x 64H
30W x 18D x 72H
2
300 2.5 DBR-R3D3-W045K 30W x 18D x 32H 1 — 2
400 1.7 DBR-R002-W060K 30W x 18D x 48H 1 —
450 1.7 DBR-R1D8-W070K 30W x 18D x 48H 1 — 2
500 1.7 DBR-R002-W080K 30W x 18D x 56H 1 —
Note
2
1 Consult factory.
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2

SVX Drives

2
2
D R1 – 2 2D0 – 0 5
2
2 Basic Naming
D = Drive
Impedance
3 = 3%
5 = 5%
Environment Rating
2 = 240 V 4D0 = 4.0 A 1 = NEMA 1
2 4 = 480 V
5 = 575 V
8D0 = 8.0 A
012 = 12 A

2 Open NEMA 1
2 hp (CT) 3% 5% 3% 5% 3% 5% 3% 5%
2

2 20
25
DR1-2054-03
DR1-2068-03
DR1-2054-05
DR1-2068-05
DR2-2055-03
DR2-2080-03
DR2-2055-05
DR2-2080-05
DR1-2054-13
DR1-2068-13
DR1-2054-15
DR1-2068-15
DR2-2055-13
DR2-2080-13
DR2-2055-15
DR2-2080-15

2
2
2
2

SVX Drives
2.8
Open NEMA 1
2
hp (CT) 3% 5% 3% 5% 3% 5% 3% 5% 2
2
5
7.5
DR1-47D6-03
DR1-4011-03
DR1-47D6-05
DR1-4011-05
DR2-48D0-03
DR2-4012-03
DR2-48D0-05
DR2-4012-05
DR1-47D6-13
DR1-4011-13
DR1-47D6-15
DR1-4011-15
DR2-48D0-13
DR2-4012-13
DR2-48D0-15
DR2-4012-15
2
10
15
DR1-4014-03
DR1-4021-03
DR1-4014-05
DR1-4021-05
DR2-4018-03
DR2-4025-03
DR2-4018-05
DR2-4025-05
DR1-4014-13
DR1-4021-13
DR1-4014-15
DR1-4021-15
DR2-4018-13
DR2-4025-13
DR2-4018-15
DR2-4025-15
2
20
25
DR1-4027-03
DR1-4034-03
DR1-4027-05
DR1-4034-05
DR2-4025-03
DR2-4035-03
DR2-4025-05
DR2-4035-05
DR1-4027-13
DR1-4034-13
DR1-4027-15
DR1-4034-15
DR2-4025-13
DR2-4035-13
DR2-4025-15
DR2-4035-15
2
2
2

Open NEMA 1
Line Reactor Load Reactor Line Reactor Load Reactor 2
hp (CT) 3% 5% 3% 5% 3% 5% 3% 5%
2
40
50
DR1-5041-03
DR1-5052-03
DR1-5041-05
DR1-5052-05
DR2-5045-03
DR2-5055-03
DR2-5045-05
DR2-5055-05
DR1-5041-13
DR1-5052-13
DR1-5041-15
DR1-5052-15
DR2-5045-13
DR2-5055-13
DR2-5045-15
DR2-5055-15
2
60
75
DR1-5062-03
DR1-5077-03
DR1-5062-05
DR1-5077-05
DR2-5080-03
DR2-5080-03
DR2-5080-05
DR2-5080-05
DR1-5062-13
DR1-5077-13
DR1-5062-15
DR1-5077-15
DR2-5080-13
DR2-5080-13
DR2-5080-15
DR2-5080-15
2
2
2

SVX Drives
Replacement Parts
2
FR4 Spare Parts
2 Quantity/ 230 V 480 V 575 V
Category Description Drive Catalog Number Catalog Number Catalog Number
2 Control fan NEMA Type 12 control fan 1 1 PP01086 PP01086 —
Control module 2 SVX control module 1 CSBS0000000000 CSBS0000000000 —
2 Standard slot A I/O card 1 OPTA9 OPTA9 —
2 Keypad 2
Standard slot B I/O card
SVX/SPX keypad
1
1
OPTA2
KEYPAD-LOC/REM
OPTA2
KEYPAD-LOC/REM
—
—
2 Main fan 2 DC fan (main) 1 PP01060 PP01060 —

Other Mounting kit, fixing kit 1 FR00040 FR00040 —
2 Mounting kit, fixing kit, N12 1 1 FR00079 FR00079 —

Control cover, plastic, N1 1 FR00006 FR00006 —
2
FR5 Spare Parts
2 Quantity/ 230 V 480 V 575 V
2 Control fan NEMA Type 12 control fan 1 1 PP01088 PP01088 —
2 Control module 2 SVX control module

Standard slot A I/O card
1
1
CSBS0000000000
OPTA9
CSBS0000000000
OPTA9
—
—
2 Standard slot B I/O card 1 OPTA2 OPTA2 —

Keypad 2 SVX/SPX keypad 1 KEYPAD-LOC/REM KEYPAD-LOC/REM —
2 Main fan 2 DC fan (main) 1 PP01061 PP01061 —

2 Mounting kit, fixing kit, N12 1 1 FR00081 FR00081 —
2 FR6 Spare Parts

230 V 480 V 575 V
2 Category Description
Quantity/
Drive Catalog Number Catalog Number Catalog Number
2 Control fan
Control module 2
NEMA Type 12 control fan 1
SVX control module
1
1
PP01049
CSBS0000000000
PP01049
CSBS0000000000
—
CSBS0000000000
2 Standard slot A I/O card 1 OPTA9 OPTA9 OPTA9

Standard slot B I/O card 1 OPTA2 OPTA2 OPTA2
2 Keypad 2 SVX/SPX keypad 1 KEYPAD-LOC/REM KEYPAD-LOC/REM KEYPAD-LOC/REM

Main fan 2 DC fan (main) 1 PP01062 PP01062 —
2 Other Mounting kit, fixing kit 1 FR00060 FR00060 FR00060
Mounting kit, fixing kit, N12 1 1 FR00082 FR00082 FR00082
2 Control cover, plastic, N1 1 FR06011 FR06011 FR06011
2 FR7 Spare Parts
2 Category Description
Quantity/
Drive
230 V
Catalog Number
480 V
Catalog Number
575 V
Catalog Number
2 Control fan NEMA Type 12 control fan 1 1 PP01049 PP01049 PP01049

Control module 2 SVX control module 1 CSBS0000000000 CSBS0000000000 CSBS0000000000
2 Standard slot A I/O card 1 OPTA9 OPTA9 OPTA9

Main fan 2 DC fan (main) 1 PP01063 PP01063 PP01063
2 Other Mounting kit, fixing kit 1 FR07071 FR07071 FR07071
2
Mounting kit, fixing kit, N12 1 1 FR07072 FR07072 FR07072
Control cover, plastic, N1 1 FR07011 FR07011 FR07011
2 Notes
1 Only for NEMA Type 12/IP54 Type drives.

SVX Drives
2.8
FR8 Spare Parts
Quantity/ 230 V 480 V 575 V
2
Category
Control fan
Description
NEMA Type 12 control fan 1
Drive
1
Catalog Number
CP01180
Catalog Number
CP01180
Catalog Number
CP01180
2
Control module 2 SVX control module 1 CSBS0000000000 CSBS0000000000 CSBS0000000000 2
Standard slot A I/O card 1 OPTA9 OPTA9 OPTA9
Standard slot B I/O card 1 OPTA2 OPTA2 OPTA2 2
Keypad 2 SVX/SPX keypad 1 KEYPAD-LOC/REM KEYPAD-LOC/REM KEYPAD-LOC/REM
Main AC fan Fan AC 1 PP01123 PP01123 PP01123
2
Fan fuse 2 PP20202 PP20202 PP20202
2
Starting cap 1 S00734 S00734 S00734
Fan driver board AC 1 VB00599 VB00799 VB00799 2
Isolation transformer (fan) 1 S0000113 S0000113 S0000113
Main DC fan 2 DC fan 1 PP00071 PP00071 PP00071 2
2
DC power supply 1 S01016 S01016 S01016
Other Front cover, N12 1 1 FR08079 FR08079 FR08079
Conduit plate, N12 1 FR08082 FR08082 FR08082
2
FR9 Spare Parts 2
Category Description Drive Catalog Number Catalog Number Catalog Number 2
Control fan 50 mm fan 1 PP09041 PP09041 PP09041
80 mm fan 1 PP01068 PP01068 PP01068 2
2
Control module 1 SVX control module 1 CSBS0000000000 CSBS0000000000 CSBS0000000000
Standard slot B I/O card 1 OPTA2 OPTA2 OPTA2 2
Inverter Power module 2 1 FR09-0261-2-ANV FR09-0261-4-ANV FR09-0125-5-ANV
1 FR09-0300-2-ANV FR09-0300-4-ANV FR09-0144-5-ANV 2
1 — — FR09-0170-5-ANV
Shunt board 2 6 — VB00535 VB00537
2
6 — VB00536 VB00542
2
6 — — VB00543
DC section Balancing resistor 3 PP00052 PP00052 PP00052 2
Bus capacitor 8 S00335 S00335 PP01041
DC busbars DC– 1 FR09043 FR09043 FR09043 2
2
DC busbars DC+ 1 FR09044 FR09044 FR09044
DC busbars connection 1 FR09045 FR09045 FR09045
DC busbars +/– insulator 1 FR09046 FR09046 FR09046
2
DC busbars –/con insulator 1 FR09047 FR09047 FR09047
Converter Rectifier module 1 FR09826 FR09822 FR09823 2
Diode 3 CP01268 CP01268 CP01268
Rectifier board 1 — VB00459 VB00460 2
Keypad 1
Main DC fan 1
SVX/SPX keypad
DC fan
1
1
KEYPAD-LOC/REM
PP00072
KEYPAD-LOC/REM
PP00072
KEYPAD-LOC/REM
PP00072
2
DC power supply 1 S01017 S01017 S01017 2
Other Front cover power 1 FR09012 FR09012 FR09012
Front cover connection 1 FR09013 FR09013 FR09013 2
Front power conduit 1 FR09014 FR09014 FR09014
2
Notes
2 Select one part number based on the amperage rating of the drive. Please contact EatonCare at 877-ETN-CARE for assistance.
2
2

SVX Drives
FR10 Spare Parts

2 Quantity/ 230 V 480 V 575 V
2 Category
Control
Description
Fiber board
Drive
1
Catalog Number
—
Catalog Number
S00451
Catalog Number
S00451
2 ASIC board 1 — S00457 S00457

Control fan ASIC fan 1 — PP01096 PP01096
2 Control module 1 SVX control module 1 — CPBS0000000000 CPBS0000000000
2
Standard slot A I/O card 1 — OPTA9 OPTA9
Standard slot B I/O card 1 — OPTA2 OPTA2
2 Inverter Power module 2 1 — FR10-0385-4-ANV FR10-0261-5-ANV

1 — FR10-0460-4-ANV FR10-0325-5-ANV
2 1 — FR10-0520-4-ANV FR10-0385-5-ANV
1 — — FR10-0416-5-ANV
2 Driver board 1 — S00450 S00450
2 Driver adapter board

Shunt board 2
1
6
—
—
VB00330
VB00497
VB00330
VB00510
2 6 — VB00498 VB00511
6 — VB00537 VB00545
2 Covers Top cover 1 — FR10340 FR10340
Side cover 2 — FR10341 FR10341
2 DC section Balancing resistor 2 — PP13027 PP13028
2 DC busbars kit (right)

Bus capacitor
1
12
—
—
S0000005
S00335
S0000005
S00336
2 Converter Rectifier module 1 — FR10823 FR10823

Charging resistor 1 — PP00066 PP00066
2 Diode 3 — PP01177 PP01177
2
Rectifier board 1 — S00591 S00592
Keypad 1 SVX/SPX keypad 1 — KEYPAD-LOC/REM KEYPAD-LOC/REM
2 Main DC fan 1 DC fan 2 — PP00072 PP00072

DC power supply 2 — S01017 S01017
2 Notes
2 2 Select one part number based on the amperage rating of the drive. Please contact EatonCare at 877-ETN-CARE for assistance.
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2

SVX Drives
2.8
FR11 Spare Parts
2
Category
Control
Description
Fiber board
Drive
1
Catalog Number
—
Catalog Number
S00451
Catalog Number
S00451
2
ASIC board 1 — S00457 S00457 2
Control module 1 SVX control module 1 — CPBS0000000000 CPBS0000000000 2
2
Inverter Power module 2 1 — FR11-0590-4-ANV FR11-0460-5-ANV
2
1 — FR11-0650-4-ANV FR11-0502-5-ANV
1 — FR11-0730-4-ANV FR11-0590-5-ANV 2
Driver board 1 — S00452 S00452
Driver adapter board 1 — VB00330 VB00330 2
2
9 — VB00514 VB00546
9 — VB00538 VB00547
2
Covers Top cover 1 — FR11345 FR11345
DC section Balancing resistor 3 — PP13027 PP13027 2
DC busbars kit (right) 3 — S0000005 S0000005
Bus capacitor 18 — S00335 S00335 2
Converter Rectifier module
Diode
1
3
—
—
FR10823
PP01177
FR10823
PP01177
2
Rectifier board 1 — S00591 S00591 2
Main DC fan 1 DC fan 2 — PP00072 PP00072 2
2
Notes
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2

SVX Drives
FR12 Spare Parts

2 Quantity/ 230 V 480 V 575 V
2 Category
Control
Description
Fiber board
Drive
2
Catalog Number
—
Catalog Number
S00451
Catalog Number
S00451
2 ASIC board 2 — S00457 S00457

Star coupler 1 — S00593 S00593
2 Control fan ASIC fan 2 — PP01096 PP01096
Control module 1
2
SVX control module 1 — CPBS0000000000 CPBS0000000000
2 Standard slot B I/O card 1 — OPTA2 OPTA2

Inverter Power module 2 1 — FR12-0820-4-ANV FR12-0650-5-ANV
2 1 — FR12-0920-4-ANV FR12-0750-5-ANV
1 — FR12-1030-4-ANV FR12-0820-5-ANV
2 Driver board 2 — S00450 S00450
2 Driver adapter board

Shunt board
2
12
—
—
VB00330
VB00498
VB00330
VB00511
2 Covers Top cover 2 — FR10340 FR10340

2 Bus capacitor 24 — S00335 S00336
2 Converter Rectifier module

Diode
2
3
—
—
FR10823
PP01177
FR10823
PP01177
2 Rectifier board 2 — S00591 S00591

2
Notes

2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2

SVX Drives
2.8
FR13 Spare Parts
2
Category
Control
Description
ASIC board
Drive
1
Catalog Number
—
Catalog Number
S00457
Catalog Number
S00457
2
ASIC assembly 1 — 60S01030 60S01030 2
Control module 1 SVX control module 1 — CPBS0000000000 CPBS0000000000 2
2
Inverter Power module 2 3 — FI13-1150-4-ANV FR13-1030-5-ANV
2
3 — FI13-1300-4-ANV FR13-1180-5-ANV
3 — FI13-1450-4-ANV FR13-920-5-ANV 2
Driver adapter board 2 — VB00330 VB00330 2
2
18 — VB00514 VB00517
18 — VB00541 VB00547
2
Covers Top cover 3 — FI10001 FI10001
Side cover 3 — FI10003 FI10003 2
DC section Balancing resistor 6 — PP13034 PP13034
Converter
DC busbars kit
Rectifier module
3
2
—
—
FI13329
FR10823
FI13329
FR10823
2
Diode 3 — PP01177 PP01177 2
Keypad 1 SVX/SPX keypad 1 — KEYPAD-LOC/REM KEYPAD-LOC/REM 2
Main DC fan 1 DC fan 4 — PP00072 PP00072
2
Notes
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2

SVX Drives
FR14 Spare Parts

2 Quantity/ 230 V 480 V 575 V
2 Category
Control
Description
ASIC board
Drive
2
Catalog Number
—
Catalog Number
S00457
Catalog Number
S00457
2 Star coupler 1 — S00593 S00593

ASIC assembly 2 — 60S01030 60S01030
2 Star coupler kit 1 — FR10860 FR10860
2
Control module 1 SVX control module 1 — CPBS0000000000 CPBS0000000000
2 Standard slot A I/O card 1 — OPTA9 OPTA9

2 Inverter Power module 2 1 — FR14-1770-4-ANV FR14-1500-5-ANV
1 — FR14-2150-4-ANV FR14-1900-5-ANV
2 1 — FR14-2700-4-ANV FR14-2250-5-ANV
2 Driver board
Driver adapter board
6
2
—
—
S00454
VB00330
S00454
VB00330
2 Shunt board 2 36 — VB00541 VB00516

36 — — VB00517
2 Covers Top cover 6 — FI10001 FI10001
Side cover 6 — FI10003 FI10003
2 Bus capacitor
DC busbars kit
72
6
—
—
S00335
FI13329
S00336
FI13329
2 Converter Rectifier module 2 — FR10823 FR10823

Diode 3 — PP01177 PP01177
Keypad 1
2
SVX/SPX keypad 1 — KEYPAD-LOC/REM KEYPAD-LOC/REM
2 DC power supply 6 — S01017 S01017
Notes
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2

SVX Drives
2.8
2
SVX Drives
Description Specification Description Specification 2
Input Ratings
Input voltage (Vin) +10%/–15%
Control Connections
Analog input voltage 0 to 10 V, R = 200 kohms (–10 to 10 V joystick control)
2
2
resolution 0.1%; accuracy ±1%
Input frequency (fin) 50/60 Hz (variation up to 45–66 Hz)
Analog input current 0(4) to 20 mA; Ri—250 ohms differential
Connection to power Once per minute or less (typical operation)
High withstand rating 100 kAIC
Digital inputs (6) Positive or negative logic; 18 to 30 Vdc
2
Auxiliary voltage +24 V ±15%, max. 250 mA
Output Ratings
Output voltage 0 to Vin
Output reference voltage +10 V +3%, max. load 10 mA 2
Analog output 0(4) to 20 mA; RL max. 500 ohms;
Continuous output current IH rated 100% at 122 °F (50 °C), FR9 and below
IL rated 100% at 104 °F (40 °C), FR9 and below
resolution 10 bit; accuracy ±2% 2
IH/IL 100% at 104 °F (40 °C), FR10 and above Digital outputs Open collector output, 50 mA/48V
Overload current (IH/IL) 150% IH, 110% IL for 1 min. Relay outputs Two programmable Form C relay outputs 2
switching capacity: 24 Vdc/8 A, 250 Vac/8 A, 125 Vdc/0.4 A
2
Protections
Overcurrent protection Trip limit 4.0 x IH instantaneously
Initial output current (IH) 250% for 2 seconds
Overvoltage protection Yes
2
Efficiency >96%
2
Earth fault protection In case of earth fault in motor or motor cable, only the
Control method Frequency control (V/f)
Open loop: Sensorless vector control
Closed loop: SPX drives only Input phase supervision
frequency converter is protected
Trips if any of the input phases are missing
2
Switching frequency
Frame 4–6
Adjustable with parameter 2.6.9
1–16 kHz; default 10 kHz
Motor phase supervision Trips if any of the output phases are missing 2
Overtemperature protection Yes
2
Frame 7–12 1–10 kHz; default 3.6 kHz
Frequency reference Analog input: Resolution 0.1% (10-bit), accuracy ±1% V/Hz
Panel reference: Resolution 0.01 Hz Motor stall protection Yes
Field weakening point 30–320 Hz Motor underload protection Yes
2
Acceleration time
Deceleration time
0–3000 sec.
0–3000 sec.
Short-circuit protection Yes (+24 V and +10 V reference voltages)
2
Braking torque DC brake: 30% x Tn (without brake option)
Standard I/O Specifications
2
Ambient Conditions
Ambient operating 14 °F (–10 °C), no frost to 122 °F (50 °C) IH (FR4–FR9)
Description Specification 2
temperature 14 °F (–10 °C), no frost to 104 °F (40 °C) IH (FR10 and up) Six–digital input 24 V: “0” <10 V, “1” >18V,Ri >5 kohms
14 °F (–10 °C), no frost to 104 °F (40 °C) IL (all frames) programmable 2
Storage temperature –40° to 158 °F (–40° to 70 °C) Two–analog input Voltage: 0–±10 V, Ri >200 kohms
Relative humidity 0 to 95% RH, noncondensing, non-corrosive,
no dripping water
configurable w/jumpers Current: 0 (4)–20 mA, Ri = 250 ohms
2
Two–digital output Form C relays 250 Vac
Air quality Chemical vapors: IEC 721-3-3, unit in operation, class 3C2;
Mechanical particles: IEC 721-3-3, unit in operation, class 3S2
programmable 30 Vdc 2 amp resistive
2
One–analog output 0–20 mA, RL max. 500 ohms 10 bits ±2%
Altitude 100% load capacity (no derating) up to 3280 ft (1000 m);
programmable
configurable w/jumper 2
max. 9842 ft (3000 m)
2
One digital output Open collector 48 Vdc 50 mA
Vibration EN 50178, EN 60068-2-6; 5 to 50 Hz, displacement amplitude programmable
1 mm (peak) at 3 to 15.8 Hz, max. acceleration amplitude
1G at 15.8 to 150 Hz 2
Shock EN 50178, EN 60068-2-27 UPS Drop test (for applicable UPS
weights) Storage and shipping: max. 15 g, 11 ms (in package) 2
Enclosure class NEMA 1/IP21 or NEMA 12/IP54, open chassis/IP20
2
2
2
2
2

SVX Drives
Dimensions
2 9000X Open Drives
2 NEMA Type 1/IP21 and NEMA Type 12/IP54, FR4, FR5 and FR6
W1
2 D1 W2 R2
2 R1
EATON
2
2
2
H1
2 H3
H2
2
2
2
R2
2
2
2
2 Knockouts
2
D3
2 D2
2
2 Voltage hp (IH) H1 H2 H3 D1 D2 D3 W1 W2 R1 Dia. R2 Dia.
Weight
Lbs (kg)
Knockouts at Inches (mm)
N1 (O.D.)
2 FR4
230 V 3/4–3 12.9 12.3 11.5 7.5 3.0 4.9 5.0 3.9 0.5 (13) 0.3 (7) 11.0 (5) 3 @ 1.1 (28)
2
(327) (313) (292) (190) (77) (126) (128) (100)
480 V 1–5
FR5
2 230 V 5–7-1/2 16.5 16.0 15.3 8.4 3.9 5.8 5.6 3.9 0.5 (13) 0.3 (7) 17.9 (8) 2 @ 1.5 (37)
(419) (406) (389) (214) (100) (148) (143) (100) 1 @ 1.1 (28)
480 V 7-1/2–15
2 FR6
2 230 V 10–15 22.0

(558)
21.3
(541)
20.4
(519)
9.3
(237)
4.2
(105)
6.5
(165)
7.6
(195)
5.8
(148)
0.6 (15.5) 0.4 (9) 40.8 (19) 3 @ 1.5 (37)
480 V 20–30
2 575 V 2–25
2
2
2
2

SVX Drives
2.8
2
NEMA Type 1/IP21 and NEMA Type 12/IP54 with Flange Kit, FR4, FR5 and FR6
2
2
W2 2
Dia. A
2
H2
2
H1
W1 2
2
2
2
H4
D1
H5 2
D2 2
2
H3 2
H7 Dia. B
2
2
2
Flange Opening
W5 FR4 to FR6 W4 W3
2
H8 H6 H9 2
FR4, FR5 and FR6 with Flange Kit 2
W1 W2 H1 H2 H3 H4 H5 D1 D2 Dia. A
FR4
2
5.0 (128) 4.5 (113) 13.3 (337) 12.8 (325) 12.9 (327) 1.2 (30) 0.9 (22) 7.5 (190) 3.0 (77) 0.3 (7)
2
FR5
5.6 (143) 4.7 (120) 17.0 (434) 16.5 (420) 16.5 (419) 1.4 (36) 0.7 (18) 8.4 (214) 3.9 (100) 0.3 (7) 2
FR6
7.7 (195) 6.7 (170) 22.0 (560) 21.6 (549) 22.0 (558) 1.2 (30) 0.8 (20) 9.3 (237) 4.2 (106) 0.3 (7) 2
Flange Opening, FR4 to FR6 2
W3
FR4
W4 W5 H6 H7 H8 H9 Dia. B
2
4.8 (123) 4.5 (113) — 12.4 (315) 12.8 (325) — 0.2 (5) 0.3 (7) 2
FR5
5.3 (135) 4.7 (120) — 16.2 (410) 16.5 (420) — 0.2 (5) 0.3 (7) 2
2
FR6
7.3 (185) 6.7 (170) 6.2 (157) 21.2 (539) 21.6 (549) 0.3 (7) 0.2 (5) 0.3 (7)

SVX Drives

2
NEMA Type 1/IP21 and NEMA Type 12/IP54, FR7
2 H1
H2
2
2
2 W2 W1
2
2
2 R2 R1 R2
2
2
Knockouts
2 H3
2 D2
2
2 D1
D3
2
2
2 Voltage hp (IH) H1 H2 H3 D1 D2 D3 W1 W2 R1 Dia. R2 Dia.
Weight
Lbs (kg)
N1 (O.D.)
2 230 V 20–30 24.8 (630) 24.2 (614) 23.2 (590) 10.1 (257) 3.0 (77) 7.3 (184) 9.3 (237) 7.5 (190) 0.7 (18) 0.4 (9) 77.2 (35) 3 at 1.5 (37)
480 V 40–60
2 575 V 30–40
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2

SVX Drives
2.8
2
H1 2
H2
2
2
2
W1 W2
2
2
2
2
R2 2
R1
H3 2
2
2
2
2
D1
2
2
2
2
Voltage hp (IH) D1 H1 H2 H3 W1 W2 R1 Dia. R2 Dia.
Weight
Lbs (kg) 2
230 V
480 V
40–60
75–125
13.5 (344) 30.1 (764) 28.8 (732) 28.4 (721) 11.5 (291) 10 (255) 0.7 (18) 0.4 (9) 127 (58)
2
575 V 50–75 2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2

SVX Drives

2
NEMA Type 1/IP21 and NEMA Type 12/IP54, with Flange Kit, FR7 and FR8
2 H6 H4 H4 H5 Dia. A
2
2
2 W4 W2
2
2
2 H2
H1
W3
2 H7 W1
2
2
2 D1
2 D2
2
2
H3
H12 H9 H9 H10 H11

2
2
2
Flange Opening W7
W5 W6 FR7/FR8
Dia. B
2
2 H13 H8
2 W1 W2 W3 W4 H1 H2 H3 H4 H5 H6 H7 D1 D2 Dia. A
FR7
2 9.3 (237) 6.8 (175) 10.6 (270) 10.0 (253) 24.9 (652) 24.8 (632) 24.8 (630) 7.4 (189) 7.4 (189) 0.9 (23) 0.8 (20) 10.1 (257) 4.6 (117) 0.3 (6)
2
FR8
11.2 (285) — 14.0 (355) 13.0 (330) 32.8 (832) — 29.3 (745) 10.2 (258) 10.4 (265) 1.7 (43) 2.2 (57) 13.5 (344) 4.3 (110) 0.4 (9)
2 Flange Opening, FR7 and FR8

2 W5 W6 W7 H8 H9 H10 H11 H12 H13 Dia. B
FR7
2 9.2 (233) 6.9 (175) 10.0 (253) 24.4 (619) 7.4 (189) 7.4 (189) 1.4 (35) 1.3 (32) 1.0 (25) 0.3 (6)
2
FR8
11.9 (301) — 13.0 (330) 31.9 (810) 10.2 (258) 10.4 (265) — — 1.3 (33) 0.4 (9)
2
2
2

SVX Drives
2.8
2
NEMA Type 1/IP21 and NEMA Type 12/IP54 FR9
H6 H4 H3 W4
2
2
2
B- B+ /R+ R-
W5
W3 W2 W1 2
W5 2
PE
2
H2 H5 D3
2
2
H1
Dia.
2
2
D1 D2
2
2
Weight 2
Voltage hp (IH) W1 W2 W3 W4 H1 H2 H3 H4 1 D1 D2 D3 Dia. Lbs (kg)
230 V 75–100 18.9 15.7 0.4 2.1 45.3 44.1 0.6 7.4 14.2 13.4 11.2 0.8 321.9 (146) 2
(480) (400) (9) (54) (1150) (1120) (16) (188) (361.5) (340) (285) (21)
480 V
575 V
150–200
100–175
2
Note 2
1 Brake resistor terminal box (H6) included when brake chopper ordered.
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2

SVX Drives

2
NEMA Type 1/IP21 and NEMA Type 12/IP54, FR9 with Flange Kit
2 H7
2
2 W5
2 W1
2
2
2
2 Dia.
2
2 D1
D2
2
2
D3
2 H4 H2 H4
2
H5 H3 H3 H3 H5
2
2
W4
2 Flange Opening
W3 W2
2 FR9
W4
2
2
2 H6 H1
.20 (5)
Dia.
2 W1 W2 W3 W4 W5 H1 H2 H3 H4 H5 H6 H7 D1 D2 D3 Dia.
2 20.9 (530) 20.0 (510) 19.1 (485) 7.9 (200) 0.2 (5.5) 51.7 (1312) 45.3 (1150) 16.5 (420) 3.9 (100) 1.4 (35) 0.4 (9) 0.1 (2) 24.9 (362) 13.4 (340) 4.3 (109) 0.8 (21)
2
2
2
2
2
2

SVX Drives
2.8
2
NEMA Type 1/IP21 and NEMA Type 12/IP54, FR10 Freestanding
W7 W5 2
W6 W6
W4 W4
2
2
Dia. 1 Dia. 2
Dia. 3
2
2
D3 D2 D6 D7
D5
D4
2
W2
W3 W3 W3 W3 W2
2
2
W1 D1
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
H1 2
H2
2
2
Operator
(Shown with 2
Optional
2
Disconnect)
H3
2
2
2
Weight 2
W1 W2 W3 W4 W5 W6 W7 H1 H2 H3 D1 D2 D3 D4 D5 D6 D7 Dia. 1 Dia. 2 Dia. 3 Lbs (kg)
23.43 2.46 4.53 0.79 5.95 2.95 30.11 79.45 74.80 20.18 23.70 17.44 19.02 0.47 11.22 17.60 20.08 0.83 1.89 0.43 857 2
(595) (62.5) (115) (20) (151) (75) (79) (2018) (1900) (512.5) (602) (443) (483) (12) (285) (447) (510) (21) (48) (11) (389)
2
2
2
2

SVX Drives

2
FR10 Open Chassis 1
2 H3
2 H5 H4
W3
2
2
2 W2 W5 W1
2
2
2
2 H7
H2
H6 W4
2 H1
2
2
2
2
D1
2 D3 D4
D2
2
2
2 Weight
Voltage hp (IH) W1 W2 W3 W4 W5 H1 H2 H3 H4 H5 H6 H7 D1 D2 D3 D4 Lbs (kg)
2 480 V 250–350 19.7 16.7 1.2 2.6 12.8 45.9 44.1 34.6 33.5 0.7 24.7 10.8 19.9 17.9 16.7 16.6 518
(500) (425) (30) (67) (325) (1165) (1121) (879) (850) (17) (627) (275) (506) (455) (423) (421) (235)
575 V 200–300
2 Note
2
1 9000X FR12 is built of two FR10 modules. Please refer to SPX installation manual for mounting instructions.
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2

SVX Drives
2.8
2
NEMA Type 1/IP21, FR11 Freestanding Drive
W5 W8 2
W6 W6 W6 W7 W7 W6 W6 W6
W4
2
2
Dia. 3
2
Dia. 1 Dia. 2
D3 D5 2
D2 D4 2
W2
W3 W3 W3 W3 W2 2
W1 D1
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
H1
H2
2
2
2
Operator
(Shown with
Optional
2
Disconnect)
2
H3
2
2
2
Weight
Voltage hp (IH) W1 W2 W3 W4 W5 W6 W7 W8 H1 H2 H3 D1 D2 D3 D4 D5 Dia. 1 Dia. 2 Dia. 3 Lbs (kg) 2
480 400–550 31.26 2.40 6.50 0.79 3.43 2.95 2.52 1.18 79.45 74.80 20.18 23.70 11.22 19.09 0.47 17.60 0.83 1.89 0.35 x 0.43 526
(794) (61) (165) (20) (87) (75) (64) (30) (2018) (1900) (512.5) (602) (285) (485) (12) (447) (21) (48) (9 x 11) (239) 2
2
2
2
2

SVX Drives

2
FR11 Open Chassis
2 H2
2 W3 W3
2
W2 W2
2
2
2 W2 W2
2
Shown without
2 terminal cover
2
2 H1
2
2
2
2 W1
2
2
2
2
2
2
2 D2 D1
2
2
2
Weight
Voltage hp (IH) W1 W2 W3 H1 H2 D1 D2 Lbs (kg)
2
480 V 400–550 27.9 (709) 8.86 (225) 2.6 (67) 45.5 (1155) 33.5 (850) 19.8 (503) 18.4 (468) 833 (378)
575 V 400–500
2
2
2
2

SVX Drives
2.8
2
FR13, Open Chassis Inverter
W3
D6
2
Dia. 4
2
D8 2
D7 2
2
D6
D5
W4 W4 W4 W4 W4 Dia. 1 2
D1 D2 W1
2
2
2
H3 H1 H4 2
2
2
H2 2
Dia. 3
Dia. 2 W2 W2 W2 W2 D4
D4
H5
2
2
2
Dia. 3 2
2
D3
W5 W5 W5
Dia. Dia. Dia. Dia. Weight

2
W1 W2 W3 W4 W5 H1 H2 H3 H4 H5 D1 D2 D3 D4 D5 D6 D7 D8 1 2 3 4 Lbs (kg)
27.87 5.91 26.65 4.57 3.35 41.54 2.46 39.86 41.34 0.79 21.77 0.51 0.63 1.97 1.06 1.57 5.91 9.64 0.35x0.59 0.18 0.51 0.37 683
2
(708) (150) (677) (116) (85) (1055) (62.5) (1012.5) (1050) (20) (553) (13) (16) (50) (27) (40) (150) (244.8) (9x15) (4.6) (13) (9.5) (310)
Notes
2
9000X FR14 is built of two FR13 modules. Please refer to SPX installation manual for mounting instructions.
FR13 is built from an inverter module and a converter module. Please refer to SPX installation manual for mounting instructions. 2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2

SVX Drives

2
FR13, Open Chassis Converter
2 W3 Dia. 3
2 D9
2 D8
2 D7
2 D6
Dia. 1 W4 W4 W4
D1 D2 W1
2
2
2
2
2 H3 H1 H4
2
2
2
2 H2
2 W2 W2
D4
D5 D5 H5
Dia. 2
2
2
2 Dia. 2
2
D3 W5 W5
2 Weight
W1 W2 W3 W4 W5 H1 H2 H3 H4 H5 D1 D2 D3 D4 D5 D6 D7 D8 D9 Dia. 1 Dia. 2 Dia. 3 Lbs (kg)
2 18.74 5.91 17.52 4.57 3.35 41.54 2.46 39.86 41.34 0.69 14.69 0.51 0.73 6.42 2.56 1.06 1.57 5.91 5.24 0.35x0.59 0.51 0.37 295
(476) (150) (445) (116) (85) (1055) (62.5) (1012.5) (1050) (17.5) (373) (13) (18.5) (163) (65) (27) (40) (150) (133) (9x15) (13) (9.5) (134)
2
2 Number of Input Units
2 480 V
Catalog Number hp
Input
Modules
690 V
Catalog Number hp
Input
Modules
2 SPX800A0-4A2N1 800 2 SPX800A0-5A2N1 800 2

SPX900A0-5A2N1 900 2
2 SPXH10A0-5A2N1 1000 2
2
2
2

SVX Drives
2.8
2
FR13, Open Chassis Converter—900/1000 hp 480 V
W3 Dia. 4 2
D9 2
D8
2
D7 2
D6 2
Dia. 1 W4 W4 W4 W4 W4
D1 D2 W1
2
2
2
2
H3 H1 H4
2
2
2
2
H2
2
Dia. 2 W2 W2 W2 W2
D4
D5 D5 H5 2
Dia. 3
2
2
2
2
D3 W5 W5 W5
Dia. Dia. Dia. Dia. Weight
2
W1 W2 W3 W4 W5 H1 H2 H3 H4 H5 D1 D2 D3 D4 D5 D6 D7 D8 D9 1 2 3 4 Lbs (kg)
27.87 5.91 26.65 4.57 3.35 41.54 2.46 39.86 41.34 0.69 14.69 0.51 0.73 6.42 2.56 1.06 1.57 5.91 5.24 0.35x0.59 0.18 0.51 0.37 443
2
(708) (150) (677) (116) (85) (1055) (62.5) (1012.5) (1050) (17.5) (373) (13) (18.5) (163) (65) (27) (40) (150) (133) (9x15) (4.6) (13) (9.5) (201)
2
Number of Input Units 2
2
480 V Input
Catalog Number hp Modules
2
SPX900A0-4A2N1 900 3
SPXH10A0-4A2N1 1000 3
2
2
2
2

SVX Drives

2
AC Choke Dimensions
2
Choke Types
2 Catalog Number Frame Size Choke Type 1 Catalog Number Frame Size Choke Type 1
2
Voltage Range 380–500 V Voltage Range 525–690 V
SPX 250 4 FR10 CHK0400 SPX 200 5 FR10 CHK0261
2 SPX 300 4 CHK0520 SPX 250 5 CHK0400

SPX 350 4 CHK0520 SPX 300 5 CHK0400
2 SPX 400 4 FR11 2 x CHK0400 SPX 400 5 FR11 CHK0520
SPX 500 4 2 x CHK0400 SPX 450 5 CHK0520
2 SPX 550 4 2 x CHK0400 SPX 500 5 2 x CHK0400
2 SPX 600 4
SPX 650 4
FR12 2 x CHK0520
2 x CHK0520
SPX 550 5
SPX 600 5
FR12 2 x CHK0400
2 x CHK0400
2 SPX 700 4 2 x CHK0520 SPX 700 5 2 x CHK0400

SPX 800 4 FR13 2 x CHK0400 SPX 800 5 FR13 2 x CHK0400
2 SPX 900 4 3 x CHK0520 SPX 900 5 2 x CHK0400
SPX H10 4 3 x CHK0520 SPX H10 5 2 x CHK0400
2 SPX H12 4 FR14 4 x CHK0520 SPX H13 5 FR14 4 x CHK0400
2 SPX H16 4 6 x CHK0400 SPX H15 5 6 x CHK0400
2 CHK0520
2
2
2
2 6.50
(165)
6.50
(165) .24
(6)
2
8.03 (204)
2 1.69
(43)
19.57
(497)
2
2
1 1 1
2 .79 17.57
(20) 15.71 (446)
2 3.03
1.58
(40)
(399)
(77)
2
3 3 3
.83
(21) .79
2 (20)
2 2 2
2 5.70
(145)
7.88
(200)
9.61 (244) .55 (14)
2
Note
2 1 Chokes are provided with all FR10–FR14 drives.
2
2

SVX Drives
2.8
2
CHK0400
2
2
2
.24
(6)
2
4.72
(120)
4.72
(120) 2
9.37 (238)
2
2
1.54
(39) 13.79 (350)
1 1 1
2
2
2
.59
(15) 16.58
15.08 (421)
13.94 (383)
(354) 1.18
2
2.64
(67) (30)
3 3 3
.75
(19)
.59 2
(15) 2 2 2
5.51 5.90 2
(140) (150)
10.30 (262) 10.83 (275) 2
2
CHK0261
2
2
.24
2
(6)
2
4.72 4.72
(120) (120)
2
13.79 (350)
8.11 (206) 2
1.54
(39) 2
1 1 1 2
2
.59
(15)
1.18 14.06
.87 12.56
11.30 (319) (357)
(22) (30)
3 3 3
(287) 2
.59
(15) 2 2 2
2
.39
4.25
(108) .75 (19)
5.90 2
(150)
(10)
2
Min.
9.06 (230) 10.83 (275)

SVX Drives
Contents
2 SVX Enclosed Drives
Description Page
2 SVX Drives . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V6-T2-114
SVX Enclosed Drives
2 Enclosure Selection . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V6-T2-161
Options . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V6-T2-162
2
Dimensions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V6-T2-167
2
2
2
2
2 SVX Enclosed Drives
2 Product Description Features and Benefits Standards and Certifications
Eaton’s line of enclosed ● Dual rated for both Communication Options ● UL 508C
2 SVX drives combine the constant torque (CT) / ● Modbus
proven performance from high overload (IH) and ● Modbus/TCP
2 Eaton’s SVX drives with the
enhanced capabilities of
variable torque (VT) / low
overload applications
● Johnson Controls N2
● BACnet
2 enclosed control. With a Optional Brake Chopper
●
comprehensive list of pre- for external braking ● EtherNet/IP

engineered options, Eaton’s applications
2
● PROFIBUS-DP
SVX enclosed drives ● High-performance drive ● LonWorks
eliminate the lead time option uses an Eaton
2 CANopen
●
normally associated with SPX (IH) drive that allows
customer specific options. for increased functionality
● DeviceNet
2 For those applications with
more unique or complex
and performance
Enclosure Ratings
● Available circuit breaker,
requirements, Eaton offers NEMA Type 1
2
●
motor circuit protector,
individually engineered isolation fusing and surge ● NEMA Type 12
solutions to meet the protection device options
2 NEMA Type 3R
●
customer’s needs. to provide input power
protection Mounting
2 ● Optional 3% input and ● Wall mount
output reactors provide Floor mount: 12-inch legs
2
●
a reduction in voltage and
current harmonics on both
● Floor mount: 22-inch legs
2 ●
line and load side
Bypass options include a
Product Range
● 208 V: 0.75–100 hp
2 standard three-contactor
design and a reduced ● 230 V: 0.75–125 hp
voltage soft starter design 480 V: 1–800 hp
2
●
● Output contactor option ● 575 V: 2–800 hp

provides a means for
2 230 V single-phase:
●
positive disconnection of 1–30 hp
the drive output from the
2 motor terminals
● 480 V single-phase:
1.5–60 hp
● MotoRX and dV/dt filter
2 options are used to reduce
transients voltages at the
motor terminals
2 ● Customizable cover
control options
2 ● Padlockable disconnect

SVX Drives
2.8
Catalog Number Selection is for reference only. Not all option combinations may be available. 2
SVX Enclosed—Base Catalog Number 2
SVX F07 1 A 1 _ _ _ _ _ _ 2
2
SVX = Enclosed SVX drives—standard See Page V6-T2-154 for catalog 2

number option selection.
2
Enclosure Rating 2
1 = NEMA Type 1 2
Output Horsepower Rating 2 = NEMA Type 12
F07 =
208 V
0.75 hp F07 =
230 V
0.75 hp
480 V
001 = 1 hp 002 =
575 V
2 hp
3 = NEMA Type 3R
6 = NEMA Type 1 Filtered and gasketed 2
• = Custom option
2
001 = 1 hp 001 = 1 hp F15 = 1.5 hp 003 = 3 hp
F15 = 1.5 hp F15 = 1.5 hp 002 = 2 hp 005 = 5 hp
002 = 2 hp 002 = 2 hp 003 = 3 hp 007 = 7.5 hp
003 =
005 =
3 hp
5 hp
003 =
005 =
3 hp
5 hp
005 = 5 hp
007 = 7.5 hp
010 =
015 =
10 hp
15 hp
Drive Type/Braking/Application 1 2
007 = 7.5 hp 007 = 7.5 hp 010 = 10 hp 020 = 20 hp A = Standard drive/no brake chopper/low overload
010 =
015 =
10 hp
15 hp
010 =
015 =
10 hp
15 hp
015 = 15 hp
020 = 20 hp
025 =
030 =
25 hp
30 hp
B = Standard drive/brake chopper/low overload
C = Standard drive/no brake chopper/high overload
2
D = Standard drive/brake chopper/high overload
2
020 = 20 hp 020 = 20 hp 025 = 25 hp 040 = 40 hp
025 = 25 hp 025 = 25 hp 030 = 30 hp 050 = 50 hp E = High-performance drive/no brake chopper/low overload
030 = 30 hp 030 = 30 hp 040 = 40 hp 060 = 60 hp F = High-performance drive/brake chopper/low overload
040 =
050 =
40 hp
50 hp
040 =
050 =
40 hp
50 hp
050 = 50 hp
060 = 60 hp
075 =
100 =
75 hp
100 hp
G = High-performance drive/no brake chopper/high overload
H = High-performance drive/brake chopper/high overload 2
060 = 60 hp 060 = 60 hp 075 = 75 hp 125 = 125 hp
075 =
100 =
75 hp
100 hp
075 =
100 =
75 hp
100 hp
100 = 100 hp
125 = 125 hp
150 =
200 =
150 hp
200 hp Phasing and Voltage Rating
2
125 = 125 hp 150 = 150 hp 250 = 250 hp
2
1 = Input: Three-phase, 208 V 5 = Input: Three-phase, 575 V
200 = 200 hp 300 = 300 hp Output: Three-phase Output: Three-phase
250 = 250 hp 350 = 350 hp 2 = Input: Three-phase, 230 V J = Input: Single-phase, 230 V
300 = 300 hp
350 = 350 hp
400 =
500 =
400 hp
500 hp
Output: Three-phase Output: Three-phase
4 = Input: Three-phase, 480 V K = Input: Single-phase, 480 V 2
400 = 400 hp 550 = 550 hp Output: Three-phase Output: Three-phase
500 = 500 hp
550 = 550 hp
600 =
650 =
600 hp
650 hp
2
600 = 600 hp 700 = 700 hp
650 = 650 hp
700 = 700 hp
800 = 800 hp 2
2
800 = 800 hp
Notes
1 Brake chopper is a factory-installed option only. Braking resistors sold separately. See SVX catalog section for selection.
2
2
2 Additional enclosure options including NEMA 4 and 4X are available. Please contact the factory for configuration and pricing.
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2

SVX Drives
2
SVX Enclosed—Catalog Number Options
2 SVX F07 1 A 1 2 0 0 B 1 0 0 0 0
2
2 See Page V6-T2-153 for base catalog
number selection.
Option Boards 2
2 Same options and codes as Option Boards 1
2 0 = None
2 = Circuit breaker
2 3 = Circuit breaker/isolation fusing
0 = No option
6 = 6 DI, 1 ext +24 Vdc/EXT +24 Vdc
4 = Circuit breaker/isolation fusing/3% input reactor
7 = 1 RO (NC-NO), 1 RO (NO), 1 therm
2 5 = Circuit breaker/isolation fusing/SPD
6 = Circuit breaker/isolation fusing/SPD/3% input reactor
8 = 1 AI (mA isolated), 2 AO (mA isolated), 1 ext +24 Vdc/EXT +24 Vdc
9 = 3 RO (NO)
7 = Circuit breaker/3% input reactor
2
A = 1 ext +24 Vdc/EXT +24 Vdc, 3 Pt100
B = 1 RO (NO), 5 DI 42–240 Vac input
C = Encoder low volt +5 V / 15 V / 24 V (high-performance drive only)
2 B = Fused disconnect/SPD
C = Fused disconnect/SPD/3% input reactor
D = Encoder high volt +15 V / 24 V (high-performance drive only)
E = Double encoder (high-performance drive only)
2
D = Fused disconnect/3% input reactor
E = Isolation fuses
F = Isolation fuses/3% input reactor
2 G = Isolation fuses/SPD
H = Isolation fuses/SPD/3% input reactor
Communication Options
0 = No option
• = Custom option 2 1 = PROFIBUS-DP
2 2 = LonWorks
3 = CANopen (slave)
2 Bypass Options 3 4 = DeviceNet

0 = None 5 = PROFIBUS-DP (D9 connector)
1 = Manual HOA bypass 6 = Modbus
2 2 = Manual HOA bypass/isolation fusing
3 = Manual HOA bypass/isolation fusing/3% input reactor
7 = Modbus (D9 connector)
8 = Johnson Controls N2
9 = Modbus TCP
2
4 = Manual HOA bypass/isolation fusing/SPD
5 = Manual HOA bypass/isolation fusing/SPD/3% input reactor A = BACnet
6 = Manual HOA bypass/3% input reactor B = EtherNet/IP
2 7 = Manual HOA bypass/SPD C = RS-232 with D9 connector

8 = Manual HOA bypass/SPD/3% input reactor • = Custom option 2
H = Manual HOA RVSS bypass
2 J = Manual HOA RVSS bypass/isolation fusing
K = Manual HOA RVSS bypass/isolation fusing/3% input reactor
Enclosure Options
2
L = Manual HOA RVSS bypass/isolation fusing/SPD
M = Manual HOA RVSS bypass/isolation fusing/SPD/3% input reactor 0 = None
N = Manual HOA RVSS bypass/3% input reactor 1 = Floor stand—12 inches
2 P = Manual HOA RVSS bypass/SPD
R = Manual HOA RVSS bypass/SPD/3% input reactor
A = Space heater
• = Custom option 2 B = Space heater & 12-inch floor stands
2 C = Space heater & 22-inch floor stands
2 0 =
Output Power Options 4
None
A = Output contactor
2 B = 3% Output reactor
0 = None
Control Options 5
0 = None
Light Options 5
D = dV/dt filter
2 E
G
=
=
3% Output Reactor/output contactor
dV/dt/output contactor
1 = Speed pot
2 = Start-stop pushbutton
1 = Non-bypass light kit—Power On, Run, Fault
2 = Bypass light kit—On, VFD Run, Fault, Bypass Run
• = Custom option 2 3 = Start-stop pushbutton with speed pot • = Custom option 2
2 A = HOA switch
B = Start-stop pushbutton with speed pot & HOA switch
2 D = HOA switch with speed pot
2 Notes
2 2 More options are available as Engineered to Order through the Bid Manager tool.
2
5 Pilot devices are 22 mm standard. 30 mm options are available as engineered to order through the Bid Manager tool.

SVX Drives
2.8
Product Selection
2
208 V Drives
2
SVX Enclosed Drives 208 V Drives—Constant Torque (CT)/High Overload (IH) Enclosed Drives
hp Current (A) Frame Size Catalog Number 1 Catalog Number 1 Catalog Number 1
2
0.75 3.5 4 SVXF071D1 SVXF071D2 SVXF071D3
1 4.6 4 SVX0011D1 SVX0011D2 SVX0011D3 2
2 7.5 4 SVX0021D1 SVX0021D2 SVX0021D3 2
3
5
10.6
16.7
4
5
SVX0031D1
SVX0051D1
SVX0031D2
SVX0051D2
SVX0031D3
SVX0051D3
2
7.5 24.2 5 SVX0071D1 SVX0071D2 SVX0071D3 2
10 30.8 6 SVX0101D1 SVX0101D2 SVX0101D3
15 46.2 6 SVX0151D1 SVX0151D2 SVX0151D3 2
20 59.4 7 SVX0201C1 SVX0201C2 SVX0201C3
25 74.8 7 SVX0251C1 SVX0251C2 SVX0251C3
2
30 88 7 SVX0301C1 SVX0301C2 SVX0301C3
2
40 114 8 SVX0401C1 SVX0401C2 SVX0401C3
50 143 8 SVX0501C1 SVX0501C2 SVX0501C3 2
60 169 8 SVX0601C1 SVX0601C2 SVX0601C3
75 211 9 SVX0751C1 SVX0751C2 SVX0751C3 2
2
2
261 9 SVX1001C1 SVX1001C2 SVX1001C3
SVX Enclosed Drives 208 V Drives—Variable Torque (VT)/Low Overload (IL) Enclosed Drives 2
Drive
NEMA Type 1
Base
NEMA Type 12
Base
NEMA Type 3R
Base
2
1 4.6 4 SVX0011B1 SVX0011B2 SVX0011B3
2
1.5 6.6 4 SVXF151B1 SVXF151B2 SVXF151B3
2
2 7.5 4 SVX0021B1 SVX0021B2 SVX0021B3
3 10.6 4 SVX0031B1 SVX0031B2 SVX0031B3 2
5 16.7 5 SVX0051B1 SVX0051B2 SVX0051B3
7.5 24.2 5 SVX0071B1 SVX0071B2 SVX0071B3 2
10
15
30.8
46.2
5
6
SVX0101B1
SVX0151B1
SVX0101B2
SVX0151B2
SVX0101B3
SVX0151B3
2
20 59.4 6 SVX0201B1 SVX0201B2 SVX0201B3 2
25 74.8 7 SVX0251A1 SVX0251A2 SVX0251A3
30 88 7 SVX0301A1 SVX0301A2 SVX0301A3 2
40 114 7 SVX0401A1 SVX0401A2 SVX0401A3
50 143 8 SVX0501A1 SVX0501A2 SVX0501A3 2
60
75
169
211
8
9
SVX0601A1
SVX0751A1
SVX0601A2
SVX0751A2
SVX0601A3
SVX0751A3
2
100 273 9 SVX1001A1 SVX1001A2 SVX1001A3 2
Notes
1 Table is for base catalog number reference only. For complete catalog number selection, see Page V6-T2-153. 2
2
2
2

SVX Drives
230 V Drives
2
2 1 4.2 4 SVX0012D1 SVX0012D2 SVX0012D3
2
1.5 6 4 SVXF152D1 SVXF152D2 SVXF152D3
2 6.8 4 SVX0022D1 SVX0022D2 SVX0022D3
2 3 9.6 4 SVX0032D1 SVX0032D2 SVX0032D3

5 15.2 5 SVX0052D1 SVX0052D2 SVX0052D3
2 7.5 22 5 SVX0072D1 SVX0072D2 SVX0072D3
10 28 6 SVX0102D1 SVX0102D2 SVX0102D3
2 15 42 6 SVX0152D1 SVX0152D2 SVX0152D3
2 20
25
54
68
7
7
SVX0202C1
SVX0252C1
SVX0202C2
SVX0252C2
SVX0202C3
SVX0252C3
2 30 80 7 SVX0302C1 SVX0302C2 SVX0302C3

40 104 8 SVX0402C1 SVX0402C2 SVX0402C3
2 50 130 8 SVX0502C1 SVX0502C2 SVX0502C3
60 154 8 SVX0602C1 SVX0602C2 SVX0602C3
2 75 192 9 SVX0752C1 SVX0752C2 SVX0752C3
2 100 248 9 SVX1002C1 SVX1002C2 SVX1002C3
2 230 V Drives—Variable Torque (VT)/Low Overload (IL) Enclosed Drives

SVX Enclosed Drives
2 hp
1
Current (A)
4.2
Frame Size
4
Catalog Number 1
SVX0012B1
Catalog Number 1
SVX0012B2
Catalog Number 1
SVX0012B3
2 1.5 6 4 SVXF152B1 SVXF152B2 SVXF152B3

2 6.8 4 SVX0022B1 SVX0022B2 SVX0022B3
2 3 9.6 4 SVX0032B1 SVX0032B2 SVX0032B3
2
5 15.2 5 SVX0052B1 SVX0052B2 SVX0052B3
7.5 22 5 SVX0072B1 SVX0072B2 SVX0072B3
2 10 28 5 SVX0102B1 SVX0102B2 SVX0102B3

15 42 6 SVX0152B1 SVX0152B2 SVX0152B3
2 20 54 6 SVX0202B1 SVX0202B2 SVX0202B3
25 68 7 SVX0252A1 SVX0252A2 SVX0252A3
2 30 80 7 SVX0302A1 SVX0302A2 SVX0302A3
2 40
50
104
130
7
8
SVX0402A1
SVX0502A1
SVX0402A2
SVX0502A2
SVX0402A3
SVX0502A3
2 60 154 8 SVX0602A1 SVX0602A2 SVX0602A3

75 192 8 SVX0752A1 SVX0752A2 SVX0752A3
2 100 248 9 SVX1002A1 SVX1002A2 SVX1002A3
2
300 9 SVX1252A1 SVX1252A2 SVX1252A3
2 Notes
2
2
2
2

SVX Drives
2.8
480 V Drives
2
1 2.1 4 SVX0014D1 SVX0014D2 SVX0014D3
1.5 3 4 SVXF154D1 SVXF154D2 SVXF154D3 2
2
2 3.4 4 SVX0024D1 SVX0024D2 SVX0024D3
3 4.8 4 SVX0034D1 SVX0034D2 SVX0034D3
5 7.6 4 SVX0054D1 SVX0054D2 SVX0054D3
2
7.5 11 5 SVX0074D1 SVX0074D2 SVX0074D3
10 14 5 SVX0104D1 SVX0104D2 SVX0104D3 2
15 21 5 SVX0154D1 SVX0154D2 SVX0154D3
20 27 6 SVX0204D1 SVX0204D2 SVX0204D3 2
25
30
34
40
6
6
SVX0254D1
SVX0304D1
SVX0254D2
SVX0304D2
SVX0254D3
SVX0304D3
2
40 52 7 SVX0404C1 SVX0404C2 SVX0404C3 2
50 65 7 SVX0504C1 SVX0504C2 SVX0504C3
60 77 7 SVX0604C1 SVX0604C2 SVX0604C3 2
75 96 8 SVX0754C1 SVX0754C2 SVX0754C3
100 124 8 SVX1004C1 SVX1004C2 SVX1004C3
2
125
150
156
180
8
9
SVX1254C1
SVX1504C1
SVX1254C2
SVX1504C2
SVX1254C3
SVX1504C3
2
200 240 9 SVX2004C1 SVX2004C2 SVX2004C3 2
250 302 10 SVX2504G1 SVX2504G6 2 SVX2504G3
300 361 10 SVX3004G1 SVX3004G6 2 SVX3004G3 2
2
350 414 10 SVX3504G1 SVX3504G6 2 SVX3504G3
400 477 11 SVX4004G1 SVX4004G6 2 SVX4004G3
500 590 11 SVX5004G1 SVX5004G6 2 SVX5004G3
2
550 650 11 SVX5504G1 SVX5504G6 2 SVX5504G3
600 730 12 SVX6004G1 SVX6004G6 2 SVX6004G3 2
650 820 12 SVX6504G1 SVX6504G6 2 SVX6504G3
700 920 12 SVX7004G1 SVX7004G6 2 SVX7004G3 2
Notes
2
2
2 Enclosure rating is NEMA Type 1 filtered and gasketed.
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2

SVX Drives
480 V Drives, continued

2
SVX Enclosed Drives 480 V Drives—Variable Torque (VT)/Low Overload (IL) Enclosed Drives
1.5 3 4 SVXF154B1 SVXF154B2 SVXF154B3
2 2 3.4 4 SVX0024B1 SVX0024B2 SVX0024B3
2
3 4.8 4 SVX0034B1 SVX0034B2 SVX0034B3
5 7.6 4 SVX0054B1 SVX0054B2 SVX0054B3
2 7.5 11 4 SVX0074B1 SVX0074B2 SVX0074B3

10 14 5 SVX0104B1 SVX0104B2 SVX0104B3
2 15 21 5 SVX0154B1 SVX0154B2 SVX0154B3
20 27 5 SVX0204B1 SVX0204B2 SVX0204B3
2 25 34 6 SVX0254B1 SVX0254B2 SVX0254B3
2 30
40
40
52
6
6
SVX0304B1
SVX0404B1
SVX0304B2
SVX0404B2
SVX0304B3
SVX0404B3
2 50 65 7 SVX0504A1 SVX0504A2 SVX0504A3

60 77 7 SVX0604A1 SVX0604A2 SVX0604A3
2 75 96 7 SVX0754A1 SVX0754A2 SVX0754A3
100 124 8 SVX1004A1 SVX1004A2 SVX1004A3
2 125 156 8 SVX1254A1 SVX1254A2 SVX1254A3
2 150 180 8 SVX1504A1 SVX1504A2 SVX1504A3

200 240 9 SVX2004A1 SVX2004A2 SVX2004A3
2 2
300 9 SVX2504A1 SVX2504A2 SVX2504A3
300 361 10 SVX3004E1 SVX3004E6 3 SVX3004E3
2 350 414 10 SVX3504E1 SVX3504E6 3 SVX3504E3
2
400 477 10 SVX4004E1 SVX4004E6 3 SVX4004E3
500 590 11 SVX5004E1 SVX5004E6 3 SVX5004E3
2 550 650 11 SVX5504E1 SVX5504E6 3

3
SVX5504E3
600 730 11 SVX6004E1 SVX6004E6 SVX6004E3
2 650 820 12 SVX6504E1 SVX6504E6 3 SVX6504E3
700 920 12 SVX7004E1 SVX7004E6 3 SVX7004E3
2 800 1030 12 SVX8004E1 SVX8004E6 3 SVX8004E3
2 Notes
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2

SVX Drives
2.8
575 V Drives
2
SVX Enclosed Drives 575 V Drives—Variable Torque (VT)/Low Overload (IL) Enclosed Drives
3 3.9 6 SVX0035B1 SVX0035B2 SVX0035B3
5 6.1 6 SVX0055B1 SVX0055B2 SVX0055B3 2
2
7.5 9 6 SVX0075B1 SVX0075B2 SVX0075B3
10 11 6 SVX0105B1 SVX0105B2 SVX0105B3
15 17 6 SVX0155B1 SVX0155B2 SVX0155B3
2
20 22 6 SVX0205B1 SVX0205B2 SVX0205B3
25 27 6 SVX0255B1 SVX0255B2 SVX0255B3 2
30 32 6 SVX0305B1 SVX0305B2 SVX0305B3
40 41 7 SVX0405A1 SVX0405A2 SVX0405A3 2
50
60
52
62
7
8
SVX0505A1
SVX0605A1
SVX0505A2
SVX0605A2
SVX0505A3
SVX0605A3
2
75 77 8 SVX0755A1 SVX0755A2 SVX0755A3 2
100 99 8 SVX1005A1 SVX1005A2 SVX1005A3
125 125 9 SVX1255A1 SVX1255A2 SVX1255A3 2
150 144 9 SVX1505A1 SVX1505A2 SVX1505A3
200 192 9 SVX2005A1 SVX2005A2 SVX2005A3
2
250
300
242
289
10
10
SVX2505E1
SVX3005E1
SVX2505E6 2
SVX3005E6 2
SVX2505E3
SVX3005E3
2
400 382 10 SVX4005E1 SVX4005E6 2 SVX4005E3 2
450 412 11 SVX4505E1 SVX4505E6 2 SVX4505E3
500 472 11 SVX5005E1 SVX5005E6 2 SVX5005E3 2
2
550 590 11 SVX5505E1 SVX5505E6 2 SVX5505E3
600 650 12 SVX6005E1 SVX6005E6 2 SVX6005E3
700 750 12 SVX7005E1 SVX7005E6 2 SVX7005E3
2
800 820 12 SVX8005E1 SVX8005E6 2 SVX8005E3
Notes 2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2

SVX Drives
230 V, Single-Phase Drives

2
SVX Enclosed Drives 230 V Single-Phase Drives—Variable Torque (VT)/Low Overload (IL) Enclosed Drives
Low Overload (VT) Enclosed Drives
2 3 9.6 5 SVX003JB1 SVX003JB2 SVX003JB3
2
5 15.2 5 SVX005JB1 SVX005JB2 SVX005JB3
7.5 22 6 SVX007JB1 SVX007JB2 SVX007JB3
2 10 28 6 SVX010JB1 SVX010JB2 SVX010JB3

15 42 7 SVX015JB1 SVX015JB2 SVX015JB3
2 20 54 7 SVX020JB1 SVX020JB2 SVX020JB3
25 68 8 SVX025JA1 SVX025JA2 SVX025JA3
2 30 80 8 SVX030JA1 SVX030JA2 SVX030JA3
2 40 104 8 SVX040JA1 SVX040JA2 SVX040JA3
2 480 V, Single-Phase Drives
2 SVX Enclosed Drives 480 V Single-Phase Drives—Variable Torque (VT)/Low Overload (IL) Enclosed Drives
2 Drive Base Base Base
2
1 2.1 4 SVX001KB1 SVX001KB2 SVX001KB3
3 4.8 4 SVX003KB1 SVX003KB2 SVX003KB3
2 5 7.6 5 SVX005KB1 SVX005KB2 SVX005KB3

7.5 11 5 SVX007KB1 SVX007KB2 SVX007KB3
2 10 14 5 SVX010KB1 SVX010KB2 SVX010KB3
15 21 6 SVX015KB1 SVX015KB2 SVX015KB3
2 25
30
34
40
7
7
SVX025KB1
SVX030KB1
SVX025KB2
SVX030KB2
SVX025KB3
SVX030KB3

50 65 8 SVX050KA1 SVX050KA2 SVX050KA3
2 60 77 8 SVX060KA1 SVX060KA2 SVX060KA3
2 Note
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2

SVX Drives
2.8
Enclosure Selection
2
SVX Drives
Enclosure selection charts are based on physical space limitations only and only to be used as a reference. 2
For actual enclosure sizing, refer to Bid Manager.
2
Bypass Power Options X-Space
2
Note: Standard enclosure sizing includes dedicated space for a circuit
breaker or fusible disconnect, CPT, SPD, heater/thermostat, control relay
Power Options Frame 4 Frame 5 Frame 6 Frame 7 Frame 8
and terminal blocks.
Standard Enclosure X-Space

Isolation fuses 1 1 1 1 1 2
3% Input reactor 2 2 3 5 6
Enclosure Size Frame 4 Frame 5 Frame 6 Frame 7 Frame 8
RVSS bypass 2 2 2 3 4 2
AX 2 2 2 — — 3% Output reactor 1 1 3 5 6
BX 4 4 4 4 — dV/dt filter 3 3 3 5 6
2
2
CX 7 7 7 7 7
DX 18 18 18 18 18
Larger Frame Enclosure Sizes
Type 1 Filtered 2
Standard Power Options X-Space Frame Size Type 1 Type 12 and Gasketed Type 3R
Power Options Frame 4 Frame 5 Frame 6 Frame 7 Frame 8 Frame 9 Size 5 Size 5 — Size F 2
Frame 10 Size 8 — Size 8 Size F
2
Isolation fuses 1 1 1 1 1
3% Input reactor 2 2 3 5 6 Frame 11 Size 9 — Size 9 Size F
2
Frame 12 1 — 1 1
3% Output reactor 1 1 3 5 6
dV/dt filter 3 3 3 5 6
Output contactor 1 1 1 1 1 Note: Single-phase enclosure sizing includes dedicated space for a
capacitor kit, circuit breaker or fusible disconnect, CPT, SPD, heater/
2
thermostat, control relay and terminal blocks.
2
Single-Phase Enclosure X-Space
Type 1
Filtered and Enclosure Size Frame 4 Frame 5 Frame 6 Frame 7 Frame 8 2
Frame Size Type 1 Type 12 Gasketed Type 3R
Frame 9 Size 5 Size 5 — Size F
AX 0 0 — — —
2
BX 2 2 1 1 —
Frame 10 (without power options)
Frame 10 (with power options)
Size 6
Size 8
—
—
Size 6
Size 8
Size F
Size F
CX 5 5 4 4 4 2
DX 16 16 15 15 15
Frame 11 (without power options) Size 8 — Size 8 Size F 2
Frame 11 (with power options) Size 9 — Size 9 Size F
Frame 12 1 — 1 1
Single-Phase Power Options X-Space
Power Options Frame 4 Frame 5 Frame 6 Frame 7 Frame 8
2
Note: Bypass enclosure sizing includes dedicated space for a MCP, CPT,
Isolation fuses 1 1 1 1 1 2
input contactor, output bypass contactors, overload relay, SPD, heater/ 3% Input reactor 2 2 3 5 6
thermostat, control relay and terminal blocks. 3% Output reactor 1 1 3 5 6 2
2
dV/dt filter 3 3 3 5 6
Bypass Enclosure X-Space
Output contactor 1 1 1 1 1
Enclosure Size Frame 4 Frame 5 Frame 6 Frame 7 Frame 8
AX 0 0 0 — — 2
2
BX 2 2 2 0 —
Type 1A Filtered
CX 5 5 5 3 2
Frame Size Type 1 Type 12 and Gasketed Type 3R
DX 16 16 16 14 13
Frame 9 Size 5 Size 5 — Size F 2
2
Frame 12 1 — 1 1
2
Note
1 Consult factory.
2
2
2

SVX Drives
Options
2
2 The SVX Series drives can accommodate a wide selection of expander and adapter option boards to
customize the drive for your application needs. The drive’s control unit is designed to accept a total
2 of five option boards.
2 output board, which are installed in slots A and B.
2 Option Boards Option Board Kits

Field Factory
2 Allowed Slot Catalog Option Local/
2 Standard I/O Cards
2 A B C 2 ext +24 Vdc/EXT +24 Vdc
2 RO (NC-NO) B OPTA2 — ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■
2 Extended I/O Cards
2 RO, therm B OPTA3 A3 — ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■
2 Encoder low volt +5 V/15 V/24 V—SPX only C OPTA4 A4 — ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■
Encoder high volt +15 V/24 V—SPX only C OPTA5 A5 — ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■
2 Double encoder—SPX only C OPTA7 A7 ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■
■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■
2
2 6 DI, 1 ext +24 Vdc/EXT +24 Vdc B, C, D, E OPTB1 B1 — — — — — ■ ■
■ ■
2
1 RO (NC-NO), 1 RO (NO), 1 therm B, C, D, E OPTB2 B2 — — — — —
1 AI (mA isolated), 2 AO (mA isolated), B, C, D, E OPTB4 B4 ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■
2 3 RO (NO) B, C, D, E OPTB5 B5 — — — — — ■ ■
2
1 RO (NO), 5 DI 42–240 Vac input B, C, D, E OPTB9 B9 — — — — — ■ ■
2 Communication Cards
Modbus 3 D, E OPTC2 C2 ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■
2 Modbus TCP
BACnet
D, E
D, E
OPTCI
OPTCJ
CI
CJ
■
■
■
■
■
■
■
■
■
■
■
■
■
■
2 EtherNet/IP D, E OPTCQ CQ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■
Johnson Controls N2 3 D, E OPTC2 CA — — — — — — —
2 PROFIBUS DP D, E OPTC3 C3 ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■
LonWorks D, E OPTC4 C4 ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■
2 PROFIBUS DP (D9 connector) D, E OPTC5 C5 ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■
CANopen (slave) D, E OPTC6 C6 ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■
2 DeviceNet D, E OPTC7 C7 ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■
Modbus (D9 type connector) D, E OPTC8 C8 ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■
2 Adapter—SPX only D, E OPTD1 D1 ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■
■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■
2 Adapter—SPX only
RS-232 with D9 connection
D, E
D, E
OPTD2V
OPTD3
D2
D3 ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■
2 Notes
2 2 Option card must be installed in one of the slots listed for that card. Slot indicated in bold is the preferred location.
2
2
2
2

SVX Drives
2.8
Modbus RTU Network DeviceNet Network BACnet Network
Communications Communications Communications 2
The Modbus Network Card The DeviceNet Network Card The BACnet Network Card
OPTC2 is used for connecting OPTC7 is used for connecting OPTCJ is used for connecting 2
the SVX Drive as a slave on the SVX Drive on a DeviceNet the SVX Drive to BACnet
a Modbus network. The Network. It includes a networks. It includes a 2
interface is connected by 5.08 mm pluggable 5.08 mm pluggable connector.
a 9-pin DSUB connector
(female) and the baud rate
connector. Transfer method
is via CAN using a two-wire
2
ranges from 300 to 19,200
baud. Other communication
twisted shielded cable with
two-wire bus power cable
a collection of 30 Binary Value 2
parameters include an and drain. The baud rates Objects (BVOs) and 35 Analog
address range from 1 to 247; used for communication Value Objects (AVOs) to 2
a parity of None, Odd or include 125 Kbaud, communicate drive parameters.
Even; and the stop bit is 1. 250 Kbaud and 500 Kbaud. The card supports 9.6, 19.2 2
and 38.4 Kbaud communication
PROFIBUS Network
Communications
Johnson Controls
Metasys N2 Network
addresses 1–127.
2
Communications
The PROFIBUS Network Card
OPTC3 is used for connecting The OPTC2 fieldbus board EtherNet/IP Network 2
the SVX Drive as a slave on provides communication Communications
a PROFIBUS-DP network. between the SVX Drive and a The EtherNet/IP Network 2
The interface is connected Johnson Controls Metasys™ Card OPTCK is used for
by a 9-pin DSUB connector N2 network. With this connecting the SVX Drive to 2
(female). The baud rates connection, the drive can be Ethernet/Industrial Protocol
range from 9.6 Kbaud to
programmed from the
2
range from 1 to 127. Metasys system. The N2
fieldbus is available as a
objects to communicate drive 2
LonWorks Network factory installed option and parameters (CIP is “Common
Communications as a field installable kit. Industrial Protocol”, the same 2
The LonWorks Network Card protocol used by DeviceNet).
OPTC4 is used for connecting Modbus/TCP Network The board supports 10 Mbps 2
the SVX Drive on a LonWorks Communications and 100 Mbps communication
network. This interface uses The Modbus/TCP Network speeds. The IP address of the
board is configurable by Static,
2
Standard Network Variable Card OPTCI is used for
Types (SNVT) as data types.
The channel connection is
Ethernet networks utilizing
2
achieved using a FTT-10 A
Free Topology transceiver
Modbus protocol. It includes
an RJ-45 pluggable connector. 2
via a single twisted transfer This interface provides a
cable. The communication selection of standard and 2
speed with LonWorks is custom register values to
78 kBits/s. communicate drive parameters. 2
CANopen (Slave)
Communications
and 100 Mbps communication
2
board is configurable over
The CANopen (Slave)
Network Card OPTC6 is used Ethernet using a supplied 2
for connecting the SVX Drive software tool.
to a host system. According 2
to ISO11898 standard cables
to be chosen for CANbus 2
2
nominal 5 nS/m. 120 ohms
line termination resistors 2
required for installation.
2
2
2
2

SVX Drives
Input Power Options

2
Bypass Options

Option Description
2 terminals. A 3% output filter is recommended for motor cable lengths up to 300 ft (10 m).
dV/dt Filter Used to reduce the transient voltage (dV/dt) at the motor terminals. Recommended for motor cable lengths over 300 ft (10 m) and up to 1000 ft (304.8 m).
2 This option is mounted in the enclosure.
2 Control Options
Option Description
2 Without the HOA bypass option, a two-position switch (labeled local/remote) is provided on the keypad to select speed reference from the speed
2 HOA Switch Provides a three-position selector switch that allows the user to select either a HAND or AUTO mode of operation. HAND mode is defaulted to keypad
operation, and AUTO mode is defaulted to control from an external terminal source. These modes of operation can be configured via drive programming to
2 Light Options
2
Option Description
Non-Bypass Light Kit—Power On, Run, Provides a white POWER ON light that indicates power to the enclosed cabinet, a green RUN light that indicates the drive is running and a red FAULT light
2
Bypass Light Kit—On, VFD Run, Fault, Provides a white POWER ON light that indicates power to the enclosed cabinet, a green RUN light that indicates the drive is running, a red FAULT light that
2
Enclosure Options
2 Floor Stand 12 in Converts a normally wall-mounted enclosure to a floor-standing enclosure with a height of 12 in (304.8 mm).
Floor Stand 22 in Converts a normally wall-mounted enclosure to a floor-standing enclosure with a height of 22 in (558.8 mm).
2
2
2

SVX Drives
2.8
Enclosed Drive Options
2
The brake chopper circuit option is used for applications that For brake chopper circuit selection and adder—NEMA 2
require dynamic braking. Dynamic braking resistors are not Type 1/IP21, NEMA Type 12/IP54, consult the factory
included with drive purchase. Consult Page V6-T2-123 for
dynamic braking resistors which are supplied separately.
2
Resistors are not UL Listed.
2
SVX Enclosed Drives
2
2
Primary Design Features Input/Output Interface Features
45–66 Hz input frequency Standard Setup adjustment provisions 2
Output: AC volts maximum Input voltage base Remote keypad/display Standard
Output frequency range 0–320 Hz Personal computer Standard 2
2
Initial output current (IH) 250% for 2 seconds Operator control provisions
Overload (1 minute [IH/IL]) 150%/110% Drive mounted keypad/display Standard
Enclosure space heater
Oversize enclosure
Optional
Standard
Remote keypad/display
Conventional control elements
Standard
Standard
2
Output contactor Optional Serial communications Optional 2
Bypass motor starter Optional 115 Vac control circuit Optional
Listings UL, cUL Speed setting inputs 2
Protection Features Keypad Standard
Incoming line fuses Optional 0–10 Vdc potentiometer/voltage signal Standard 2
2
AC input circuit disconnect Optional 4–20 mA Isolated Configurable
Line reactors (3%) Standard 4–20 mA Differential Configurable
Phase rotation insensitive
EMI filter
Standard
Standard
Analog outputs
Speed/frequency Standard
2
Input phase loss protection Standard Torque/load/current Programmable 2
Input overvoltage protection Standard Motor voltage Programmable
Line surge protection Optional Kilowatts Programmable 2
Output short-circuit protection Standard 0–10 Vdc signals Configurable w/jumpers
Output ground fault protection Standard 4–20 mA DC signals Standard 2
2
Output phase protection Standard Isolated signals Optional
Overtemperature protection Standard Discrete outputs
DC overvoltage protection Standard Fault alarm Standard
2
Drive overload protection Standard Drive running Standard
Motor overload protection Standard Drive at set speed Programmable 2
Programmer software Optional Optional parameters 14
Local/remote keypad Standard Dry contacts 1 (2 relays Form C) 2
Keypad lockout Standard Open collector outputs 1
Fault alarm output Standard Additional discrete outputs Optional 2
2
Built-in diagnostics Standard Communications
RS-232 Standard
RS-422/485 Optional
2
DeviceNet™ Optional
Modbus RTU Optional 2
CANopen (slave) Optional
PROFIBUS-DP Optional 2
Lonworks® Optional
Johnson Controls Metasys™ N2 Optional 2
2
EtherNet/IP Optional
Modbus TCP Optional
BACnet Optional
2

SVX Drives
SVX Enclosed Drives, continued Standard I/O Specifications

2 Description Specification Description Specification
2 Performance Features Six–digital input programmable 24 V: “0” <10 V, “1” >18V,Ri >5 kohms
Sensorless vector control Standard Two–analog input configurable Voltage: 0–±10 V, Ri >200 kohms
2 Volts/hertz control Standard
w/jumpers Current: 0 (4)–20 mA, Ri = 250 ohms
Two–digital output programmable Form C relays 250 Vac
IR and slip compensation Standard
2 Electronic reversing Standard One–analog output programmable
30 Vdc 2 amp resistive
0–20 mA, RL max. 500 ohms 10 bits ±2%
2 Dynamic braking
DC braking
Optional 1
Standard
configurable w/jumper
One digital output programmable Open collector 48 Vdc 50 mA
2 PID setpoint controller Programmable

Critical speed lockout Standard
2 Current (torque) limit Standard
I/O Specifications for Control/Communication Options
Description Specification
2
Adjustable acceleration/deceleration Standard
Analog voltage, input 0–±10 V, Ri >200 kohms
Linear or S curve accel/decel Standard
Analog current, input 0 (4)–20 mA, Ri = 250 ohms
2 Jog at preset speed Standard
Digital input 24 V: “0” <10 V, “1” >18V, Ri >5 kohms
Thread/preset speeds 7 Standard, 15 Optional
2 Automatic restart Selectable

Auxiliary voltage
Reference voltage
24 V (±20%), max. 50 mA
10 V ±3%, max. 10 mA
Coasting motor start Standard
2 Coast or ramp stop selection Standard
Analog current, output 0 (4)–20 mA, RL = 500 kohms resolution 10 bit, accuracy
<±2%
2
Elapsed time meter Optional Analog voltage, output 0 (2)–10 V, RL >1 kohms, resolution 10 bit, accuracy <±2%
Carrier frequency adjustment 1–16 kHz Relay output
2 Standard Conditions for Application and Service Maximum switching voltage 300 Vdc, 250 Vac
Operating ambient temperature 0 to 40 °C Maximum switching load 8 A/24 Vdc, 0.4 A/300 Vdc, 2 kVA/250 Vac
2 Storage temperature –40 to 60 °C Maximum continuous load 2 A rms
Humidity (maximum), non-condensing 95%
2 Altitude (maximum without derate) 3300 ft (1000 m)
Thermistor input
Encoder input
Rtrip = 4.7 kohms
24 V: “0” <10 V, “1” >18V, Ri = 2.2 kohms
5 V: “0” <2V, “1” >3V, Ri = 330 ohms
2 Line voltage variation
Line frequency variation
+10/–15%
45–66 Hz Note
2 Efficiency >96% 1 Some horsepower units include dynamic braking chopper as standard—refer to individual
drive sections.
Power factor (displacement) >0.94
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2

SVX Drives
2.8
Dimensions
Approximate Dimensions in Inches (mm) 2
AX Box Type 1 2
4.00 (101.6) Minimum
3.00 (76.2)
Minimum
2
Air Space
25.80
Required 2
Both Sides
(655.3)
2
25.35 26.74
(643.9)
17.31
(679.2)
2
(439.7)
2
Ø 0.44 (11.2)
Mounting
Holes
2
(4 Places)
1.76
17.02 (432.2)
2
19.30 (490.2) (44.8)
20.92 (531.4)
2
2
19.30 (490.0) Ø 0.44 (11.2) 2
4.00 (101.6) Minimum Mounting Holes
Free Air Space Required (2 Places) 2
3.00 (76.2)
Minimum
2
Air Space
Required 14.06 2
Both Sides (357.1)
25.35
(643.9)
10.53 2
(267.5) 7.00
(177.8) 2
29.12
(739.6)
3.00 (76.2)
2
5.00 (127.0)
15.50 (393.7) 2
17.50 (444.7)
2
2
20.92 (531.4) 1.76 (44.8) 17.02 (432.2) 2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2

SVX Drives

2
2 19.30 (490.2) Ø 0.44 (11.2)
2 4.00 (101.6) Minimum Mounting Holes

Free Air Space Required (2 Places)
2 3.00 (76.2)
Minimum
2 Air Space
Required
Both Sides
2 25.35
14.06
(357.1)
(643.9)
10.53
2 (267.5)
7.00
(177.8)
2
47.37
(1203.2)
47.87
(1215.9) 3.00 (76.2)
2 39.15 5.00 (127.0)
(994.4)
2 15.50 (393.7)
17.50 (444.5)
2
2
2
2 20.92 (531.4) 1.76 (44.8) 17.02 (432.2)
2 AX Box Type 12
2 4.00 (101.6) Minimum

2 3.00 (76.2)
Minimum
2 Air Space
Required
Both Sides
2 25.80
(655.3)
26.74
2 25.35
(679.2)
(643.9)
2
Ø 0.44 (11.2)
2 Mounting
Holes
2 (4 Places)
1.76 17.02 (432.2)
(44.8)
2
19.30 (490.2)
20.92 (531.4)
2
2
2
2
2
2

SVX Drives
2.8
2
19.30 (490.2) Ø 0.44 (11.2)
2
2
4.00 (101.6) Minimum Mounting
(2 Places)
3.00 (76.2) 2
Minimum
Air Space
Required
2
14.06
Both Sides
25.35
(357.1)
10.53
2
(643.9) (267.5)
37.37
37.87
7.00
(177.8)
2
(961.9)
2
(949.2)
29.13 3.00 (76.2)
(739.9)
2
5.00 (127.0)
15.50 (393.7)
2
17.50 (444.5)
2
20.92 (531.4) 1.76 (44.8) 17.02 (432.2)
2
AX Box Type 12—22 Inch Floor Stands 2
19.30 (490.2) Ø 0.44 (11.2)
Mounting
2
4.00 (101.6) Minimum
2
(2 Places)
3.00 (76.2)
Minimum 2
Air Space
Required
Both Sides
2
14.06
25.35
(643.9)
(357.1)
10.53 2
(267.5)
7.00
(177.8)
2
47.87
(1215.9)
3.00 (76.2) 2
5.00 (127.0)
47.37
(1203.2)
39.15
(994.4) 15.50 (393.7) 2
17.75 (450.7)
2
2
2
2
20.92 (531.4) 1.76 (44.8) 17.02 (432.2)
2
2
2
2
2

SVX Drives

2
AX Box Type 3R
2 3.00 (76.2) 20.18 (512.5)
2
Minimum
Air Space
Required
2 Both Sides
2
33.09
2 (840.4)
33.97
(862.8)
2 31.76
(806.6)
2 25.35 17.28
(643.9) (438.9)
2
Ø 0.44 (11.2)
Mounting
Holes
2 (4 Places)
3.64 17.02 (432.2)
19.30 (490.2) (92.5)
2 20.92 (531.4)
2 AX Box Type 3R—12 Inch Floor Stands

2 20.88 (530.4)
Ø 0.44 (11.2)
Mounting 20.18 (512.5)
2 17.88 (454.2) Holes
(2 Places)
2 3.00 (76.2)
Minimum 14.25
Air Space
2
(361.8)
Required
10.72
31.76 Both Sides
(272.2) 7.19
(806.8)
2 (182.5)
25.36 1.04 [26.4]
2 (644.0)
45.10
3.20
(81.3)
2 44.66
(1134.3)
(1145.5)
5.20
(132.1)
2 29.12
15.70 (398.8)
17.70 (449.6)
2 (739.6)
2
2
2 20.92 (531.4)
3.64
(92.5)
17.02 (432.2)
2
2
2
2
2
2

SVX Drives
2.8
2
Ø 0.44 (11.2)
2
20.88 (530.4)
Mounting 20.18 (512.5)
17.88 (454.2) Holes
(2 Places)
2
3.00 (76.2) 2
Minimum
Air Space
Required 14.25 2
Both Sides (361.8)
31.76
2
10.72
(806.8) (272.2)
7.19
25.35
(182.5)
2
(643.9)
55.10
3.20 (81.3)
5.20 (132.1)
2
(1399.5)
15.70 (398.8)
17.70 (449.6)
2
54.66 39.13 2
(1388.3) (993.9)
2
2
2
20.92 (531.4) 3.64 (92.5) 17.02 (432.2) 2
BX Box Type 1
2
4.00 (101.6)
Minimum
2
2
Free Air Space
Required
3.00 (76.2)
Minimum
2
Air Space
Required
Both Sides
2
36.80
(934.7)
37.74
2
36.35 (958.6)
(923.3) 28.55
(725.1)
2
Ø 0.44 (11.2)
2
Mounting
Holes
(4 Places)
2
19.30 (490.2) 1.76
(44.8)
17.01 (432.2) 2
20.92 (531.4)
2
2
2
2
2
2

SVX Drives

2
2 19.30 (490.2)
2 4.00 (101.6)
Minimum
Ø 0.44 (11.2)
Mounting
Free Air Space
2 Required
Holes
(2 Places)
2 3.00 (76.2)
Minimum
Air Space 14.06
2 Required
Both Sides
(357.1) 10.53
(267.5) 7.00
2 36.35
(177.8)
(923.3)
2
3.00 (76.2)
48.87
48.37 (1241.3) 5.00 (127.0)
2
(1228.6) 40.38
(1025.7) 15.50 (393.7)
2 17.50 (444.5)
2
2
2 20.92 (531.4) 1.76
(44.8)
17.01 (432.2)
2
2 19.30 (490.2)
2 4.00 (101.6)
Minimum
Ø 0.44 (11.2)
Mounting
2 Required (2 Places)
2
3.00 (76.2)
Minimum
Air Space
2 Required
Both Sides
14.06
2 36.35
(357.1) 10.53
(267.5) 7.00
(923.3)
(177.8)
2
3.00 (76.2)
2 58.37
(1482.6)
58.87
(1495.3) 5.00 (127.0)
50.38
2 (1279.7)
15.50 (393.7)
2 17.50 (444.5)
2
2
2 1.76 17.01 (432.2)
20.92 (531.4) (44.8)
2
2
2

SVX Drives
2.8
2
BX Box Type 12
4.00 (101.6) Ø 0.44 (11.2)
2
Minimum
2
Mounting
Required (2 Places)
3.00 (76.2) 2
Minimum
Air Space
Required
2
36.80 Both Sides
(934.7) 2
37.74
36.35 28.55
(958.6)
2
(923.3) (725.1)
2
2
19.30 (490.2)
1.76
(44.8)
17.01 (432.2) 2
20.92 (531.4)
2
BX Box Type 12—12 Inch Floor Stands 2
19.30 (490.2)
4.00 (101.6) Ø 0.44 (11.2) 2
Minimum Mounting
Free Air Space
Required
Holes
(2 Places)
2
3.00 (76.2)
Minimum
2
14.06
2
Air Space (357.1)
Required 10.53
Both Sides (267.5) 7.00
2
36.35
(923.3) (177.8)
48.37 48.87
3.00 (76.2)
2
(1228.6) (1241.3) 5.00 (127.0)
40.38
(1025.7) 15.50 (393.7)
2
17.50 (444.5)
2
2
2
20.92 (531.4) 1.76 17.01 (432.2)
2
(44.8)
2
2
2
2
2
2
2

SVX Drives

2
2 19.30 (490.2)
2 4.00 (101.6)
Minimum
Ø 0.44 (11.2)
Mounting
2 Required (2 Places)
3.00 (76.2)
2 Minimum
14.06
Air Space
(357.1)
2 Required
Both Sides
10.53
(267.5) 7.00
2
(177.8)
36.35
(923.3) 3.00 (76.2)
2 5.00 (127.0)
2 58.37 58.87
(1482.6) (1495.3) 15.50 (393.7)
2 17.50 (444.5)
2
2
2
2 20.92 (531.4)
1.76
17.01 (432.2)
(44.8)
2
BX Box Type 3R
2 20.18 (512.5)
2
3.00 (76.2)
2 Minimum
Air Space
Required
2 Both Sides
44.09
2 (1119.8)
42.69
2 (1084.3)
37.74
(958.6)
36.35
2 (923.3)
28.56
(725.3)
2 Ø 0.44 (11.2)
Mounting
2 Holes
(4 Places)
3.51
2 19.30 (490.2) (89.1)
17.01 (432.2)
2
20.92 (531.4)
2
2
2
2

SVX Drives
2.8
2
20.88 (530.4)
2
Ø 0.44 (11.2) 20.18 (512.5)
17.88 (454.2) Mounting
Holes 2
(2 Places)
3.00 (76.2)
2
Minimum
Air Space
Required
2
14.06
2
Both Sides (357.1)
10.53
42.77 (267.5) 7.00
(1086.4) (177.8) 2
55.66 36.35
56.10
(1424.9)
3.00 (76.2)
2
5.00 (127.0)
(1413.7) (923.3)
40.40 15.50 (393.7)

2
2
(1026.3)
17.50 (444.5)
2
2
2
20.92 (531.4) 3.51
17.01 (432.2)
(89.1)
2
BX Box Type 3R—22 Inch Floor Stands 2
Ø 0.44 (11.2)
20.88 (530.4)
17.88 (454.2)
Mounting
Holes
20.18 (512.5)
2
2
(2 Places)
3.00 (76.2)
Minimum
Air Space 2
Required
42.77
Both Sides
2
(1086.4)
14.06
(357.1) 2
10.53
36.35
(923.3) 55.10
(1429.9)
(267.5) 7.00
(177.8)
2
65.66
(1667.7)
3.00 (76.2) 2
50.38
5.00 (127.0)
2
(1279.7) 15.50 (393.7)
2
17.50 (444.5)
2
2
2
20.92 (531.4) 3.57 (90.7) 17.01 (432.2) 2
2
2

SVX Drives

2
CX Box Type 1
2 4.00 (101.6) Minimum
2
3.00 (76.2)
2 Minimum
Air Space
Required
2 Both Sides
2 48.80
(1239.5)
2 48.35
49.74
(1263.4)
35.85
(1228.1)
2 (910.6)
2
2 Ø 0.44 (11.2)
Mounting
Holes
2 (4 Places)
29.30 (744.2) 1.74 17.76 (451.2)
2 30.92 (785.4) (44.2)
2 CX Box Type 1—12 Inch Floor Stands

29.30 (744.2)
2
Ø 0.44 (11.2)
Mounting
4.00 (101.6) Minimum Holes
2 (2 Places)
3.00 (76.2)
2 Minimum
Air Space
Required
2 Both Sides
14.81
2 (376.2)
11.28
(286.5) 7.75
2 48.35
(1228.1) (196.9)
2 60.37 47.67
3.00 (76.2)
49.74 5.00 (127.0)
(1210.8)
2
(1533.4)
(1263.4) 25.50 (647.7)
27.50 (698.5)
2
2
2
2 1.74
30.92 (785.4) 17.76 (451.2)
(44.2)
2
2
2
2
2

SVX Drives
2.8
2
29.30 (744.2) Ø 0.44 (11.2)
2
Mounting Holes
4.00 (101.6) Minimum
(2 Places) 2
3.00 (76.2) 2
Minimum
Air Space
Required 2
Both Sides
14.81
2
2
48.35 (376.2)
11.28
(1228.1)
(286.5) 7.75
(196.9)
57.68 2
(1465.0) 70.87 3.00
70.37
(1787.4)
(1800.1) (76.2)
25.50
2
5.00
2
(647.7)
(127.0)
27.50
(698.5)
2
2
2
2
30.92 (785.4)
1.74 (44.2) 17.76 (451.2)
2
CX Box Type 12
2
4.00 (101.6) Minimum
2
3.00 (76.2)
Minimum 2
Air Space
Required
Both Sides 2
2
48.80 49.74 2
(1239.5) (1263.4)
35.85 2
48.35 (910.6)
(1228.1)
2
Ø 0.44 (11.2) 2
Mounting
Holes
(4 Places) 2
29.30 (744.2) 1.74
30.92 (785.4) (44.2)
17.76 (451.2)
2
2
2
2
2

SVX Drives

2
2 29.30 (744.2) Ø 0.44 (11.2)
Mounting
2 4.00 (101.6) Minimum
Holes
(2 Places)
2 3.00 (76.2)
Minimum
2 Air Space
Required
Both Sides
2 14.81
(376.2)
2 48.35
(1228.1)
11.28
(286.5) 7.75
(196.9)
2
60.37 3.00 (76.2)
47.67
2 (1533.4)
(1210.8) 49.74 5.00 (127.0)
(1263.4) 25.50 (647.7)
2 27.50 (698.5)
2
2
2
2 30.92 (785.4) 1.74
(44.2)
17.76 (451.2)
2
2 29.30 (744.2) Ø 0.44 (11.2)
Mounting
2
4.00 (101.6) Minimum
(2 Places)
2 3.00 (76.2)
Minimum
2
Air Space
Required
Both Sides
2 14.81
(376.2)
2 48.35
(1228.1)
11.28
(286.5) 7.75
(196.9)
2
70.37 3.00 (76.2)
2 (1787.4) 5.00 (127.0)
57.68 25.50 (647.7)
70.87
2 (1465.0)
(1800.1) 27.50 (698.5)
2
2
2
2 30.92 (785.4) 1.74 17.76
(44.2) (451.2)
2
2

SVX Drives
2.8
2
CX Box Type 3R
30.88 (784.4) 21.00 (533.3)
2
2
3.00 (76.2)
Minimum
Air Space
2
Required
56.08
Both Sides 2
(1424.5)
2
54.77
(1391.2)
56.96
2
2
(1446.9)
48.35
(1228.1)
35.85
(910.6) 2
2
Ø 0.44 (11.2)
Mounting
2
2
Holes
(4 Places)
29.30 (744.2) 3.72
30.92 (785.4) (94.4)
17.76 (451.2)
2
CX Box Type 3R—12 Inch Floor Stands 2
30.88 (784.4)
Ø 0.44 (11.2)
Mounting 2
21.00 (533.3)
Holes
2
28.10 (713.7)
(2 Places)
3.00 (76.2)
Minimum 2
Air Space
Required
Both Sides 2
14.81
(376.2) 11.28
2
67.65
(1718.4)
(286.5)
7.75
(196.9)
2
66.60
47.67
3.00 (76.2) 2
(1691.7)
5.00 (127.0)
2
(1210.8) 68.09
25.50 (647.7)
(1729.6)
48.35 27.50 (698.5)
(1228.1)
2
2
2
2
30.92 (785.4) 3.72 17.76 (451.2)
(94.4) 2
2
2
2

SVX Drives

2
2 Ø 0.44 (11.2)
30.88 (784.4)
Mounting
2 27.88 (708.2) Holes
(2 Places)
21.00 (533.3)
2 3.00 (76.2)
Minimum
2 Air Space
Required
Both Sides
2 77.65
(1972.4)
14.81
2 76.60
(376.2) 11.28
(286.5)
7.75
2
(1945.7)
(196.9)
78.09
2
48.35 (1983.6) 3.00 (76.2)
(1228.1)
5.00 (127.0)
2 57.68
(1465.0)
25.50 (647.7)
27.50 (698.5)
2
2
2
2 30.92 (785.4) 3.72 17.76
(94.4) (451.2)
2
DX Box Type 1
2 29.30 (744.2)
4.00 (101.6)
2 Minimum
Free Air Space
Ø 0.44 (11.2)
Mounting
Holes
2
Required
(2 Places)
3.00 (76.2)
2 Minimum
Air Space
2
Required
Both Sides
2 82.23
(2088.6)
22.56
(573.0) 6.13
(155.6)
2 82.85
(2104.4)
76.35
2 (1939.3)
67.88
(1724.2)
1.62 (41.1)
8.38 (212.9)
2
22.12
(561.8)
28.88 (733.6)
2
2
2 30.92 (785.4) 1.55 22.48
(39.4) (571.1)
2
2
2

SVX Drives
2.8
2
DX Box Type 12
29.30 (744.2)
2
4.00 (101.6)
Minimum
Ø 0.44 (11.2)
Mounting
2
Required
(2 Places) 2
2
3.00 (76.2)
Minimum
Air Space
Required
Both Sides 2
82.35
22.56
(573.0) 6.13 2
(155.6)
(2091.7)
82.85 2
(2104.4)
1.62 (41.1)
76.35 67.89
(1724.4)
8.38 (212.9) 2
(1939.3) 22.12
(561.8) 2
28.88 (733.6)
2
2
30.92 1.55 22.48
2
2
(785.4) (39.4) (571.1)
2
DX Box Type 3R
30.88 (784.4)
Ø 0.44 (11.2)
2
27.88 (708.2) Mounting
Holes
25.51 (647.8)
2
(2 Places)
3.00 (76.2) 2
Minimum
Air Space
Required
2
Both Sides
89.70
(2278.3)
2
22.81
(579.2) 6.31 2
82.84 (160.3)
(2104.1) 90.14
(2289.5)
2
67.89
76.35
(1939.3)
(1724.4) 1.80 (45.7) 2
8.56 (217.4)
22.30
(566.4)
2
29.06 (738.1)
2
2
2
30.92 (785.4) 3.64 22.48
(92.5) (571.1)
2
2
2

SVX Drives

2
Size 5
2
J
2
2
2
Lifting Eyes
2 (2 Places)
2 RR
2
2 N
T For Cable
2
Entry L
H
S
2 B
M P
A Top View
2 Front View
NEMA Type 1/IP21
2
0.56 (14.2) Dia.
2 Mounting
Holes
(4 Places) F
2 SS
G
C
2 Side View D1 D
Bottom View
2
2 IL hp
208/230V 75
2 100
480V 200
2 250
2
2 Front View
NEMA Type 12/IP54
2 For reference only, dimensions are subject to change.
2 Wide
A
High
B
Deep
C
Mounting
D D1 E E1 F G G1
Door Height
H
Min. Air Space
J K
2 40.0 (1016) 90.0 (2286) 21.3 (541) 36.0 (914) 2.0 (51) — — 8.0 (203) 10.8 (273) — 84.4 (2143) 4.0 (102) —
2 Cable Entry Door Clearance

Max. Approx.
Shipping Weight
L M N P R S T U V W RR SS TT UU VV Lbs (kg)
2 15.0 10.0 4.8 2.0 — 36.3 20.0 — — — 94.0 15.5 — — — 1275 (579)
(381) (254) (122) (51) (921) (508) (2387) (394)
2
2
2

SVX Drives
2.8
2
Size 6
2
T
2
2
S
Door Clearance 2
Top View
2
2
J
Keypad
2
Flanged Disconnect Supplied
with Circuit Breaker When Specified
2
Operator Elements When Specified, 2
Mounted on These Panels
2
RR
2
Key-Locking Handle
B H
2
2
Ventilating Slots
2
Quarter Turn Latch
(2 Places) 2
C A 2
Side View
Front View
2
M L For Cable Entry
N
2
IL hp
480V 300 F
0.56 (14.2) Dia.
2
350 P Mounting Hole –
400
G
(4 Places)
2
D1 D 2
Bottom View
For reference only, dimensions are subject to change. 2

Wide High Deep Mounting Door Height Min. Air Space 2
A B C D D1 E E1 F G G1 H J K
30.0 (762) 90.0 (2286) 26.0 (660) 26.5 (673) 1.8 (46) — — 17.3 (438) 5.5 (140) — 84.4 (2143) 4.0 (102) — 2
Cable Entry Door Clearance
Max. Approx.
Shipping Weight
2
2
23.5 3.3 4.5 19.3 — 26.2 24.8 — — — 93.9 — — — — 1500 (681)
(597) (84) (114) (490) (667) (629) (2386)
2
2
2

SVX Drives

2
Size 8
2 S
T For Top Cable Entry –
(2 Places)
2
2 R
2
2 Top View
2 J
2
2
2
2
2 RR
B H
2
2
2
2
2
2 C U
A
V
Side View Front View

2 0.56 (14.2) Dia.
M L For Bottom
Mounting Hole –
Cable Entry
2 (4 Places)
IL hp
2 480V 300
F N
350
2 400
G P
2 D1 D
Bottom View
2
Wide High Deep Mounting Door Height Min. Air Space
2 48.0 (1219) 90.0 (2286) 24.0 (610) 42.2 (1072) 3.0 (77) — — — 5.5 (139) — 84.4 (2143) 4.0 (102) —
2
Max. Approx.
Cable Entry Shipping Weight
2 9.5 37.5 12.5 7.7 8.3 1.3 31.0 21.5 21.3 — 93.5 — — — — 2000 (908)
(241) (952) (318) (196) (210) (32) (787) (545) (541) (2375)
2
2

SVX Drives
2.8
2
Size 9
T U 2
S
R 2
Access in Top –
(2 Places)
V
W 2
2
90° Max.
Door
90° Max.
Door 2
Opening Opening
2
SS UU
TT
Top View 2
J
Openings Filtered for 2
NEMA Type 12/IP54 Design
2
Drive Circuit Breaker
2
2
Key-Locking Handle
2
RR
2
B
2
2
Access
Plate –
4 Places 2
2
C A 2
Side View Front View
0.56 (14.2) Dia.

M L Bottom Access 2
Mounting Hole –
(5 Places)
N 2
G
IH hp IL hp 2
P
480V 400 500 G1
500
550
550
600 D1 D D2
2
E
Bottom View 2
2
60.0 (1524) 90.0 (2286) 26.1 (664) 22.9 (582) 2.0 (51) 30.0 (762) 44.3 (1125) 10.6 (270) 10.6 (270) 8.2 (208) — 4.0 (102) —
2
2
Max. Approx.
Cable Entry Shipping Weight
8.5 32.7 12.0 11.9 9.8 1.5 43.5 15.0 7.5 25.0 93.5 27.4 290.1 270.1 — 2500 (1135) 2
(216) (831) (305) (303) (249) (38) (1105) (381) (191) (635) (2375) (696) (738) (687)
2

SVX Drives

2
Enclosure Size F
2 W D
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
H1 H
2
2
2
2
2
2 W1 D1
2
2
2
2
2
2 Approximate Approximate
Weight Shipping Weight
2 H H1 W W1 D D1 Lbs (kg) Lbs (kg)
93.58 69.51 60.00 48.00 37.50 26.00 1700 (771) 1850 (839)
2 (2376.9) (1765.60) (1524.0) (1219.2) (952.5) (660.4)
2
2
2
2
2
2
2

PowerXL DH1 Series Drives
2.9
Contents
DH1 HVAC/R Drive
Description Page
2
PowerXL DH1 Series Drives 2
Accessories . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V6-T2-192 2
2
Dimensions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V6-T2-206
PowerXL DH1 Series Enclosed Drives . . . . . . . . . V6-T2-207
2
2
2
2
PowerXL DH1 Series Drives 2
Product Description Features and Benefits 2
The DH1 HVAC/R drives Hardware Software
are part of Eaton’s next ● Integrated common mode ● Control logic can be ● Active Energy Control— 2
generation PowerXL Series of reduction 5% DC link powered from an external minimizes energy losses in
adjustable frequency drives
choke with input surge auxiliary control panel— the motor, resulting in 2
protection internal drive functions and industry-leading energy
today’s demanding HVAC/R
market. The power unit
● Variable torque rated for fieldbus if necessary efficiency for your
application
2
HVAC/R demands ● Standard I/O:
makes use of the most
sophisticated semiconductor ● 110% variable torque (IL) ● 8DI, 1DO ●
●
Energy savings calculator
Quick Start Wizard upon
2
technology and a highly ● Type 1/IP21 and Type ● 2AI, 2AO
modular construction that can
be flexibly adapted to meet
12/IP54 enclosures
available
● 2FC, 1FA relays initial power-up supports
2
2
●
the customer’s needs. ● Real-time clock—supports ● Standard applications:
calendaring and PLC ● BACnet/IP, Modbus TCP, ● Standard
The control module Modbus RTU,
was designed to include
●
functionality
Graphic LCD display and BACnet MS/TP
● Multi-PID
2
today’s standard HVAC/R ● Advanced
communication protocols
and I/O while still having the
keypad—supports simple
menu navigation as well as
● Two expansion slots—
intended to support
● Copy/paste functionality on 2
on-screen diagnostics and drive keypad—allows for
2
modularity to add additional additional I/O or
option cards. troubleshooting communication protocols fast setup of multiple
● AUTO operation from as necessary drives
Eaton’s patented Active
Energy Control is also a
keypad and two ● Quick disconnect terminals
● Pre-programmed I/O— 2
configurable soft keys for I/O connections— supports fast, easy
standard feature on DH1
drives, offering customers
● Conformal coated control supports fast, easy installation for most
applications
2
and power boards standard installation
increased efficiency, safety
and reliability.
● Dynamic motor
regenerative energy 2
management
These drives continue
the tradition of robust ● Advanced PC Tool with 2
performance and raise the bar diagnostic capabilities
on features and functionality, ● Two keypad software keys 2
ensuring the best solution at for easy menu navigation
the right price. and shortcuts 2
Product Range 2
230 V to 125 hp, 312 A, 90 kW
480 V to 250 hp, 310 A, 160 kW 2
575 V to 250 hp, 250 A, 187 kW
2


2 Product EMC Certification
2 ●
●
IEC/EN 61800-5-1
IEC/EN 61800-5-2
●
●
Immunity: IEC/EN 61800-3
Category C2
●
●
UL
cUL
2 ● UL 508C ● CE
● IEC 61508 ● C-Tick
2 ● EN 62061 ● RoHS
● EN ISO 13849-1 ● Plenum rated
2
Catalog Number Selection is for illustrative purposes only and not to be used to create new catalog numbers.
2 PowerXL Series—DH1 HVAC/R Drive
2 Series Power Part Options
2 D H1 – 3 4 011 D N – C 21 C
2 Basic Naming Coating of Boards
D = Drive C = Coated
2
Series Phase Reference Internal Brake Chopper Enclosure (IP Rating)
2 H1 = HVAC 3 = 3~ INPUT/3~ OUTPUT N = No brake chopper 20 = IP20 (FR0 only)
B = Brake chopper 21 = IP21/Type 1
2 Input/Output Voltage
54 = IP54/Type 12
Internal EMC Filter
2 = 230 V (208–240 V, –15%, +10%)
2 4 = 400 V (380–500 V, –15%, +10%)
5 = 600 V (525–600 V, –15%, +10%)
D=
E =
DC choke only
EMC filter only Display Option
F = Internal EMC filter and DC choke C = LCD (graphical)
2 Output Current Rating (VT)
N= No EMC filter, no DC choke N = No display
2 4D8 =
208–240 V
4.8 A, 1.0 hp, 0.75 kW
380–500 V
3D3 = 3.3 A, 1.5 hp, 1.1 kW 4D5 =
525–600 V
4.5 A, 3.0 hp, 2.2 kW
6D6 = 6.6 A, 1.5 hp, 1.1 kW 4D3 = 4.3 A, 2.0 hp, 1.5 kW 7D5 = 7.5 A, 5.0 hp, 3.7 kW
2 7D8 = 7.8 A, 2.0 hp, 1.5 kW 5D6 = 5.6 A, 3.0 hp, 2.2 kW 010 = 10 A, 7.5 hp, 5.5 kW
011 = 11 A, 3.0 hp, 2.2 kW 7D6 = 7.6 A, 4.0 hp, 3 kW 013 = 13.5 A, 10 hp, 7.5 kW
2 012 =
017 =
12.5 A, 4.0 hp, 3.0 kW
17.5 A, 5.0 hp, 3.7 kW
9D0 = 9 A, 5.0 hp, 4 kW
012 = 12 A, 7.5 hp, 5.5 kW
018 =
022 =
18 A, 15 hp, 11 kW
22 A, 20 hp, 15 kW
025 = 25 A, 7.5 hp, 5.5 kW 016 = 16 A, 10 hp, 7.5 kW 027 = 27 A, 25 hp, 18.5 kW
2 031 =
048 =
31 A, 10 hp, 7.5 kW
48 A, 15 hp, 11 kW
023 = 23 A, 15 hp, 11 kW
031 = 31 A, 20 hp, 15 kW
034 =
041 =
34 A, 30 hp, 22 kW
41 A, 40 hp, 30 kW
061 = 61 A, 20 hp, 15 kW 038 = 38 A, 25 hp, 18.5 kW 052 = 52 A, 50 hp, 37 kW
2 075 =
088 =
75 A, 25 hp, 18.5 kW
88 A, 30 hp, 22 kW
046 = 46 A, 30 hp, 22 kW
061 = 61 A, 40 hp, 30 kW
062 =
080 =
62 A, 60 hp, 45 kW
80 A, 75 hp, 55 kW
2
114 = 114 A, 40 hp, 30 kW 072 = 72 A, 50 hp, 37 kW 100 = 100 A, 100 hp, 75 kW
2 211 =
261 =
211 A, 75 hp, 55 kW
261 A, 100 hp, 75 kW
140 = 140 A, 100 hp, 75 kW
170 = 170 A, 125 hp, 90 kW
208 =
250 =
208 A, 200 hp, 150 kW
250 A, 250 hp, 187 kW
312 = 312 A, 125 hp, 90 kW 205 = 205 A, 150 hp, 110 kW
2 261 = 261 A, 200 hp, 132 kW
310 = 310 A, 250 hp, 160 kW
2
PowerXL Series—DH1 HVAC/R Drive Option Boards
2
DX G – NET – PROFIBUS
2
2 Basic Naming Series Type Function
DX = PowerXL Drive G = General purpose NET = Communication card PROFB = PROFIBUS
2 EXT =
ACC =
I/O card
Accessory
See Accessories on Page V6-T2-192
for full offering
SPR = Spare part
2 KEY =
CBL =
Keypad
Cable

2.9
Product Selection
2
DH1 Series Drives—208–240 Volt
PowerXL Series—DH1 Type 1/IP21 2

230 V, 50 Hz 230 V, 60 Hz Current
2
Frame Size kW Rating hp A Catalog Number
FR0 0.75 1 4.8 DH1-324D8EB-C20C 1 2
2
1.1 1.5 6.6 DH1-326D6EB-C20C 1
1.5 2 7.8 DH1-327D8EB-C20C 1

FR1 0.75
1.1
1
1.5
4.8
6.6
DH1-324D8DN-C21C
DH1-326D6DN-C21C
2
1.5
2.2
2
3
7.8
11
DH1-327D8DN-C21C
DH1-32011DN-C21C
2
3 — 12.5 DH1-32012DN-C21C
2
FR2 3.7 5 17.5 DH1-32017DN-C21C
5.5 7.5 25 DH1-32025DN-C21C 2
7.5 10 31 DH1-32031DN-C21C
FR3 11 15 48 DH1-32048DN-C21C 2
15 20 61 DH1-32061DN-C21C
FR4 18.5 25 75 DH1-32075DN-C21C 2
22 30 88 DH1-32088DN-C21C
30 40 114 DH1-32114DN-C21C 2
FR5 37 50 143 DH1-32143DN-C21C
45 60 170 DH1-32170DN-C21C 2
2
55 75 211 DH1-32211DN-C21C
FR6 75 100 261 DH1-32261FN-C21C
90 125 312 DH1-32312FN-C21C
2
PowerXL Series—DH1 Type 12/IP54
2
Frame Size
230 V, 50 Hz
kW Rating
230 V, 60 Hz
hp
Current
A Catalog Number 2
2
FR1 0.75 1 4.8 DH1-324D8DN-C54C
1.1 1.5 6.6 DH1-326D6DN-C54C
1.5
2.2
2
3
7.8
11
DH1-327D8DN-C54C
DH1-32011DN-C54C
2
FR2
3
3.7
—
5
12.5
17.5
DH1-32012DN-C54C
DH1-32017DN-C54C
2
5.5 7.5 25 DH1-32025DN-C54C
2
7.5 10 31 DH1-32031DN-C54C
FR3 11 15 48 DH1-32048DN-C54C 2
15 20 61 DH1-32061DN-C54C
FR4 18.5 25 75 DH1-32075DN-C54C 2
22 30 88 DH1-32088DN-C54C
30 40 114 DH1-32114DN-C54C 2
FR5 37 50 143 DH1-32143DN-C54C
45 60 170 DH1-32170DN-C54C 2
55 75 211 DH1-32211DN-C54C
FR6 75 100 261 DH1-32261FN-C54C 2
90 125 312 DH1-32312FN-C54C
Note
2
2
1 IP20 FR0 will be available in June 2018.
2
2

DH1 Series Drives—380–500 Volt

2
2 Variable Torque (VT) / Low Overload (IL)
400 V, 50 Hz 460 V, 60 Hz Current
2 Frame Size kW Rating hp A Catalog Number
FR0 1.1 1.5 3.3 DH1-343D3EB-C20C 1
2 1.5 2 4.6 DH1-344D3EB-C20C 1
2.2 3 5.6 DH1-345D6EB-C20C 1
2 3 5 7.6 DH1-347D6EB-C20C 1
FR1 1.1 1.5 3.3 DH1-343D3DN-C21C
2 1.5 2 4.3 DH1-344D3DN-C21C
2.2 3 5.6 DH1-345D6DN-C21C
2 3 4 7.6 DH1-347D6DN-C21C
2 4
5.5
5
7.5
9
12
DH1-349D0DN-C21C
DH1-34012DN-C21C
2 FR2 7.5
11
10
15
16
23
DH1-34016DN-C21C
DH1-34023DN-C21C
2 15 20 31 DH1-34031DN-C21C
FR3 18.5 25 38 DH1-34038DN-C21C
2 22 30 46 DH1-34046DN-C21C
30 40 61 DH1-34061DN-C21C
2 FR4 37 50 72 DH1-34072DN-C21C
45 60 87 DH1-34087DN-C21C
2 55 75 105 DH1-34105DN-C21C
FR5 75 100 140 DH1-34140DN-C21C
2 90 125 170 DH1-34170DN-C21C
2
110 150 205 DH1-34205DN-C21C
FR6 132 200 261 DH1-34261FN-C21C
2 160 250 310 DH1-34310FN-C21C
2 PowerXL Series—DH1 Type 12/IP54

2 Frame Size
400 V, 50 Hz
kW Rating
460 V, 60 Hz
hp
Current
A Catalog Number
2 FR1 1.1
1.5
1.5
2
3.3
4.3
DH1-343D3DN-C54C
DH1-344D3DN-C54C
2 2.2 3 5.6 DH1-345D6DN-C54C

3 4 7.6 DH1-347D6DN-C54C
2 4 5 9 DH1-349D0DN-C54C
5.5 7.5 12 DH1-34012DN-C54C
2 FR2 7.5 10 16 DH1-34016DN-C54C
11 15 23 DH1-34023DN-C54C
2 15 20 31 DH1-34031DN-C54C
FR3 18.5 25 38 DH1-34038DN-C54C
2 22 30 46 DH1-34046DN-C54C
2
30 40 61 DH1-34061DN-C54C
FR4 37 50 72 DH1-34072DN-C54C
2 45
55
60
75
87
105
DH1-34087DN-C54C
DH1-34105DN-C54C
2 FR5 75
90
100
125
140
170
DH1-34140DN-C54C
DH1-34170DN-C54C
2 110 150 205 DH1-34205DN-C54C

FR6 132 200 261 DH1-34261FN-C54C
2 160 250 310 DH1-34310FN-C54C
2
Note
1 IP20 FR0 will be available in June 2018.

2.9
DH1 Series Drives—575 Volt
2
Variable Torque (VT) / Low Overload (IL) 2
575 V, 60 Hz 575 V, 60 Hz Current
2
FR1 2.2 3 4.5 DH1-354D5FB-C21C
3.7 5 7.5 DH1-357D5FB-C21C 2
5.5 7.5 10 DH1-35010FB-C21C
FR2 7.5 10 13.5 DH1-35013FB-C21C 2
11
15
15
20
18
22
DH1-35018FB-C21C
DH1-35022FB-C21C
2
FR3 18.5 25 27 DH1-35027FB-C21C
2
22 30 34 DH1-35034FB-C21C
30 40 41 DH1-35041FB-C21C 2
FR4 37 50 52 DH1-35052FN-C21C
45 60 62 DH1-35062FN-C21C 2
55 75 80 DH1-35080FN-C21C
FR5 75 100 100 DH1-35100FN-C21C 2
90
110
125
150
125
144
DH1-35125FN-C21C
DH1-35144FN-C21C
2
FR6 150 200 208 DH1-35208FN-C21C 2
187 250 250 DH1-35250FN-C21C
2
2
2
575 V, 60 Hz 575 V, 60 Hz Current
2
FR1 2.2 3 4.5 DH1-354D5FB-C54C
3.7 5 7.5 DH1-357D5FB-C54C
FR2
5.5
7.5
7.5
10
10
13.5
DH1-35010FB-C54C
DH1-35013FB-C54C
2
11 15 18 DH1-35018FB-C54C 2
15 20 22 DH1-35022FB-C54C
FR3 18.5 25 27 DH1-35027FB-C54C 2
22 30 34 DH1-35034FB-C54C
30 40 41 DH1-35041FB-C54C 2
2
FR4 37 50 52 DH1-35052FN-C54C
45 60 62 DH1-35062FN-C54C
55 75 80 DH1-35080FN-C54C
2
FR5 75 100 100 DH1-35100FN-C54C
90 125 125 DH1-35125FN-C54C 2
110 150 144 DH1-35144FN-C54C
FR6 150 200 208 DH1-35208FN-C54C 2
187 250 250 DH1-35250FN-C54C
2
2
2
2
2
2

Accessories
2 The PowerXL Series—DH1 drives can accommodate a wide PowerXL Series—DH1 Conversion and Flange Kits
2 the drive for your application needs. The drive’s control unit is
The Type 12/IP54 option kit is used to convert a Type 1/IP21 to a
Type 12/IP54 drive. The kit includes cover, fan and grommets.
2 The PowerXL Series—DH1 drives come with a factory-installed
Type 12/IP54 Conversion Kits 1
2 standard board configuration including the following:
Frame 1 230 V Type 12/IP54 kit DXH-ACC-2FR1N12KIT
● Standard I/O:
2 ● 8DI, 1DO Frame 1 480 V Type 12/IP54 kit DXH-ACC-4FR1N12KIT
● 2AI, 2AO Frame 2 Type 12/IP54 kit DXH-ACC-FR2N12KIT
2 ● 2FC, 1FA relays
2 Standard communications:
●
mounted through the back panel of an enclosure. The kit
● BACnet MS/TP, BACnet/IP includes hardware, top flange plate, bottom flange plate and
2 ● Modbus TCP, Modbus RTU two side flange plates.
Flange Kits
2 PowerXL Series—DH1 I/O Card Kits Description Catalog Number
2 Description Catalog Number Frame 1 flange kit Type 12/IP54

Frame 2 flange kit Type 12/IP54
DXG-ACC-FR1N12FK
DXG-ACC-FR2N12FK
2 1 x AI, 2 x AO (isolated to control board) option card DXG-EXT-1AI2AO
2 3 x PT100 RTD thermistor input option card DXG-EXT-THER1
2 6 x DI 240 Vac input option card DXG-EXT-6DI
2 PowerXL Series—DH1 Communication Card Kits

PowerXL Series—DH1 Demo Unit
Demo Unit
2
DH1 control module demo stand DH1-DEMO1
Note
2 1 NEMA 12 DH1 drives from W34 are available within 3 business days.
PowerXL Series—DH1 Keypad Kits

2 Standard keypad DXH-KEY-LCD

Remote keypad kit (IP 54 rated keypad holder and 3 m cable) DXG-KEY-RMTKIT
2 1 m remote keypad cable DXG-CBL-1M0

2 Remote keypad mounting holder only DXG-KEY-HOLDER
2
Type 12/IP54 keypad hole plug (maintain rating without keypad) DXG-KEY-N12PLUG
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2

2.9
The PowerXL Series PC Tool is designed for programming, controlling and monitoring of 2
the DH1 drives. Features include loading parameters that can be saved to a file or printed,
setting references, starting and stopping the motor, monitoring signals in graphical or text 2
form, and real-time display.
PowerXpert inControl Software
2
2
Software cable (USB to keypad [RJ45]) DXG-CBL-PCCABLE
Real-time clock battery (approximately 10,000 hours life) DXG-ACC-RTBATT 2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2


2 The brake chopper circuit Duty Cycle Torque
2
that require dynamic braking. on a 60-second period. For is less than 15%, dynamic
Dynamic braking resistors example, the 20% duty cycle braking is not required
2 are not included with drive resistor can carry 100% because the regenerated
purchase. Consult the factory current for 12 seconds out energy will be dissipated in
2 for additional dynamic braking
of every 60 seconds, while the drive and motor losses.
2 supplied separately. A list of
30 seconds out of every
below and are complete
2 indoor assemblies, include a
60 seconds.

2 a thermal switch, and are not
UL Listed.
2
2
DBR – R100 – W0800
2
2 Dynamic Brake Resistor Resistance Rated Watts
1D0 = 1.0 Ohms 0800 = 800 Watts
2 100 = 100 Ohms 8000 = 8000 Watts
080K = 80,000 Watts
2
2 20% Duty Cycle, 100% Torque 50% Duty Cycle, 150% Torque
Drive hp Minimum
2 (CT/IH) Ohms Catalog Number Dimensions Catalog Number Dimensions


2

2 10 7.0 DBR-R015-W1600 12W x 13D x 5H DBR-R112-W6000 26.5W x 13D x 5H
15 7.0 DBR-R012-W2400 19W x 10D x 5H DBR-R7D8-W9000 28W x 10D x 10H
2 20 2.0 DBR-R9D3-W3200 19W x 10D x 5H DBR-R3D4-W012K 28W x 10D x 10H
2 25
30
2.0
2.0
DBR-R5D5-W4000
DBR-R4D8-W4800
26.5W x 10D x 5H
26.5W x 10D x 5H
DBR-R5D1-W015K
DBR-R4D1-W020K
28W x 16D x 10H
28W x 16D x 10H

2 60 2.0 DBR-R2D8-W9000 26.5W x 16D x 5H DBR-R002-W036K 30W x 18D x 24H
2 100 2.0 DBR-R002-W015K 28W x 16D x 10H DBR-R002-W060K 30W x 18D x 48H
2
2
2
2
2

2.9
2
(CT/IH)
1
Ohms
36.0
Catalog Number
DBR-R100-W0400
Dimensions
12W x 5D x 5H
Catalog Number
DBR-R100-W0800
Dimensions
12W x 7D x 5H
2
2
2
2
2
150
200
2.0
2.0
DBR-R3D4-W025K
DBR-R3D3-W030K
30W x 18D x 16H
30W x 18D x 24H
DBR-R3D5-W085K
DBR-R2D6-W110K
30W x 18D x 56H
30W x 18D x 64H
2
2
(CT/IH) Ohms Catalog Number Dimensions Catalog Number Dimensions 2
2
2
30
40
18.0
18.0
DBR-R020-W4800
DBR-R030-W6000
26.5W x 13D x 5H
26.5W x 16D x 5H
DBR-R020-W020K
DBR-R184-W025K
30W x 18D x 16H
30W x 18D x 16H
2
2
2
200 2.5 DBR-R3D3-W030K 30W x 18D x 24H DBR-R2D6-W110K 30W x 18D x 64H
2
2
2
2


2
2
D R1 – 2 2D0 – 0 5
2
2 Basic Naming
D = Drive
Impedance
3 = 3%
5 = 5%
Environment Rating
2 = 230 V 4D0 = 4.0 A 1 = NEMA 1
2 4 = 460 V 8D0 = 8.0 A
012 = 12 A

2 Open NEMA 1
2 hp (CT) 3% 5% 3% 5% 3% 5% 3% 5%
2

2 20
25
DR1-2054-03
DR1-2068-03
DR1-2054-05
DR1-2068-05
DR2-2055-03
DR2-2080-03
DR2-2055-05
DR2-2080-05
DR1-2054-13
DR1-2068-13
DR1-2054-15
DR1-2068-15
DR2-2055-13
DR2-2080-13
DR2-2055-15
DR2-2080-15

2
2
2
2

2.9
Open NEMA 1
2
hp (CT)
Line Reactor
3% 5%
Load Reactor
3% 5%
Line Reactor
3% 5%
Load Reactor
3% 5%
2
2
7.5
10
DR1-4011-03
DR1-4014-03
DR1-4011-05
DR1-4014-05
DR2-4012-03
DR2-4018-03
DR2-4012-05
DR2-4018-05
DR1-4011-13
DR1-4014-13
DR1-4011-15
DR1-4014-15
DR2-4012-13
DR2-4018-13
DR2-4012-15
DR2-4018-15
2
50
60
DR1-4065-03
DR1-4077-03
DR1-4065-05
DR1-4077-05
DR2-4080-03
DR2-4100-03
DR2-4080-05
DR2-4080-05
DR1-4065-13
DR1-4077-13
DR1-4065-15
DR1-4077-15
DR2-4080-13
DR2-4100-13
DR2-4080-15
DR2-4080-15
2
2
2
Open NEMA 1
2
hp (CT)
Line Reactor
3% 5%
Load Reactor
3% 5%
Line Reactor
3% 5%
Load Reactor
3% 5%
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2

Replacement Parts
2
Frame 0
2 230 V 480 V 575 V
2 Standard keypad DXH-KEY-LCD DXH-KEY-LCD —
2
Main control board DXH-SPR-CTRLBOARD DXH-SPR-CTRLBOARD —
Control module kit with keypad DXH-SPR-CTRLKIT DXH-SPR-CTRLKIT —
2 Main fan kit

Main power board
DXG-SPR-FR0FAN
DXG-SPR-2FR0MPB
DXG-SPR-FR0FAN
DXG-SPR-4FR0MPB
—
—
2 EMI kit for C2 DXG-SPR-FR0EMCKIT DXG-SPR-FR0EMCKIT —
2 Frame 1
230 V 480 V 575 V
Standard keypad DXH-KEY-LCD DXH-KEY-LCD DXH-KEY-LCD
2 Control module kit with keypad DXH-SPR-CTRLKIT DXH-SPR-CTRLKIT DXH-SPR-CTRLKIT
2
Main control board DXH-SPR-CTRLBOARD DXH-SPR-CTRLBOARD DXH-SPR-CTRLBOARD
Standard cover DXH-SPR-FR1CVR DXH-SPR-FR1CVR DXH-SPR-FR1CVR
2 EMI board
Type 12/IP54 kit
DXG-SPR-2FR1EB
DXH-ACC-2FR1N12KIT
DXG-SPR-4FR1EB
DXH-ACC-4FR1N12KIT
DXG-SPR-5FR1EB
DXH-ACC-4FR1N12KIT
2 Main power board DXH-SPR-2FR1MPB DXH-SPR-4FR1MPB DXG-SPR-5FR1MPB

2 Main fan kit DXG-SPR-FR1FAN DXG-SPR-FR1FAN DXG-SPR-FR1FAN

Control fan DXG-SPR-2FR1CF DXG-SPR-4FR1CF DXG-SPR-4FR1CF
2 Middle chassis cover DXG-SPR-FR1MCC DXG-SPR-FR1MCC DXG-SPR-FR1MCC
2
2 Frame 2
230 V 480 V 575 V

2 Control module kit with keypad DXH-SPR-CTRLKIT DXH-SPR-CTRLKIT DXH-SPR-CTRLKIT

2 Standard cover DXH-SPR-FR2CVR DXH-SPR-FR2CVR DXH-SPR-FR2CVR
2 Type 12/IP54 kit DXH-ACC-FR2N12KIT DXH-ACC-FR2N12KIT DXH-ACC-FR2N12KIT
Main power board DXH-SPR-2FR2MPB DXH-SPR-4FR2MPB DXG-SPR-5FR2MPB
2
Main fan kit DXG-SPR-FR2FAN DXG-SPR-FR2FAN DXG-SPR-FR2FAN
2 Bus capacitor
Middle chassis cover
DXG-SPR-2FR2BC
DXG-SPR-FR2MCC
DXG-SPR-4FR24BC
DXG-SPR-FR2MCC
DXG-SPR-4FR24BC
DXG-SPR-FR2MCC

2 IEC conduit plate DXG-SPR-FR2CPIEC DXG-SPR-FR2CPIEC DXG-SPR-FR2CPIEC
2
2
2
2

2.9
Frame 3
230 V 480 V 575 V
2
2
Control module kit with keypad
Main control board
DXH-SPR-CTRLKIT
DXH-SPR-CTRLBOARD
DXH-SPR-CTRLKIT
DXH-SPR-CTRLBOARD
DXH-SPR-CTRLKIT
DXH-SPR-CTRLBOARD
2
2
Main power board DXG-SPR-2FR3MPB DXG-SPR-4FR3MPB DXG-SPR-5FR3MPB 2
Main fan kit DXG-SPR-2FR3MPB DXG-SPR-4FR3MPB DXG-SPR-5FR3MPB 2
Control fan DXG-SPR-FR34CF DXG-SPR-FR34CF DXG-SPR-FR34CF 2
Bus capacitor DXG-SPR-FR3BC DXG-SPR-FR3BC DXG-SPR-FR3BC
Middle chassis cover DXG-SPR-FR3MCC DXG-SPR-FR3MCC DXG-SPR-FR3MCC 2
2
IEC conduit plate
Drive board
DXG-SPR-FR3CPIEC
DXH-SPR-2FR3DB
DXG-SPR-FR3CPIEC
DXH-SPR-4FR3DB
DXG-SPR-FR3CPIEC
DXG-SPR-5FR3DB
2
Output board DXG-SPR-4FR3OB DXG-SPR-4FR3OB DXG-SPR-5FR3OB
2
Frame 4 2
230 V 480 V 575 V
Control module kit with keypad DXH-SPR-CTRLKIT DXH-SPR-CTRLKIT DXH-SPR-CTRLKIT 2
2
EMI board
Main power board
DXG-SPR-2FR4EB
DXH-SPR-2FR4MPB
DXG-SPR-4FR4EB
DXH-SPR-4FR4MPB
DXG-SPR-5FR4EB
DXG-SPR-5FR4MPB
2
2
Main fan kit DXG-SPR-FR4FANKIT DXG-SPR-FR4FANKIT DXG-SPR-FR4FANKIT
Main fan DXG-SPR-FR4FAN DXG-SPR-FR4FAN DXG-SPR-FR4FAN 2
Bus capacitor DXG-SPR-2FR4BC DXG-SPR-4FR24BC DXG-SPR-4FR24BC 2
Outer housing DXG-SPR-FR4OH DXG-SPR-FR4OH DXG-SPR-FR4OH 2
IEC conduit plate DXG-SPR-FR4CPIEC DXG-SPR-FR4CPIEC DXG-SPR-FR4CPIEC 2
2
Softstart board DXH-SPR-2FR4SB DXH-SPR-4FR4SB DXG-SPR-5FR4SB
Rectifier module
Brake chopper module
DXG-SPR-2FR4RM
DXG-SPR-2FR4BCM
DXG-SPR-4FR4RM
DXG-SPR-4FR4BCM
DXG-SPR-4FR4RM
DXG-SPR-4FR4BCM
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2

Frame 5
2 230 V 480 V 575 V
2
2 Control module kit with keypad

Main control board
DXH-SPR-CTRLKIT
DXH-SPR-CTRLBOARD
DXH-SPR-CTRLKIT
DXH-SPR-CTRLBOARD
DXH-SPR-CTRLKIT
DXH-SPR-CTRLBOARD
2 Standard cover DXH-SPR-FR5CVR DXH-SPR-FR5CVR DXH-SPR-FR5CVR

EMI-1 board DXG-SPR-2FR5E1B DXG-SPR-4FR5E1B DXG-SPR-4FR5E1B
2 EMI-2 board DXG-SPR-2FR5E2B DXG-SPR-4FR5E2B DXG-SPR-4FR5E2B

EMI-3 board DXG-SPR-FR5E3B DXG-SPR-FR5E3B DXG-SPR-FR5E3B
2 Main power board DXH-SPR-2FR5MPB DXH-SPR-4FR5MPB DXG-SPR-5FR5MPB
2 Main fan kit DXG-SPR-FR5FANKIT DXG-SPR-FR5FANKIT DXG-SPR-FR5FANKIT
2 Control fan DXG-SPR-FR5CF DXG-SPR-FR5CF DXG-SPR-FR5CF
2
Bus capacitor DXG-SPR-FR5BC DXG-SPR-FR5BC DXG-SPR-FR5BC
2 Outer housing
UL conduit plate
DXG-SPR-FR5OH
DXG-SPR-FR5CPUL
DXG-SPR-FR5OH
DXG-SPR-FR5CPUL
DXG-SPR-FR5OH
DXG-SPR-FR5CPUL
2 IEC conduit plate DXG-SPR-FR5IECCP DXG-SPR-FR5IECCP DXG-SPR-FR5IECCP

2 Rectifier module DXG-SPR-FR5RM DXG-SPR-FR5RM DXG-SPR-5FR5RM

Brake chopper module DXG-SPR-2FR5BCM DXG-SPR-4FR5BCM DXG-SPR-4FR5BCM
2 DC terminal kit DXG-SPR-FR5DCKIT DXG-SPR-FR5DCKIT DXG-SPR-FR5DCKIT
2 Frame 6
2 Description
230 V
Catalog Number
480 V
Catalog Number
575 V
Catalog Number
2 Standard keypad
Control module kit with keypad
DXH-KEY-LCD
DXH-SPR-CTRLKIT
DXH-KEY-LCD
DXH-SPR-CTRLKIT
DXH-KEY-LCD
DXH-SPR-CTRLKIT
2 Main control board DXH-SPR-CTRLBOARD DXH-SPR-CTRLBOARD DXH-SPR-CTRLBOARD

2 EMI board DXG-SPR-FR6EB DXG-SPR-FR6EB DXG-SPR-FR6EB

Main fan kit DXG-SPR-FR6FANKIT DXG-SPR-FR6FANKIT DXG-SPR-FR6FANKIT
2 Main fan DXG-SPR-FR6FAN DXG-SPR-FR6FAN DXG-SPR-FR6FAN
2 Bus capacitor DXG-SPR-FR6BC DXG-SPR-FR6BC DXG-SPR-FR6BC
2
2 UL conduit plate
IEC conduit plate
DXG-SPR-FR6CPUL
DXG-SPR-FR6CPIEC
DXG-SPR-FR6CPUL
DXG-SPR-FR6CPIEC
DXG-SPR-FR6CPUL
DXG-SPR-FR6CPIEC
2 IGBT Module DXG-SPR-2FR6IGBT DXG-SPR-4FR6IGBT DXG-SPR-5FR6IGBT

Rectifier module DXG-SPR-FR6RM DXG-SPR-FR6RM DXG-SPR-FR6RM
2 Type 12 grommet kit DXG-SPR-FR6GRN12 DXG-SPR-FR6GRN12 DXG-SPR-FR6GRN12

Softstart board DXG-SPR-2FR6SB DXG-SPR-4FR6SB DXG-SPR-5FR6SB
2 Rectifier snubber board DXG-SPR-2FR6RSB DXG-SPR-4FR6RSB DXG-SPR-5FR6RSB
Terminal block kit (1-pole) DXG-SPR-FR6TB1P DXG-SPR-FR6TB1P DXG-SPR-FR6TB1P
2
2
2

2.9
2
PowerXL Series—DH1 Technical Data and Specifications
Input ratings Input voltage Uin
Input frequency
208 V to 240 V, 380 V to 500 V, 525 V to 600 V, –15 to 10%
50 Hz to 60 Hz (variation up to 45 Hz to 66 Hz)
2
Short-circuit withstand rating 100 kAIC (fuses and circuit breakers); 5 kAIC (without fuses or breakers) 2
Output ratings Output voltage 0 to Uin
2
Continuous output current IL: ambient temperature maximum 40 °C, up to 60 °C with derating, overload 1.1 x IL (1 min./10 min.)
Overload current 110% for variable torque 2
Initial output current 200% (2 s / 20 s)
Output frequency 0–400 Hz (standard) 2
2
Speed control 2
Open-loop speed control
Open-loop torque control 2
Switching frequency 230 V / 480 V range:
FR1–3: 1 kHz to 12 kHz / FR4–6: 1 kHz to 10 kHz 2
FR1–3: 4 kHz / FR4–5: 3.6 kHz / FR6: 2 kHz 2
575 V range:
575 V defaults:
FR1–4: 3 kHz / FR5–6: 2 kHz 2
Frequency reference Analog input: resolution 0.1% (10-bit), accuracy +1% 2
Panel reference: resolution 0.01 Hz 2
2
Deceleration time 0.1 s to 3000 s 2
Dynamic braking (with optional brake chopper using an external brake resistor): 2
Ambient conditions Ambient operating temperature –10 °C (no frost) to +50 °C, up to +60 °C with derating (CT) 2
–10 °C (no frost) to +40 °C, up to +60 °C with derating (VT)
Relative humidity 0–95% RH, noncondensing, non-corrosive
2
Chemical vapors Flowing mixed gas corrosion test, Method 1 (H2S [hydrogen sulfide] and SO2 [sulfur dioxide])
Designed according to:
2
Mechanical particles
IEC 60721-3-3, unit in operation, class 3S2 2
2
For 575 V product, maximum altitude is 6561 ft (2000 m) regardless of main system
2
Vibration: 5–150 Hz
●EN 61800-5-1 Displacement amplitude: 1 mm (peak) at 5 Hz to 15.8 Hz (FR1–FR6) 2
●EN 60668-2-6 Maximum acceleration amplitude: 1g at 15.8 Hz to 150 Hz (FR1–FR6)
2
2

PowerXL Series—DH1 Technical Data and Specifications, continued

continued
Shock: Storage and shipping: maximum 15 g, 11 ms (in package)
●ISTA 1 A
2 ●EN 60068-2-27
2 Pollution degree Pollution Degree 2
2 Enclosure class IP21/Type 1 standard in entire kW/hp range

IP54/Type 12 option
Note: Keypad or keypad hole plug required to be mounted in drive for IP54/Type 12 rating
2 MTBF FR1: 165,457 hours

FR2: 134,833 hours
2 FR3: 102,515 hours
FR4: 121,567 hours
2 FR5: 108,189 hours
FR6: 100,000 hours
2 Noise FR1: 51.2 dB
FR2: 58.6 dB
2 FR3: 61.0 dB
FR4: 68.0 dB
2 FR5: 69.1 dB
2 Standards Safety
FR6: 73.2 dB
UL 508C, CSA C22.2 No. 274-13 and EN 61800-5-1
2 EMC +EMC2: EN 61800-3 (2004), Category C2
The drive can be modified for IT networks and corner grounding TN system
2 Electrostatic discharge Second environment, IEC 61000-4-2, 4 kV CD or 8 kV AD, Criterion B
Fast transient burst Second environment, IEC 61000-4-4, 2 kV/5 kHz, Criterion B
2 Dielectrical strength Primary to secondary: 3600 Vac/5100 Vdc
Primary to earth: 2000 Vac/2828 Vdc
2 Approvals EAC, RCM (C-Tick), RoHS, CE, UL and cUL (see nameplate for more detailed approvals)
2 Fieldbus connections Onboard: BACnet/IP, BACnet MS/TP, Modbus TCP, Modbus RTU
2 Overvoltage trip limit 230 V drives: 456 V / 480 V drives: 911 V / 575 V drives: 1100 V
2 Undervoltage trip limit 230 V drives: 211 V / 480 V drives: 370 V / 575 V drives: 550 V
2 Minimum: 0% motor FLA

Unit overtemperature protection Yes
2 Motor overload protection Yes
Short-circuit protection of 24 V Yes
2 reference voltages

230 V drives: 275 Vac, 10,000 A / 480 V drives: 320 Vac, 8000 A / 575 V drives: 385 Vac, 10,000 A

2.9
PowerXL Series—DH1 Technical Data and Specifications—Efficiency
2
230 V 575 V
Efficiency Efficiency 2
Frame Size Load Torque VT Input THDi Frame Size Load Torque VT Input THDi
FR1 25% 92.10% 42.8% FR1 25% 97.48% 62.6% 2
50%
100%
95.20%
96.70%
35.2%
29.9%
50%
100%
97.79%
98.10%
45.6%
36.8%
2
FR2 25% 90.80% 70.0% FR2 25% 98.06% 60.6% 2
50% 96.64% 46.6% 50% 98.19% 47.2%
100% 97.30% 33.3% 100% 98.20% 36.7% 2
FR3 25% 97.23% 53.1% FR3 25% 97.98% 78.9%
50% 97.37% 43.6% 50% 98.32% 55.5%
2
FR4
100%
25%
97.00%
94.60%
30.8%
39.4% FR4
100%
25%
98.10%
98.27%
36.3%
66.1%
2
50% 97.20% 32.4% 50% 98.57% 41.6% 2
100% 97.60% 25.6% 100% 98.30% 31.2%
FR5 25% 94.5 30.50% FR5 25% 98.60% 52.80% 2
2
50% 97.80% 30.8% 50% 98.81% 35.9%
100% 97.70% 25.0% 100% 98.60% 28.4%
2
480 V
Efficiency 2
Frame Size Load Torque VT Input THDi
FR1 25% 93.30% 54.0% 2
50%
100%
97.10%
97.61%
46.8%
35.3%
2
FR2 25% 95.90% 59.8% 2
50% 97.81% 42.7%
100% 98.11% 33.8% 2
FR3 25% 96.40% 69.2%
50% 97.87% 45.2%
2
100% 97.79% 32.6%
2
FR4 25% 98.00% 56.5%
50% 97.97% 39.8% 2
100% 97.96% 31.5%
FR5 25% 97.8 50.3% 2
2
50% 98.39% 37.0%
100% 98.14% 29.5%
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2

Wiring Diagram
2
2
2
2 PowerXL Series—DH1 Control Wiring Diagram
External Wiring Pin Signal Name Signal Default Setting Description
2 1 +10 V Ref. Output Voltage — 10 Vdc Supply Source
Res
2 2 AI1+ 1 Analog Input 1 0–10 V Voltage Speed Reference (Programmable to 4–20 mA)
2 i
4 AI2+ 1 Analog Input 2 4–20 mA Current Speed Reference (Programmable to 0–10 V)
2
2 7 DIN5 Digital Input 5 Preset Speed B0 Sets frequency output to Preset Speed 1
8 DIN6 Digital Input 6 Fire Mode Enables drive into Fire Mode
2 9 DIN7 Digital Input 7\TI+ Bypass Start Enables drive into Bypass mode waiting for drive start
2
10 DIN8 Digital Input 8\TI- Force Auto Input forces drive into Auto Control place
11 CMB DI5 to DI8 Common Grounded Allows source input
13 24 Vo +24 Vdc Output — Control voltage output (100 mA maximum)
2 14 DO1 Digital Output 1 Ready Shows the drive is ready to run
2
15 24 Vo +24 Vdc Output — Control voltage output (100 mA maximum)
2 17 AO1+ Analog Output 1 Output Frequency Shows Output frequency to motor 0–60 Hz (4–20 mA)
18 AO2+ Analog Output 2 Motor Current Shows Motor current of motor 0–FLA (4–20 mA)
2 19 24 Vi +24 Vdc Input — External control voltage input
2
21 DIN2 Digital Input 2 Run Reverse Input starts drive in reverse direction (start enable)
2 22 DIN3 Digital Input 3 External Fault Input causes drive to fault

23 DIN4 Digital Input 4 Fault Reset Input resets active faults
2 24 CMA DI1 to DI4 Common Grounded Allows source input
2
25 A RS-485 Signal A/+ — Fieldbus Communication (Modbus, BACnet)
26 B RS-485 Signal B/– — Fieldbus Communication (Modbus, BACnet)
2 27 R3NO Relay 3 Normally Open Fault Relay output 3 shows VFD is Faulted
28 R1NC Relay 1 Normally Closed Bypass Run Relay output 1 shows VFD is in a bypass run state
2 29 R1CM Relay 1 Common
2
31 R3CM Relay 3 Common Fault Relay output 3 shows VFD is Faulted
2 32 R2NC Relay 2 Normally Closed Run Relay output 2 shows VFD is in a drive run state
2 34 R2NO Relay 2 Normally Open
2 Notes
The above wiring demonstrates a SINK configuration. It is important that CMA and CMB are wired to ground (as shown by dashed line).
2
If a SOURCE configuration is desired, wire 24 V to CMA and CMB and close the inputs to ground.
When using the +10 V for AI1, it is important to wire AI1– to ground (as shown by dashed line).
If using +10 V for AI1 or AI2, terminals 3, 5 and 6 need to be jumpered together.
2 1 AI1+ and AI2+ support 10K potentiometer.
2
2

2.9
Control Board Layout
2
PowerXL Series—DH1 Control Board Layout
2
2
2
Fan Power Wire DSP Connection
to Power Board 2
Keypad 2
2
2
MCU Connection
AI Mode Selection to Power Board 2
1
ON
2
2
3
RTC Battery (Standard)

RJ45 BACnet/IP,
2
Modbus TCP
Optional Card Slot A 2
Control I/O
Terminals
Optional Card Slot B
2
2
ON
RS-485 Terminating
Resistor 2
MOV Screw
2
Removable
EMC Screw
2
2
Motor Ground 2
Clamp Location
Line Ground
Clamp Location
2
Grounding
Grounding Strap Location 2
Strap Location
2
Line Side Motor
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2

Dimensions
2 PowerXL Series—DH1 Dimensions

W4 Ø D
2
2
2 W2
2
2
2 H1 H2 H3
2
2
2 W1
2
2 W3
2 Frame
Size Voltage hp (CT/IH) kW
Amperes
(CT/IH)
D H1 H2 H3 W1 W2 W3 W4 Ø
Weight
Lb (kg)
2 FR0 230 Vac 1–2 0.75–1.5 4.8–7.8 6.83

(173.5)
10.58
(268.7)
10.16
(258.0)
9.54
(242.3)
5.00
(127.0)
4.97
(126.3)
4.26
(108.3)
4.26
(108.3)
0.28
(7.0)
4.41
(2.0)
480 Vac 1.5–5 1.1–3 3.3–7.6
2 FR1 230 Vac 1–4 0.75–3 4.8–12.5 7.91 12.87 12.28 11.50 6.02 4.80 3.94 3.94 0.28 14.33
(200.9) (326.9) (311.9) (292.1) (153.0) (121.9) (100.1) (100.1) (7.0) (6.5)
2
480 Vac 1.5–7.5 1.1–5.5 3.3–12
575 Vac 3–7.5 2.2–5.5 4.5–10
2 FR2 230 Vac 5–10 3.7–7.5 17.5–31 9.63

(244.7)
16.50
(419.1)
15.98
(405.9)
14.96
(380.0)
6.61
(167.8)
5.28
(134.1)
3.54
(90.0)
3.54
(90.0)
0.28
(7.0)
23.37
(10.6)
480 Vac 10–20 7.5–15 16–31
2 575 Vac 10–20 7.5–15 13.5–22
FR3 230 Vac 15–20 11–15 48–61 10.44 21.97 21.46 20.41 8.06 7.24 4.92 4.92 0.35 49.82
2 480 Vac 25–40 18.5–30 38–61
(265.1) (558.0) (545.0) (518.5) (204.6) (183.9) (125.0) (125.0) (9.0) (22.6)
2 FR4
575 Vac
230 Vac
25–40
25–40
18.5–30
18.5–30
27–41
75–114 11.57 24.80 24.31 23.27 9.36 9.13 8.07 8.07 0.35 77.60
2
(294.0) (629.9) (617.5) (591.1) (237.7) (231.9) (205.0) (205.0) (9.0) (35.2)
480 Vac 50–75 37–55 72–105
575 Vac 50–75 37–55 52–80
2 FR5 230 Vac 50–75 37–55 143–211 13.41 34.98 29.65 27.83 11.34 11.10 8.66 8.66 0.35 154.32
(340.7) (888.5) (753.1) (706.9) (288.0) (281.9) (220.0) (220.0) (9.0) (70.0)
480 Vac 100–150 75–110 140–205
2 575 Vac 100–150 75–110 100–144
2 FR6 230 Vac 100–125 75–90 261–312 14.61

(371.0)
34.04
(864.5)
33.27
(845.0)
40.75
(1035.0)
19.13
(486.0)
18.90
(480.0)
15.75
(400.0)
15.75
(400.0)
0.35
(9.0)
281.3
(127.6)
480 Vac 200–250 132–160 261–310
2 575 Vac 200–250 150–187 208–250
2
2
2
2

2.9
Contents
PowerXL DH1 Series HVAC/R Enclosed Drive
Description Page
2
PowerXL DH1 Series Drives . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V6-T2-187 2
PowerXL DH1 Series Enclosed Drives
Options . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V6-T2-218 2
Dimensions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V6-T2-219
2
2
2
2
2
2
PowerXL DH1 Series Enclosed Drives 2
The DH1 enclosed drive ● VT rated to meet HVAC/R ● The PowerXL DH1 comes ● UL 508C
family incorporates the latest industry standards standard with the following 2
Eaton drive technology into ● Available circuit breaker, communication protocols:
pre-engineered enclosed
solutions covering the HVAC/R
motor circuit protector, ● BACnet/IP 2
fused disconnect and ● Modbus/TCP
industry’s most common
applications. Using the
isolation fusing options to
provide input power
● Modbus RTU 2
benefits of the PowerXL DH1, protection up to 100 kAIC
● BACnet MS/TP
the enclosed family provides ● Standard 2 and 3 contactor 2
enhanced user safety with Enclosure Ratings
bypass configurations
short circuit current ratings
up to 100 kAIC as well as
● Multi-color LED pilot
● NEMA Type 1 2
device allows for one light
● NEMA Type 12
industry-leading energy
efficiency from the patented to represent multiple drive ● NEMA Type 3R 2
Active Energy Control® states
algorithm. ● Compact disconnect
Mounting
2
enclosure allows for simple ● Wall mount
100 kAIC disconnect ● Floor mount: 12-inch legs 2
platform for simple HVAC/R ● Floor mount: 22-inch legs
●
applications
Standard NEMA 12 and 3R Product Range
2
designs allow for optimized
product footprint
●
●
208 V: 1–100 hp
230 V: 1–125 hp
2
Onboard HVAC/R
2
●
● 480 V: 1.5–250 hp
communications allow for
easy connection to most
building management 2
systems
● Plenum rated 2
● DC link choke provides
reduction in input harmonics 2
equal to or better than 5%
AC line reactor 2
2
2
2


2 PowerXL DH1 Series Enclosed Drives
2 EHB 4D8 1 A 1 J _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _
2 Product Power Disconnect Bypass Options
2 EHB = DH1 Bypass

EHD = DH1 Disconnect
J = Base SCCR
K = High SCCR
0
S
=
=
None
2 contactor bypass
EHC = DH1 Compact Disconnect T = 2 contactor bypass w/isolation contactor
2 Enclosure Rating
U
V
=
=
2 contactor bypass w/isolation switch
2 contactor bypass w/isolation fusing
2
Output Current Rating (VT) 1 = NEMA Type 1
208 Volts 480 Volts 2 = NEMA Type 12
3 = NEMA Type 3R Output Power Options
4D6 = 4.6 A, 1.0 hp 3D0 = 3.0 A, 1.5 hp
2 6D6
7D5
= 6.6 A, 1.5 hp
= 7.5 A, 2.0 hp
3D4 = 3.4 A, 2.0 hp
4D8 = 4.8 A, 3.0 hp
A
B
=
=
NEMA Type 1 (Oversized)
NEMA Type 12 (Oversized)
0 = None
010 = 10.6 A, 3.0 hp 7D6 = 7.6 A, 5.0 hp C = NEMA Type 3R (Oversized)

2 016
024
= 16.7 A, 5.0 hp
= 24.3 A, 7.5 hp
011 = 11.0 A, 7.5 hp
014 = 14.0 A, 10 hp
Control Options
030 = 30.8 A, 10 hp 021 = 21.0 A, 15 hp 0 = None
2 046
059
= 46.2 A, 15 hp
= 59.4 A, 20 hp
027 = 27.0 A, 20 hp
034 = 34.0 A, 25 hp
Braking Application/
Internal EMC Filter
E
F
=
=
Manual bypass switch
Auxiliary contacts
074 = 74.8 A, 25 hp 040 = 40.0 A, 30 hp A = No brake chopper, low overload, G = Manual bypass switch and auxiliary contacts
2 088
114
= 88.0 A, 30 hp
= 114 A, 40 hp
052 = 52.0 A, 40 hp
065 = 65.0 A, 50 hp
no filter
E = No brake chopper, low overload,
143 = 143 A, 50 hp 077 = 77.0 A, 60 hp
2 169 = 169 A, 60 hp 096 = 96.0 A, 75 hp EMC filter Light Options
211 = 211 A, 75 hp 124 = 124 A, 100 hp 0 = None
273 = 273 A, 100 hp 156 = 156 A, 125 hp 1 = Non-bypass light kit (Power On, Run, Fault)
2 180 = 180 A, 150 hp
240 = 240 A, 200 hp 1 =
Input Phasing/Voltage
208 V, three-phase, standard SCCR
2 = Bypass light kit (On, VFD Run, Fault, Bypass Run)
302 = 302 A, 250 hp 2 = 230 V, three-phase, standard SCCR
2 4D2
230 Volts
= 4.2 A, 1.0 hp
575 Volts
3D9 = 3.9 A, 3.0 hp
4
5
=
=
Enclosure Options
0 = None
2
6D0 = 6.0 A, 1.5 hp 6D1 = 6.1 A, 5.0 hp
6D8 = 6.8 A, 2.0 hp 9D0 = 9.0 A, 7.5 hp 1 = Floor stand—12 inches
9D6 = 9.6 A, 3.0 hp 011 = 11.0 A, 10 hp 2 = Floor stand—22 inches
015 = 15.2 A, 5.0 hp 017 = 17.0 A, 15 hp A = Space heater
2 022
028
= 22.0 A, 7.5 hp
= 28.0 A, 10 hp
022 = 22.0 A, 20 hp
027 = 27.0 A, 25 hp
B = Space heater and 12-inch floor stand
C = Space heater and 22-inch floor stand
042 = 42.0 A, 15 hp 032 = 32.0 A, 30 hp
2 054
068
= 54.0 A, 20 hp
= 68.0 A, 25 hp
041 = 41.0 A, 40 hp
052 = 52.0 A, 50 hp
080 = 80.0 A, 30 hp 062 = 62.0 A, 60 hp Communication Options
2 104
130
= 104 A, 40 hp
= 130 A, 50 hp
077 = 77.0 A, 75 hp
099 = 99.0 A, 100 hp
0 = No option (list standard)
154 = 154 A, 60 hp 125 = 125 A, 125 hp
2 192
248
= 192 A, 75 hp
= 248 A, 100 hp
144 = 144 A, 150 hp
192 = 192 A, 200 hp Option Boards—Slot 1 Option Boards—Slot 2
312 = 312 A, 125 hp 242 = 242 A, 250 hp 0 = No option 0 = No option
2 1 = DXG-EXT-3DI3DO1T 1 = DXG-EXT-3DI3DO1T
2 = DXG-EXT-1AI2AO 2 = DXG-EXT-1AI2AO
2 3
4
= DXG-EXT-3RO
= DXG-EXT-THER1
3
4
= DXG-EXT-3RO
= DXG-EXT-THER1
5 = DXG-EXT-6DI 5 = DXG-EXT-6DI
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2

2.9
Product Selection
2
EHC—DH1 Compact Disconnect
2
EHC_ 208 V 480 V
Drive Rated Drive Rated 2
Horsepower NEC Amps Catalog Number Horsepower NEC Amps Catalog Number
Frame Size H1D Frame Size H1D 2
1 4.6 EHC4D61A1K00000000 1.5 3 EHC3D04A1K00000000
1.5 6.6 EHC6D61A1K00000000 2 3.4 EHC3D44A1K00000000
2
2 7.5 EHC7D51A1K00000000 3 4.8 EHC4D84A1K00000000
2
3 10.6 EHC0101A1K00000000 5 7.6 EHC7D64A1K00000000
Frame Size H2D 7.5 11 EHC0114A1K00000000 2
5 16.7 EHC0161A1K00000000 Frame Size H2D
7.5 24.3 EHC0241A1K00000000 10 14 EHC0144A1K00000000 2
2
10 30.8 EHC0301A1K00000000 15 21 EHC0214A1K00000000
Frame Size H3D 20 27 EHC0274A1K00000000
15 46.2 EHC0461A1K00000000 Frame Size H3D
2
20 59.4 EHC0591A1K00000000 25 34 EHC0344A1K00000000
Frame Size H4D 30 40 EHC0404A1K00000000 2
25 74.8 EHC0741A1K00000000 40 52 EHC0524A1K00000000
30 88 EHC0881A1K00000000 Frame Size H4D 2
40 114 EHC1141A1K00000000 50
60
65
77
EHC0654A1K00000000
EHC0774A1K00000000
2
75 96 EHC0964A1K00000000 2
230 V 575 V 2
Drive Rated Drive Rated
Horsepower NEC Amps Catalog Number Horsepower NEC Amps Catalog Number 2
Frame Size H1D Frame Size H1D
1 4.2 EHC4D22A1K00000000 3 3.9 EHC3D95A1K00000000 2
2
1.5 6 EHC6D02A1K00000000 5 6.1 EHC6D15A1K00000000
2 6.8 EHC6D82A1K00000000 7.5 9 EHC9D05A1K00000000
3 9.6 EHC9D62A1K00000000 Frame Size H2D
2
Frame Size H2D 10 11 EHC0115A1K00000000
5 15.2 EHC0152A1K00000000 15 17 EHC0175A1K00000000 2
7.5 22 EHC0222A1K00000000 20 22 EHC0225A1K00000000
10 28 EHC0282A1K00000000 Frame Size H3D 2
Frame Size H3D
15 42 EHC0422A1K00000000
25
30
27
32
EHC0275A1K00000000
EHC0325A1K00000000
2
20 54 EHC0542A1K00000000 40 41 EHC0415A1K00000000 2
Frame Size H4D Frame Size H4D
25 68 EHC0682A1K00000000 50 52 EHC0525A1K00000000 2
30 80 EHC0802A1K00000000 60 62 EHC0625A1K00000000
40 104 EHC1042A1K00000000 75 77 EHC0775A1K00000000
2
2
2
2
2
2

EHD—DH1 Disconnect
2
208 V—NEMA Type 1 208 V—NEMA Type 3R
2 EHD_
2 Frame Size H1S Frame Size H3X
2 1
1.5
4.6
6.6
EHD4D61A1J00000000
EHD6D61A1J00000000
1
1.5
4.6
6.6
EHD4D61A3J00000000
EHD6D61A3J00000000
2 2 7.5 EHD7D51A1J00000000 2 7.5 EHD7D51A3J00000000

3 10.6 EHD0101A1J00000000 3 10.6 EHD0101A3J00000000
2 Frame Size H2S 5 16.7 EHD0161A3J00000000
2
5 16.7 EHD0161A1J00000000 7.5 24.3 EHD0241A3J00000000
7.5 24.3 EHD0241A1J00000000 10 30.8 EHD0301A3J00000000
2 10 30.8 EHD0301A1J00000000 15 46.2 EHD0461A3J00000000

Frame Size H3 20 59.4 EHD0591A3J00000000
2 15 46.2 EHD0461A1J00000000 Frame Size BX
20 59.4 EHD0591A1J00000000 25 74.8 EHD0741A3K00000000
2 Frame Size H4 30 88 EHD0881A3K00000000
2
25 74.8 EHD0741A1K00000000 40 114 EHD1141A3K00000000
30 88 EHD0881A1K00000000 Frame Size CX
2 40 114 EHD1141A1K00000000 50 143 EHD1431A3K00000000

Frame Size CX 60 169 EHD1691A3K00000000
2 50 143 EHD1431A1K00000000 75 211 EHD2111A3K00000000
60 169 EHD1691A1K00000000 Frame Size DX
2 75 211 EHD2111A1K00000000 100 273 EHD2731A3K00000000
2 Frame Size DX
100 273 EHD2731A1K00000000
2
208 V—NEMA Type 12
2 Horsepower
Drive Rated
NEC Amps Catalog Number
2 Frame Size H3X

1 4.6 EHD4D61A2J00000000
2 1.5 6.6 EHD6D61A2J00000000
2
2 7.5 EHD7D51A2J00000000
3 10.6 EHD0101A2J00000000
2 5 16.7 EHD0161A2J00000000
7.5 24.3 EHD0241A2J00000000
2 10 30.8 EHD0301A2J00000000
15 46.2 EHD0461A2J00000000
2 20 59.4 EHD0591A2J00000000
2 Frame Size BX
25 74.8 EHD0741A2K00000000
2 30 88 EHD0881A2K00000000
40 114 EHD1141A2K00000000
2 Frame Size CX
50 143 EHD1431A2K00000000
2 60 169 EHD1691A2K00000000
2 75 211 EHD2111A2K00000000
Frame Size DX
2 100 273 EHD2731A2K00000000

2.9
EHD_
2
Frame Size H1S Frame Size H3X
2
1 4.2 EHD4D22A1J00000000 1 4.2 EHD4D22A3J00000000
2
1.5 6 EHD6D02A1J00000000 1.5 6 EHD6D02A3J00000000
2 6.8 EHD6D82A1J00000000 2 6.8 EHD6D82A3J00000000 2
3 9.6 EHD9D62A1J00000000 3 9.6 EHD9D62A3J00000000
Frame Size H2S 5 15.2 EHD0152A3J00000000 2
2
5 15.2 EHD0152A1J00000000 7.5 22 EHD0222A3J00000000
7.5 22 EHD0222A1J00000000 10 28 EHD0282A3J00000000
10 28 EHD0282A1J00000000 15 42 EHD0422A3J00000000
2
Frame Size H3 20 54 EHD0542A3J00000000
15 42 EHD0422A1J00000000 Frame Size BX 2
20 54 EHD0542A1J00000000 25 68 EHD0682A3K00000000
Frame Size H4 30 80 EHD0802A3K00000000 2
25
30
68
80
EHD0682A1K00000000
EHD0802A1K00000000
40
Frame Size CX
104 EHD1042A3K00000000
2
40 104 EHD1042A1K00000000 50 130 EHD1302A3K00000000 2
50 130 EHD1302A1K00000000 75 192 EHD1922A3K00000000 2
75 192 EHD1922A1K00000000 100 248 EHD2482A3K00000000
2
Frame Size DX 125 312 EHD3122A3K00000000
2
100 248 EHD2482A1K00000000
125 312 EHD3122A1K00000000 2
230 V—NEMA Type 12 2
Drive Rated
Horsepower NEC Amps Catalog Number 2
Frame Size H3X
1 4.2 EHD4D22A2J00000000 2
1.5
2
6
6.8
EHD6D02A2J00000000
EHD6D82A2J00000000
2
3 9.6 EHD9D62A2J00000000 2
5 15.2 EHD0152A2J00000000
7.5 22 EHD0222A2J00000000 2
10 28 EHD0282A2J00000000
15 42 EHD0422A2J00000000
2
20 54 EHD0542A2J00000000
2
Frame Size BX
25 68 EHD0682A2K00000000 2
30 80 EHD0802A2K00000000
40 104 EHD1042A2K00000000 2
2
Frame Size CX
50 130 EHD1302A2K00000000
60 154 EHD1542A2K00000000
2
75 192 EHD1922A2K00000000
Frame Size DX 2
100 248 EHD2482A2K00000000
125 312 EHD3122A2K00000000 2
2


2 EHD_
2 1.5
2
3
3.4
EHD3D04A1J00000000
EHD3D44A1J00000000
1.5 3 EHD3D04A3J00000000
2 3.4 EHD3D44A3J00000000
2 3 4.8 EHD4D84A1J00000000 3 4.8 EHD4D84A3J00000000
5 7.6 EHD7D64A1J00000000 5 7.6 EHD7D64A3J00000000
2 7.5 11 EHD0114A1J00000000
7.5 11 EHD0114A3J00000000
Frame Size H2
2
10 14 EHD0144A3J00000000
10 14 EHD0144A1J00000000
15 21 EHD0214A3J00000000
15 21 EHD0214A1J00000000
2 20 27 EHD0274A1J00000000
20 27 EHD0274A3J00000000
25 34 EHD0344A3J00000000
2
Frame Size H3
30 40 EHD0404A3J00000000
25 34 EHD0344A1J00000000
40 52 EHD0524A3J00000000
2 30
40
40
52
EHD0404A1J00000000
EHD0524A1J00000000
Frame Size BX
2 Frame Size H4 50
60
65
77
EHD0654A3K00000000
EHD0774A3K00000000
50 65 EHD0654A1K00000000
2 60 77 EHD0774A1K00000000 75 96 EHD0964A3K00000000
75 96 EHD0964A1K00000000 Frame Size CX
2 Frame Size CX 100 124 EHD1244A3K00000000
2
100 124 EHD1244A1K00000000 125 156 EHD1564A3K00000000
125 156 EHD1564A1K00000000 150 180 EHD1804A3K00000000
2 150
Frame Size DX
180 EHD1804A1K00000000 Frame Size DX
200 240 EHD2404A3K00000000
2 200 240 EHD2404A1K00000000 250 302 EHD3024A3K00000000

250 302 EHD3024A1K00000000
2
2 Drive Rated
Horsepower NEC Amps Catalog Number
2 Frame Size H3X

1.5 3 EHD3D04A2J00000000
2 2 3.4 EHD3D44A2J00000000
3 4.8 EHD4D84A2J00000000
2 5 7.6 EHD7D64A2J00000000
2 7.5
10
11
14
EHD0114A2J00000000
EHD0144A2J00000000
2 15 21 EHD0214A2J00000000
20 27 EHD0274A2J00000000
2 25 34 EHD0344A2J00000000
30 40 EHD0404A2J00000000
2 40 52 EHD0524A2J00000000
Frame Size BX
2 50 65 EHD0654A2K00000000
2
60 77 EHD0774A2K00000000
75 96 EHD0964A2K00000000
2 Frame Size CX
100 124 EHD1244A2K00000000
2 125 156 EHD1564A2K00000000

150 180 EHD1804A2K00000000
2 Frame Size DX
200 240 EHD2404A2K00000000
2 250 302 EHD3024A2K00000000

2.9
EHD_
2
Frame Size H1 Frame Size H3X
2
3 3.9 EHD3D95A1K00000000 3 3.9 EHD3D95A3K00000000
2
5 6.1 EHD6D15A1K00000000 5 6.1 EHD6D15A3K00000000
7.5 9 EHD9D05A1K00000000 7.5 9 EHD9D05A3K00000000 2
Frame Size H2 10 11 EHD0115A3K00000000
10 11 EHD0115A1K00000000 15 17 EHD0175A3K00000000 2
2
15 17 EHD0175A1K00000000 20 22 EHD0225A3K00000000
20 22 EHD0225A1K00000000 25 27 EHD0275A3K00000000
Frame Size H3 30 32 EHD0325A3K00000000
2
25 27 EHD0275A1K00000000 40 41 EHD0415A3K00000000
30 32 EHD0325A1K00000000 Frame Size BX 2
40 41 EHD0415A1K00000000 50 52 EHD0525A3K00000000
Frame Size H4 60 62 EHD0625A3K00000000 2
50
60
52
62
EHD0525A1K00000000
EHD0625A1K00000000
75
Frame Size CX
77 EHD0775A3K00000000
2
75 77 EHD0775A1K00000000 100 99 EHD0995A3K00000000 2
100 99 EHD0995A1K00000000 150 144 EHD1445A3K00000000 2
150 144 EHD1445A1K00000000 200 192 EHD1925A3K00000000
2
Frame Size DX 250 242 EHD2425A3K00000000
2
200 192 EHD1925A1K00000000
250 242 EHD2425A1K00000000 2
575 V—NEMA Type 12 2
Drive Rated
Horsepower NEC Amps Catalog Number 2
Frame Size H3X
3 3.9 EHD3D95A2K00000000 2
5
7.5
6.1
9
EHD6D15A2K00000000
EHD9D05A2K00000000
2
10 11 EHD0115A2K00000000 2
15 17 EHD0175A2K00000000
20 22 EHD0225A2K00000000 2
25 27 EHD0275A2K00000000
30 32 EHD0325A2K00000000
2
40 41 EHD0415A2K00000000
2
Frame Size BX
50 52 EHD0525A2K00000000 2
60 62 EHD0625A2K00000000
75 77 EHD0775A2K00000000 2
2
Frame Size CX
100 99 EHD0995A2K00000000
125 125 EHD1255A2K00000000
2
150 144 EHD1445A2K00000000
Frame Size DX 2
200 192 EHD1925A2K00000000
250 242 EHD2425A2K00000000 2
2

EHB—DH1 Bypass
2
208 V—NEMA Type 1 208 V— NEMA Type 3R
2 EHB_
Horsepower NEC Amps Catalog Number 1 Horsepower NEC Amps Catalog Number
2 1
1.5
4.6
6.6
EHB4D61A1JS0000000
EHB6D61A1JS0000000
1
1.5
4.6
6.6
EHB4D61A3JS0000000
EHB6D61A3JS0000000
2 2 7.5 EHB7D51A1JS0000000 2 7.5 EHB7D51A3JS0000000

3 10.6 EHB0101A1JS0000000 3 10.6 EHB0101A3JS0000000
2 Frame Size H2S 5 16.7 EHB0161A3JS0000000
2
5 16.7 EHB0161A1JS0000000 7.5 24.3 EHB0241A3JS0000000
7.5 24.3 EHB0241A1JS0000000 10 30.8 EHB0301A3JS0000000
2 10 30.8 EHB0301A1JS0000000 15 46.2 EHB0461A3JS0000000

Frame Size H3 20 59.4 EHB0591A3JS0000000
2 15 46.2 EHB0461A1JS0000000 Frame Size CX
20 59.4 EHB0591A1JS0000000 25 74.8 EHB0741A3KS0000000
2 Frame Size H4 30 88 EHB0881A3KS0000000
2
25 74.8 EHB0741A1KS0000000 40 114 EHB1141A3KS0000000
30 88 EHB0881A1KS0000000 Frame Size DX
2 40 114 EHB1141A1KS0000000 50 143 EHB1431A3KS0000000

Frame Size DX 60 169 EHB1691A3KS0000000
2 50 143 EHB1431A1KS0000000 75 211 EHB2111A3KS0000000
60 169 EHB1691A1KS0000000 100 273 EHB2731A3KS0000000
2 75 211 EHB2111A1KS0000000 Note
2 100 273 EHB2731A1KS0000000 1 Two contactors.
2 208 V— NEMA Type 12

Drive Rated
2 Horsepower NEC Amps Catalog Number

Frame Size H3X
2 1 4.6 EHB4D61A2JS0000000
1.5 6.6 EHB6D61A2JS0000000
2 2 7.5 EHB7D51A2JS0000000
2
3 10.6 EHB0101A2JS0000000
5 16.7 EHB0161A2JS0000000
2 7.5 24.3 EHB0241A2JS0000000

10 30.8 EHB0301A2JS0000000
2 15 46.2 EHB0461A2JS0000000
20 59.4 EHB0591A2JS0000000
2 Frame Size CX
2 25
30
74.8
88
EHB0741A2KS0000000
EHB0881A2KS0000000
2 40 114 EHB1141A2KS0000000
Frame Size DX
2 50 143 EHB1431A2KS0000000
60 169 EHB1691A2KS0000000
2 75 211 EHB2111A2KS0000000
2 100 273 EHB2731A2KS0000000
2
2

2.9
EHB_
2
Frame Size H1S Frame Size H3X
2
1 4.2 EHB4D22A1JS0000000 1 4.2 EHB4D22A3JS0000000
2
1.5 6 EHB6D02A1JS0000000 1.5 6 EHB6D02A3JS0000000
2 6.8 EHB6D82A1JS0000000 2 6.8 EHB6D82A3JS0000000 2
3 9.6 EHB9D62A1JS0000000 3 9.6 EHB9D62A3JS0000000
Frame Size H2S 5 15.2 EHB0152A3JS0000000 2
2
5 15.2 EHB0152A1JS0000000 7.5 22 EHB0222A3JS0000000
7.5 22 EHB0222A1JS0000000 10 28 EHB0282A3JS0000000
10 28 EHB0282A1JS0000000 15 42 EHB0422A3JS0000000
2
Frame Size H3 20 54 EHB0542A3JS0000000
15 42 EHB0422A1JS0000000 Frame Size CX 2
20 54 EHB0542A1JS0000000 25 68 EHB0682A3KS0000000
Frame Size H4 30 80 EHB0802A3KS0000000 2
25
30
68
80
EHB0682A1KS0000000
EHB0802A1KS0000000
40
Frame Size DX
104 EHB1042A3KS0000000
2
40 104 EHB1042A1KS0000000 50 130 EHB1302A3KS0000000 2
50 130 EHB1302A1KS0000000 75 192 EHB1922A3KS0000000 2
60 154 EHB1542A1KS0000000 100 248 EHB2482A3KS0000000
75 192 EHB1922A1KS0000000 125 312 EHB3122A3KS0000000
2
100 248 EHB2482A1KS0000000 Note 2
125 312 EHB3122A1KS0000000 1 Two contactors.
2
Drive Rated 2
Frame Size H3X 2
1 4.2 EHB4D22A2JS0000000
1.5 6 EHB6D02A2JS0000000 2
2
3
6.8
9.6
EHB6D82A2JS0000000
EHB9D62A2JS0000000
2
5 15.2 EHB0152A2JS0000000 2
7.5 22 EHB0222A2JS0000000
10 28 EHB0282A2JS0000000 2
15 42 EHB0422A2JS0000000
20 54 EHB0542A2JS0000000
2
Frame Size CX
2
25 68 EHB0682A2KS0000000
30 80 EHB0802A2KS0000000 2
40 104 EHB1042A2KS0000000
Frame Size DX 2
2
50 130 EHB1302A2KS0000000
60 154 EHB1542A2KS0000000
75 192 EHB1922A2KS0000000
2
100 248 EHB2482A2KS0000000
125 312 EHB3122A2KS0000000 2
2
2


2 EHB_
2 1.5
2
3
3.4
EHB3D04A1JS0000000
EHB3D44A1JS0000000
1.5 3 EHB3D04A3JS0000000
2 3.4 EHB3D44A3JS0000000
2 3 4.8 EHB4D84A1JS0000000 3 4.8 EHB4D84A3JS0000000
5 7.6 EHB7D64A1JS0000000 5 7.6 EHB7D64A3JS0000000
2 7.5 11 EHB0114A1JS0000000 7.5 11 EHB0114A3JS0000000
Frame Size H2S
2
10 14 EHB0144A3JS0000000
10 14 EHB0144A1JS0000000 15 21 EHB0214A3JS0000000
2 15
20
21
27
EHB0214A1JS0000000
EHB0274A1JS0000000
20 27 EHB0274A3JS0000000
25 34 EHB0344A3JS0000000
2 Frame Size H3 30 40 EHB0404A3JS0000000
25 34 EHB0344A1JS0000000
40 52 EHB0524A3JS0000000
2 30 40 EHB0404A1JS0000000
Frame Size CX
40 52 EHB0524A1JS0000000
2 Frame Size H4
50
60
65
77
EHB0654A3KS0000000
EHB0774A3KS0000000
2
50 65 EHB0654A1KS0000000
75 96 EHB0964A3KS0000000
60 77 EHB0774A1KS0000000
Frame Size DX
2 75 96 EHB0964A1KS0000000
100 124 EHB1244A3KS0000000
Frame Size DX
2
125 156 EHB1564A3KS0000000
100 124 EHB1244A1KS0000000
150 180 EHB1804A3KS0000000
125 156 EHB1564A1KS0000000
2 150 180 EHB1804A1KS0000000
200 240 EHB2404A3KS0000000
250 302 EHB3024A3KS0000000
200 240 EHB2404A1KS0000000
2 250 302 EHB3024A1KS0000000 Note
1 Two contactors.
2 480 V—NEMA Type 12
2 Horsepower
Drive Rated
2 Frame Size H3X

1.5 3 EHB3D04A2JS0000000
2 2 3.4 EHB3D44A2JS0000000
3 4.8 EHB4D84A2JS0000000
2 5 7.6 EHB7D64A2JS0000000
7.5 11 EHB0114A2JS0000000
2 10 14 EHB0144A2JS0000000
2 15
20
21
27
EHB0214A2JS0000000
EHB0274A2JS0000000
2 25 34 EHB0344A2JS0000000
30 40 EHB0404A2JS0000000
2 40 52 EHB0524A2JS0000000
Frame Size CX
2 50 65 EHB0654A2KS0000000
2
60 77 EHB0774A2KS0000000
75 96 EHB0964A2KS0000000
2 Frame Size DX
100 124 EHB1244A2KS0000000
2 125 156 EHB1564A2KS0000000
150 180 EHB1804A2KS0000000
2 200 240 EHB2404A2KS0000000
250 302 EHB3024A2KS0000000
2

2.9
EHB_
2
Frame Size H1 Frame Size H3X
2
3 3.9 EHB3D95A1KS0000000 3 3.9 EHB2425A3KS0000000
2
5 6.1 EHB6D15A1KS0000000 5 6.1 EHB3D95A3KS0000000
7.5 9 EHB9D05A1KS0000000 7.5 9 EHB6D15A3KS0000000 2
Frame Size H2 10 11 EHB9D05A3KS0000000
10 11 EHB0115A1KS0000000 15 17 EHB0115A3KS0000000 2
2
15 17 EHB0175A1KS0000000 20 22 EHB0175A3KS0000000
20 22 EHB0225A1KS0000000 25 27 EHB0225A3KS0000000
Frame Size H3 30 32 EHB0275A3KS0000000
2
25 27 EHB0275A1KS0000000 40 41 EHB0325A3KS0000000
30 32 EHB0325A1KS0000000 Frame Size CX 2
40 41 EHB0415A1KS0000000 50 52 EHB0415A3KS0000000
Frame Size H4 60 62 EHB0525A3KS0000000 2
50
60
52
62
EHB0525A1KS0000000
EHB0625A1KS0000000
75
Frame Size DX
77 EHB0625A3KS0000000
2
75 77 EHB0775A1KS0000000 100 99 EHB0775A3KS0000000 2
100 99 EHB0995A1KS0000000 150 144 EHB1255A3KS0000000 2
125 125 EHB1255A1KS0000000 200 192 EHB1445A3KS0000000
150 144 EHB1445A1KS0000000 250 242 EHB1925A3KS0000000
2
200 192 EHB1925A1KS0000000 Note 2
250 242 EHB2425A1KS0000000 1 Two contactors.
2
Drive Rated 2
Frame Size H3X 2
3 3.9 EHB3D95A2KS0000000
5 6.1 EHB6D15A2KS0000000 2
7.5
10
9
11
EHB9D05A2KS0000000
EHB0115A2KS0000000
2
15 17 EHB0175A2KS0000000 2
20 22 EHB0225A2KS0000000
25 27 EHB0275A2KS0000000 2
30 32 EHB0325A2KS0000000
40 41 EHB0415A2KS0000000
2
Frame Size CX
2
50 52 EHB0525A2KS0000000
60 62 EHB0625A2KS0000000 2
75 77 EHB0775A2KS0000000
Frame Size DX 2
2
100 99 EHB0995A2KS0000000
125 125 EHB1255A2KS0000000
150 144 EHB1445A2KS0000000
2
200 192 EHB1925A2KS0000000
250 242 EHB2425A2KS0000000 2
2
2

Options
2
DH1 Series Drives Options
2
Option Boards Slots 1 and 2
2 Suffix
Description Number Catalog Number
2 None 0 —
2
3 x DI, 3 x DO, 1 x thermistor, 24 Vdc/EXT option card 1 DXG-EXT-3DI3DO1T
1 x AI, 2 x AO (isolated to control board) option card 2 DXG-EXT-1AI2AO
2 3 x relay dry contact (2NO + 1NO/NC) option card 3 DXG-EXT-3RO

3 x PT100 RTD thermistor input option card 4 DXG-EXT-THER1
2 6 x DI 240 Vac input option card 5 DXG-EXT-6DI
2
Light Options
2 Suffix
Description Number
2 None 0
Non-bypass light kit (Power On, Run, Fault) 1
2 Bypass light kit (On, VFD Run, Fault, Bypass Run) 2
2
2 Enclosure Options
Suffix
2
Description Number
None 0
2 Floor stand—12 inches 1

Floor stand—22 inches 2
2 Space heater A
Space heater and 12-inch floor stands B
2 Space heater and 22-inch floor stands C
2
Note: Floor stands are only an option for BX and CX enclosures.
2
Note: No communication options.
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2

2.9
Dimensions
2
H1S 2
2.90
(73.7)
2.20
(55.9)
3.53 2
(89.7)
TYP TYP
TYP
2
Ø1.109 (Ø28.2),
EKO, 2 places 2
2.00
Ø0.875 (Ø22.2),
EKO, 2 places
(50.8)
TYP 2
Ø0.75 (Ø19.1), Ø0.30 (Ø7.6),
Lifting holes,
4 places 4.00
Mounting slot,
2 places 2
2.99 0.75 (101.6)
(76.0)
TYP
(19.1)
TYP 0.75 (19.1)
0.50 TYP
(12.7)
2
TYP
2
3.64
(92.5) 2
2
2
33.15
25.39
(842.0) 33.25
(844.6) 2
(644.9) 34.83 TYP
(884.7)
2
Ø0.27 (Ø6.9),
2
Mounting slot,
2 places 2
2
8.66
2.82
8.66 2.05 3.90
2
(71.6)
(220.0) (220.0)
2
TYP (52.1) (99.1)
10.39 TYP TYP
(263.9)
2
2.00
Ø0.875 (Ø22.2),
EKO, 2 places (50.8)
TYP
2
2
Ø1.109 (Ø28.2),
EKO, 2 places
2.90 2.20
3.53
(89.7)
2
TYP
(73.7)
TYP
(55.9)
TYP 2
2
2
2
2
2
2


2
H1
2 2.90 2.20
(73.7) (55.9) 3.53
2 TYP TYP (89.7)
TYP
2 Ø1.109 (Ø28.2),
EKO, 2 places
2.00
2 Ø0.875 (Ø22.2), (50.8)
TYP
Ø0.75 (Ø19.1),
Lifting holes, 4.00
Ø0.30 (Ø7.6),
Mounting slot,
EKO, 2 places
4 places (101.6) 2 places
2 2.99 0.75
0.50
TYP
(76.0) (19.1) 0.75 (19.1)
2 TYP (12.7)
TYP
TYP
2 3.64
(92.5)
2
2 39.15
(994.4)
2 39.25
40.83
2
(997.0)
31.39 (1037.0) TYP
(797.3)
2
2 Ø0.27 (Ø6.9),
2
Mounting slot,
2 places
2
2.81
2 (71.4)
8.65 TYP 2.05 3.90
8.67
2 (219.7)
(220.2)
(52.1)
TYP
(99.1)
TYP
9.67
2 Ø0.875 (Ø22.2), 2.00
(245.6)

2 Ø1.109 (Ø28.2),
TYP
EKO, 2 places
2 3.53
2
(89.7)
2.90 2.20
TYP
(73.7) (55.9)
TYP TYP
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2

2.9
2
H2S
3.40 2.20 2
(86.4) (55.9) 4.42
TYP TYP (112.3)
TYP 2
Ø1.109 (Ø28.2), 2
EKO, 2 places 2.00
Ø0.875 (Ø22.2),
(50.8)
TYP
Ø0.75 (Ø19.1), Ø0.30 (Ø7.6), 2
EKO, 2 places Lifting holes, 4.50 Mounting slot,
0.75
(19.1)
4 places
0.50
(114.3)
TYP
2 places
2
2.96 0.75 (19.1)
2
TYP (12.7)
(75.2) TYP
TYP
4.79
2
2
(121.7)
2
2
37.25 37.35
28.34 (946.2) 38.93 (948.7)
TYP 2
(719.8) (988.8)
2
Ø0.27 (Ø6.9), 2
Mounting slot,
2 places 2
2.85
2
2
(72.4)
9.67
TYP 2.55 3.90
(245.6) 10.41 (64.8) (99.1)
2
(264.4) TYP TYP
12.15
(308.6)
Ø0.875 (Ø22.2),
2
EKO, 2 places 2.00
Ø1.109 (Ø28.2),
(50.8)
TYP 2
EKO, 2 places
2
4.42
3.40
(86.4)
2.20
(55.9)
(112.3)
TYP
2
TYP TYP
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2


2
H2
2 3.40 2.20
(86.4) (55.9) 4.42
2 TYP TYP (112.3)
TYP
2 Ø1.109 (Ø28.2),
EKO, 2 places 2.00
2 Ø0.875 (Ø22.2),
(50.8)
TYP
Ø0.75 (Ø19.1),
Lifting holes,
4.50
Ø0.30 (Ø7.6),
Mounting slot,
EKO, 2 places 4 places 2 places
(114.3)
2 2.95 0.75
0.75 (19.1)
0.50 TYP
(75.9) (19.1) (12.7)
2 TYP TYP TYP
2 3.25
(82.6)
2
2
2 43.25 43.35
(1101.1)
2 35.88 (1098.6)
44.93 TYP
(911.4)
(1141.2)
2
2 Ø0.27 (Ø6.9),
Mounting slot,
2 2 places
2
2.85
2 9.67
(72.4)
TYP 10.41 2.55 3.90
(245.6) (264.4) (64.8) (99.1)
2 11.39
TYP TYP
(289.3)
2 Ø0.875 (Ø22.2),
EKO, 2 places
2.00
(50.8)
TYP
2 Ø1.109 (Ø28.2),
EKO, 2 places
2 3.40 2.20
4.42
(112.3)
2 (86.4)
TYP
(55.9)
TYP
TYP
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2

2.9
2
H3
3.58 3.60 2
(90.9) (91.4) 4.35
TYP TYP (110.5)
TYP
2
Ø1.984 (Ø50.4), 2
EKO, 2 places
Ø1.109 (Ø28.2),
2.80
(71.1) 2
EKO, 2 places TYP Ø0.30 (Ø7.6),
Ø0.75 (Ø19.1),
Lifting holes,
5.38
(136.7) Mounting slot,
2 places
2
4 places TYP
2.47 0.75
(19.1) 0.75 (19.1)
0.50
(12.7)
2
(62.7)
TYP
2
TYP TYP
5.73
(145.5) 2
2
2
49.15
(1248.4) 49.25
2
(1251.0)
39.30 50.83 TYP 2
(998.2) (1291.1)
2
Ø0.27 (Ø6.9),
2
Mounting slot,
2 places 2
2
11.42
2.83
(71.9) 11.09 (281.7) 2.23 6.30
2
(290.1) TYP
12.10 (307.3)
(56.6)
TYP
(160)
TYP 2
2
Ø1.109 (Ø28.2), 2.80
TYP
2
Ø1.984 (Ø50.4),
EKO, 2 places 2
3.58 3.60
4.35
(110.5) 2
(90.9) (91.4) TYP
TYP TYP 2
2
2
2
2
2
2


2
H4
2 5.08 3.60
6.30
(129.0) (91.4)
(160.0)
2 TYP TYP
TYP
2 Ø1.984 (Ø50.4),
EKO, 2 places Ø0.75 (Ø19.1), Ø0.30 (ØX.0),
2 Ø0.875 (Ø22.2),
2.70
(68.6)
Lifting holes,
4 places
6.88
(174.8)
Mounting slot,
2 places
EKO, 2 places TYP 0.75 0.50 TYP
2 3.02
(76.7)
(19.1)
TYP
0.75 (19.1) (12.7)
TYP
TYP
2
5.55
2 (141.0)
2
2
2 57.65 57.75
(1464.3)
2 47.92
59.33
(1466.9)
TYP
(1216.7)
2 (1507.0)
2
Ø0.27 (Ø6.9),
2 Mounting slot,
2 places
2
2 2.84
14.54 (72.1) 3.73 6.30
2 (369.3) TYP 13.59 (345.2) (94.7)
TYP
(160.0)
TYP
14.89 (378.2)
2 Ø0.875 (Ø22.2), 2.70
(68.6)
EKO, 2 places
TYP
2 Ø1.984 (Ø50.4),
EKO, 2 places
2 6.30
2
5.08 3.60 (160.0)
(129.0) (91.4) TYP
TYP TYP
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2

2.9
2
H1D
6.50
0.43
3.94
2
(11.0)
(165.1) (100.1)
2
2
2
12.28
(312.0)
2
22.09 2
(561.1)
2
2
Ø0.87 (Ø22.1) 9.40
6.12
2
(155.4) Ø1.11 (Ø28.2)
1.90
(48.3) 1.60 (40.6)
EKO, 2 places 2
3.46
(87.9)
2.15 (54.6) 8.41
(213.6) 2
2.14
2
10.12 Ø0.28 (Ø7.1)
(54.4) (257.0)
2.05 (52.1) 1.83 (46.5) Mounting slot, 2 places
2
H2D 2
6.64
(168.6)
0.87
(22.1)
3.54 2
(89.9)
2
2
2
15.98
(405.9)
2
25.69 2
(652.5)
2
Ø0.87 (Ø22.1) 2
EKO, 2 places
6.12 Ø1.11 (Ø28.2)
9.32
(236.7)
2
(155.4) EKO, 2 places
1.90
(48.3) 1.60 (40.6)
2
3.46 2.15 (54.6)
2.14
(87.8) 10.23
(259.8)
2
Ø0.28 (Ø7.1)
(54.4)
11.94
(303.2)
Mounting slot, 2 places 2
2.05 (52.1) 1.83 (46.5)
2
2
2


2
H3D
2 8.50
(215.9) 1.16
2
4.92
(29.5)
(125.0)
2
2
2
21.46
2 (545.0)
2 32.14
(816.4)
2
2 Ø1.11 (Ø28.2)
EKO, 2 places
2 6.58
Ø1.98 (Ø50.2)
EKO, 2 places 10.26
(167.1)
2.40 (61.0) (260.6)
2 1.90
(48.3)
1.88 (47.7)
4.45
2 (113.0) 10.34
(262.6)
2.15
Ø0.35 (Ø8.9)
2 (54.6)
2.43 (61.7) 3.20 (81.3) 12.05
(306.0) Mounting slot, 2 places
2 H4D
2 0.53
(13.5) 8.07
9.49
(205.0)
2 (241.0)
2
2 Ø1.11 (Ø28.2)
EKO, 2 places
2 Ø1.98 (Ø50.2)
EKO, 2 places
24.31
(617.5)
2.40 (61.0) 39.09
2 2.60 (66.0)
(992.9)
2
2.93 (74.4) 3.20 (81.3)
2
2
12.95
2
14.38
9.62 (329.0) (365.2)
(244.3)
2 1.88 10.81
(47.8) (274.6)
2 3.00
12.53
(318.3) Ø0.28 (Ø7.1)
(76.2)
2 2.15 (54.6) Mounting slot, 2 places
2
2

2.9
2
H3X—Type 12
Ø1.10 (Ø28.0) 10.75
0.75 (19.1)
2
13.80 4X lifting holes (273.1)
12.70
(322.6)
(350.5) 2
12.30
(312.4)
2
2
2
50.00
50.00
(1270.0) 2
(1270.0)
47.40 48.50 2
(1204.0) (1232.0)
2.50
(63.5)
2.75
(68.6)
2
2
2.13 (54.1)
2.00 (50.8)
2
2
Ø0.44 (Ø11.2)
2
Mounting for
(4) 3/8 hex hd bolt 2
H3X—Type 3R 2
15.80
Ø1.10 (Ø28.0)
4X lifting holes
10.75
(273.1)
0.75 (19.1) 2
12.70 (401.3)
(322.6) 12.30 2
(312.4)
2
2
2
50.00
50.00
(1270.0)
(1270.0) 2
47.40
(1204.0)
48.50
(1232.0) 2
2.50
(63.5)
2.75
(68.6) 2
2
2.13 (54.1)
2.00 (50.8) 2
2
Ø0.44 (Ø11.2) 2
Mounting for
(4) 3/8 hex hd bolt
2
2
2


2
BX—Type 12
2 21.10 18.70 19.30
Ø0.44 (Ø11.2)
(535.9) (475.0) (490.2)
2 Mounting for
(4) 3/8 hex hd bolt
2
2 37.70
(957.6)
2
36.80
2 (934.7)
2
Ø0.44 (Ø11.2)
2 Mounting for
(6) 3/8 hex hd bolt 10.00
(254.0)
2 7.06
3.53
(179.3)
2
(89.7)
Optional floor stand

2 12 in floor stand = 46.90 (1191.3)
22 in floor stand = 58.90 (1496.1)
2
2
2 BX—Type 3R
2 21.20
(538.5)
20.80
(528.3)
17.88
(454.2)
Ø0.44 (Ø11.2)
Mounting for
2 (4) 3/8 hex hd bolt
2
2
45.00
2 (1143.0)
2 44.09
(1119.9)
2
Ø0.44 (Ø11.2)
2 Mounting for
(6) 3/8 hex hd bolt 10.00
19.30 (254.0)
2 (490.2)
7.06
3.53
(179.3)
2 (89.7)
2
2 12 in floor stand = 54.10 (1374.1)
22 in floor stand = 66.10 (1678.9)
2
2
2

2.9
2
CX—Type 1 and Type 12
31.10 29.30 Ø0.44 (Ø11.2) 2
(790.0) (744.2) Mounting for
2
49.70
2
(1262.4)
48.80 2
(1240.0)
2
Ø0.44 (Ø11.2) 2
Mounting for
19.84
(504.0) 2
3.53 2.00 (50.8)
7.06
(179.3)
(89.7) 2
2
12 in floor stand = 58.90 (1496.1) 2
2
22 in floor stand = 70.90 (1800.9)
CX—Type 3R 2
31.30
(795.0)
21.60
(548.6)
27.88
(708.2)
Ø0.44 (Ø11.2)
Mounting for 2
(4) 3/8 hex hd bolt
2
2
2
57.00
(1447.8) 2
56.08
(1424.4) 2
2
Ø0.44 (Ø11.2)
Mounting for
29.30
19.84
(744.2)
(504.0) 2
2.00 (50.8)
3.53
7.06 (89.7) 2
(179.3)
2
12 in floor stand = 66.10 (1678.9) 2
22 in floor stand = 78.10 (1983.7)
2
2
2


2
CX-XL—Type 1 and Type 12
2 31.10 29.30 Ø0.44 (Ø11.2)
(790.0) (744.2) Mounting for
2
2 49.70
(1262.4)
2 48.80
(1240.0)
2
2 Ø0.44 (Ø11.2)
Mounting for
19.84
2 (504.0)
3.53 2.00 (50.8)
2 7.06 (89.7)
(179.3)
2
2 12 in floor stand = 58.90 (1496.1)
2 22 in floor stand = 70.90 (1800.9)
2 CX-XL—Type 3R
2 31.30
(795.0)
21.60
(548.6)
27.88
(708.2)
Ø0.44 (Ø11.2)
Mounting for
(4) 3/8 hex hd bolt
2
2
2
57.00
2 (1447.8)
56.08
2 (1424.4)
2
Ø0.44 (Ø11.2)
2 Mounting for
(6) 3/8 hex hd bolt
29.30
2 (744.2) 19.84
(504.0)
2.00 (50.8)
2 3.53
7.06 (89.7)
(179.3)
2
2 12 in floor stand = 66.10 (1678.9)
22 in floor stand = 78.10 (1983.7)
2
2
2

2.9
2
DX—Type 1 and Type 12 (FR5 and FR6)
31.10 24.30 25.50 2
(790.0) (617.2) (647.7)
2
2
2
2
Ø0.44 (Ø11.2)
Mounting for
2
82.90 (6) 3/8 hex hd bolt
(2105.6)
2
6.76 6.76
(172.0) 13.74 (172.0) 2
(349.0)
2
16.51
2
(419.3)
2
FR5 FR6 2
2
DX—Type 3R (FR5 and FR6) 2
31.30
(795.0)
26.20
(665.5)
27.70
(703.6) 2
2
2
2
2
Ø0.44 (Ø11.2)
Mounting for
2
90.10 (6) 3/8 hex hd bolt
(2288.5)
2
6.76 6.76
(172.0) 13.74 (172.0) 2
(349.0)
2
16.51
2
2
(419.3)
FR5 FR6
2
2
2
2


2
DX-XL—Type 1 and Type 12
2 31.10 24.20
(789.9) (614.7)
2
2
2
2
2 Ø0.44 (Ø11.2)
Mounting for
2 82.90
(2105.6)
(6) 3/8 hex hd bolt
2
6.76 6.76
(172.0) 13.74 (172.0)
(349.0)
2
2
16.51
2 (419.3)
2
2
2 DX-XL—Type 3R
2 31.30
(795.0)
26.20
(665.5)
2
2
2
2
2 Ø0.44 (Ø11.2)
Mounting for
(6) 3/8 hex hd bolt
2 90.10
(2288.5)
6.76 6.76
2 (172.0) 13.74 (172.0)
(349.0)
2
2 16.51
(419.3)
2
2
2
2
2

2.9
2
EX-XL—Type 1 and Type 12
40.00 35.70 32.00 Ø2.00 (Ø50.8) 2
(1016.0) (906.8) (812.8) (4) lifting holes
2
2
2
2
2
93.50
2
(2375.0)
2
2
2
2
2
2
EX-XL—Type 3R 2
40.90
(1038.8)
38.50
(978.0)
32.00
(812.8)
Ø2.00 (Ø50.8)
(4) lifting holes
2
2
2
2
2
2
93.80
(2382.5)
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2


2
FX-XL—Type 1 and Type 12
2 48.00 35.90
(1219.2) (911.9)
2
2
2
2
2
2 93.50
(2375.0)
2
2
2
2
2
2
2 FX-XL—Type 3R
2 48.90
(1242.1)
38.50
(977.9)
2
2
2
2
2
93.80
2 (2382.5)
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2

H-Max Series Drives
2.10
Contents
H-Max Drives
Description Page
2
H-Max Drives 2
Accessories . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V6-T2-241
Replacement Parts . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V6-T2-241 2
Wiring Diagram . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V6-T2-245 2
2
Dimensions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V6-T2-246
H-Max IntelliPass and IntelliDisconnect Drives . . . V6-T2-247
2
2
2
2
H-Max Drives 2
Eaton’s H-Max Series VFD Hardware ● Onboard RS 485: Modbus, Product
has software and hardware ● Thin metal capacitor N2, BACnet—meets needs ● IEC 61800-5-1 2
designed specifically for the design—ultra-efficient of most communication ● CE
HVAC, pump industry. The
ultra-efficient DC capacitor
drive operation and requirements
● UL508C 2
extended self life (up to ● Onboard Ethernet: BACnet/
● cUL
and power structure allows
the drive to consume less
five years without
reforming)
IP, Modbus/TCP—meets
needs of most ● C-Tick Mark 2
energy, lowering greenhouse communication
2
● Integrated 5% DC link ● OSHPD Seismic Certified
gases. choke with Input surge requirements ● Plenum Rated
protection—protects ● Two expansion slots—
The I/O configuration is
designed with wiring against voltage spikes and intended to support 2
ergonomics in mind by provides a clean wave form additional I/O or
including removable terminal to the motor communication protocols 2
blocks. The main, easily ● EMI/RFI filters standard on as necessary
removable, control board all drives—meets EMC ● Quick disconnect terminals 2
used for all drive frames with Category 2 for commercial for I/O connections—
six digital IN, two analog IN,
one analog OUT, three relay
applications supports fast easy
installation
2
● Real-time clock—supports
2
OUT accepts two additional calendaring and time
I/O or communication board. stamped fault history Software
In addition, the control board Graphic LCD display and Active energy control—
2
● ●
has built-in RS-485 and keypad—supports simple minimizes energy losses
Ethernet communication. menu navigation as well as in your motor resulting in
These drives continue on-screen diagnostics and industry leading energy 2
the tradition of robust troubleshooting efficiency for your
performance, and raise ● HAND-OFF-AUTO and application 2
the bar on features and drive-bypass selector on ● Quick Start Wizard upon
functionality, ensuring keypad—simplifies control initial power up—supports 2
the best solution at the ● Standard I/O: 6DI, 2AI, fast easy installation
right price. 1AO, 2 Form C RO (NO/ ● Copy/paste functionality 2
In addition to the Active NC), 1 Form A RO (NO)— on drive keypad—allows
Energy Control Algorithm to supports requirements for
most installations
for fast setup of multiple
drives
2
maximize motor efficiency,
the drive boasts an ultra-
efficient DC capacitor and
● Pre-programmed I/O—
supports fast easy
2
installation for most
power structure to allow less
energy consumption, applications 2
lowering greenhouse gases.
2

H-Max Series Drives

2
H-Max Series Drives
2
HMX 3 4 A G 3D4 2 1 - N
2
Product
2
Braking/Application
HMX = HVAC drive N = No brake chopper (low overload)
2 Phase
Enclosure
2 3 = Three-phase
1 = Open NEMA Type 1 IP21
2 = Open NEMA Type 12 IP54
2 Voltage
2 = 200–240 V
4 = 380–480 V Input Options Frame and
2 5 = 525–600 V Voltage Specific
2 = EMC C2
2 Software Series
A–Z
2
Keypad
2 G = Graphical panel
2 Amperes
200–240 Volts 380–480 Volts 525–600 Volts
2 3D7 = 3.7 A–0.75 hp, 0.55 kW 3D4 = 3.4 A–1.5 hp, 1.1 kW 3D9 = 3.9 A, 3 hp, 2.2 kW
4D8 = 4.8 A–1 hp, 0.75 kW 4D8 = 4.8–2 hp, 1.5 kW 6D1 = 6.1 A, 5 hp, 3.7 kW
2 6D6 = 6.6 A–1.5 hp, 1.1 kW

8D0 = 8 A–2 hp, 1.5 kW
5D6 = 5.6 A–3 hp, 2.2 kW
8D0 = 8 A–4 hp, 3 kW
9D0 = 9 A, 7.5 hp, 5.5 kW
011 = 11 A, 10 hp, 7.5 kW
011 = 11 A–3 hp, 2.2 kW 9D6 = 9.6 A–5 hp, 4 kW 018 = 18 A, 15 hp, 11 kW
2 012 = 12 A–4 hp, 3 kW
018 = 18 A–5 hp, 4 kW
012 = 12 A–7.5 hp, 5.5 kW
016 = 16 A–10 hp, 7.5 kW
022 = 22 A, 20 hp, 15 kW
027 = 27 A, 25 hp, 18 kW
024 = 24 A–7.5 hp, 5.5 kW 023 = 23 A–15 hp, 11 kW 034 = 34 A, 30 hp, 22 kW
2 031 = 31 A–10 hp, 7.5 kW
048 = 48 A–15 hp, 11 kW
031 = 31 A–20 hp, 15 kW
038 = 38 A–25 hp, 18.5 kW
041 = 41 A, 40 hp, 30 kW
052 = 52 A, 50 hp, 37 kW
2
062 = 62 A–20 hp, 15 kW 046 = 46 A–30 hp, 22 kW 062 = 62 A, 60 hp, 45 kW
075 = 75 A–25 hp, 18.5 kW 061 = 61 A–40 hp, 30 kW 080 = 80 A, 75 hp, 55 kW
2 105 = 105 A–40 hp, 30 kW
140 = 140 A–50 hp, 37 kW
087 = 87 A–60 hp, 45 kW
105 = 105 A–75 hp, 55 kW
125 = 125 A, 125 hp, 90 kW
144 = 144 A, 150 hp, 110 kW
2 205 = 205 A–75 hp, 55 kW
261 = 261 A–100 hp, 75 kW
170 = 170 A–125 hp, 90 kW
205 = 205 A–150 hp, 110 kW
2
310 = 310 A–125 hp, 90 kW 261 = 261 A–200 hp, 132 kW
310 = 310 A–250 hp, 160 kW
2 Notes
All boards are varnished (conformed coated). Corrosion resistant.
2 Battery included in all drives for real-time clock.
Keypad kit includes HOA bypass.
2 Keypad kit includes HOA, back reset for Europe application.
EMI/RFI filters included.
2 DC link choke included.
2
2
2
2
2
2

H-Max Series Drives
2.10
Product Selection
2
H-Max Series Drives—230 Vac
2
NEMA Type 1 NEMA Type 1/IP21
FS Drive Output Current Assigned Motor Ratings 2
Frame Low Overload Full Drive kW 230 Vac Low Overload Full Catalog
Size Load Amps at 40 °C Horsepower 230 Vac/50 Hz NEC Amps 1 Load Amps at 50 °C Number
2
4 3.7 0.75 0.55 3.2 2.6 HMX32AG3D721-N
4.8 1 0.75 4.2 3.7 HMX32AG4D821-N 2
6.6 1.5 1.1 6.6 4.8 HMX32AG6D621-N
8 2 1.5 6.8 6.6 HMX32AG8D021-N 2
11 3 2.2 9.6 8 HMX32AG01121-N
5 18 5 4 15.2 12.5 HMX32AG01821-N 2
2
24 7.5 5.5 22 18 HMX32AG02421-N
31 10 7.5 28 24 HMX32AG03121-N
6 48 15 11 42 31 HMX32AG04821-N
2
62 20 15 54 48 HMX32AG06221-N
7 75 25 18.5 68 62 HMX32AG07521-N 2
88 30 22 80 75 HMX32AG08821-N
105 40 30 104 88 HMX32AG10521-N 2
8 140 50 37 130 105 HMX32AG14021-N
170 60 45 154 140 HMX32AG17021-N 2
2
205 75 55 192 170 HMX32AG20521-N
9 261 100 75 248 205 HMX32AG26121-N
310 125 90 N/A 261 HMX32AG31021-N
2
NEMA Type 12/IP54
2
NEMA Type 12
FS
Frame
Drive Output Current
Low Overload Full
Assigned Motor Ratings
Drive kW 230 Vac Low Overload Full Catalog
2
2
4 3.7 0.75 0.55 3.2 2.6 HMX32AG3D722-N
4.8 1 0.75 4.2 3.7 HMX32AG4D822-N
2
6.6 1.5 1.1 6.6 4.8 HMX32AG6D622-N
8 2 1.5 6.8 6.6 HMX32AG8D022-N 2
11 3 2.2 9.6 8 HMX32AG01122-N
12.5 4 3 N/A 11 HMX32AG01222-N 2
5 18 5 4 15.2 12 HMX32AG01822-N
24 7.5 5.5 22 18 HMX32AG02422-N 2
6
31
48
10
15
7.5
11
28
42
24
31
HMX32AG03122-N
HMX32AG04822-N
2
62 20 15 54 48 HMX32AG06222-N
2
7 75 25 18.5 68 62 HMX32AG07522-N
88 30 22 80 75 HMX32AG08822-N 2
105 40 30 104 88 HMX32AG10522-N
8 140 50 37 130 105 HMX32AG14022-N 2
170 60 45 154 140 HMX32AG17022-N
205 75 55 192 170 HMX32AG20522-N 2
9 261
310
100
125
75
90
248
N/A
205
261
HMX32AG26122-N
HMX32AG31022-N
2
Note 2
1 For sizing reference.
2
2

H-Max Series Drives

2
NEMA Type 1/IP21
2 NEMA Type 1
FS Drive Output Current Assigned Motor Ratings
2 Size Load Amps at 40 °C Horsepower 400 Vac/50 Hz NEC Amps 1 Load Amps at 50 °C Number
4 3.4 1.5 1.1 2.1 2.6 HMX34AG3D421-N
2 4.8 2 1.5 3.4 3.4 HMX34AG4D821-N
2
5.6 3 2.2 5.6 4.8 HMX34AG5D621-N
8.0 4 3.0 N/A 5.6 HMX34AG8D021-N
2 9.6
12
5
7.5
4
5.5
7.6
11
8
9.6
HMX34AG9D621-N
HMX34AG01221-N
2 5 16 10 7.5 14 12 HMX34AG01621-N
23 15 11 21 16 HMX34AG02321-N
2 31 20 15 27 23 HMX34AG03121-N
6 38 25 18.5 34 31 HMX34AG03821-N
2 46 30 22 40 38 HMX34AG04621-N
61 40 30 52 46 HMX34AG06121-N
2 7 72 50 37 65 61 HMX34AG07221-N
87 60 45 77 72 HMX34AG08721-N
2 105 75 55 96 87 HMX34AG10521-N
2
8 140 100 75 124 105 HMX34AG14021-N
170 125 90 156 140 HMX34AG17021-N
2 9
205
261
150
200
110
132
180
240
170
205
HMX34AG20521-N
HMX34AG26121-N
2 310 250 160 302 261 HMX34AG31021-N
2 NEMA Type 12/IP54

NEMA Type 12
2 FS Drive Output Current Assigned Motor Ratings
2 Size
4
Load Amps at 40 °C
3.4
Horsepower
1.5
400 Vac/50 Hz
1.1
NEC Amps 1
2.1
Load Amps at 50 °C
2.6
Number
HMX34AG3D422-N
2 4.8 2 1.5 3.4 3.4 HMX34AG4D822-N

5.6 3 2.2 5.6 4.8 HMX34AG5D622-N
2 8.0 4 3.0 N/A 5.6 HMX34AG8D022-N
9.6 5 4 7.6 8 HMX34AG9D622-N
2 12 7.5 5.5 11 9.6 HMX34AG01222-N
5 16 10 7.5 14 12 HMX34AG01622-N
2 23 15 11 21 16 HMX34AG02322-N
2
31 20 15 27 23 HMX34AG03122-N
6 38 25 18.5 34 31 HMX34AG03822-N
2 46
61
30
40
22
30
40
52
38
46
HMX34AG04622-N
HMX34AG06122-N
2 7 72 50 37 65 61 HMX34AG07222-N
87 60 45 77 72 HMX34AG08722-N
2 105 75 55 96 87 HMX34AG10522-N
8 140 100 75 124 105 HMX34AG14022-N
2 170 125 90 156 140 HMX34AG17022-N
205 150 110 180 170 HMX34AG20522-N
2 9 261 200 132 240 205 HMX34AG26122-N
310 250 160 302 261 HMX34AG31022-N
2 Note
2

H-Max Series Drives
2.10
2
NEMA Type 1/IP21
NEMA Type 1
FS Drive Output Current Assigned Motor Ratings 2
Size Load Amps at 40 °C Horsepower 575 Vac/50 Hz NEC Amps 1 Load Amps at 50 °C Number 2
5 3.9 3 2.2 4.6 3.3 HMX35AG3D921-N
6.1 5 3.7 6.8 5.2 HMX35AG6D121-N 2
9 7.5 5.5 9 7.7 HMX35AG9D021-N
11 10 7.5 10.5 9.4 HMX35AG01121-N 2
6 18
22
15
20
11
15
19.9
23.3
15.3
18.7
HMX35AG01821-N
HMX35AG02221-N
2
27 25 18 27.2 23 HMX35AG02721-N
2
34 30 22 32.8 28.9 HMX35AG03421-N
7 41 40 30 45.3 34.9 HMX35AG04121-N 2
52 50 37 53.8 44.2 HMX35AG05221-N
62 60 45 62.2 52.7 HMX35AG06221-N 2
8 80 75 55 90 68 HMX35AG08021-N
100 100 75 106 85 HMX35AG10021-N 2
125 125 90 127 106.3 HMX35AG12521-N
9 144 150 110 156 122.4 HMX35AG14421-N 2
2
208 200 160 212 176.8 HMX35AG20821-N
NEMA Type 12 NEMA Type 12/IP54 2

FS
Frame
Drive Output Current
Low Overload Full
Assigned Motor Ratings
Drive kW 575 Vac Low Overload Full Catalog 2
5 3.9 3 2.2 4.6 3.3 HMX35AG3D922-N 2
2
6.1 5 3.7 6.8 5.2 HMX35AG6D122-N
9 7.5 5.5 9 7.7 HMX35AG9D022-N
6
11
18
10
15
7.5
11
10.5
19.9
9.4
15.3
HMX35AG01122-N
HMX35AG01822-N
2
22 20 15 23.3 18.7 HMX35AG02222-N
2
27 25 18 27.2 23 HMX35AG02722-N
34 30 22 32.8 28.9 HMX35AG03422-N 2
7 41 40 30 45.3 34.9 HMX35AG04122-N
52 50 37 53.8 44.2 HMX35AG05222-N 2
62 60 45 62.2 52.7 HMX35AG06222-N
8 80 75 55 90 68 HMX35AG08022-N 2
100 100 75 106 85 HMX35AG10022-N
125 125 90 127 106.3 HMX35AG12522-N 2
9 144
208
150
200
110
160
156
212
122.4
176.8
HMX35AG14422-N
HMX35AG20822-N
2
Note
2
2
2
2
2
2
2

H-Max Series Drives
Onboard Network Communications

2 Johnson Controls
2 Metasys N2 BACnet Modbus RTU
H-Max Series provides H-Max Series provides H-Max Series provides
2 communication between the communication to BACnet communication to Modbus
drive and a Johnson Controls networks. Data transfer is RTU RS-485 as a slave on a
2 Metasys™ N2 network. With
this connection, the drive
master-slave/token passing
(MS/TP) RS-485.
Modbus network. Other
communication parameters
can be controlled, monitored include an address range
2 and programmed from the BACnet/IP from 1–247; a parity of
Metasys system. N2 can be 100Base-T interface. None, Odd or Even; and
2 selected and programmed by the stop bit is 1.
the drive keypad. Modbus TCP
2 Ethernet based protocol.
2
2 H-Max Series Option Board Kits Available for Slot B
The factory issued relay boards to customize the drive The standard board provides
2 option board can be replaced
with the following option
for your application needs. 2 Form C RO (NO/NC) and
1 Form A RO (NO).
2 Option Boards Mounted in Slot B
2
Option Kit
Option Kit Description Catalog Number
2
I/O expander card, 2 RO and thermistor input Relay Board 2
2 H-Max Series Option Board Kits Available for Slots D and E
2 Note: Slot C is inactive. customize the drive for your

application needs. The drive’s
The H-Max Series factory-
installed standard board
The H-Max Series drives can
2 accommodate a wide
selection of expander and
control unit is designed to
accept a total of two option
configuration includes an
I/O board and a relay
boards. output board.
2 adapter option boards to
Option Boards Mounted in Slots D and E

2 Option Kit
2 6 x DI /DO, each digital input can be individually programmed as digital output XMX-IO-B1-A
2 1RO Form C (NO/NC), 1RO Form A (NO), 1 thermistor

1 x AI, 2 x AO (isolated)
XMX-IO-B2-A
XMX-IO-B4-A
2 3 x RO Form A (NO) XMX-IO-B5-A

1RO Form A (NO), 5DI 42–240 Vac input XMX-IO-B9-A
2 1 x AO, 1 x DO, 1 x RO XMX-IO-BF-A
LonWorks® XMX-COM-C4-A
2
2 NEMA Type 1 to NEMA Type 12/IP54 Conversion Kit
2 The NEMA Type 12/IP54

option kit is used to convert a
Kit consists of a drive cover,
fan kit and plugs.
NEMA Type 1 to a NEMA
2 Type 12 drive.
2 NEMA Type 12/IP54 Cover

Option Kit
2 Option Kit Description Catalog Number
FS4-branded N12/IP54 cover with gasket, plastic plug, fans, Eaton logos FS4-N12KIT
2 FS5-branded N12/IP54 cover with gasket, plastic plug, fans, Eaton logos FS5-N12KIT
2 FS6-branded N12/IP54 cover with gasket, plastic plug, fans, Eaton logos FS6-N12KIT

H-Max Series Drives
2.10
Accessories Replacement Parts
2
Flange Kits Control Board/Keypad
The flange kit is used when the power section heat sink is Current Catalog
2
mounted through the back panel of an enclosure. Description Number
H-Max series graphic bypass, HOA KeypadbypassHOA
2
Flange Kit NEMA Type 12/IP54
Includes flange, mounting brackets, NEMA Type 12 fan H-Max series graphic back, HOA KeypadbackHOA
2
components, air shroud screws and plugs. H-Max control board replacement HMX-CONTROLBOARD-B
2
Frames FS4–FS7 12 PC Cable
Description
Catalog
Number
Catalog 2
Description Number
NEMA Type 12/IP54 Remote download USB to RJ-45 cable with REM-USB-Down 2
FS4 N12/IP54 flange kit FS4-Flange-N12KIT software driver disk
(mounting N1 drive into N12 enclosure) 2
FS5 N12/IP54 flange kit FS5-Flange-N12KIT Replacement Relay Board in Slot B
(mounting N1 drive into N12 enclosure) Catalog 2
FS6 N12/IP54 flange kit FS6-Flange-N12KIT Description Number
(mounting N1 drive into N12 enclosure)
Replacement relay board Relay board 1 2
FS7 N12/IP54 flange kit FS7-Flange-N12KIT qty 2 Form C relay, qty 1 Form A relay
(mounting N1 drive into N12 enclosure)
2
Main Fan
Keypad Accessories
Catalog 2
Description Number
Remote Mounting Keypad Kit FS4 main fan FS4-Main Fan 2

FS5 main fan FS5-Main Fan
Frames FS4–FS9
FS6 main fan FS6-Main Fan 2
Catalog
Description Number FS7 main fan
FS8 main fan
FS7-Main Fan
FS8-Main Fan
2
Remote mounting keypad kit—bezel and cable OPTRMT-BP-HMAX-WLABL
FS9 main fan FS9-Main Fan 2
Drive Demo Internal Fan 2
Catalog
H-Max Series Drive Demo Description Number 2
Demos and Power Supply FS4 internal fan (IP54/NEMA 12) FS4-Internal Fan
Catalog
FS5 internal fan (IP54/NEMA 12) FS5-Internal Fan 2
Description Number
2
FS6 internal fan (IP54/NEMA 12) FS6-Internal Fan
H-Max Series bypass demo H-MAX-BYPASS-DEMO FS7 internal fan (IP54/NEMA 12) FS7-Internal Fan
Hand-held 24 V auxiliary power supply—used to supply
power to the control module in order to perform keypad
9000XAUX24 V FS8 internal fan (IP54/NEMA 12) FS8-Internal Fan
2
FS9 internal fan (IP54/NEMA 12) FS9-Internal Fan
programming before the drive is connected to line voltage
2
Notes
1 For installation of a NEMA Type 1 drive into a NEMA Type 12 oversized enclosure. 2
2 Frame size 8 and 9 must be ordered from the factory as a flange mount unit.
2
2
2
2
2
2
2

H-Max Series Drives

2
2
D R1 – 2 2D0 – 0 5
2
2 Basic Naming
D = Drive
Impedance
3 = 3%
5 = 5%
Environment Rating
2 = 240 V 4D0 = 4.0 A 1 = NEMA 1
2 4 = 480 V 8D0 = 8.0 A
012 = 12 A

2 Open NEMA 1
2 hp (VT) 3% 5% 3% 5% 3% 5% 3% 5%
2
2 3 DR2-2012-03 DR2-2012-05 DR1-29D6-03 DR1-29D6-05 DR2-2012-13 DR2-2012-15 DR1-29D6-13 DR1-29D6-15

2 20
25
DR2-2055-03
DR2-2080-03
DR2-2055-05
DR2-2080-05
DR1-2054-03
DR1-2068-03
DR1-2054-05
DR1-2068-05
DR2-2055-13
DR2-2080-13
DR2-2055-15
DR2-2080-15
DR1-2054-13
DR1-2068-13
DR1-2054-15
DR1-2068-15


2
2
2
2

H-Max Series Drives
2.10
Open NEMA 1
2
hp (VT)
Load Reactor
3% 5%
Line Reactor
3% 5%
Load Reactor
3% 5%
Line Reactor
3% 5%
2
2
7.5 DR2-4012-03 DR2-4012-05 DR1-4011-03 DR1-4011-05 DR2-4012-13 DR2-4012-15 DR1-4011-13 DR1-4011-15 2
10
15
DR2-4018-03
DR2-4025-03
DR2-4018-05
DR2-4025-05
DR1-4014-03
DR1-4021-03
DR1-4014-05
DR1-4021-05
DR2-4018-13
DR2-4025-13
DR2-4018-15
DR2-4025-15
DR1-4014-13
DR1-4021-13
DR1-4014-15
DR1-4021-15
2
60
75
DR2-4100-03
DR2-4100-03
DR2-4080-05
DR2-4100-05
DR1-4077-03
DR1-4096-03
DR1-4077-05
DR1-4096-05
DR2-4100-13
DR2-4100-13
DR2-4080-15
DR2-4100-15
DR1-4077-13
DR1-4096-13
DR1-4077-15
DR1-4096-15
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2

H-Max Series Drives

2
2
H-Max Series Drives
2 Input Ratings Control Connections

Input voltage (Vin) 200–240 Vac, 380–480 Vac, 525–600 Vac, –10%/+10% Analog input voltage 0 to 10 V, R = 200 kohms differential
2 Input frequency (fin) 50/60 Hz (variation up to 47–66 Hz)
Resolution 0.1%; Accuracy ±1%
DIP switch selection (voltage/current)
2 Short-circuit withstand 100 kAIC
Analog input current 0(4) to 20 mA; Ri –250 ohms differential
rating
2 Output Ratings
Output reference voltage +10 V +3%, max. load 10 mA
2 Output voltage
Continuous output current
0 to Vin/Uin line voltage in
Ambient temperature max. 104 °F (40 °C)
Analog output 0–10 V, 0(4) to 20 mA; RL max. 500 ohms;
Resolution 10 bit; Accuracy ±2%
2 IL overload 1.1 x IL (1 min./10 min.) DIP switch selection (voltage/current)
Overload current 110% (1 min./10 min.) Relay outputs 3 programmable, 2 Form C, 1 Form A relay outputs
2 Initial output current 150% for two seconds
Switching capacity: 24 Vdc/8 A, 250 Vac/8 A, 125 Vdc/0.4 A
Hard wire jumper Between terminal 6 and 10 factory default
DIP switch setting default RS-485 = off
A01 = current
2 Control Characteristics A12 = current

A11 = voltage
Control method Frequency control (V/f) open loop sensorless vector control
2
Protections
Switching frequency 1–310 amps
FS4–9: default 6 kHz Overcurrent protection Yes
2 Frequency reference Analog input: Resolution 0.1% (10-bit), accuracy ±1%

Panel reference: Resolution 0.01 Hz
DC bus regulation anti-trip Yes (accelerates or decelerates the load)
2 Field weakening point 8 to 320 Hz Undervoltage protection Yes
Acceleration time 0.1 to 3000 seconds Earth fault protection Yes (in case of earth fault in motor or motor cable,
2 Deceleration time 0.1 to 3000 seconds only the frequency converter is protected)
Braking torque DC brake: 30% x Tn Input phase supervision Yes (trips if any of the input phases are missing)
2 Ambient Conditions Motor phase supervision Yes (trips if any of the output phases are missing)
2 Ambient operating FS4–FS9: 14 °F (–10 °C), no frost to 104 °F (40 °C) Overtemperature protection Yes
temperature (Drive can operate at 122 °F (50 °C), see Pages V6-T2-237 and Motor overload protection Yes
V6-T2-238)
2 Storage temperature –40° to 158 °F (–40° to 70 °C)
2 Air quality Chemical vapors: IEC 60721-3-3, unit in operation, Class 3C2;
Short-circuit protection Yes
Mechanical particles: IEC 60721-3-3, unit in operation, Class 3S2 Surge protection Yes (varistor input)
2 Altitude 100% load capacity (no derating) up to 3280 ft (1000 m); Conformed coated Yes (prevents corrosion)
1% derating for each 328 ft (100 m) above 3280 ft (1000 m); (varnished) boards
2 max. 9842 ft (3000 m); 380–480 V
Vibration FS4–FS9: EN 61800-5-1, EN 60068-2-6; 5 to 150 Hz,
2 displacement amplitude 1 mm (peak) at 5 to 15.8 Hz,
max. acceleration amplitude 1G at 15.8 to 150 Hz
2 Shock EN 61800-5-1, EN 60068-2-27 UPS Drop test (for applicable UPS

weights) Storage and shipping: max. 15 g, 11 ms (in package)
2 Enclosure class NEMA Type 1/IP21 or NEMA Type 12/IP54

(keypad required for IP54/Type 12)
2 Standards
EMC Immunity: Fulfills all EMC immunity requirements;
2
Emissions: EN 61800-3, LEVEL H (EMC C2)
Emissions EMC level dependent—
+EMC 2: EN61800-3 (2004) Category C2
2 Delivered with Class C2 EMC filtering as default.
Efficiency 97.5% at 480 V
2 96.6% at 208/230 V
2
2

H-Max Series Drives
2.10
Wiring Diagram
2
Control Input/Output, PID Application
2
BACnet/IP Ethernet Industrial Protocol
RJ-45 DB R+ Optional
2
Modbus/TCP Transmission Control Protocol (Ethernet Based)
Chopper R- Resistor
Optional
5% DC Link
L1 U (T1)
Three-Phase Input
2
Reactor
Circuit Three-Phase
Breaker L2 Input V (T2) Motor
Output
(Single-Phase not available)
L3 W (T3)
2
Slot A
Terminal Factory Default Signal
2
Resistor 1 +10V Reference Output
2 AI–1+
Analog Input Voltage (Range 0–10 Vdc)
(can be programmed to current 4–20 mA) 2
3 Vin Analog Output Common (Ground)
4 AI–2+
Analog Input Current (Range 4–20 mA)
(can be programmed to voltage 0–10 Vdc)
2
PI Setpoint or Feedback
Factory 5 AI–2– Analog Input Common 2
Jumper PI Setpoint or Feedback Test
6 24Vout Control Voltage Output (250 A max.)
ON OFF RS485 2
7 GND I/O Ground CURRENT VOLTAGE AO1
8 DIN1 START/STOP (Contact closed = start)

CURRENT
CURRENT
VOLTAGE
VOLTAGE
AI2
AI1 2
2
9 DIN2 External Fault (Closed = fault)
10 DIN3 Run Interlock Permissive IP Interlock
(Closed = OK)
11 COM DIN1–DIN6 Common 2
12 24Vout Control Voltage Output (250 A max.)
13 GND I/O Ground 2
14 DIN4 Speed Select 0–100% (Preset speed)
2
15 DIN5 Fire Mode (Contact closed = fire mode)
16 DIN6 Force Bypass (Contact closed = bypass) 2
17 CMB DIN1–DIN6 Common
18 AO–1+ Output Frequency (0–20 mA)
2
19 AO–1– Analog Output Common (Ground) 2
30 24 Vdcin Auxiliary Input Voltage
Analog
A DATA- RS-485 DATA- Programmable BACnet, 2
Modbus, N2
2
B DATA+ RS-485 DATA+
21 Relay Board 1 Slot B
Default Signal
22 RO1 Bypass Run 2
23
24
24 Vdc/8A
250 Vac/8A
2
125 Vdc/0.4A
25 RO2 Drive Run
2
26
32 2
RO3 Fault
2
33
Standards
● Digital inputs D1–D6, relay
Includes
● Six digital input
Reliability
● Pretested components
2
out, analog in/out are freely Two analog input Conformal coated
2
● ●
programmed ● One analog output (varnished) boards

● The user can assign a 40 °C rated
2
●
● Three relay output
single input to multiple ● 110% overload for one
functions
● RS-485
● Ethernet (BACnet and
Modbus) ●
minute
Eaton Electrical Services &
2
Systems national network
of AF drive specialists 2

H-Max Series Drives
Dimensions
2 H-Max Series Frames FS4–FS7
2
W2
2
2 H1
H3 W1 H2
2
2
2 D W3
2 Hole
Center-to-Center Weight in
Voltage hp kW Amps D H1 H2 H3 W1 W2 W3 Lbs (kg)
2 FS4
2 230 Vac 0.75–4 0.55–3.0 3.7–12.5 7.77

(197.3)
12.89
(327.5)
12.32
(313.0)
11.22
(285.0)
5.04
(128.0)
3.94
(100.0)
3.94
(100.0)
13.2
(6)
480 Vac 1.5–7.5 1.1–5.5 3.4–12
2 FS5
230 Vac 5–10 4–7.5 18–31 8.73 16.50 15.98 15.04 5.67 4.53 3.94 22.0
2 480 Vac 10–20 7.5–15 16–31
(221.6) (419.0) (406.0) (382.0) (144.0) (115.0) (100.0) (10)
2 FS6
230 Vac 15–20 11–15 48–62 9.29 21.93 21.28 20.24 7.68 5.83 5.83 44.1
2
(236.0) (557.0) (540.5) (514.0) (195.0) (148.0) (148.0) (20)
480 Vac 25–40 18.5–30 38–61
FS7
2 230 Vac 25–30 18.5–30 75–105 10.49 25.98 25.39 24.29 9.06 7.48 7.48 82.6
(266.5) (660.0) (645.0) (617.0) (230.0) (190.0) (190.0) (37.5)
480 Vac 50–75 37–55 72–105
2
2 H-Max Series Frames FS8 and FS9
2 W1 W2
2 W3
2
H3 H1 H2
2
2
2 D
2 Hole
Center-to-Center Weight in
Voltage hp kW Amps D H1 H2 H3 W1 W2 W3 Lbs (kg)
2 FS8
2 230 Vac 50–75 37–55 140–205 13.76

(349.6)
38.02
(965.7)
37.26
(946.4)
37.26
(946.4)
11.42
(290.1)
9.29
(236.0)
1.42
(36.0)
154.3
(70)
480 Vac 100–150 75–110
2 FS9
230 Vac 100–120 75–90 261–310 14.63 33.09 31.89 31.89 18.90 15.75 1.57 238.1
2 480 Vac 200–250 132–160
(371.6) (890.4) (810.0) (810.0) (480.0) (400.0) (40.0) (108)
2 Note: For flange dimension, please reference User Manual.

H-Max Series Drives
2.10
Contents
H-Max IntelliPass and IntelliDisconnect Drives
Description Page
2
H-Max Drives . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V6-T2-235 2
H-Max IntelliPass and IntelliDisconnect Drives
Wiring Diagrams . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V6-T2-260
Dimensions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V6-T2-262 2
2
2
2
2
2
H-Max IntelliPass and IntelliDisconnect Drives 2
The IntelliPass electronic Industry-leading energy Designed with Our Customers Product
bypass is a two or optional saving solution—uses the in Mind ● IEC 61800-5-1 2
three contactor design using Eaton H-Max drive with ● Removable top and bottom ● UL508C
a 24 Vdc XT Series contactor Active Energy Control
algorithm.
entry panels ● cUL 2
with an optional manual ● Door-mounted graphic ● OSHPD Seismic Certified
override switch that allows
the unit to run in bypass
Built to be as tough as the display and keypad 2
application—Eaton’s robust ● Easily accessible
without the H-Max Series
drive.
design boasts an industrial
grade enclosure and industry
connection terminals with
removable I/O terminal
2
connections
The IntelliPass software
parameters utilize engineering
proven components.
2
● Industrial Power Supply Engineered Product Solution
units common to the HVAC
industry. Onboard startup
● XT Contactors ● The Eaton H-Max 2
wizard guarantees flawless ● 22 mm Pilot Devices IntelliPass and
commissioning with plug-
Built-in electronic bypass
IntelliDisconnect products 2
and-play screen entry. are available with a variety
capability with external
Available in NEMA/UL Type 1,
24 Vdc power supply allows
of factory tested and
certified options meeting
2
Type 12 and Type 3R with
the H-Max drive to control
optional pre-engineered
operator devices to meet
the bypass circuit through
or exceeding UL508C
requirements 2
the keypad, digital input or
all customized specification
requirements.
BMS communications and
in fault conditions.
2
The IntelliPass construction
features allow for easy
2
installation, reliable operation
and serviceability with 2
additional onboard wire space,
and removable conduit plates 2
with knockouts.
2
2
2
2
2

H-Max Series Drives

2
H-Max Series IntelliPass and IntelliDisconnect Drives
2
HMX 011 3 4 N A _ _ Build
_ options
_ alphabetically
_ _ and_numerically.
_ _ _
2
2 Product
HMX = HVAC drive (VT)
Software Series
A–Z
Extended I/O Options in Slot D and E
B1 = 6 x DI /DO, Each digital input can be individually
2
(low overload) programmed as digital output
B2 = 1RO (NC/NO), 1RO (NO), 1 Thermistor
B4 = 1 x AI, 2 x AO (isolated)
2 208 Volts
NEC Ampere Ratings
480 Volts
Braking/Application
B5 = 3 x RO
B9 = 1RO (NO), 5 DI 42–240 Vac input
(low overload) BF = Expander IO, 1 AO, 1 DO, 1 RO
2
4D6 = 4.6 A–1 hp 2D1 = 2.1 A–1 hp
7D5 = 7.5 A–2 hp 3D4 = 3.4 A–2 hp
011 = 11 A–3 hp 5D6 = 5.6 A–3 hp
2 017 = 17 A–5 hp 7D6 = 7.6 A–5 hp Voltage Optional Communications in Slot D and E
025 = 25 A–7.5 hp 011 = 11 A–7.5 hp 1 = 208V C4 = LonWorks
031 = 31 A–10 hp 014 = 14 A–10 hp 2 = 230 V
2 047 = 47 A–15 hp
060 = 60 A–20 hp
021 = 21 A–15 hp
027 = 27 A–20 hp
4 = 480 V
EMC Upgrade Option Keypad Options
2
075 = 75 A–25 hp 034 = 34 A–25 hp EMC C2 Standard None available
088 = 88 A–30 hp 040 = 40 A–30 hp Enclosure Style
114 = 114 A–40 hp 052 = 52 A–40 hp 3 = IntelliPass NEMA Type 1
2 143 = 143 A–50 hp
169 = 169 A–60 hp
065 = 65 A–50 hp
077 = 77 A–60 hp
4
5
=
=
IntelliPass NEMA Type 12
IntelliPass NEMA Type 3R
IntelliDisconnect Options
211 = 211 A–75 hp 096 = 96 A–75 hp L3 = Pilot lights (Power ON, RUN, Fault)
6 = IntelliPass oversized NEMA Type 1
2 273 = 273 A–100 hp
230 Volts
124 = 124 A–100 hp
156 = 156 A–125 hp
7
A
=
=
IntelliPass oversized NEMA Type 12
IntelliDisconnect NEMA Type 1
P3
PE
=
=
Fused drive isolation
Output contactor
180 = 180 A–150 hp SA = Space heater w/transformer (Type 3R only)
2
B = IntelliDisconnect NEMA Type 12
4D2 = 4.2 A–1 hp
240 = 240 A–200 hp C = IntelliDisconnect NEMA Type 3R
6D8 = 6.8 A–2 hp
302 = 302 A–250 hp D = IntelliDisconnect oversized NEMA Type 1
9D6 = 9.6 A–3 hp IntelliPass Bypass Options
2 016 = 16 A–5 hp
022 = 22 A–7.5 hp
E = IntelliDisconnect oversized NEMA Type 12
L4 = Pilot lights (Power ON, RUN, Fault, Bypass)
P3 = Fused drive isolation (can not be used with IS, P6 or M1)
2
028 = 28 A–10 hp P6 = Third contactor drive isolation
042 = 42 A–15 hp (cannot be used with P3, IS or MI)
054 = 54 A–20 hp M1 = Manual bypass, includes isolation contactor and pilot
2 068 = 68 A–25 hp
080 = 80 A–30 hp
lights (not available with P3, L4, P6 or IS)
SA = Space heater w/transformer (Type 3R only)
104 = 104 A–40 hp
2
K9 = Auxiliary contacts
130 = 130 A–50 hp IS = Isolation switch (cannot be used with P3, P6 or M1)
154 = 154 A–60 hp
192 = 192 A–75 hp
2 248 = 248 A–100 hp Standard Onboard Communications
RS-485 Communications
2 BACnet MS/TP = Master slave/token protocol (Universal BACnet) RS-485
Modbus RTU RS-485, ASCII or RTU, remote terminal unit 32 nodes
N2 = Johnson Controls Metasys N2 network
2 Onboard Ethernet-Based Communications
(port left side of keypad)
2 BACnet/IP Ethernet industrial protocol
Modbus/TCP Transmission control protocol (Ethernet-based)
2
Notes
2 IntelliPass—two contactor electronic bypass standard.
All boards are varnished. Corrosion resistant.
2 Battery included in all drives for real-time clock. Three year lifetime.
Keypad kit includes HOA bypass.
2 EMI/RFI filters included.

DC link choke included.
2 IntelliDisconnect includes 1 Form C and 1 Form A

IntelliPass includes 1 Form A.
2
When L3 or L4 option is selected, 1 Form A relay is used as well.
For more relays required, select/order the B5 option card.
2
2
2

H-Max Series Drives
2.10
Product Selection
2
H-Max Series IntelliPass NEMA Type 1—Two Contactor Bypass Standard
2
HMX_ 208 Vac
Enclosure
Frame Size Horsepower
Drive Rated
2
FS4 1 4.6 HMX4D631NA 2
2 7.5 HMX7D531NA
3 11 HMX01131NA 2
FS5 5 17 HMX01731NA
7.5 25 HMX02531NA
2
FS6
10
15
31
47
HMX03131NA
HMX04731NA
2
FS7 20 60 HMX06031NA 2
25 75 HMX07531NA
30 88 HMX08831NA 2
2
230 Vac
Enclosure Drive Rated 2
Frame Size Horsepower NEC Amps Catalog Number
FS4 1 4.2 HMX4D232NA 2
2
2 6.8 HMX6D832NA
3 9.6 HMX9D632NA
FS5 5 16 HMX01632NA
2
7.5 22 HMX02232NA
10 28 HMX02832NA 2
FS6 15 42 HMX04232NA
FS7 20 54 HMX05432NA 2
2
25 68 HMX06832NA
30 80 HMX08032NA
2
480 Vac
Enclosure Drive Rated
2
2
FS4 1 2.1 HMX2D134NA
2 3.4 HMX3D434NA
2
3 5.6 HMX5D634NA
5 7.6 HMX7D634NA 2
7.5 11 HMX01134NA
FS5 10 14 HMX01434NA 2
15
20
21
27
HMX02134NA
HMX02734NA
2
FS6 25 34 HMX03434NA
2
30 40 HMX04034NA
40 52 HMX05234NA 2
FS7 50 65 HMX06534NA
60 77 HMX07734NA 2
2
75 96 HMX09634NA
Notes
For Wiring Diagrams, see Page V6-T2-261.
For NEMA 12 or 3R enclosures, see Catalog Number Selection on Page V6-T2-248.
2
2
Call Technical Support for NEMA 3R specifics. Enclosure size and weight differ from NEMA 1 and 12 products.

H-Max Series Drives
H-Max Series IntelliPass NEMA Type 12—Two Contactor Bypass Standard

2
208 Vac
2 HMX_
2 FS4 1 4.6 HMX4D641NA
2
2 7.5 HMX7D541NA
3 11 HMX01141NA
2 FS5 5 17 HMX01741NA
7.5 25 HMX02541NA
2 10 31 HMX03141NA
FS6 15 47 HMX04741NA
2 FS7 20 60 HMX06041NA
25 75 HMX07541NA
2 30 88 HMX08841NA
2
D 40 114 HMX11471NA
50 143 HMX14371NA
2 60 169 HMX16971NA
5 75 211 HMX21171NA
2 100 273 HMX27371NA
2
230 Vac
2 Enclosure
Drive Rated
2 FS4 1 4.2 HMX4D242NA

2 6.8 HMX6D842NA
2 3 9.6 HMX9D642NA
FS5 5 16 HMX01642NA
2 7.5 22 HMX02242NA
2 FS6
10
15
28
42
HMX02842NA
HMX04242NA
2 FS7 20 54 HMX05442NA
25 68 HMX06842NA
2 30 80 HMX08042NA
D 40 104 HMX10472NA
2 50 130 HMX13072NA
60 154 HMX15472NA
2 75 192 HMX19272NA
2 5 100 248 HMX24872NA
Notes
2 For Wiring Diagrams, see Page V6-T2-261.
2 Call Technical Support for NEMA 3R specifics. Enclosure size and weight differ from NEMA 1 and 12 products.
2
2
2
2
2
2

H-Max Series Drives
2.10
480 Vac
HMX_
2
FS4 1 2.1 HMX2D144NA 2
2
3
3.4
5.6
HMX3D444NA
HMX5D644NA
2
5 7.6 HMX7D644NA
2
7.5 11 HMX01144NA
FS5 10 14 HMX01444NA 2
15 21 HMX02144NA
20 27 HMX02744NA 2
FS6 25 34 HMX03444NA
30 40 HMX04044NA 2
FS7
40
50
52
65
HMX05244NA
HMX06544NA
2
60 77 HMX07744NA
2
75 96 HMX09644NA
D 100 124 HMX12747NA 2
125 156 HMX15674NA
150 180 HMX18074NA 2
5 200 240 HMX24074NA
250 302 HMX30274NA 2
2
H-Max Series IntelliPass NEMA Type 3R—Two Contactor Bypass Standard 2
HMX_ 208 Vac 2
2
A 1 4.6 HMX4D651NA
2 7.5 HMX7D551NA 2
A
3
5
11
17
HMX01151NA
HMX01751NA
2
7.5 25 HMX02551NA
2
10 31 HMX03151NA
B 15 47 HMX04751NA 2
C 20 60 HMX06051NA
25 75 HMX07551NA 2
30 88 HMX08851NA
D 40 114 HMX11451NA 2
50
60
143
169
HMX14351NA
HMX16951NA
2
F 75 211 HMX21151NA
2
100 273 HMA27351NA
Notes 2
For NEMA 12 or 3R enclosures, see Catalog Number Selection on Page V6-T2-248. 2
2
2
2
2

H-Max Series Drives
230 Vac
2 HMX_
2 A 1 4.2 HMX4D252NA
2 2
3
6.8
9.6
HMX6D852NA
HMX9D652NA
2 A 5 16 HMX01652NA
7.5 22 HMX02252NA
2 10 28 HMX02852NA
15 42 HMX04252NA
2 B 20 54 HMX05452NA
C 25 68 HMX06852NA
2 30 80 HMX08052NA
2 D 40
50
104
130
HMX10452NA
HMX13052NA
2 60 154 HMX15452NA
75 192 HMX19252NA
2 F 100 248 HMX24852NA
2
480 Vac
2 Enclosure Drive Rated
2 A 1 2.1 HMX2D154NA
2 3.4 HMX3D454NA
2 3 5.6 HMX5D654NA
2
5 7.6 HMX7D654NA
7.5 11 HMX01154NA
2 A 10
15
14
21
HMX01454NA
HMX02154NA
2 20 27 HMX02754NA
B 25 34 HMX03454NA
2 30 40 HMX04054NA
40 52 HMX05254NA
2 C 50 65 HMX06554NA
2
60 77 HMX07754NA
75 96 HMX09654NA
2 D 100
125
124
156
HMX12544NA
HMX15654NA
2 150 180 HMX18054NA

F 200 240 HMX24054NA
2 250 302 HMX30254NA
2 Notes
2
2
2
2
2

H-Max Series Drives
2.10
H-Max Series IntelliDisconnect NEMA Type 1—Main Disconnect Standard
2
208 Vac
HMX_
FS4 1 4.6 HMX4D6A1NA 2
2
2 7.5 HMX7D5A1NA
3 11 HMX011A1NA
FS5 5
7.5
17
25
HMX017A1NA
HMX025A1NA
2
10 31 HMX031A1NA 2
FS6 15 47 HMX047A1NA
FS7 20 60 HMX060A1NA 2
25 75 HMX075A1NA
30 88 HMX088A1NA 2
2
230 Vac
FS4 1 4.2 HMX4D2A2NA 2
2
3
6.8
9.6
HMX6D8A2NA
HMX9D6A2NA
2
FS5 5 16 HMX016A2NA
2
7.5 22 HMX022A2NA
10 28 HMX028A2NA 2
FS7 20 54 HMX054A2NA 2
25 68 HMX068A2NA
30 80 HMX080A2NA 2
2
480 Vac
2
FS4 1 2.1 HMX2D1A4NA
2
2
3
3.4
5.6
HMX3D4A4NA
HMX5D6A4NA
2
5 7.6 HMX7D6A4NA
2
7.5 11 HMX011A4NA
FS5 10 14 HMX014A4NA 2
15 21 HMX021A4NA
20 27 HMX027A4NA 2
30 40 HMX040A4NA
2
FS7
40
50
52
65
HMX052A4NA
HMX065A4NA
2
60 77 HMX077A4NA
2
75 96 HMX096A4NA
Notes 2
For NEMA 12 or 3R enclosures, see Catalog Number Selection on Page V6-T2-248. 2
2
2

H-Max Series Drives
H-Max Series IntelliDisconnect NEMA Type 12—Main Disconnect Standard

2
208 Vac
2 HMX_
2 FS4 1 4.6 HMX4D6B1NA
2
2 7.5 HMX7D5B1NA
3 11 HMX011B1NA
2 FS5 5 17 HMX017B1NA
7.5 25 HMX025B1NA
2 10 31 HMX031B1NA
FS6 15 47 HMX047B1NA
2 FS7 20 60 HMX060B1NA
25 75 HMX075B1NA
2 30 88 HMX088B1NA
2
D 40 114 HMX114E1NA
50 143 HMX143E1NA
2 60 169 HMX169E1NA
5 75 211 HMX211E1NA
2 100 273 HMA273E1NA
2
230 Vac
2 Enclosure
Drive Rated
2 FS4 1 4.2 HMX4D2B2NA

2 6.8 HMX6D8B2NA
2 3 9.6 HMX9D6B2NA
FS5 5 16 HMX016B2NA
2 7.5 22 HMX022B2NA
2 FS6
10
15
28
42
HMX028B2NA
HMX042B2NA
2 FS7 20 54 HMX054B2NA
25 68 HMX068B2NA
2 30 80 HMX080B2NA
D 40 104 HMX104E2NA
2 50 130 HMX130E2NA
60 154 HMX154E2NA
2 75 192 HMX192E2NA
2 5 100 248 HMX248E2NA
Notes
2 For Wiring Diagrams, see Page V6-T2-261.
2
2
2
2
2
2

H-Max Series Drives
2.10
480 Vac
HMX_
2
FS4 1 2.1 HMX2D1B4NA 2
2
3
3.4
5.6
HMX3D4B4NA
HMX5D6B4NA
2
5 7.6 HMX7D6B4NA
2
7.5 11 HMX011B4NA
FS5 10 14 HMX014B4NA 2
15 21 HMX021B4NA
20 27 HMX027B4NA 2
FS6 25 34 HMX034B4NA
30 40 HMX040B4NA 2
FS7
40
50
52
65
HMX052B4NA
HMX065B4NA
2
60 77 HMX077B4NA
2
75 96 HMX096B4NA
D 100 124 HMX12E44NA 2
125 156 HMX156E4NA
150 180 HMX180E4NA 2
5 200 240 HMX240E4NA
250 302 HMX302E4NA 2
Notes
2
Call Technical Support for NEMA 3R specifics. Enclosure size and weight differ from NEMA 1 and 12 products. 2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2

H-Max Series Drives
H-Max Series IntelliDisconnect NEMA Type 3R—Main Disconnect Standard

2
208 Vac
2 HMX_
2 A 1 4.6 HMX4D6C1NA
2 2
3
7.5
11
HMX7D5C1NA
HMX011C1NA
2 A 5 17 HMX017C1NA
7.5 25 HMX025C1NA
2 10 31 HMX031C1NA
15 47 HMX047C1NA
2 B 20 60 HMX060C1NA
2 C 25
30
75
88
HMX075C1NA
HMX088C1NA
2 D 40 114 HMX114C1NA
50 143 HMX143C1NA
2 60 169 HMX169C1NA
F 75 211 HMX211C1NA
2 100 273 HMA273C1NA
2
230 Vac
2 Enclosure Drive Rated
2 A 1 4.2 HMX4D2C2NA
2 2
3
6.8
9.6
HMX6D8C2NA
HMX9D6C2NA
2 A 5 16 HMX016C2NA
7.5 22 HMX022C2NA
2 10 28 HMX028C2NA
15 42 HMX042C2NA
2 B 20 54 HMX054C2NA
2 C 25
30
68
80
HMX068C2NA
HMX080C2NA
2 D 40 104 HMX104C2NA
50 130 HMX130C2NA
2 60 154 HMX154C2NA
75 192 HMX192C2NA
2 F 100 248 HMX248C2NA
2 Notes
2 For NEMA 12 or 3R enclosures, see Catalog Number Selection on Page V6-T2-248.

2
2
2
2
2
2

H-Max Series Drives
2.10
480 Vac
HMX_
2
A 1 2.1 HMX2D1C4NA 2
2
3
3.4
5.6
HMX3D4C4NA
HMX5D6C4NA
2
5 7.6 HMX7D6C4NA
2
7.5 11 HMX011C4NA
A 10 14 HMX014C4NA 2
15 21 HMX021C4NA
20 27 HMX027C4NA 2
B 25 34 HMX034C4NA
30 40 HMX040C4NA 2
C
40
50
52
65
HMX052C4NA
HMX065C4NA
2
60 77 HMX077C4NA
2
75 96 HMX096C4NA
D 100 124 HMX124C4NA 2
125 156 HMX156C4NA
150 180 HMX180C4NA 2
F 200 240 HMX240C4NA
250 302 HMX302C4NA 2
Notes
2
Call Technical Support for NEMA 3R specifics. Enclosure size and weight differ from NEMA 1 and 12 products. 2
2
Onboard Network Communications
2
Johnson Controls 2
Metasys N2 BACnet Modbus RTU
H-Max Series provides H-Max Series provides H-Max Series provides . 2
communication between the communication to BACnet communication to Modbus
drive and a Johnson Controls networks. Data transfer is RTU RS-485 as a slave on 2
Metasys™ N2 network. With master-slave/token passing a Modbus network. Other
this connection, the drive
can be controlled, monitored
(MS/TP) RS-485. communication parameters
include an address range
2
BACnet/IP
and programmed from the
Metasys system. N2 can be 100Base-T interface.
from 1 to 247; a parity of
None, Odd or Even; and the 2
selected and programmed by stop bit is 1.
the drive keypad. Modbus TCP 2
Ethernet based protocol.
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2

H-Max Series Drives
H-Max Series Option Board Kits Available for Slots D and E

2 The H-Max Series drives customize the drive for your The H-Max Series factory-
2 can accommodate a wide
selection of expander and
application needs. The drive’s
control unit is designed to
installed standard board
adapter option boards to accept a total of two option I/O board and a relay
2 boards. output board.
2 Option Boards Mounted in Slots D and E
2
Option Kit
2
6 x DI /DO, each digital input can be individually programmed as digital output XMX-IO-B1-A
1RO Form C (NO/NC), 1RO Form A (NO), 1 thermistor XMX-IO-B2-A
2 1 x AI, 2 x AO (isolated) XMX-IO-B4-A

3 x RO Form A (NO) XMX-IO-B5-A
2 1RO Form A (NO), 5DI 42–240 Vac input XMX-IO-B9-A
LonWorks XMX-COM-C4-A
2 1 x AO, 1 x DO, 1 x RO XMX-IO-BF-A
2
Extended I/O Options in Slot D and E IntelliPass Bypass Options
2 Suffix Suffix
Description Number Description Number
2 6 x DI /DO, Each digital input can be individually B1 Pilot lights (Power ON, RUN, Fault) L4
programmed as digital output
2 1RO (NC/NO), 1RO (NO), 1 Thermistor B2
Fused drive isolation (can not be used with P6) P3
Third contactor drive isolation (cannot be used with P3 or IS) P6
2 1 x AI, 2 x AO (isolated)
3 x RO
B4
B5
Manual bypass switch located on front door M1
Space heater w/transformer (Type 3R only) SA
2 1RO (NO), 5 DI 42–240 Vac input B9
Auxiliary contacts K9
Expander IO, 1 AO, 1 DO, 1 RO BF
2
Isolation switch IS
2 Optional Communications in Slot D and E

Standard Onboard Communications
Suffix
2 Description Number
Description
Suffix
Number
LonWorks C4
2 RS-485 Communications
BACnet MS/TP = Master slave/token protocol (Universal BACnet) RS-485 BACnet
2 IntelliDisconnect Options Modbus RTU RS-485, ASCII or RTU, remote terminal unit 32 nodes Modbus
Suffix Johnson Controls Metasys N2 network N2

2 Description Number Onboard Ethernet-Based Communications
(port left side of keypad)
Pilot lights (Power ON, RUN, Fault) L3
2 Fused drive isolation (cannot be used with PE) P3
BACnet/IP Ethernet industrial protocol BACnet
Modbus/TCP Transmission control protocol (Ethernet-based) Modbus
2 Output contactor (cannot be used with P3) PE
Space heater w/transformer (Type 3R only) SA
2
2
2
2
2
2
2

H-Max Series Drives
2.10
2
Primary Design Features
Description IntelliPass IntelliDisconnect Description IntelliPass IntelliDisconnect 2
2
CB MMP Standard Standard Isolation switch Optional N/A
2 contactor bypass Standard N/A Top entry (power) Standard Standard
Electrical interlock
Third contactor (isolation)
Standard
Optional
N/A
N/A
Bottom entry (power)
Output contactor
Standard
Standard
Standard
Optional
2
2
H-Max Series Drives 2
Input Ratings Standards 2
2
Input voltage (Vin) 208, 230, 480 Vac, –10%/+10% EMC Immunity: Fulfills all EMC immunity requirements;
Emissions: EN 61800-3, LEVEL H (EMC C2)
Input frequency (fin) 50/60 Hz (variation up to 47–66 Hz)
Emissions EMC level dependent—
+EMC 2: EN61800-3 (2004) Category C2
Delivered with Class C2 EMC filtering as default.
2
Short-circuit withstand 65 kAIC combination
rating
Output Ratings
Control Connections 2
Analog input voltage 0 to 10 V, R = 200 kohms differential
Output voltage 0 to Vin/Uin line voltage in Resolution 0.1%; Accuracy ±1%
DIP switch selection (voltage/current)
2
Continuous output current Ambient temperature max. 104 °F (40 °C)
IL overload 1.1 x IL (1 min./10 min.)
Analog input current 0(4) to 20 mA; Ri –250 ohms differential
2
2
Overload current 110% (1 min./10 min.)
Initial output current 150% for two seconds
Analog output 0–10 V, 0(4) to 20 mA; RL max. 500 ohms; 2
Frequency resolution 0.01 Hz Resolution 10 bit; Accuracy ±2%;
Control Characteristics DIP switch selection (voltage/current) 2
Control method Frequency control (V/f) open loop sensorless vector control Relay outputs IntelliDisconnect: 2 programmable, 1 Form C, 1 Form A
Switching frequency 1–310 amps; adjustable with parameter 2.6.9

IntelliPass: 1 programmable, 1 Form A
With L3 or L4 option, 1 Form A relay is used
2
FS4–FS7: default 6 kHz Switching capacity: 24 Vdc/8 A, 250 Vac/8 A, 125 Vdc/0.4 A
Frequency reference Analog input: Resolution 0.1% (10-bit), accuracy ±1% Hard wire jumper Between terminal 6 and 10 factory default 2
DIP switch setting default RS-485 = off
A01 = current 2
Acceleration time 0.1 to 3000 seconds A12 = current
Deceleration time 0.1 to 3000 seconds

A11 = voltage
2
Protections
Braking torque
Ambient Conditions
DC brake: 30% x Tn
Overcurrent protection Yes 2
Ambient operating
temperature
FS4–FS7: 14 °F (–10 °C), no frost to 104 °F (40 °C)
(Drive can operate at 122 °F (50 °C) DC bus regulation anti-trip Yes (accelerates or decelerates the load) 2
Storage temperature –40° to 158 °F (–40° to 70 °C) Undervoltage protection
Earth fault protection
Yes
Yes (in case of earth fault in motor or motor cable,
2
2
only the frequency converter is protected)
Air quality Chemical vapors: IEC 60721-3-3, unit in operation, Class 3C2;
Mechanical particles: IEC 60721-3-3, unit in operation, Class 3S2 Input phase supervision Yes (trips if any of the input phases are missing)
Altitude 100% load capacity (no derating) up to 3280 ft (1000 m);

Motor phase supervision Yes (trips if any of the output phases are missing)
2
Overtemperature protection Yes
Enclosure class
max. 9842 ft (3000 m); 380–480 V
NEMA Type 1/IP21 or NEMA Type 12/IP54
Motor overload protection Yes 2
2
(keypad required for IP54/Type 12)
Short-circuit protection
Surge protection
Yes
Yes (varistor input)
2
Conformed coated
(varnished) board
Yes (prevents corrosion) 2
2
2

H-Max Series Drives
Wiring Diagrams
2
Control Input/Output, PID Application
2
BACnet/IP Ethernet Industrial Protocol
RJ-45 DB R+ Optional
2
Modbus/TCP Transmission Control Protocol (Ethernet Based)
Chopper R- Resistor
Optional
5% DC Link
L1 U (T1)
2 Circuit
Breaker L2
Three-Phase Input
Input
Reactor
Three-Phase
Output V (T2) Motor
(Single-Phase not available)
2 L3 W (T3)
Slot A
2 Terminal Factory Default Signal
Resistor 1 +10V Reference Output
2 2 AI–1+
Analog Input Voltage (Range 0–10 Vdc)
(can be programmed to current 4–20 mA)
3 Vin Analog Output Common (Ground)
2 4 AI–2+
Analog Input Current (Range 4–20 mA)
(can be programmed to voltage 0–10 Vdc)
PI Setpoint or Feedback
2 Factory 5 AI–2– Analog Input Common
Jumper PI Setpoint or Feedback Test
2 6 24Vout Control Voltage Output (0.1A max.)
ON OFF RS485
7 GND I/O Ground CURRENT VOLTAGE AO1
2 8 DIN1 START/STOP (Contact closed = start)

CURRENT
CURRENT
VOLTAGE
VOLTAGE
AI2
AI1
2
9 DIN2 External Fault (Closed = fault)
10 DIN3 Run Interlock Permissive IP Interlock
(Closed = OK)
2 11 COM DIN1–DIN6 Common
12 24Vout Control Voltage Output (0.1A max.)
2 13 GND I/O Ground
2 14 DIN4 Speed Select 0–100% (Preset speed)

15 DIN5 Fire Mode (Contact closed = fire mode)
2 16 DIN6 Force Bypass (Contact closed = bypass)
17 CMB DIN1–DIN6 Common
2 18 AO–1+ Output Frequency (0–20 mA)
2 19 AO–1– Analog Output Common (Ground)

30 24 Vdcin Auxiliary Input Voltage
2
Analog
A DATA- RS-485 DATA- Programmable BACnet,
Modbus, N2
2
B DATA+ RS-485 DATA+
21 Relay Board 1 Slot B
Default Signal
2 22 RO1 Bypass Run
23
2 24
24 Vdc/8A
250 Vac/8A
2 25 RO2 Drive Run 125 Vdc/0.4A
26
2 32
RO3 Fault
2
33
2 Standards
● Digital inputs D1–D6, relay
Includes
● Six digital input
Reliability
● Pretested components
2
out, analog in/out are freely ● Two analog input ● Conformal coated
programmed ● One analog output (varnished) boards
The user can assign a
2
●
● Three relay outputs (2 relays ● 40 °C rated
single input to multiple are factory wired for bypass ● 110% overload for one
functions
2 operation in IntelliPass
configurations) ●
minute
Eaton Electrical Services &
2 RS-485 Systems national network
●
● Ethernet of AF drive specialists

H-Max Series Drives
2.10
H-Max Series IntelliPass H-Max Series IntelliDisconnect Power Wiring
2
Incoming Power Incoming Power
L1 L2 L3 L1 L2 L3
2
Bypass
Circuit Circuit 2
Breaker Breaker
2
2
Optional Fuse
2
Optional Fuse
or
Drive Input
2
Contactor
To Drive Input
2
L1 L2 L3
To Drive Output
2
To Drive Input
2
U(T1) V(T2)W(T3)
To Drive Output
Optional 2
Output
U(T1) V(T2)W(T3)
Contactor
2
Output
Contactor
Bypass
Contactor
2
U(T1)
V(T2)
W(T3)
2
Motor
2
Overload 2
Relay
2
U(T1)
V(T2)
W(T3) 2
2
Motor
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2

H-Max Series Drives
Dimensions
2 H-Max Series IntelliPass and IntelliDisconnect Drives
2 W1
H3
2
D1
2
2
2
2
2
H4
2 H1 H2
2
2
2
2
2
2 C W2 W3 D2
2 Distance to mount multiple drives.

Top Bottom
2 FR4 4.00 (101.6) 2.00 (50.8)
2 FR5 4.75 (120.7) 2.50 (63.5)

FR6 6.50 (165.1) 3.25 (82.6)
2 FR7 10.00 (254.0) 4.00 (101.6)
2 Consult factory or use manual for final dimensions.

Frame Weight in
2 Size Voltage Horsepower (IL) H1 H2 H3 H4 C W1 W2 W3 D1 D2 Lbs (kg)
FS4 208 1–3 30.00 29.41 0.25 31.00 3.00 7.88 6.25 0.75 12.49 10.36 45 (20.41)
2 230 1–3
(762.0) (747.1) (6.35) (787.4) (76.2) (200.2) (158.8) (19.1) (317.2) (263.1)
2
480 1–7.5
FS5 208 5–10 37.00 36.72 0.25 38.31 3.00 9.60 7.97 0.75 15.35 13.22 57.5 (26.10)
(939.8) (932.7) (6.35) (973.0) (76.2) (243.8) (202.4) (19.1) (390.0) (335.8)
2 230 5–10
480 10–20
2 FS6 208 15–20 45.45 44.81 0.25 46.4 4.00 11.44 9.75 0.75 15.80 13.67 98.0 (44.45)
(1154.4) (1138.2) (6.35) (1178.6) (101.6) (290.6) (247.6) (19.1) (401.3) (347.2)
230 15–20
2 480 25–40
2 FS7 208
230
25–30
25–30
58.51
(1486.2)
57.87
(1470.0)
0.25
(6.35)
59.46
(1510.3)
5.00
(127.0)
14.52
(368.8)
12.83
(325.9)
0.75
(19.1)
15.68
(398.3)
13.72
(348.5)
165.0 (74.84)
2 480 50–75
Note: C distance is spacing required to mount multiple drives.

2

H-Max Series Drives
2.10
2
Enclosure Box A NEMA Type 3R
W D 2
2
2
2
2
2
H
H1 H2 H3
2
2
2
2
W2 2
W3 W1 D2 D1
2
0.44 (11.2)
Mounting
Holes 2
(4 Places)
2
2
2
2
2
2
Voltage hp
Approx.
Weight
Approx.
Shipping Weight
2
2
AC (IL) H H1 H2 H3 W W1 W2 W3 D D1 D2 Lbs (kg) Lbs (kg)
Three-Phase
208 V 1–10 33.00
(838.2)
31.36
(796.5)
29.67
(753.6)
25.35
(643.9)
21.05
(534.7)
16.92
(429.8)
15.30
(388.6)
2.07
(52.6)
17.24
(437.9)
16.26
(413.0)
3.31
(84.1)
170 (77) 215 (98) 2
230 V 1–10
480 V 1–20 2
2
2
2
2
2
2

H-Max Series Drives

2
Enclosure Box B NEMA Type 3R
2 W D
2
2
2
2
2
2 H2
2 H1 H
2
H3
2
2
2
2
2
W2
2 W3 W1 D2 D1
0.44 (11.2)
2 Mounting
Holes
(4 Places)
2
2
2
2
2
2
2 Approx. Approx.
Voltage hp Weight Shipping Weight
2 AC (IL) H H1 H2 H3 W W1 W2 W3 D D1 D2 Lbs (kg) Lbs (kg)
Three-Phase
2 208 V 15 46.09
(1170.7)
44.45
(1129.0)
42.77
(1086.4)
36.35
(923.3)
26.31
(668.3)
20.92
(531.4)
19.30
(490.2)
2.69
(68.3)
17.74
(450.6)
16.76
(425.7)
3.31
(84.1)
235 (107) 290 (132)
230 V 15
2 480 V 25–40
2
2
2

H-Max Series Drives
2.10
2
Enclosure Box C NEMA Type 3R
0.44 (11.2) 2
Mounting Holes
(4 Places)
2
W D
2
2
2
2
H1 H2 2
H3
2
H
2
2
2
W2
W1 D1
2
W3 D2
2
2
2
2
2
Approx.
Voltage hp Weight
AC (IL) H H1 H2 H3 W W1 W2 W3 D D1 D2 Lbs (kg)
Three-Phase 2
208 20–30 58.09 56.45 54.77 48.35 37.73 30.92 29.30 3.34 17.74 16.77 3.31 1
230 20–30
(1475.5) (1433.8) (1391.2) (1228.1) (958.3) (785.4) (744.2) (84.8) (450.6) (426.0) (84.1) 2
480 50–75
2
Note
1 Consult factory.
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2

H-Max Series Drives

2
Enclosure Box D
2 W
Ø0.44 (11.2) D
W1 Mounting Holes
2 (2 Places)
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2 H1
H
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2 W2 D1
Voltage hp Approx. Weight

2 AC (IL) H H1 W W1 W2 D D1 Lbs (kg)
NEMA Type 12
2 208 40–60 80.00 76.27 31.00 29.30 30.92 16.76 16.76 850
(2032.0) (1937.3) (787.4) (744.2) (785.4) (425.7) (425.7) (386)
2 230 40–75
480 100–150
2 NEMA Type 3R
208 40–60 96.00 76.27 37.73 29.30 30.92 17.74 16.76 900
2 230 40–75
(2438.4) (1937.3) (958.3) (744.2) (785.4) (450.6) (425.7) (409)
2
480 100–150
2
2
2
2

H-Max Series Drives
2.10
2
Enclosure Box 5
C 2
SS
2
2
2
Top View
2
2
B H
2
2
2
Bottom View 2
2
A
2
2
Voltage hp Door Approx.Weight
AC (IL) Wide A High B Deep C SS Mounting D D1 F G Height (H) Lbs (kg)
2
Three-phase
208 75–100 40.00 90.00 25.00 20.50 36.00 2.00 8.00 10.80 83.45 1275
(1016.0) (2286.0) (635.0) (520.7) (914.4) (50.8) (203.2) (274.3) (2119.6) (578)
230 100
2
480 200–250
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2

H-Max Series Drives

2
Enclosure Box F
2 W D
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
H1 H
2
2
2
2
2
2 W1 D1
2
2
2
2
2
2 Voltage hp Approx. Weight
AC (IL) H H1 W W1 D D1 Lbs (kg)
2 Three-Phase
2 208 75–100 93.58

(2377.0)
69.51
(1765.5)
60.00
(1524.0)
48.00
(1219.2)
37.50
(952.5)
26.00
(660.4)
1700
(772)
230 100
2 480 200–250
2
2
2
2
2
2

SPX Drives
2.11
Contents
SPX Drives
Description Page
2
SPX Drives 2
Features and Benefits . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V6-T2-270
Standards and Certifications . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V6-T2-270 2
Accessories . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V6-T2-277
Options . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V6-T2-278 2
2
Dimensions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V6-T2-293
2
2
2
2
Product Description 2
The SPX Series Adjustable
Frequency Drives from
The SPX supports fast drive-
to-drive communication. It
The Eaton family of drives
includes DA1, DC1, H-Max,
2
Eaton’s Electrical Sector are also offers an integrated M-Max, SVX and SPX. 9000X
specifically designed for high data logger functionality for Series drive ratings are rated 2
performance applications. analysis of dynamic events for either high overload (IH) or
Equipped with high without the need of additional low overload (IL). IL indicates 2
processing power, the SPX hardware. Simultaneous fast 110% overload capacity for
can use information from an
encoder or a resolver in order
monitoring of several drives
can be done by using the
1 minute out of 10 minutes.
IH indicates 150% overload
2
to provide very precise motor
control. Sensorless vector
9000Xdrive tool and CAN
communication. In
capacity for 1 minute out of
10 minutes. 2
and simple frequency control applications where reliability
are also supported. Typical and quality are essential for 2
applications requiring high high-performance, the SPX is
performance are: master- the logical choice. 2
slave drives, positioning
applications, winder tension
control and synchronization.
2
The core of the SPX 2
is a fast microprocessor,
providing high dynamic
performance for applications
2
where good motor handling
and reliability are required. 2
It can be used both in open
loop applications as well 2
as in applications requiring
encoder feedback. 2
2
2
2
2
2
2

SPX Drives
Features and Benefits

2 ● Speed error <0.01%, ● Simplified operating menu ● Additional I/O and
2 ●
depending on the encoder
Incremental or absolute
allows for typical
programming changes,
communication cards
provide plug and play
while programming mode functionality
2 ●
encoder support
Encoder voltages of 5 V provides control of ● I/O connections with
(RS-422), 15 V or 24 V, everything simple quick connection
2 depending on the option ● Quick Start Wizard built terminals
card into the programming of ● Control logic can be
2 ● Full torque control at all the drive ensures a smooth powered from an external
speeds, including zero start-up auxiliary control panel,
2 ● Torque accuracy <2%;
● Keypad can display up to
three monitored
internal drive functions
and fieldbus if necessary
<5% down to zero speed
2 ● Starting torque >200%, ●
parameters simultaneously
LOCAL/REMOTE operation
● Brake chopper standard
from: 1–30 hp/380–500 V
depending on motor and
2 drive sizing
●
from keypad
Copy/paste function allows ●
3/4–15 hp/208–230 V
NEMA Type 1/IP21
● Integrated datalogger for
2 system analysis transfer of parameter
settings from one drive to
enclosures available Frame
Sizes FR4–FR11, NEMA
● Fast multiple drive the next Type 12/IP54 enclosures
2 monitoring with PC ● Standard NEMA Type 12/ available Frame Sizes FR4–
● Full capability for master/ IP54 keypad on all drives FR10 (FR10 and FR11
2 slave configurations ● Hand-held auxiliary 240 freestanding drives)
● High-speed bus (12 Mbit/s) power supply allows ● Open chassis FR10 and
2 for fast inter-drive
communication
programming/monitoring greater
of control module without ● Standard option board
2 ● High-speed applications
(up to 7200 Hz) possible
applying full power to the
drive
A9 I/O board and an A2
with special software
2 ● Robust design—proven
● The SPX can be flexibly
adapted to a variety of
relay output board installed
in slots A and B
500,000 hours MTBF
2 ● Integrated 3% line reactors
needs using our pre-
installed “Seven in One”
standard on drives from precision application
2 FR4 through FR9 programs consisting of:
● Line reactor is included but ● Basic
2 is separated from chassis ● Standard
● EMI/RFI Filters H standard ● Local/remote
2 up to 200 hp IH 480 V, ● Multi-step speed control
100 hp IH 230 V
PID control
2
●
● Multi-purpose control
2 Pump and fan control

●
with auto change
2
2
2
Product EMC (at default settings)
2 ● IEC 61800-2 ● Immunity: Fulfills all EMC ● UL Listed
immunity requirements; ● CE
2 Safety Emissions: EN 61800-3,
● UL 508C LEVEL H
2
2
2
2
2

SPX Drives
2.11
2
SPX Adjustable Frequency Drives
2
SPX 010 A 1 – 4 A 1 B 1 _ _ _ _ _ _
Options
2
Product Family Options appear in alphabetical order.
Extended I/O Card Options
2
SPX = Open drives
Horsepower Rating
A3 = 2 RO, Therm
A4 = Encoder low volt +5 V/15 V24 V 2
A5 = Encoder high volt +15 V/24 V
F07 = 3/4 125 = 125
001 = 1 150 = 150
A7 = Double Encoder
A8 = 6 DI, 1 DO, 2 AI, 1 AO
2
F15 = 1-1/2 250 = 250
AE = 3 DI (Encoder 10–24 V), Out +15 V/+24 V 2 DO (pulse + direction)
002 =
003 =
2
3
300 = 300
350 = 350
2
004 = 5 (IL) 400 = 400
2
B4 = 1 AI (mA isolated), 2 AO (mA isolated), 1 ext +24 Vdc/EXT + 24 Vdc
005 = 5 500 = 500
B5 = 3 RO (NO)
006 = 7-1/2 (IL) 550 = 550
600 = 600
007 =
010 =
7-1/2
10 650 = 650
700 = 700
B9 = 1 RO (NO), 5 DI 42–240 Vac input
BB = SPI, absolute encoder 2
015 = 15
Communication Cards
020 =
025 =
20
25
800 = 800
900 = 900 CA = Johnson Controls N2 C5 = PROFIBUS DP (D9 connector) 2
030 = 30 H10 = 1000 CI = Modbus TCP C6 = CANopen (slave)
040 =
050 =
40
50
H12 = 1200
H13 = 1350
CJ = BACnet
CQ = EtherNet/IP
C7 = DeviceNet
C8 = Modbus (D9 type connector)
2
H15 = 1500 C2 = Modbus D1 = Adapter—SPX only
2
060 = 60
075 = 75 H16 = 1600 C3 = PROFIBUS DP D2 = Adapter—SPX only
100 = 100 H20 = 2000 C4 = LonWorks D3 = RS-232 with D9 connection
2
2
AFD Software Series
A = Standard software Board Modifications
1 = Standard boards
2 = Conformal (varnished) coating 4
2
Enclosure 3
0 = Chassis
1 = NEMA Type 1/IP21 Brake Chopper Options 2
2
2
2 = NEMA Type 12/IP54 N = No brake chopper circuit
B = Internal brake chopper circuit
Voltage Rating 2
2 = 230 V (208–240) Input Options 1
4 = 480 V (380–500)
5 = 575 V (525–690)
Keypad
1 = Three-phase, EMC H
2 = Three-phase, EMC N
2
2
A = Alphanumeric 3 = Three-phase, EMC T
4 = Three-phase, EMC L
Notes
1 All 230 V drives and 480 V drives up to 200 hp (I ) are only available with input option 1 (EMC level H). 480 V drives 250 hp (I ) or larger are
2
H H
available with input option 2 (EMC level N). 575 V drives 200 hp (IH) or larger are available with input option 2. 575 V drives up to 150 hp (IH)
are available with input option 4 (EMC level L). 480 V and 690 V freestanding drives are available with input option 4 (EMC level L). 2
2 480 V drives up to 30 hp (I ) are only available with brake chopper option B. 480 V drives 40 hp (I ) or larger come standard with brake
2
H H
chopper option N. 230 V drives up to 15 hp (IH) are only available with brake chopper option B. 230 V drives 20 hp and larger come standard
with brake chopper option N. All 575 V drives come standard without brake chopper option (N). N = No brake chopper.
2
3 480 V drives 250–350 hp (I ) and 690 V drives 200–300 hp (I ) are available with enclosure style 0 (chassis). 480 V and 690 V FR10
H H
freestanding drives are available with 1 (NEMA Type 1/IP21) or 2 (NEMA Type 12/IP54). FR11 freestanding drives are only available with
enclosure style 1 (NEMA Type 1/IP21).
4 Factory promise delivery. Consult sales office for availability.
2
For High-Resistance Ground systems, any SVX/SPX drive can be used if the HRG system has ground supervision.
If no ground supervision feature is available, use EMC class N or T.
2
2
2
2
2

SPX Drives
Product Selection
2
230 V Drives
2
2
SPX Open Drives
Frame
2 FR4 3/4 3.7 1 4.8 SPXF07A1-2A1B1
2
1 4.8 1-1/2 6.6 SPX001A1-2A1B1
1-1/2 6.6 2 7.8 SPXF15A1-2A1B1
2 2 7.8 3 11 SPX002A1-2A1B1
3 11 — 12.5 SPX003A1-2A1B1
2 FR5 — 12.5 5 17.5 SPX004A1-2A1B1
5 17.5 7-1/2 25 SPX005A1-2A1B1
2 7-1/2 25 10 31 SPX007A1-2A1B1
2 FR6 10
15
31
48
15
20
48
61
SPX010A1-2A1B1
SPX015A1-2A1B1
2 FR7 20 61 25 75 SPX020A1-2A1N1
25 75 30 88 SPX025A1-2A1N1
2 30 88 40 114 SPX030A1-2A1N1
FR8 40 114 50 140 SPX040A1-2A1N1
2 50 140 60 170 SPX050A1-2A1N1
2 60 170 75 205 SPX060A1-2A1N1

FR9 75 205 100 261 SPX075A1-2A1N1
2 100 261 — — SPX100A1-2A1N1
2
2 Frame
2 FR4 3/4 3.7 1 4.8 SPXF07A2-2A1B1
1 4.8 1-1/2 6.6 SPX001A2-2A1B1
2 1-1/2 6.6 2 7.8 SPXF15A2-2A1B1
2 2
3
7.8
11
3
—
11
12.5
SPX002A2-2A1B1
SPX003A2-2A1B1
2 FR5 — 12.5 5 17.5 SPX004A2-2A1B1

5 17.5 7-1/2 25 SPX005A2-2A1B1
2 7-1/2 25 10 31 SPX007A2-2A1B1
2
FR6 10 31 15 48 SPX010A2-2A1B1
15 48 20 61 SPX015A2-2A1B1
2 FR7 20 61 25 75 SPX020A2-2A1N1
25 75 30 88 SPX025A2-2A1N1
2 30 88 40 114 SPX030A2-2A1N1
FR8 40 114 50 140 SPX040A2-2A1N1
2 50 140 60 170 SPX050A2-2A1N1
2
60 170 75 205 SPX060A2-2A1N1
FR9 75 205 100 261 SPX075A2-2A1N1
2 100 261 — — SPX100A2-2A1N1
2
2
2

SPX Drives
2.11
480 V Drives
2
SPX Open Drives
Frame 2
FR4 1 2.2 1-1/2 3.3 SPX001A1-4A1B1 2
1-1/2
2
3.3
4.3
2
3
4.3
5.6
SPXF15A1-4A1B1
SPX002A1-4A1B1
2
3 5.6 5 7.6 SPX003A1-4A1B1 2
5 7.6 — 9 SPX005A1-4A1B1
— 9 7-1/2 12 SPX006A1-4A1B1 2
FR5 7-1/2 12 10 16 SPX007A1-4A1B1
10 16 15 23 SPX010A1-4A1B1
2
15 23 20 31 SPX015A1-4A1B1
2
FR6 20 31 25 38 SPX020A1-4A1B1
25 38 30 46 SPX025A1-4A1B1 2
30 46 40 61 SPX030A1-4A1B1
FR7 40 61 50 72 SPX040A1-4A1N1 2
2
50 72 60 87 SPX050A1-4A1N1
60 87 75 105 SPX060A1-4A1N1
FR8 75 105 100 140 SPX075A1-4A1N1
2
100 140 125 170 SPX100A1-4A1N1
125 170 150 205 SPX125A1-4A1N1 2
FR9 150 205 200 261 SPX150A1-4A1N1
200 245 250 300 SPX200A1-4A1N1 2
2
380–500 V, NEMA Type 1/IP21 Freestanding Drives
Frame
2
FR10 250 330 300 385 SPX250A1-4A4N1
2
300 385 350 460 SPX300A1-4A4N1
2
350 460 400 520 SPX350A1-4A4N1
FR11 400 520 500 590 SPX400A1-4A4N1 2
500 590 550 650 SPX500A1-4A4N1
550 650 600 730 SPX550A1-4A4N1 2
Note
Integrated fuses as standard. Limited option selection available; 115 V transformer (KB), light kit (L1), HOA (K4),
2
2
speed potentiometer w/HOA (K2), Disconnect switch (P2). See Freestanding Option selection on Page V6-T2-284.
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2

SPX Drives

2 SPX Open Drives
Frame
2 FR4 1 2.2 1-1/2 3.3 SPX001A2-4A1B1
2 1-1/2 3.3 2 4.3 SPXF15A2-4A1B1

2 4.3 3 5.6 SPX002A2-4A1B1
2 3 5.6 5 7.6 SPX003A2-4A1B1
5 7.6 — 9 SPX005A2-4A1B1
2 — 9 7-1/2 12 SPX006A2-4A1B1
2
FR5 7-1/2 12 10 16 SPX007A2-4A1B1
10 16 15 23 SPX010A2-4A1B1
2 15 23 20 31 SPX015A2-4A1B1
FR6 20 31 25 38 SPX020A2-4A1B1
2 25 38 30 46 SPX025A2-4A1B1
30 46 40 61 SPX030A2-4A1B1
2 FR7 40 61 50 72 SPX040A2-4A1N1
2 50
60
72
87
60
75
87
105
SPX050A2-4A1N1
SPX060A2-4A1N1
2 FR8 75 105 100 140 SPX075A2-4A2N1

100 140 125 170 SPX100A2-4A1N1
2 125 170 150 205 SPX125A2-4A1N1
2
FR9 150 205 200 261 SPX150A2-4A1N1
200 245 250 300 SPX200A2-4A1N1
2
2 380–500 V, NEMA Type 12/IP54 Freestanding Drives
Frame
2
FR10 250 330 300 385 SPX250A2-4A4N1
2 300 385 350 460 SPX300A2-4A4N1

350 460 400 520 SPX350A2-4A4N1
2
2 380–500 V, Open Chassis Drives
Frame
2 Size 1 hp (IH) Current (IH) hp (IL) Current (IL) Catalog Number
FR10 250 330 300 385 SPX250A0-4A2N1
2 300 385 — 460 SPX300A0-4A2N1
2
350 460 400 520 SPX350A0-4A2N1
FR11 400 520 500 590 SPX400A0-4A2N1
2 500 590 — 650 SPX500A0-4A2N1

— 650 600 730 SPX550A0-4A2N1
2 FR12 600 730 — 820 SPX600A0-4A2N1
— 820 700 920 SPX650A0-4A2N1
2 700 920 800 1030 SPX700A0-4A2N1
2 FR13 800
900
1030
1150
900
1000
1150
1300
SPX800A0-4A2N1
SPX900A0-4A2N1
2 1000 1300 1200 1450 SPXH10A0-4A2N1

FR14 1200 1600 1500 1770 SPXH12A0-4A2N1
2 1600 1940 1800 2150 SPXH16A0-4A2N1
2 Notes
speed potentiometer w/HOA (K2), disconnect switch (P2). See Freestanding Option selection on Page V6-T2-284.
2 1 FR10–FR14 includes 3% line reactor, but it is not integral to chassis.

SPX Drives
2.11
575 V Drives
2
SPX Open Drives
Frame 2
FR6 2 3.3 3 4.5 SPX002A1-5A4N1 2
3
—
4.5
5.5
—
5
5.5
7.5
SPX003A1-5A4N1
SPX004A1-5A4N1
2
5 7.5 7-1/2 10 SPX005A1-5A4N1 2
7-1/2 10 10 13.5 SPX007A1-5A4N1
10 13.5 15 18 SPX010A1-5A4N1 2
15 18 20 22 SPX015A1-5A4N1
20 22 25 27 SPX020A1-5A4N1
2
25 27 30 34 SPX025A1-5A4N1
2
FR7 30 34 40 41 SPX030A1-5A4N1
40 41 50 52 SPX040A1-5A4N1 2
FR8 50 52 60 62 SPX050A1-5A4N1
60 62 75 80 SPX060A1-5A4N1 2
2
75 80 100 100 SPX075A1-5A4N1
FR9 100 100 125 125 SPX100A1-5A4N1
125 125 150 144 SPX125A1-5A4N1
2
150 144 — 170 SPX150A1-5A4N1
— 170 200 208 SPX175A1-5A4N1 2
2
Frame 2
FR10 200 208 250 261 SPX200A1-5A4N1 2
2
250 261 300 325 SPX250A1-5A4N1
300 325 400 385 SPX300A1-5A4N1
FR11 400 385 450 460 SPX400A1-5A4N1
2
450 460 500 502 SPX450A1-5A4N1
500 502 550 590 SPX500A1-5A4N1 2
2
Note
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2

SPX Drives

2 SPX Open Drives
Frame
2 FR6 2 3.3 3 4.5 SPX002A2-5A4N1
2 3 4.5 — 5.5 SPX003A2-5A4N1

— 5.5 5 7.5 SPX004A2-5A4N1
2 5 7.5 7-1/2 10 SPX005A2-5A4N1
7-1/2 10 10 13.5 SPX007A2-5A4N1
2 10 13.5 15 18 SPX010A2-5A4N1
2
15 18 20 22 SPX015A2-5A4N1
20 22 25 27 SPX020A2-5A4N1
2 25 27 30 34 SPX025A2-5A4N1
FR7 30 34 40 41 SPX030A2-5A4N1
2 40 41 50 52 SPX040A2-5A4N1
FR8 50 52 60 62 SPX050A2-5A4N1
2 60 62 75 80 SPX060A2-5A4N1
2 FR9
75
100
80
100
100
125
100
125
SPX075A2-5A4N1
SPX100A2-5A4N1
2 125 125 150 144 SPX125A2-5A4N1

150 144 — 170 SPX150A2-5A4N1
2 — 170 200 208 SPX175A2-5A4N1
2
2 Frame
2 FR10 200 208 250 261 SPX200A2-5A4N1
2 250
300
261
325
300
400
325
385
SPX250A2-5A4N1
SPX300A2-5A4N1
2
2 525–690 V, Open Chassis Drives
Frame
2 Size 1 hp (IH) Current (IH) hp (IL) Current (IL) Catalog Number
FR10 200 208 250 261 SPX200A0-5A2N1
2 250 261 300 325 SPX250A0-5A2N1

300 325 400 385 SPX300A0-5A2N1
2 FR11 400 385 450 460 SPX400A0-5A2N1
2
450 460 500 502 SPX450A0-5A2N1
500 502 — 590 SPX500A0-5A2N1
2 FR12 — 590 600 650 SPX550A0-5A2N1

600 650 700 750 SPX600A0-5A2N1
2 700 750 800 820 SPX700A0-5A2N1
FR13 800 820 900 920 SPX800A0-5A2N1
2 900 920 1000 1030 SPX900A0-5A2N1
2 FR14
1000
1350
1030
1300
1250
1500
1180
1500
SPXH10A0-5A2N1
SPXH13A0-5A2N1
2 1500 1500 2000 1900 SPXH15A0-5A2N1

2000 1900 2300 2250 SPXH20A0-5A2N1
2 Notes
2
1 FR10–FR14 includes 3% line reactor, but it is not integral to chassis.

SPX Drives
2.11
Accessories
2
2
9000X demo drive 9000XDEMO
2
9000X Series—SVX/SPX Conversion and Flange Kits 2
The Type 12/IP54 option kit is used to convert a
Type 1/IP21 to a Type 12/IP54 drive. The kit includes: 2
NEMA Type 12 / IP54 Conversion Kits 2
Frame 4 Type 12/IP54 kit OPTN12FR4 2
2
2
Flange Kits
2
mounted through the back panel of an enclosure. The kit includes
hardware and supporting steel plates. 2
NEMA Type 12 / IP54 Conversion Kits 2
Kit 2
Frame 4 flange kit Type 12/IP54 OPTTHR4 2
2
2
Frame 9 flange kit Type 12/IP54 OPTTHR9 2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2

SPX Drives
Options
2 9000X Series Option Board Kits
2 The 9000X Series drives can accommodate a wide selection of expander and adapter option boards
to customize the drive for your application needs. The drive’s control unit is designed to accept a
2 total of five option boards.
The 9000X Series factory installed standard board configuration includes an A9 I/O board and an A2
2 relay output board, which are installed in slots A and B.
Option Board Kits

2 Option Boards
Field Factory
2 Allowed Slot Catalog Option Local/
2 Standard I/O Cards
2 A B C 2 ext +24 Vdc/EXT +24 Vdc
2 RO (NC-NO) B OPTA2 — ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■
2 RO, therm B OPTA3 A3 — ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■
2 Encoder low volt +5 V/15 V/24 V C OPTA4 A4 — ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■
Encoder high volt +15 V/24 V C OPTA5 A5 — ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■
2 Double encoder—SPX only C OPTA7 A7 ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■
■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■
2
6 DI, 1 DO, 2 AI, 1 AO, 1 +10 Vdc ref, A OPTA1 — ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■
2 3 DI (encoder 10–24 V), out +15 V/+24 V, C OPTAE AE ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■
2 6 DI, 1 DO, 2 AI, 1 AO, 1 +10 Vdc ref, A OPTAFA1 — ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■
1 RO (NC-NO), 1 RO (NO), 1 therm B, C, D, E OPTB2 B2 — — — — — ■ ■
2 1 AI (mA isolated), 2 AO (mA isolated), B, C, D, E OPTB4 B4 — ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■
2 3 RO (NO) B, C, D, E OPTB5 B5 — — — — — ■ ■
2 1 RO (NO), 5 DI 42–240 Vac input B, C, D, E OPTB9 B9 — — — — — ■ ■
SPI, absolute encoder C OPTBB BB — — — — — — —
2 Communication Cards 3
Modbus RTU D, E OPTC2 C2 ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■
2 Modbus RTU (D9 connector) D, E OPTC8 C8 ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■
■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■
2
PROFIBUS DP D, E OPTC3 C3
PROFIBUS DP (D9 connector) D, E OPTC5 C5 ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■
2 Johnson Controls N2
BACnet MSTP
D, E
D, E
OPTC2
OPTCJ
CA
CJ
—
■
—
■
—
■
—
■
—
■
—
■
—
■
2 LonWorks D, E OPTC4 C4 ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■
Modbus TCP D, E OPTCI CI ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■
PROFINET, Modbus TCP, D, E OPTE9 E9 ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■
2 EtherNet/IP (dual-port)
EtherCAT (dual-port) D, E OPTEC EC ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■
2 SPX adapter D, E OPTD1 D1 ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■
SPX adapter D, E OPTD2 D2 ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■
2 RS-232 adapter D, E OPTD3 D3 ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■
2 Notes
2 3 OPTC2 is a multi-protocol option card.

SPX Drives
2.11
the SVX Drive as a slave on the SVX Drive on a DeviceNet the SVX Drive to BACnet
a Modbus network. The Network. It includes a networks. It includes a 2
interface is connected by 5.08 mm pluggable 5.08 mm pluggable connector.
2
ranges from 300 to 19,200
baud. Other communication
twisted shielded cable with
two-wire bus power cable
a collection of 30 Binary Value 2
parameters include an and drain. The baud rates Objects (BVOs) and 35 Analog
address range from 1 to 247; used for communication Value Objects (AVOs) to 2
a parity of None, Odd or include 125 Kbaud, communicate drive parameters.
Even; and the stop bit is 1. 250 Kbaud and 500 Kbaud. The card supports 9.6, 19.2 2
and 38.4 Kbaud communication
PROFIBUS Network
Communications
Johnson Controls
Metasys N2 Network
addresses 1–127.
2
Communications
The PROFIBUS Network Card
OPTC3 is used for connecting The OPTC2 fieldbus board EtherNet/IP Network 2
the SVX Drive as a slave on provides communication Communications
a PROFIBUS-DP network. between the SVX Drive and a The OPTCQ is used for 2
The interface is connected Johnson Controls Metasys™ connecting the SVX Drive to
by a 9-pin DSUB connector N2 network. With this Ethernet/Industrial Protocol 2
(female). The baud rates connection, the drive can be networks. It includes an
programmed from the
2
range from 1 to 127. Metasys system. The N2
fieldbus is available as a
objects to communicate drive
parameters (CIP is “Common 2
LonWorks Network factory installed option and Industrial Protocol”, the same
Communications as a field installable kit. protocol used by DeviceNet). 2
The LonWorks Network Card The board supports 10 Mbps
OPTC4 is used for connecting Modbus/TCP Network and 100 Mbps communication 2
the SVX Drive on a LonWorks Communications speeds. The IP address of the
network. This interface uses The Modbus/TCP Network board is configurable by Static,
2
Standard Network Variable Card OPTCI is used for
Types (SNVT) as data types.
The channel connection is
Ethernet networks utilizing
2
achieved using a FTT-10 A
Modbus protocol. It includes
an RJ-45 pluggable connector. 2
via a single twisted transfer This interface provides a
cable. The communication selection of standard and 2
speed with LonWorks is custom register values to
78 kBits/s. communicate drive parameters. 2
CANopen (Slave)
Communications
and 100 Mbps communication
2
board is configurable over
The CANopen (Slave)
Network Card OPTC6 is used Ethernet using a supplied 2
for connecting the SVX Drive software tool.
to a host system. According 2
to be chosen for CANbus 2
2
nominal 5 nS/m. 120 ohms
line termination resistors 2
2
2
2
2

SPX Drives
Control Panel Options

2
Factory Options
2 Factory Installed Field Installed
NEMA Type 1/IP21
2 Description Option Code Catalog Number
Local/Remote Keypad SVX Control Panel—This option is standard on all drives and consists of A KEYPAD-LOC/REM
2 an RS-232 connection, backlit alphanumeric LCD display with nine indicators for the RUN status
and two indicators for the control source. The nine pushbuttons on the panel are used for panel
programming and monitoring of all SVX parameters. The panel is detachable and isolated from the
2 input line potential. Include LOC/REM key to choose control location.
Keypad Remote Mounting Kit—This option is used to remote mount the SVX keypad. The — OPTRMT-KIT-9000X
2 footprint is compatible to the SV9000 remote mount kit. Includes 10 ft cable, keypad holder and
mounting hardware.
2 Keypad Blank—9000X Series select keypad for use with special and custom applications. — KEYPAD-BLANK
2 Miscellaneous Options
2 9000XDrive—A PC-based tool for controlling and monitoring of the SVX. Features include: loading parameters that can be 9000XDRIVE
saved to a file or printed, setting references, starting and stopping the motor, monitoring signals in graphical or text form,
2 and real-time display. To avoid damage to the drive or computer, SVDrivecable must be used.
SVDrivecable—6 ft (1.8 m) RS-232 cable (22 gauge) with a 7-pin connector on each end. Should be used in conjunction SVDRIVECABLE
2 with the 9000XDrive option to avoid damage to the SVX or computer. The same cable can be used for downloading
specialized applications to the drive.
2 External Dynamic Braking Resistors—Used with the dynamic braking chopper circuit to absorb motor regenerative
energy for stopping the load and to dissipate the energy flowing back into the drive. Resistors are separated into standard
See Page V6-T2-281
duty and heavy-duty. Standard duty is defined as 20% duty or less with 100% braking torque, while heavy-duty is defined as
2 50% duty or less with 150% braking torque.
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2

SPX Drives
2.11
SPX Drive Options
2
The brake chopper circuit Duty Cycle Torque 2
that require dynamic braking. on a 60-second period. For is less than 15%, dynamic 2
Dynamic braking resistors are example, the 20% duty cycle braking is not required
not included with drive
purchase. Consult the factory
resistor can carry 100% because the regenerated 2
current for 12 seconds out energy will be dissipated in
of every 60 seconds, while
the drive and motor losses. 2
supplied separately. A list of
30 seconds out of every 2
below and are complete 60 seconds.
indoor assemblies, include a 2
a thermal switch, and are not
UL Listed.
2
2
2
DBR – R100 – W0800
2
Dynamic Brake Resistor Resistance Rated Watts
2
2
1D0 = 1.0 Ohms 0800 = 800 Watts
100 = 100 Ohms 8000 = 8000 Watts
080K = 80,000 Watts

Drive hp
(CT/IH)
Minimum
Ohms
20% Duty Cycle, 100% Torque
Catalog Number Dimensions (Inches)
50% Duty Cycle, 150% Torque
Catalog Number Dimensions (Inches)
2
2
4
5
30.0
30.0
DBR-R036-W0800
DBR-R036-W0800
12W x 7D x 5H
12W x 7D x 5H
DBR-R030-W2400
DBR-R030-W2800
19W x 10D x 5H
19W x 13D x 5H
2
7.5 20.0 DBR-R020-W1200 12W x 10D x 5H DBR-R020-W4800 26.5W x 13D x 5H 2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2

SPX Drives

2 (CT/IH)
1
Ohms
63.0
Catalog Number
DBR-R100-W0400
Dimensions (Inches)
12W x 5D x 5H
Catalog Number
DBR-R100-W0800
Dimensions (Inches)
12W x 7D x 5H

2

2 30
40
14.0
6.5
DBR-R020-W4800
DBR-R112-W6000
26.5W x 13D x 5H
26.5W x 13D x 5H
DBR-R014-W020K
DBR-R007-W025K
30W x 18D x 24H
30W x 18D x 16H

2 150
200
3.3
3.3
DBR-R3D4-W025K
DBR-R3D3-W030K
30W x 18D x 16H
30W x 18D x 24H
DBR-R3D5-W085K
DBR-R3D3-W110K
30W x 18D x 56H
30W x 18D x 72H
2 250 1.4 DBR-R2D5-W036K 30W x 18D x 24H 1 —

300 1.4 DBR-R1D5-W045K 30W x 18D x 32H 1 —
2 350 1.4 DBR-R1D4-W060K 30W x 18D x 40H 1 —
1
2
400 0.9 DBR-R1D4-W060K 30W x 18D x 40H —
500 0.9 DBR-R0D9-W080K 30W x 18D x 48H 1 —
2 550 0.9 DBR-R001-W085K 30W x 18D x 56H 1 —
Note
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2

SPX Drives
2.11
2
2
(CT/IH) Ohms Catalog Number Dimensions (Inches) Catalog Number Dimensions (Inches)
2
10 30.0 DBR-R063-W1600 12W x 13D x 5H DBR-R063-W6000 26.5W x 16D x 5H 2
25
30
30.0
18.0
DBR-R030-W4000
DBR-R020-W4800
19W x 16D x 5H
26.5W x 13D x 5H
DBR-R030-W015K
DBR-R020-W020K
28W x 16D x 10H
30W x 18D x 16H
2
2
100 7.0 DBR-R013-W015K 28W x 16D x 10H DBR-R8D4-W060K 30W x 18D x 40H 2
175
200
7.0
2.5
DBR-R007-W030K
DBR-R3D3-W030K
30W x 18D x 24H
30W x 18D x 24H
DBR-R007-W100K
DBR-R2D6-W110K
30W x 18D x 72H
30W x 18D x 64H
2
250 2.5 DBR-R2D5-W036K 30W x 18D x 24H DBR-R003-W140K
1
30W x 18D x 72H
2
300 2.5 DBR-R3D3-W045K 30W x 18D x 32H —
400 1.7 DBR-R002-W060K 30W x 18D x 48H 1 — 2
450 1.7 DBR-R1D8-W070K 30W x 18D x 48H 1 —
500 1.7 DBR-R002-W080K 30W x 18D x 56H 1 — 2
Note
1 Consult factory. 2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2

SPX Drives
Control/Communication Options
2
Available Control/Communications Options
2 Option Description Option Type
K2 Door-Mounted Speed Potentiometer with HOA Selector Switch—Provides the SPX with the ability to start/stop and adjust the speed reference from door- Control
2 mounted control devices or remotely from customer supplied inputs. In HAND position, the drive will start and the speed is controlled by the door-mounted speed
potentiometer. The drive will be disabled in the OFF position. When AUTO is selected, the drive run and speed control commands are via user-supplied dry contact and
2 K4
4–20 mA signal.
HAND/OFF/AUTO Switch for Non-Bypass Configurations—Provides a three-position selector switch that allows the user to select either a HAND or AUTO Control
2
mode of operation. HAND mode is defaulted to keypad operation, and AUTO mode is defaulted to control from an external terminal source. These modes of operation
can be configured via programming to allow for alternate combinations of start and speed sources. Start and speed sources include keypad, I/O and fieldbus.
KB 115 V Control Transformer, 550 VA—Provides a fused control power transformer with additional 550 VA at 115 V for customer use. Control
2 L1 Power On and Fault Pilot Lights—Provide a white power on light that indicates power to the enclosed cabinet and a red fault light that indicates a drive fault Light
has occurred.
2 P2 Disconnect Switch—Disconnect switch option is applicable only with NEMA Type 1/IP21 and NEMA Type 12/IP54 Freestanding drives. Allows a convenient Input
means of disconnecting the SPX from the line, and the operating mechanism can be padlocked in the OFF position. This is factory-mounted in the enclosure.
2
2 SPX Freestanding Options
2 480 V and 690 V Control Options, 200–550 hp 1

Catalog Number
2
Description Suffix
Door-mounted speed potentiometer with HOA selector switch K2
2 HAND/OFF/AUTO switch (22 mm) K4

KB
115 volt control transformer 550 VA
2
2 480 V and 690 V Light Options, 200–550 hp 1
Catalog Number
2 Description Suffix
Power on/fault pilot lights L1
2
2 Input Options, 200–550 hp 1
Catalog Number
2 Description Suffix
Disconnect switch P2 2
2 Notes
2
1 Consult factory for adder information.
2 Applicable with FR10 and FR11 freestanding designs only.
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2

SPX Drives
2.11
Replacement Parts
2
FR4 Spare Parts
Quantity/ 230 V 480 V 575 V 2
Control fan NEMA Type 12 control fan 1 1 PP01086 PP01086 —
2
2
Control module 2 SPX control module 1 CPBS0000000000 CPBS0000000000 —
Standard slot A I/O card 1 OPTA9 OPTA9 —
Standard slot B I/O card 1 OPTA2 OPTA2 —
2
Main fan 2 DC fan (main) 1 PP01060 PP01060 — 2
Mounting kit, fixing kit, N12 1 1 FR00079 FR00079 — 2
2
FR5 Spare Parts
Quantity/ 230 V 480 V 575 V 2
Control fan NEMA Type 12 control fan 1 1 PP01088 PP01088 — 2
Control module 2 SPX control module
Standard slot A I/O card
1
1
CPBS0000000000
OPTA9
CPBS0000000000
OPTA9
—
—
2
Standard slot B I/O card 1 OPTA2 OPTA2 —
2
Mounting kit, fixing kit, N12 1 1 FR00081 FR00081 — 2
2
FR6 Spare Parts
Quantity/ 230 V 480 V 575 V 2
Control fan NEMA Type 12 control fan 1 1 PP01049 PP01049 — 2
2
Control module 2 SPX control module 1 CPBS0000000000 CPBS0000000000 CPBS0000000000
2
Other Mounting kit, fixing kit 1 FR00060 FR00060 FR00060
Mounting kit, fixing kit, N12 1 1 FR00082 FR00082 FR00082 2
2
FR7 Spare Parts
Quantity/ 230 V 480 V 575 V 2
Control fan NEMA Type 12 control fan 1 1 PP01049 PP01049 PP01049 2
2
2
Control module SPX control module 1 CPBS0000000000 CPBS0000000000 CPBS0000000000
Keypad 2
Standard slot B I/O card
SVX/SPX keypad
1
1
OPTA2
KEYPAD-LOC/REM
OPTA2
KEYPAD-LOC/REM
OPTA2
KEYPAD-LOC/REM
2
Main fan 2 DC fan (main) 1 PP01063 PP01063 PP01063 2
Other Mounting kit, fixing kit 1 FR07071 FR07071 FR07071
Mounting kit, fixing kit, N12 1 1 FR07072 FR07072 FR07072 2
Notes
2
2
1 Only for NEMA Type 12/IP54 Type drives.

SPX Drives
FR8 Spare Parts

2 Quantity/ 230 V 480 V 575 V
2
Control fan NEMA Type 12 control fan 1 1 CP01180 CP01180 CP01180
2 Control module 2 SPX control module 1 CPBS0000000000 CPBS0000000000 CPBS0000000000

2 Standard slot B I/O card 1 OPTA2 OPTA2 OPTA2
2 Main AC fan Fan AC 1 PP01123 PP01123 PP01123
Fan fuse 2 PP20202 PP20202 PP20202
2 Starting cap 1 S00734 S00734 S00734
2 Fan driver board AC

Isolation transformer (fan)
1
1
VB00599
S0000113
VB00799
S0000113
VB00799
S0000113
2 Main DC fan 2 DC fan 1 PP00071 PP00071 PP00071

DC power supply 1 S01016 S01016 S01016
2 Other Front cover, N12 1 1 FR08079 FR08079 FR08079
Conduit plate, N12 1 FR08082 FR08082 FR08082
2 Front cover, N1 1 FR08106 FR08106 FR08106
2 FR9 Spare Parts
2 Quantity/ 230 V 480 V 575 V

2 Control fan 50 mm fan

80 mm fan
1
1
PP09041
PP01068
PP09041
PP01068
PP09041
PP01068
2 Control module 2 SPX control module 1 CPBS0000000000 CPBS0000000000 CPBS0000000000

2 Standard slot B I/O card 1 OPTA2 OPTA2 OPTA2
Converter Power module 3 1 FR09-0261-2-ANV FR09-0261-4-ANV FR09-0125-5-ANV
2 1 FR09-0300-2-ANV FR09-0300-4-ANV FR09-0144-5-ANV
1 — — FR09-0170-5-ANV
2 Driver board 1 S00583 S00583 S00583
2 Shunt board 3 6
6
—
—
VB00535
VB00536
VB00537
VB00542
2 6 — — VB00543
DC section Balancing resistor 3 PP00052 PP00052 PP00052
2 Bus capacitor 8 S00335 S00335 PP01041
DC busbars DC– 1 FR09043 FR09043 FR09043
2 DC busbars DC+ 1 FR09044 FR09044 FR09044
DC busbars connection 1 FR09045 FR09045 FR09045
2 DC busbars +/– insulator 1 FR09046 FR09046 FR09046
2 Inverter
DC busbars –/con insulator
Rectifier module
1
1
FR09047
FR09826
FR09047
FR09822
FR09047
FR09823
2 Diode 3 CP01268 CP01268 CP01268

Rectifier board 1 — VB00459 VB00460
Main DC fan 2 DC fan 1 PP00072 PP00072 PP00072
2 DC power supply 1 S01017 S01017 S01017
Other Front cover power 1 FR09012 FR09012 FR09012
2 Front cover connection 1 FR09013 FR09013 FR09013
2 Front power conduit 1 FR09014 FR09014 FR09014
Notes
2 1 Only for NEMA Type 12/IP54 Type drives.
2

SPX Drives
2.11
FR10 Spare Parts
2
Category
Control
Description
Fiber board
Drive
1
Catalog Number
—
Catalog Number
S00451
Catalog Number
S00451
2
ASIC board 1 — S00457 S00457 2
Control module 1 SPX control module 1 — CPBS0000000000 CPBS0000000000 2
2
Converter Power module 2 1 — FR10-0385-4-ANV FR10-0261-5-ANV
2
1 — FR10-0460-4-ANV FR10-0325-5-ANV
1 — FR10-0520-4-ANV FR10-0385-5-ANV 2
1 — — FR10-0416-5-ANV
Driver board 1 — S00450 S00450 2
2
Driver adapter board 1 — VB00330 VB00330
6 — VB00498 VB00511
2
6 — VB00537 VB00545
Covers Top cover 1 — FR10340 FR10340 2
DC busbars kit (right)
Bus capacitor
1
12
—
—
S0000005
S00335
S0000005
S00336
2
Inverter Rectifier module 1 — FR10823 FR10823 2
Charging resistor 1 — PP00066 PP00066
Diode 3 — PP01177 PP01177 2
2
2
Notes 2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2

SPX Drives
FR11 Spare Parts

2 Quantity/ 230 V 480 V 575 V
2 Category
Control
Description
Fiber board
Drive
1
Catalog Number
—
Catalog Number
S00451
Catalog Number
S00451
2 ASIC board 1 — S00457 S00457

2 Control module 1 SPX control module 1 — CPBS0000000000 CPBS0000000000
2
2 Converter Power module 2 1 — FR11-0590-4-ANV FR11-0460-5-ANV

1 — FR11-0650-4-ANV FR11-0502-5-ANV
2 1 — FR11-0730-4-ANV FR11-0590-5-ANV
2 Driver adapter board 1 — VB00330 VB00330
2 Shunt board 2 9 — VB00513 VB00512

9 — VB00514 VB00546
2 9 — VB00538 VB00547
2 Inverter Rectifier module

Diode
1
3
—
—
FR10823
PP01177
FR10823
PP01177

2
Notes

2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2

SPX Drives
2.11
FR12 Spare Parts
2
Category
Control
Description
Fiber board
Drive
2
Catalog Number
—
Catalog Number
S00451
Catalog Number
S00451
2
ASIC board 2 — S00457 S00457 2
Star coupler 1 — S00593 S00593
Control fan ASIC fan 2 — PP01096 PP01096 2
Control module 1 SPX control module 1 — CPBS0000000000 CPBS0000000000
2
2
Converter Power module 2 1 — FR12-0820-4-ANV FR12-0650-5-ANV
1 — FR12-0920-4-ANV FR12-0750-5-ANV 2
1 — FR12-1030-4-ANV FR12-0820-5-ANV
Driver board 2 — S00450 S00450 2
2
Shunt board 12 — VB00498 VB00511
2
Inverter Rectifier module
Diode
2
3
—
—
FR10823
PP01177
FR10823
PP01177
2
Main DC fan 1 DC fan 4 — PP00072 PP00072 2
2
Notes
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2

SPX Drives
FR13 Spare Parts

2 Quantity/ 230 V 480 V 575 V
2 Category
Control
Description
ASIC board
Drive
1
Catalog Number
—
Catalog Number
S00457
Catalog Number
S00457
2 ASIC assembly 1 — 60S01030 60S01030

2 Control module 1 SPX control module 1 — CPBS0000000000 CPBS0000000000
2
2 Converter Power module 2 3 — FI13-1150-4-ANV FR13-1030-5-ANV

3 — FI13-1300-4-ANV FR13-1180-5-ANV
2 3 — FI13-1450-4-ANV FR13-920-5-ANV
2 Driver adapter board 2 — VB00330 VB00330
2 Shunt board 2 18 — VB00505 VB00516

18 — VB00514 VB00517
2 18 — VB00541 VB00547
Covers Top cover 3 — FI10001 FI10001
2 Side cover 3 — FI10003 FI10003
DC section Balancing resistor 6 — PP13034 PP13034
2 Inverter
DC busbars kit
Rectifier module
3
2
—
—
FI13329
FR10823
FI13329
FR10823
2 Diode 3 — PP01177 PP01177

2 Keypad 1 SVX/SPX keypad 1 — KEYPAD-LOC/REM KEYPAD-LOC/REM
Main DC fan 1
2
DC fan 4 — PP00072 PP00072
2 Notes
2 2 Select one part number based on the amperage rating of the drive. Please contact EatonCare at 877-ETN-CARE for assistance.
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2

SPX Drives
2.11
FR14 Spare Parts
2
Category
Control
Description
ASIC board
Drive
2
Catalog Number
—
Catalog Number
S00457
Catalog Number
S00457
2
Star coupler 1 — S00593 S00593 2
ASIC assembly 2 — 60S01030 60S01030
Star coupler kit 1 — FR10860 FR10860 2
Control module 1 SPX control module 1 — CPBS0000000000 CPBS0000000000
2
2
Converter Power module 2 1 — FR14-1770-4-ANV FR14-1500-5-ANV 2
1 — FR14-2150-4-ANV FR14-1900-5-ANV
1 — FR14-2700-4-ANV FR14-2250-5-ANV 2
2
2
36 — — VB00517
Covers Top cover 6 — FI10001 FI10001 2
Side cover 6 — FI10003 FI10003
Bus capacitor
DC busbars kit
72
6
—
—
S00335
FI13329
S00336
FI13329
2
Inverter Rectifier module 2 — FR10823 FR10823 2
Diode 3 — PP01177 PP01177
2
2
Notes
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2

SPX Drives

2
SPX Drives
2 Input Ratings Control Connections

Input voltage (Vin) +10%/–15% Analog input voltage 0 to 10 V, R = 200 kohms (–10 to 10 V joystick control)
2 Input frequency (fin) 50/60 Hz (variation up to 45–66 Hz)

Analog input current
resolution 0.1%; accuracy ±1%
0(4) to 20 mA; Ri—250 ohms differential
2 High withstand rating 100 kAIC
2
Output Ratings
Output voltage 0 to Vin
Analog output 0(4) to 20 mA; RL max. 500 ohms;
2 Continuous output current IH rated 100% at 122 °F (50 °C), FR9 and below
IL rated 100% at 104 °F (40 °C), FR9 and below
resolution 10 bit; Accuracy ±2%
IH/IL 100% at 104 °F (40 °C), FR10 and above Digital outputs Open collector output, 50 mA/48V
2 Overload current (IH/IL) 150% IH, 110% IL for 1 min. Relay outputs 2 programmable Form C relay outputs
switching capacity: 24 Vdc/8 A, 250 Vac/8 A, 125 Vdc/0.4 A
2 Output frequency
Frequency resolution
0 to 320 Hz
0.01 Hz
Protections
2
Overcurrent protection Trip limit 4.0 x IH instantaneously
Initial output current (IH) 250% for 2 seconds
Efficiency >96%
2 Control Characteristics
Earth fault protection In case of earth fault in motor or motor cable, only the
Control method Frequency control (V/f) Open loop: sensorless vector control
2 Closed loop: frequency control
frequency converter is protected
Closed loop: vector control Input phase supervision Trips if any of the input phases are missing
2 Switching frequency Adjustable with parameter 2.6.9 Motor phase supervision Trips if any of the output phases are missing
Frame 4–6 1 to 16 kHz; default 10 kHz Overtemperature protection Yes
2 Frame 7–12 1 to 10 kHz; default 3.6 kHz Motor overload protection Yes
2
Frequency reference Analog input: Resolution 0.1% (10-bit), accuracy ±1% V/Hz Motor stall protection Yes
2 Acceleration time 0 to 3000 sec.
Short-circuit protection Yes (+24 V and +10 V reference voltages)
High Performance Features
2 Deceleration time 0 to 3000 sec.
Speed error <0.01%, depending on the encoder
Braking torque DC brake: 30% x Tn (without brake option)
Encoder support Incremental or absolute
2 Ambient Conditions
Encoder voltages 5 V (RS-422), 15 V or 24 V, depending on the option card
Ambient operating 14 °F (–10 °C), no frost to 122 °F (50 °C) IH (FR4–FR9)
2 temperature 14 °F (–10 °C), no frost to 104 °F (40 °C) IL (FR10 and up)
14 °F (–10 °C), no frost to 104 °F (40 °C) IL (all frames)
Torque control
Torque accuracy
Full torque control at all speeds, including zero
<2%; <5% down to zero speed
2 Storage temperature –40° to 158 °F (–40° to 70 °C) Starting torque >200%, depending on motor and drive sizing
Relative humidity 0 to 95% RH, noncondensing, non-corrosive, Master/slave configurations Full capability
2 no dripping water
System analysis Integrated data logger
Air quality Chemical vapors: IEC 721-3-3, unit in operation, class 3C2;
PC communication Fast multiple drive monitoring with PC
2 Altitude
Mechanical particles: IEC 721-3-3, unit in operation, class 3S2
100% load capacity (no derating) up to 3280 ft (1000 m); Inter-drive communication High-speed bus (12 Mbits/s)
2
1% derating for each 328 ft (100 m) above 3280 ft (1000 m); High-speed applications Up to 7200 Hz (special software required)
max. 9842 ft (3000 m)
Vibration EN 50178, EN 60068-2-6; 5 to 50 Hz, displacement amplitude
2 1 mm (peak) at 3 to 15.8 Hz, max. acceleration amplitude
1G at 15.8 to 150 Hz
2 Shock EN 50178, EN 60068-2-27 UPS Drop test (for applicable UPS

weights) Storage and shipping: max. 15 g, 11 ms (in package)
2 Enclosure class NEMA 1/IP21 or NEMA 12/IP54, open chassis/IP20
2
2
2
2

SPX Drives
2.11
Dimensions
2
9000X Drives 2
NEMA Type 1/IP21 and NEMA Type 12/IP54, FR4, FR5 and FR6
2
W1
D1 W2 R2 2
R1
2
2
EATON
2
2
H1
H3
H2 2
2
2
2
R2
2
2
2
Knockouts 2
2
D3
D2
2
2
Voltage hp (IH) H1 H2 H3 D1 D2 D3 W1 W2 R1 Dia. R2 Dia.
Weight
Lbs (kg)
N1 (O.D.) 2
FR4
2
230 V 3/4–3 12.9 12.3 11.5 7.5 3.0 5.0 5.04 3.9 0.5 0.3 11.0 (5) 3 at 10.1 (28)
480 V 1–5
(327) (313) (292) (190) (77) (126) (128) (100) (13) (7)
2
FR5
230 V 5–7-1/2 16.5 16.0 15.3 8.4 3.9 5.8 5.7 3.9 0.5 0.3 17.9 (8) 2 at 1.5 (37) 2
(419) (406) (389) (214) (100) (148) (144) (100) (13) (7) 1 at 10.1 (28)
2
480 V 7-1/2–15
FR6
230 V 10–15 22.0
(558)
21.3
(541)
20.4
(519)
9.3
(237)
4.2
(105)
6.5
(165)
7.7
(195)
5.8
(148)
0.6
(15.5)
0.4
(9)
40.8 (19) 3 at 1.5 (37)
2
480 V 20–30
575 V 2–25 2
2
2
2
2

SPX Drives

2
NEMA Type 1/IP21 and NEMA Type 12/IP54 with Flange Kit, FR4, FR5 and FR6
2
2
2 W2
2 Dia. A
2 H2
2 H1
W1
2
2
2 H4
D1
2 H5
2 D2
2
2 H3
H7 Dia. B
2
2
2
Flange Opening
W5 FR4 to FR6 W4 W3
2
2 H8 H6 H9
2 FR4, FR5 and FR6 with Flange Kit

W1 W2 H1 H2 H3 H4 H5 D1 D2 Dia. A
2 FR4
2 5.0 (128) 4.5 (113) 13.3 (337) 12.8 (325) 12.9 (327) 1.2 (30) 0.9 (22) 7.5 (190) 3.0 (77) 0.3 (7)
FR5
2 5.6 (143) 4.7 (120) 17.0 (434) 16.5 (420) 16.5 (419) 1.4 (36) 0.7 (18) 8.4 (214) 3.9 (100) 0.3 (7)
FR6
2 7.7 (195) 6.7 (170) 22.0 (560) 21.6 (549) 22.0 (558) 1.2 (30) 0.8 (20) 9.3 (237) 4.2 (106) 0.3 (7)
2 Flange Opening, FR4 to FR6
2 W3 W4 W5 H6 H7 H8 H9 Dia. B
FR4
2 4.8 (123) 4.5 (113) — 12.4 (315) 12.8 (325) — 0.2 (5) 0.3 (7)
FR5
2 5.3 (135) 4.7 (120) — 16.2 (410) 16.5 (420) — 0.2 (5) 0.3 (7)
2
FR6
7.3 (185) 6.7 (170) 6.2 (157) 21.2 (539) 21.6 (549) 0.3 (7) 0.2 (5) 0.3 (7)

SPX Drives
2.11
2
H1 2
H2
2
2
W2 W1
2
2
2
R2 R1 R2
2
2
2
Knockouts
H3
2
D2 2
2
D1
2
D3
2
2
Voltage hp (IH) H1 H2 H3 D1 D2 D3 W1 W2 R1 Dia. R2 Dia.
Weight
Lbs (kg)
N1 (O.D.)
2
230 V 20–30 24.8 (630) 24.2 (614) 23.2 (590) 10.1 (257) 3.0 (77) 7.3 (184) 9.3 (237) 7.5 (190) 0.7 (18) 0.4 (9) 77.2 (35) 3 at 1.5 (37)
2
480 V 40–60
575 V 30–40 2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2

SPX Drives

2
2 H1
H2
2
2
2
2 W1 W2
2
2
2
2 R2
R1
2 H3
2
2
2
2
D1
2
2
2
2
2 Voltage hp (IH) D1 H1 H2 H3 W1 W2 R1 Dia. R2 Dia.
Weight
Lbs (kg)
2 230 V
480 V
40–60
75–125
13.5 (344) 30.1 (764) 28.8 (732) 28.4 (721) 11.5 (291) 10 (255) 0.7 (18) 0.4 (9) 127 (58)
2 575 V 50–75
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2

SPX Drives
2.11
2
NEMA Type 1/IP21 and NEMA Type 12/IP54, with Flange Kit, FR7 and FR8
H6 H4 H4 H5 Dia. A 2
2
2
W4 W2 2
2
2
H2 2
H1
W3
H7 W1 2
2
2
D1
2
D2
2
2
2
H3
H12 H9 H9 H10 H11

2
2
2
Flange Opening W7
W5 W6 FR7/FR8
Dia. B
2
H13 H8 2
W1 W2 W3 W4 H1 H2 H3 H4 H5 H6 H7 D1 D2 Dia. A 2
FR7
9.3 (237) 6.8 (175) 10.6 (270) 10.0 (253) 25.6 (652) 24.9 (632) 24.8 (630) 7.4 (189) 7.4 (189) 0.9 (23) 0.8 (20) 10.1 (257) 4.6 (117) 0.3 (6) 2
2
FR8
11.2 (285) — 14.0 (355) 13.0 (330) 32.8 (832) — 29.3 (745) 10.2 (258) 10.4 (265) 1.7 (43) 2.2 (57) 13.5 (344) 4.3 (110) 0.4 (9)
Flange Opening, FR7 and FR8

2
W5 W6 W7 H8 H9 H10 H11 H12 H13 Dia. B
2
FR7
9.2 (233) 6.9 (175) 10.0 (253) 24.4 (619) 7.4 (189) 7.4 (189) 1.4 (35) 1.3 (32) 1.0 (25) 0.3 (6) 2
FR8
11.9 (301) — 13.0 (330) 31.9 (810) 10.2 (258) 10.4 (265) — — 1.3 (33) 0.4 (9)
2
2
2
2

SPX Drives

2
2 H6 H4 H3 W4
2
2
B- B+ /R+ R-
2 W5
W3 W2 W1
2 W5
PE
2
2 H2 H5 D3
2
H1
Dia.
2
2
2 D1 D2
2
2 Weight
Voltage hp (IH) W1 W2 W3 W4 H1 H2 H3 H4 1 D1 D2 D3 Dia. Lbs (kg)
2 230 V 75–100 18.9 15.7 0.4 2.1 45.3 44.1 0.6 7.4 14.2 13.4 11.2 0.8 321.9 (146)
(480) (400) (9) (54) (1150) (1120) (16) (188) (361.5) (340) (285) (21)
2 480 V
575 V
150–200
100–175
2 Note
1 Brake resistor terminal box (H6) included when brake chopper ordered.
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2

SPX Drives
2.11
2
NEMA Type 1/IP21 and NEMA Type 12/IP54, FR9 with Flange Kit
H7 2
2
W5
2
W1
2
2
2
2
Dia.
2
2
D1 2
D2
2
D3
2
H4 H2 H4
2
2
H5 H3 H3 H3 H5
2
2
W4
Flange Opening
2
W3 W2
2
FR9
W4
2
2
H6 H1
.20 (5) 2
Dia.
W1 W2 W3 W4 W5 H1 H2 H3 H4 H5 H6 H7 D1 D2 D3 Dia. 2
20.9 (530) 20.0 (510) 19.1 (485) 7.9 (200) 0.2 (5.5) 51.7 (1312) 45.3 (1150) 16.5 (420) 3.9 (100) 1.4 (35) 0.4 (9) 0.1 (2) 24.9 (362) 13.4 (340) 4.3 (109) 0.8 (21)
2
2
2
2
2
2
2

SPX Drives

2
NEMA Type 1/IP21 and NEMA Type 12/IP54, FR10 Freestanding
2 W7 W5
W6 W6
2 W4 W4
2
2 Dia. 1 Dia. 2
Dia. 3
2 D3 D2 D6 D7
D5
2 D4
2 W2
W3 W3 W3 W3 W2
2
W1 D1
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2 H1
H2
2
2
2 Operator
(Shown with
Optional
2 Disconnect)
2 H3
2
2
2 hp Weight
Volts (IH) W1 W2 W3 W4 W5 W6 W7 H1 H2 H3 D1 D2 D3 D4 D5 D6 D7 Dia. 1 Dia. 2 Dia. 3 Lbs (kg)
2 480 V 250–350 23.43 2.46 4.53 0.79 5.95 2.95 30.11 79.45 74.80 20.18 23.70 17.44 19.02 0.47 11.22 17.60 20.08 0.83 1.89 0.43 875 (389)
(595) (62.5) (115) (20) (151) (75) (79) (2018) (1900) (512.5) (602) (443) (483) (12) (285) (447) (510) (21) (48) (11)
690 V 200–300
2
2
2
2

SPX Drives
2.11
2
FR10 Open Chassis 1
H3
2
2
H5 H4
W3
2
2
W2 W5 W1 2
2
2
2
H7
H2
H6 W4
2
H1
2
2
2
2
2
D1
D3 D4
D2
2
2
2
Weight 2
Voltage hp (IH) W1 W2 W3 W4 W5 H1 H2 H3 H4 H5 H6 H7 D1 D2 D3 D4 Lbs (kg)
480 V 250–350 19.7 16.7 1.2 2.6 12.8 45.9 44.1 34.6 33.5 0.7 24.7 10.8 19.9 17.9 16.7 16.6 518 2
(500) (425) (30) (67) (325) (1165) (1121) (879) (850) (17) (627) (275) (506) (455) (423) (421) (235)
575 V 200–300
Note
2
2
1 SPXX FR12 is built of two FR10 modules. Please refer to SPX installation manual for mounting instructions.
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2

SPX Drives

2
NEMA Type 1/IP21, FR11 Freestanding Drive
2 W5 W8
W6 W6 W6 W7 W7 W6 W6 W6
2 W4
2
2 Dia. 3
Dia. 1 Dia. 2
2 D3 D5
2 D2 D4
2 W2
W3 W3 W3 W3 W2
2 W1 D1
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2 H1
H2
2
2
Operator
2 (Shown with
Optional
Disconnect)
2
2 H3
2
2
hp Weight
2 Voltage (IH) W1 W2 W3 W4 W5 W6 W7 W8 H1 H2 H3 D1 D2 D3 D4 D5 Dia. 1 Dia. 2 Dia. 3 Lbs (kg)
480 V 400–550 31.26 2.40 6.50 0.79 3.43 2.95 2.52 1.18 79.45 74.80 20.18 23.70 11.22 19.09 0.47 17.60 0.83 1.89 0.35 x 0.43 526
2 690 V 400–500
(794) (61) (165) (20) (87) (75) (64) (30) (2018) (1900) (512.5) (602) (285) (485) (12) (447) (21) (48) (9 x 11) (239)
2
2
2
2

SPX Drives
2.11
2
FR11 Open Chassis
H2 2
W3 W3 2
2
W2 W2
2
2
W2 W2
2
2
Shown without
terminal cover
2
2
H1 2
2
2
2
W1 2
2
2
2
2
2
2
D2 D1
2
2
2
2
Weight
Voltage hp (IH) W1 W2 W3 H1 H2 D1 D2 Lbs (kg)
2
480 V 400–550 27.9 (709) 8.6 (225) 2.6 (67) 45.5 (1155) 33.5 (850) 19.8 (503) 18.4 (468) 833 (378)
575 V 400–500
2
2
2
2

SPX Drives

2
FR13, Open Chassis Inverter
2 W3
D6
2 Dia. 4
2 D8
2 D7
2
D6
D5
2 W4 W4 W4 W4 W4 Dia. 1
D1 D2 W1
2
2
2
2 H3 H1 H4
2
2
2 H2
Dia. 3
2 Dia. 2 W2 W2 W2 W2 D4
D4
H5
2
2
2 Dia. 3
2
D3
W5 W5 W5
2 Dia. Dia. Dia. Dia. Weight
W1 W2 W3 W4 W5 H1 H2 H3 H4 H5 D1 D2 D3 D4 D5 D6 D7 D8 1 2 3 4 Lbs (kg)
2 27.87 5.91 26.65 4.57 3.35 41.54 2.46 39.86 41.34 0.79 21.77 0.51 0.63 1.97 1.06 1.57 5.91 9.64 0.35x0.59 0.18 0.51 0.37 683 (310)
(708) (150) (677) (116) (85) (1055) (62.5) (1012.5) (1050) (20) (553) (13) (16) (50) (27) (40) (150) (244.8) (9x15) (4.6) (13) (9.5)
2 Notes
2 9000X FR14 is built of two FR13 modules. Please refer to SPX installation manual for mounting instructions.
FR13 is built from an inverter module and a converter module. Please refer to SPX installation manual for mounting instructions.
2
2
2
2
2
2
2

SPX Drives
2.11
2
FR13, Open Chassis Converter
W3 Dia. 3 2
D9 2
D8
2
D7 2
D6 2
Dia. 1 W4 W4 W4
D1 D2 W1
2
2
2
2
H3 H1 H4
2
2
2
2
H2
2
W2 W2
D4
D5 D5 H5 2
Dia. 2
2
2
Dia. 2 2
2
D3 W5 W5
Weight
2
W1 W2 W3 W4 W5 H1 H2 H3 H4 H5 D1 D2 D3 D4 D5 D6 D7 D8 D9 Dia. 1 Dia. 2 Dia. 3 Lbs (kg)
18.74 5.91 17.52 4.57 3.35 41.54 2.46 39.86 41.34 0.69 14.69 0.51 0.73 6.42 2.56 1.06 1.57 5.91 5.24 0.35x0.59 0.51 0.37 295 (134)
2
(476) (150) (445) (116) (85) (1055) (62.5) (1012.5) (1050) (17.5) (373) (13) (18.5) (163) (65) (27) (40) (150) (133) (9x15) (13) (9.5)
2
Number of Input Units 2
480 V
Catalog Number hp
Input
Modules
690 V
Catalog Number hp
Input
Modules
2
SPX800 A0-4 A2N1 800 2 SPX800 A0-5 A2N1 800 2 2
SPX900 A0-5 A2N1 900 2
SPXH10 A0-5 A2N1 1000 2 2
2
2
2

SPX Drives

2
FR13, Open Chassis Converter—900/1000 hp 480 V
2 W3 Dia. 4
2 D9
2 D8
2 D7
2 D6
Dia. 1 W4 W4 W4 W4 W4
D1 D2 W1
2
2
2
2
2 H3 H1 H4
2
2
2
2 H2
2 Dia. 2 W2 W2 W2 W2
D4
D5 D5 H5
Dia. 3
2
2
2
2
D3 W5 W5 W5
2 Dia. Dia. Dia. Dia. Weight
W1 W2 W3 W4 W5 H1 H2 H3 H4 H5 D1 D2 D3 D4 D5 D6 D7 D8 D9 1 2 3 4 Lbs (kg)
2 27.87 5.91 26.65 4.57 3.35 41.54 2.46 39.86 41.34 0.69 14.69 0.51 0.73 6.42 2.56 1.06 1.57 5.91 5.24 0.35x0.59 0.18 0.51 0.37 443 (201)
(708) (150) (677) (116) (85) (1055) (62.5) (1012.5) (1050) (17.5) (373) (13) (18.5) (163) (65) (27) (40) (150) (133) (9x15) (4.6) (13) (9.5)
2
2 Number of Input Units
2
480 V Input
Catalog Number hp Modules
2
SPX900 A0-4 A2N1 900 3
SPXH10 A0-4 A2N1 1000 3
2
2
2
2

SPX Drives
2.11
2
AC Choke Dimensions
2
Choke Types
Catalog Number Frame Size Choke Type 1 Catalog Number Frame Size Choke Type 1 2
2
Voltage Range 380–500 V Voltage Range 525–690 V
SPX 250 4 FR10 CHK0400 SPX 200 5 FR10 CHK0261
SPX 300 4 CHK0520 SPX 250 5 CHK0400
2
SPX 350 4 CHK0520 SPX 300 5 CHK0400
SPX 400 4 FR11 2 x CHK0400 SPX 400 5 FR11 CHK0520 2
SPX 500 4 2 x CHK0400 SPX 450 5 CHK0520
SPX 550 4 2 x CHK0400 SPX 500 5 2 x CHK0400 2
2
SPX 650 4 2 x CHK0520 SPX 600 5 2 x CHK0400
SPX 700 4 2 x CHK0520 SPX 700 5 2 x CHK0400
2
SPX 900 4 3 x CHK0520 SPX 900 5 2 x CHK0400 2
SPX H12 4 FR14 4 x CHK0520 SPX H13 5 FR14 4 x CHK0400 2
2
CHK0520 2
2
2
2
6.50
(165)
6.50
(165) .24
2
(6)
2
8.03 (204)
1.69
(43)
19.57 2
(497)
2
2
1 1 1
.79 17.57
2
(20) 15.71 (446)
3.03
1.58
(40)
(399) 2
(77)
2
3 3 3
.83
(21) .79
(20)
2 2 2 2
5.70
(145)
7.88
(200) 2
9.61 (244) .55 (14)
2
Note
1 Chokes are provided with all FR10–FR14 drives. 2
2
2

SPX Drives

2
CHK0400
2
2
2 .24
(6)
2
2
4.72 4.72
(120) (120)
2 9.37 (238)
1.54
2 (39) 13.79 (350)
2 1 1 1
2
.59
2 13.94
(15) 16.58
15.08 (421)
(383)
2.64 (354) 1.18
2 (67) (30)
3 3 3
.75
2 (19)
.59
(15) 2 2 2
2 5.51 5.90
(140) (150)
2 10.30 (262) 10.83 (275)
2
CHK0261
2
2
2 .24
(6)
2
4.72 4.72
2 (120)
13.79 (350)
(120)
2 8.11 (206)
1.54
2 (39)
2 1 1 1
.59
2 (15)
14.06
.87 1.18 12.56
11.30 (319) (357)
2 (22) (30)
(287)
3 3 3
2 .59
(15) 2 2 2
2 .39
4.25
(108) .75 (19)
5.90
(150)
(10) Min.
2 9.06 (230) 10.83 (275)

Clean Power Drives
2.12
Contents
Clean Power Drives
Description Page
2
Clean Power Drives Overview . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V6-T2-310 2
Enclosed Passive Filtered Drives
EGF Enclosed Drives . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V6-T2-317 2
CFX Enclosed Drives . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V6-T2-337
HCX Enclosed 12-Pulse Drives . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V6-T2-362 2
EPG Drives . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V6-T2-366 2
2
CPX Drives . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V6-T2-382
RGX Enclosed Regenerative Drives . . . . . . . . . . . V6-T2-406
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2

Clean Power Drives
Clean Power Drives Overview

2
What Are Harmonics? What Causes Harmonics? Why Be Concerned
2 Take a perfect wave with a fundamental frequency of 60 Hz,
Harmonics are the result About Harmonics?
of nonlinear loads that 1. Installation and utility
2 which is close to what is supplied by the power company. convert AC line voltage to
DC. Examples of equipment
costs increase.
Perfect Wave Harmonics cause
2 Volts
that are non-linear loads are
listed below:
damage to transformers
and lower efficiencies
(v)
2 f(x) = sin(x)
● AC variable frequency
drives
due to the voltage drop.
These losses can
become significant (from
2 DC drives
●
16.6–21.6%) which can
● Fluorescence lighting, have a dramatic effect on
2 Time
(t) ●
computers, UPS systems
Industrial washing
the HVAC systems that
are controlling the
2 machines, punch presses,
welders, etc.
temperatures of the
building where the
transformer and drive
2 How Can Harmonics Due to equipment reside.
VFDs Be Diminished?
2 Add a second wave that is five times the fundamental frequency— By applying drives from the 2. Downtime and loss of
productivity. Telephones
300 Hz (typical of frequency added to the line by a fluorescent light). Eaton Clean Power drives
2 family: EGF and CFX passive and data transmissions
Second Wave filtered drives, HCX 12-pulse links may not be
drives, EGP and CPX 18-pulse guaranteed to work on
2 Volts
(v) drives, and RGX regenerative the same power grids
f(x) = sin(5x) drives. polluted with harmonics.
2 5
3. Downtime and
What Are Linear Loads? nuisance trips of drives
2 Linear loads are primarily and other equipment.
devices that run across Emergency generators
2 Time
the line and do not add
harmonics. Motors are prime
have up to three times
(t)
the impedance that is
2 examples. The downside to
having large motor linear
found in a conventional
utility source. Thus the
loads is that they draw more
2
harmonic voltage can be
energy than a VFD, because up to three times as
of their inability to control large, causing risk of
2 Combine the two waves. The result is a 60 Hz supply rich in
fifth harmonics.
motor speed. In most operation problems.
applications there is a turn
2 Resulting Supply down valve used with the
motor which will reduce the
4. Larger motors must be
used. Motors running
flow of the material, without across the line that are
2
Volts
(v) significantly reducing the load connected on polluted
to the motor. While this power distribution grids
2 f(x) = sin(x) + sin(5x)
provides some measure of can overheat or operate
5 speed control, it is extremely at lower efficiency due to
2 inefficient. harmonics.
5. Higher installation
2 Time
costs. Transformers
(t)
and power equipment
2 must be oversized to
accommodate the loss of
2 efficiencies. This is due
to the harmonic currents
circulating through the
2 distribution without
performing useful work.
2
2
2
2

Clean Power Drives
2.12
How Does a VFD Convert Three-Phase AC to a Guidelines of Meeting IEEE Std. 519-2014
Variable Output Voltage and Frequency? Harmonic Distortion Limits 2
The six-pulse VFD: The
majority of all conventional
The six-pulse VFD drive
creates harmonic current
The IEEE 519-2014
Specification is a standard
users that are implementing
medium and low voltage 2
that provides guidelines for equipment.
drives that are built consist of
a six-pulse configuration. The
distortion. The harmonic
current that is created is commercial and industrial 2
figure below represents a six- energy that can not be used
diode rectifier design that by customers and causes 2
converts three-phase utility external heat and losses to all Current Distortion Limits for Systems Rated
power to DC. The inverter components including other 120 V through 69 kV 2
section uses IGBTs to convert drives that are on the same Maximum Harmonic Current Distortion in percent of I L
DC power to a simulated AC
sine wave that can vary in
power distribution. The figure
is a 100 hp drive with 45 A of
Individual Harmonic Order (Odd Harmonics) 12 2
frequency from 0–400 Hz. damaging harmonic current. I sc/I L 3 ≤ h < 11 11 ≤ h < 17 17 ≤ h < 23 23 ≤ h < 35 35 ≤ h ≤ 50 TDD
<20 3 4.0 2.0 1.5 0.6 0.3 5.0 2
100 hp Six-Diode Rectifier Design
20 <50
50 <100
7.0
10.0
3.5
4.5
2.5
4.0
1.0
1.5
0.5
0.7
8.0
12.0
2
Current
Amps 100 <1000 12.0 5.5 5.0 2.0 1.0 15.0 2
1000 >1000 15.0 7.0 6.0 2.5 1.4 20.0
Notes
2
2
1 Even harmonics are limited to 25% of the odd harmonic limits shown in table above.
500
2 Current distortions that result in a DC offset, e.g., half-wave converters, are not allowed.
3 All power generation equipment is limited to these values of current distortion, regardless
0
of actual I sc /I L .
where
2
I sc = maximum short-circuit current at PCC.
–500
I L = maximum demand load current (fundamental frequency component) 2
at the PCC under normal load operating conditions.
2
–1000
0.100 0.10625 0.1125
Time in Seconds
0.11875 0.125 2
2
100 hp Six-Pulse Nonproductive Harmonic Current
Current
2
Amps
1000 2
2
500
2
0
2
–500 2
–1000 2
0.100 0.10625 0.1125 0.11875 0.125
Time in Seconds 2
Six-Pulse Nonproductive Harmonic Current
2
Six-Pulse Circuit
2
Current harmonics
I1 = 100% I11 = 6.10% I19 = 1.77% 2
I5 = 22.5% I13 = 4.06% I23 = 1.12%
I7 = 9.38% I17 = 2.26% I25 = 0.86% 2
Power = 100 hp
Harmonic current = 45 amps
2
2

Clean Power Drives
One-Line Diagram for Harmonic Analysis

2
2
____Volts ____Volts ____Volts ____Volts Source A
2 PCC
Utility Side
2 AC
Motor
AC
Motor
2
2
2 Utility Side
Transformer
Customer
Transformer
2
____Volts ____Volts AC AC
____kVA ____kVA Motor Motor
____Isc ____Isc
2 ____Impedance ____Impedance
2
Customer AC AC
2 Generator Motor Motor
____Volts Generator
2 ____kVA
____Isc
Set
____Impedance
2 Total Linear Motor Loads ____AMPS
Source B Total Non-Linear Drive Loads ____AMPS
2
The best way to estimate AFD harmonic contribution to an electrical system is to perform a harmonic analysis based on known system
2 characteristics. The one line in this figure would provide the data to complete the calculations.
2 Terms Harmonic Reduction Line Reactor

● PCC (Point of Common Methods to Meet IEEE 519
2 Coupling) is defined as the
electrical connecting point 1. Line Reactor
AFD Motor
2 between the utility and
multiple customers per the
A line reactor is a three-phase
series inductance on the line
specifications in IEEE 519 side of an AFD. If a line
2 ● POA (Point of Analysis) reactor is applied on all
is defined as where the AFDs, it is possible to meet
2 harmonic calculations IEEE guidelines where Advantages Disadvantages
are taken 10–25% of system loads ● Low cost ● May not reduce harmonic
2 An oscilloscope can make
are AFDs, depending on the
stiffness of the line and the
● Can provide moderate levels to below IEEE 519-
2014 guidelines
reduction in voltage and
all measurements at the
2 PCC or POA to do an on-site
value of line reactance. Line
reactors are available in ●
current harmonics
Available in various values
● Voltage drop due to IR loss
harmonic evaluation. various values of percent
2 impedance, most typically ●
of percent impedance
Provides increased input
1–1.5%, 3% and 5%.
2 Note: The SVX/SPX drives
protection for AFD and its
semiconductors from line
transients
2 come standard with a nominal
3% input impedance.
2
2
2
2
2

Clean Power Drives
2.12
2. Passive Filters
Tuned harmonic filters a specific range of 2
involve the series connection frequencies. This path
of an inductor with the shunt presents an alternative to the 2
connection of an inductor and flow of harmonic currents
capacitor to form a low back into the utility source. 2
impedance path to ground for
2
Enclosed Drive with Integrated Passive Filter
2
Tuned
Harmonic
Capacitor 2
6-Pulse Diode Inverter Section
Shunt
Fusing
Bridge Rectifier
Converter Section 2
Tuned
(+) DC 2
Shunt
Reactor
2
1
L1A 2
L2A AC
2
3
L3A
Motor
2
AC Input
Reactor 2
2
(–) DC
Three-Phase
Dynamic Braking
Transistor
Output Transistors
IGBT Section
2
Input
2
Bus
Capacitors
100 hp Enclosed 480 V Drive with Integrated Passive Filter 100 hp Enclosed 480 V Drive with Integrated Passive Filter
2
Current
Amps
Passive Filter
2
Current harmonics
200
I1 = 100% I11 = 0.24% I19 = 0.50% 2
I5 = 3.76% I13 = 1.1% I23 = 0.55%
100 I7 = 1.65% I17 = 0.80% I25 = 0.80% 2
0
Power = 100 hp
Hc = 8.6 Amps
2
Advantages Disadvantages 2
–100
Low cost for smaller Capacitors age over time,
2
● ●
horsepower applications unlike magnetics

More effective harmonic Not as effective as
2
● ●
–200
Time attenuation than 12-pulse 18-pulse drives
drives
2
● Challenging to retrofit with
● Provides increased input bypass applications
protection for AFD from
line transients 2
2
2
2
2
2

Clean Power Drives
3. 12-Pulse Converters
2 A 12-pulse converter the second a delta/delta six-pulse converter). This
incorporates two separate design (which does not permits a facility to use a
2 AFD input semiconductor phase shift). The 12-pulse larger percentage of AFD
bridges, which are fed from arrangement allows the loads under IEEE 519-2014
2 30º phase shifted power harmonics from the first guidelines than allowable
sources with identical converter to cancel the using line reactors or DC
2 impedance. The sources may
be two isolation transformers,
harmonics of the second.
Up to approximately 85%
chokes. A harmonic analysis
is required to guarantee
2 where one is a delta/wye
design (which provides the
reduction of harmonic current
and voltage distortion may be
compliance with guidelines.
phase shift) and achieved (over standard

2
2 Basic 12-Pulse Rectifier with “Phase Shifting” Transformer
12-Pulse 12-Pulse Diode
2 Phase-Shifting Bridge Rectifier
Inverter Section
Transformer Converter Section

2 (+) DC
2
L1A
L2A
L3A
2 AC
Motor
2 L1B
L2B
L3B
2
2 12-Pulse Diode Dynamic Braking
(-) DC
Output Transistors
2
Bridge Rectifier Transistor IGBT Section
Converter Section Bus
Capacitors
2
2 100 hp 480 V Drive with 12-Pulse Rectifier 100 hp 480 V Drive with 12-Pulse Rectifier
12-Pulse Circuit
Current
2 Amps
200
Current harmonics
I1 = 100% I11 = 4.19% I19 = 0.06%
2 I5 = 1.25% I13 = 2.95% I23 = 0.87%
100
2
I7 = 0.48% I17 = 0.21% I25 = 0.73%
Power = 100 hp
2 0 Hc = 20 Amps
2 –100
Advantages
● Reasonable cost, although
Disadvantages
● Impedance matching of
2 –200
significantly more than
reactors or chokes
phase shifted sources is
critical to performance
Substantial reduction (up to Transformers often require
2
● ●
Time
approx. 85%) in voltage separate mounting or
and current harmonics larger AFD enclosures
2 ● Provides increased input ● May not reduce
protection for AFD and its distribution harmonic levels
2 semiconductors from line to below IEEE 519-2014
transients guidelines
2 ● Cannot retrofit for most
AFDs
2
2
2

Clean Power Drives
2.12
4. 18-Pulse Converters
When the total load is losses are negligible. Eaton’s total kVA rating of the The integrated 18-pulse drive, 2
comprised of non-linear enclosed 18-pulse drive uses transformer magnetic system with near sine wave input
load such as drives, and the a phase-shifting auto- was only 48% that of the current and low harmonics 2
ratio is lsc/IL, the greatest transformer with delta- motor load. A traditional will meet the requirements of
harmonic mitigation is connected winding that isolated transformer system, IEEE 519-2014 under all 2
required. Under these carries only the ampere-turns with multipulse windings, practical operating conditions.
conditions, the currents
drawn from the supply
caused by the difference in
load currents. This results in
would require the full kVA
rating to be supported, which
The comparisons with six-
pulse passive filter and 12-
2
need to be sinusoidal and nine separate phases. In this
“clean” such that system type of configuration, the
is more common in an MV
step-down transformer.
pulse systems are shown on
Pages V6-T2-311, V6-T2-313 2
interference and additional and below.
2
Basic 18-Pulse Rectifier with Phase-Shifting Auto-Transformer
2
18-Pulse SCR Inverter Section
Bridge Rectifier
Converter Section
Pre-charge
Circuit 2
(+) DC
2
A 1
2
2
1 3
9 2
AC
2
1 8 3 4
2
2 N 5 Motor
3 7 4 6
C
6 5
7
8 2
9
(–) DC
2
2
18-Pulse Diode Rectifiers Dynamic Braking Output Transistors
Phase-Shifting Transistor IGBT Section
3-Phase Auto-Transformer
Bus
AC Input
Capacitors 2
100 hp 480 V Drive with 18-Pulse Rectifiers
100 hp 480 V Drive with 18-Pulse Rectifiers 2
18-Pulse Clean Power
Current Current harmonics 2
Amps
I1 = 100% I11 = 0.24% I19 = 1.00%
200
I5 = 0.16% I13 = 0.10% I23 = 0.01%
2
100
I7 = 0.03% I17 = 0.86% I25 = 0.01%
2
Power = 100 hp
Hc = 5.9 Amps 2
0
Advantages Disadvantages 2
● Effectively guarantees ● Not as cost effective as
–100
compliance with IEEE
519-2014
some other methods at
small (<50) horsepower
2
–200
Time
● Provides increased input
protection for AFD and its 2
semiconductors from line
transients 2
● Up to 4 times the harmonic
reduction of 12-pulse 2
methods
● Smaller transformer than 2
isolation transformer used
in 12-pulse converter 2
● Minimizes ripple current in
capacitors, doubling
expected capacitor life
2
2

Clean Power Drives
Contents
2 Enclosed Passive Filtered Drives
Description Page
2 Clean Power Drives Overview . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V6-T2-310
2 EGX Enclosed Drives . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V6-T2-317
2 Enclosed 12-Pulse Drives . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V6-T2-362
2 EPG Drives . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V6-T2-366
2
CPX Drives . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V6-T2-382
Enclosed Regenerative Drives . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V6-T2-406
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2

Clean Power Drives
2.12
Contents
EGF Enclosed Drives
Description Page
2
EGF Enclosed Drives 2
Product Identification . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V6-T2-317
Catalog Number Selection . . . . . . . . . . . . . V6-T2-318 2
Production Selection . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V6-T2-320
Accessories . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V6-T2-321 2
2
Options . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V6-T2-322
Technical Data and Specifications . . . . . . . . V6-T2-323
Wiring Diagram . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Dimensions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
V6-T2-325
V6-T2-326
2
CFX Enclosed Drives . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V6-T2-337 2
Enclosed 12-Pulse Drives . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V6-T2-362
Enclosed 18-Pulse Drives . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V6-T2-366 2
Enclosed Regenerative Drives . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V6-T2-406
2
EGF Enclosed Drives 2
Eaton’s Enclosed EGF Drives ● Tuned passive filter Communication Options ● UL 508C up to frame 6
combine harmonic distortion ● Delivers 5–8% THD ● PROFIBUS-DP ● UL 508 A frame 7 2
reduction and true power ● Generator compatible ● LonWorks
factor performance with the
latest in Eaton adjustable
● Uses the same DG1, SVX ● CANopen 2
or SPX drive that is stocked ● DeviceNet
frequency drive technology
to deliver an industry-leading in the warehouse 2
solution. This pre-engineered ● Simple to retrofit Enclosure Ratings
passive filtered solution ● Provides a low-impedance ● NEMA Type 1 2
prevents transformer path to ground for the ● NEMA Type 12
overheating and overloading
of breakers and feeders,
harmonic frequencies ● NEMA Type 3R 2
● Meets IEEE 519-2014
which enables the application
of adjustable frequency
● Excellent cost for Mounting 2
performance ● Wall mount
drives on generators and
other high impedance
● Small footprint, compact ● Floor mount: 12-inch legs 2
power systems. enclosure design ● Floor mount: 22-inch legs
● Insensitive to voltage 2
imbalance Product Range
● Customizable cover control ● 480 V: 1–400 hp 2
options
● Padlockable disconnect 2
● The PowerXL DG1 comes
standard with the following
communication protocols:
2
● EtherNet/IP
2
● Modbus/TCP
● Modbus RTU 2
● BACnet MS/TP
2
2
2
2
2

Clean Power Drives

2 EGF Enclosed—Base Catalog Number
2 EGF 3D5 1 D 1 _ _ _ _ _ _
2
2 EGF = Enclosed DG1 drives—passive filtered See Page V6-T2-319 for catalog
2
Enclosure Rating 2
2 Output Ampere Rating 1 = NEMA Type 1
2 = NEMA Type 12
480 V
2 011 = 11 A, 7.5 hp 077 = 77 A, 60 hp
3 = NEMA Type 3R
• = Custom option
014 = 14 A, 10 hp 096 = 96 A, 75 hp
2 021 =
027 =
21 A, 15 hp
27 A, 20 hp
124 = 124 A, 100 hp
156 = 156 A, 125 hp
034 = 34 A, 25 hp 180 = 180 A, 150 hp
2 040 =
052 =
40 A, 30 hp
52 A, 40 hp
240 = 240 A, 200 hp
302 = 302 A, 250 hp
Braking/Application 1
A = No brake chopper, low overload
2
065 = 65 A, 50 hp 361 = 361 A, 300 hp B = Brake chopper, low overload
414 = 414 A, 350 hp C = No brake chopper, high overload
477 = 477 A, 400 hp D = Brake chopper, high overload
2 515 = 515 A, 450 hp
590 = 590 A, 500 hp
2 Phasing and Voltage

4 = Input: Three-phase, 480 V Output: Three-phase
2 Notes
2
1 Brake chopper is a factory-installed option only. Braking resistors sold separately. See DG1 drives starting on Page V6-T2-68 for selection.
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2

Clean Power Drives
2.12
2
EGF Enclosed—Catalog Number Options
2
EGF 3D5 1 D 1 2 0 0 B 1 0 0 0 0
2
See Page V6-T2-318 for base catalog
number selection.
2
Option Boards 2
Same options and codes as Option Boards 1 2
0 = None
2
2 = Circuit breaker
0 = No option
1 = 3 x DI, 3 x DO, 1 Thermistor, 24 Vdc/EXT 2
2 = 1 x AI, 2 x AO (isolated to control board)
3 = 3 x relay dry contact (2NO + 1NO/NC)
4 = 3 x PT100 RTD thermistor input
2
B = Fused disconnect/SPD
5 = 6 DI 240 Vac input
E = Isolation fuses
2
0 = None
Bypass Options 3
0 = No option 2
1 = PROFIBUS-DP
2
4
=
=
Manual HOA bypass/isolation fusing
Manual HOA bypass/isolation fusing/SPD
3 = CANopen (slave)
4 = DeviceNet 2
7
H
=
=
Manual HOA bypass/SPD
Manual HOA RVSS bypass
D = SmartWire-DT
2
J = Manual HOA RVSS bypass/isolation fusing
L
P
=
=
Manual HOA RVSS bypass/isolation fusing/SPD
Manual HOA RVSS bypass/SPD 2
• = Custom option 2 Enclosure Options
0 = None 2

A = Space heater
2
B = Space heater & 12-inch floor stands
2
0 = None
A = Output contactor C = Space heater & 22-inch floor stands
B = 3% Output reactor • = Custom option 2
D
E
=
=
dV/dt filter
3% Output Reactor/output contactor 2
G = dV/dt/output contactor Control Options 5 Light Options
2
5
0 = None 0 = None
1 = Speed pot 1 = Non-bypass light kit—Power On, Run, Fault
2 = Start-stop pushbutton
2
A = HOA switch
B = Start-stop pushbutton with speed pot & HOA switch
2
2
Notes
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2

Clean Power Drives
Production Selection
2
2
EGF Enclosed Drive
7.5 11 2 EGF0114D1 EGF0114D2 EGF0114D3
2 10 14 2 EGF0144D1 EGF0144D2 EGF0144D3
2
15 21 2 EGF0214D1 EGF0214D2 EGF0214D3
20 27 3 EGF0274D1 EGF0274D2 EGF0274D3
2 25
30
34
40
3
3
EGF0344D1
EGF0404D1
EGF0344D2
EGF0404D2
EGF0344D3
EGF0404D3
2 40 52 4 EGF0524C1 EGF0524C2 EGF0524C3

50 65 4 EGF0654C1 EGF0654C2 EGF0654C3
2 60 77 4 EGF0774C1 EGF0774C2 EGF0774C3
75 96 5 EGF0964C1 EGF0964C2 EGF0964C3
2 100 124 5 EGF1244C1 EGF1244C2 EGF1244C3
2
125 156 5 EGF1564C1 EGF1564C2 EGF1564C3
150 180 6 EGF1804C1 EGF1804C2 EGF1804C3
2 200
250
240
302
6
7
EGF2404C1
EGF3024C1
EGF2404C2
EGF3024C6 2
EGF2404C3
3
2 300 361 7 EGF3614C1 EGF3614C6 2 3
350 414 7 EGF4144C1 EGF4144C6 2 3
2 400 477 7 EGF4774C1 EGF4774C6 2 3
450 515 7 EGF4774C1 EGF4774C6 2 3
2
2 EGF Enclosed Drive 480 V Drives—Variable Torque (VT)/Low Overload (IL) Enclosed Drives
2 Drive Base Base Base
2 7.5 11 1 EGF0114B1 EGF0114B2 EGF0114B3
10 14 2 EGF0144B1 EGF0144B2 EGF0144B3
2 15 21 2 EGF0214B1 EGF0214B2 EGF0214B3
2 20
25
27
34
2
3
EGF0274B1
EGF0344B1
EGF0274B2
EGF0344B2
EGF0274B3
EGF0344B3
2 30 40 3 EGF0404B1 EGF0404B2 EGF0404B3

40 52 3 EGF0524B1 EGF0524B2 EGF0524B3
2 50 65 4 EGF0654A1 EGF0654A2 EGF0654A3
60 77 4 EGF0774A1 EGF0774A2 EGF0774A3
2 75 96 4 EGF0964A1 EGF0964A2 EGF0964A3
100 124 5 EGF1244A1 EGF1244A2 EGF1244A3
2 125 156 5 EGF1564A1 EGF1564A2 EGF1564A3
2 150
200
180
240
5
6
EGF1804A1
EGF2404A1
EGF1804A2
EGF2404A2
EGF1804A3
EGF2404A3
2 250 302 6 EGF3024A1 EGF3024A2 EGF3024A3

300 361 7 EGF3614A1 EGF3614A6 2 3
2 350 414 7 EGF4144A1 EGF4144A6 2 3
400 477 7 EGF4774A1 EGF4774A6 2 3
2 450 515 7 EGF5154A1 EGF5154A6 2 3
500 590 7 EGF5904A1 EGF5904A6 2 3
2 Notes
2
2 Type 1 filtered.
3 Contact factory for engineered to order design.

Clean Power Drives
2.12
Accessories
The PowerXL Series—DG1 drives can accommodate a wide 2
2
2
● Standard I/O:
● 8DI, 1DO 2
● 2AI, 2AO
2
●

2
PowerXL Series—DG1 I/O Card Kits
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
SmartWire communication card and module DXG-NET-SWD 1
2
Note
1 Available January 2017.
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2

Clean Power Drives
Options
2
Input Power Options
2 Bypass Options

Option Description
2 dV/dt Filter
2
2 Control Options
Option Description
2
2 operation, and AUTO mode is defaulted to control from an external terminal source. These modes of operation can be configured via drive programming to
2 Light Options
Option Description
2 Non-Bypass Light Kit—Power On, Run, Provides a white POWER ON light that indicates power to the enclosed cabinet, a green RUN light that indicates the drive is running and a red FAULT light
2 Bypass Light Kit—On, VFD Run, Fault, Provides a white POWER ON light that indicates power to the enclosed cabinet, a green RUN light that indicates the drive is running, a red FAULT light that
2
Enclosure Options
2 Floor Stand 12 in
Floor Stand 22 in
2
2

Clean Power Drives
2.12
2
Input ratings Input voltage Uin 208 V, 230 V, 480 V, 575 V, –15 to 10%
2
2
Output ratings Output voltage 0 to Uin 2
Output current IL: ambient temperature maximum 40 °C, up to 60 °C with derating, overload 1.1 x IL (1 min./10 min.)
IH: ambient temperature maximum 50 °C, up to 60 °C with derating, overload 1.5 x IH (1 min./10 min.) 2
Initial output current 200% (2 s / 20 s) 2
Speed control
2
Open-loop speed control 2
Switching frequency 230 V / 480 V range: 2
FR1–3: 4 kHz
FR4–5: 3.6 kHz
2
FR6: 2 kHz
575 V range:
2
575 V defaults:
2
FR1–4: 3 kHz
FR5–6: 2 kHz 2
2
2
Field weakening point 20 Hz to 400 Hz 2
Deceleration time 0.1 s to 3000 s
2
Braking torque DC brake: 30% x Motor Rated Torque (Tn) (without brake chopper) 2
Dynamic braking (with optional brake chopper using an external brake resistor):
100% continuous maximum rating 2
Ambient conditions Ambient operating temperature –10 °C (no frost) to +40 °C
Relative humidity 0–95% RH, noncondensing, non-corrosive 2
●Chemical vapors Flowing mixed gas corrosion test, Method 1 (H2S [hydrogen sulfide] and SO2 [sulfur dioxide]) 2
2
2
For 575 V product, maximum altitude is 6561 ft (2000 m) regardless of main system 2
2

Clean Power Drives

continued
2 Enclosure class NEMA Type 1, 12, 3R

Standards Safety UL 508C, EN 61800-5-1
2 Approvals UL and cUL
2 Fieldbus connections Onboard: EtherNet/IP, Modbus® TCP, Modbus RTU, BACnet

2 Overvoltage trip limit 230 V drives: 456 V
480 V drives: 911 V
2 575 V drives: 1100 V
2 480 V drives: 370 V
575 V drives: 550 V

2 Maximum: 30% motor FLA


2 Short-circuit protection of 24 V Yes
reference voltages
230 V drives: 275 Vac, 10,000 A
2 480 V drives: 320 Vac, 8000 A
575 V drives: 385 Vac, 10,000 A
Efficiency Drive efficiency ratings 1 480 V: FR1 = 97.7%
2 480 V: FR2 = 97.9%
480 V: FR3 = 97.7%
2 480 V: FR4 = 98.0%
480 V: FR5 = 98.2%
2 230 V: FR1 = 96.7%
230 V: FR2 = 97.4%
2 230 V: FR3 = 97.2%
230 V: FR4 = 97.4%
2 230 V: FR5 = 97.7%
Note
2 1 Based on DG1 efficiency ratings in an enclosure with no options.
2
2
2

Clean Power Drives
2.12
Wiring Diagram
2
PowerXL Series—DG1 Control Wiring Diagram
Pin Signal Name Signal Default Setting Description 2
1 +10 V Ref. Output Voltage — 10 Vdc Supply Source
2
Res

3 AI1– Analog Input 1 Ground — Analog Input 1 Common (Ground) 2
i
2
8 DIN6 Digital Input 6 Preset Speed B1 Sets frequency output to Preset Speed 2 2
9
10
DIN7
DIN8
Digital Input 7
Digital Input 8
Emergency Stop (TI–)
Force Remote (TI+)
Input forces VFD output to shut off
2
11 CMB DI5 to DI8 Common Grounded Allows source input 2
13 24 V +24 Vdc Output — Control voltage output (100 mA max.) 2
14 DO1 Digital Output 1 Ready Shows the drive is ready to run
2
18 AO2+ Analog Output 2 Motor Current Shows Motor current of motor 0–FLA (4 mA to 20 mA)
2
19 24 Vi +24 Vdc Input — External control voltage input 2
21 DIN2 Digital Input 2 Run Reverse Input starts drive in reverse direction (start enable) 2
22
23
DIN3
DIN4
Digital Input 3
Digital Input 4
External Fault
Fault Reset
Input causes drive to fault
Input resets active faults
2
24 CMA DI1 to DI4 Common Grounded Allows source input 2
26 B RS-485 Signal B — Fieldbus Communication (Modbus, BACnet) 2
27 R3NO Relay 3 Normally Open At Speed Relay output 3 shows VFD is at Ref. Frequency
2
29 R1CM Relay 1 Common 2
31 R3CM Relay 3 Common At Speed Relay output 3 shows VFD is at Ref. Frequency
2
32 R2NC Relay 2 Normally Closed Fault Relay output 2 shows VFD is in a fault state 2
34 R2NO Relay 2 Normally Open 2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2

Clean Power Drives
Dimensions
2 BX Box Type 1
2 4.00 (101.6)
Minimum
Free Air Space
2 Required
2
3.00 (76.2)
Minimum
Air Space
2 Required
Both Sides
36.80
2 (934.7)
37.74
36.35 (958.6)
28.55
2 (923.3)
(725.1)
2 Ø 0.44 (11.2)
Mounting
2 Holes
(4 Places)
19.30 (490.2) 1.76
2 (44.8)
17.01 (432.2)
20.92 (531.4)
2
2 19.30 (490.2)
2 4.00 (101.6)
Minimum
Ø 0.44 (11.2)
Mounting
2 Required
(2 Places)
2
3.00 (76.2)
Minimum
Air Space 14.06
2 Required
Both Sides
(357.1) 10.53
(267.5) 7.00
2
(177.8)
36.35
(923.3)
3.00 (76.2)
2 48.37
48.87
(1241.3) 5.00 (127.0)
(1228.6) 40.38
2 (1025.7) 15.50 (393.7)
2 17.50 (444.5)
2
2
2 20.92 (531.4) 1.76
(44.8)
17.01 (432.2)
2
2
2
2
2
2

Clean Power Drives
2.12
2
19.30 (490.2)
2
4.00 (101.6)
Minimum
Ø 0.44 (11.2)
Mounting
2
Free Air Space
2
Holes
Required (2 Places)
3.00 (76.2)
Minimum 2
Air Space
Required
Both Sides
2
14.06
36.35
(357.1) 10.53
(267.5) 7.00
2
(923.3)
(177.8)
2
3.00 (76.2)
58.37
(1482.6)
58.87
(1495.3) 5.00 (127.0) 2
50.38
(1279.7)
15.50 (393.7) 2
17.50 (444.5) 2
2
2
1.76 17.01 (432.2)
2
20.92 (531.4) (44.8)
2
BX Box Type 12
2
4.00 (101.6) Ø 0.44 (11.2)
Minimum
Free Air Space
Mounting
Holes
2
Required (2 Places)
3.00 (76.2)
2
Minimum
Air Space 2
Required
36.80
(934.7)
Both Sides
2
37.74
36.35 28.55
(958.6) 2
(923.3) (725.1)
2
2
1.76
17.01 (432.2)
2
19.30 (490.2)
(44.8)
20.92 (531.4) 2
2
2
2
2
2

Clean Power Drives

2
2 19.30 (490.2)
4.00 (101.6)
2 Minimum
Free Air Space
Ø 0.44 (11.2)
Mounting
Holes
2
Required
(2 Places)
3.00 (76.2)
2 Minimum
Air Space
14.06
(357.1)
2
Required 10.53
Both Sides (267.5) 7.00
36.35
(177.8)
2
(923.3)
3.00 (76.2)
2 48.37
(1228.6)
48.87
(1241.3) 5.00 (127.0)
40.38
2 (1025.7) 15.50 (393.7)
2 17.50 (444.5)
2
2
2 20.92 (531.4) 1.76
(44.8)
17.01 (432.2)
2 BX Box Type 12—22 Inch Floor Stands

2 19.30 (490.2)
4.00 (101.6) Ø 0.44 (11.2)
2 Minimum
Free Air Space
Mounting
Holes
Required
2 (2 Places)
3.00 (76.2)
2 Minimum
Air Space
14.06
(357.1)
Required 10.53
2 Both Sides (267.5) 7.00
(177.8)
2 36.35
(923.3) 3.00 (76.2)
2 5.00 (127.0)
58.37 58.87
2 (1482.6) (1495.3) 15.50 (393.7)
2 17.50 (444.5)
2
2
2
2 20.92 (531.4)
1.76
(44.8)
17.01 (432.2)
2
2
2

Clean Power Drives
2.12
2
BX Box Type 3R
20.18 (512.5)
2
2
3.00 (76.2)
Minimum 2
Air Space
Required
Both Sides 2
44.09
(1119.8) 2
42.69
(1084.3)
37.74 2
(958.6)
36.35
(923.3)
28.56
(725.3)
2
Ø 0.44 (11.2)
2
Mounting
Holes
(4 Places)
2
19.30 (490.2)
3.51
(89.1)
17.01 (432.2) 2
20.92 (531.4)
2
2
20.88 (530.4)
2
Ø 0.44 (11.2) 20.18 (512.5)
17.88 (454.2) Mounting
Holes
(2 Places)
2
3.00 (76.2)
Minimum
Air Space
2
Required
Both Sides
14.06
(357.1) 2
10.53
42.77
(1086.4)
(267.5) 7.00
(177.8) 2
56.10 3.00 (76.2) 2
55.66 36.35 (1424.9)
2
5.00 (127.0)
(1413.7) (923.3)
40.40 15.50 (393.7)

(1026.3) 2
17.50 (444.5)
2
2
2
20.92 (531.4) 3.51
(89.1)
17.01 (432.2) 2
2
2
2
2
2

Clean Power Drives

2
2 Ø 0.44 (11.2)
20.88 (530.4) 20.18 (512.5)
Mounting
2 17.88 (454.2) Holes
(2 Places)
2 3.00 (76.2)
Minimum
Air Space
2 Required
Both Sides
2 42.77
(1086.4)
14.06
2 36.35
(357.1)
10.53
55.10 (267.5) 7.00
2 (923.3)
(1429.9) (177.8)
65.66
2 (1667.7)
3.00 (76.2)
5.00 (127.0)
2 50.38
(1279.7) 15.50 (393.7)
2 17.50 (444.5)
2
2
2
20.92 (531.4) 3.57 (90.7) 17.01 (432.2)
2
2 CX Box Type 1
4.00 (101.6) Minimum

2 3.00 (76.2)
Minimum
Air Space
2 Required
Both Sides
2
48.80
2 (1239.5)
49.74
48.35 (1263.4)
35.85
2 (1228.1) (910.6)
2
2 Ø 0.44 (11.2)
Mounting
2 Holes
(4 Places)
2
29.30 (744.2) 1.74 17.76 (451.2)
30.92 (785.4) (44.2)
2
2
2
2

Clean Power Drives
2.12
2
29.30 (744.2) Ø 0.44 (11.2)
2
Mounting
4.00 (101.6) Minimum
Holes
(2 Places)
2
3.00 (76.2) 2
Minimum
Air Space
Required 2
Both Sides
14.81 2
(376.2)
11.28
(286.5) 7.75 2
48.35
(196.9)
(1228.1)
2
3.00 (76.2)
60.37
(1533.4)
47.67
(1210.8) 49.74 5.00 (127.0) 2
(1263.4) 25.50 (647.7)
27.50 (698.5) 2
2
2
2
30.92 (785.4) 1.74
(44.2)
17.76 (451.2) 2
2
29.30 (744.2) Ø 0.44 (11.2) 2
Mounting Holes
4.00 (101.6) Minimum
(2 Places)
2
3.00 (76.2)
Minimum
2
Air Space
Required 2
Both Sides
14.81
2
(376.2)
2
48.35
11.28
(1228.1)
(286.5) 7.75
(196.9)
57.68
(1465.0) 3.00
2
70.87
70.37 (76.2)
(1787.4)
(1800.1)
25.50
2
5.00
(647.7)
(127.0)
27.50 2
(698.5)
2
2
2
30.92 (785.4)
2
1.74 (44.2) 17.76 (451.2)
2
2

Clean Power Drives

2
CX Box Type 12
2 4.00 (101.6) Minimum
2
3.00 (76.2)
2 Minimum
Air Space
Required
2 Both Sides
2
2 48.80
(1239.5)
49.74
(1263.4)
2 48.35
35.85
(910.6)
(1228.1)
2
2 Ø 0.44 (11.2)
Mounting
Holes
2 29.30 (744.2)
(4 Places)
1.74
17.76 (451.2)
2 30.92 (785.4) (44.2)
2 CX Box Type 12—12 Inch Floor Stands

29.30 (744.2)
2
Ø 0.44 (11.2)
Mounting
4.00 (101.6) Minimum
Holes
2 (2 Places)
3.00 (76.2)
2 Minimum
Air Space
Required
2 Both Sides
14.81
2 48.35
(376.2)
11.28
(1228.1)
2
(286.5) 7.75
(196.9)
2 60.37
(1533.4)
47.67 3.00 (76.2)
(1210.8) 49.74 5.00 (127.0)
2 (1263.4) 25.50 (647.7)
27.50 (698.5)
2
2
2
2 1.74
30.92 (785.4) 17.76 (451.2)
(44.2)
2
2
2
2
2

Clean Power Drives
2.12
2
29.30 (744.2) Ø 0.44 (11.2)
2
Mounting
4.00 (101.6) Minimum
(2 Places)
2
3.00 (76.2) 2
Minimum
Air Space
Required 2
Both Sides
14.81 2
(376.2)
48.35
11.28
(286.5) 7.75
2
(1228.1)
2
(196.9)
3.00 (76.2)
2
70.37
(1787.4) 5.00 (127.0)
57.68 25.50 (647.7)
(1465.0) 70.87
(1800.1) 27.50 (698.5) 2
2
2
2
1.74 17.76
2
30.92 (785.4)
(44.2)
2
(451.2)
CX Box Type 3R 2
30.88 (784.4) 21.00 (533.3)
2
3.00 (76.2)
Minimum
2
Air Space
Required 2
Both Sides
56.08
(1424.5) 2
54.77
(1391.2)
2
56.96
(1446.9) 2
48.35
(1228.1)
35.85
(910.6)
2
2
Ø 0.44 (11.2)
2
Mounting
Holes 2
(4 Places)
29.30 (744.2) 3.72
(94.4)
17.76 (451.2) 2
30.92 (785.4)
2
2
2

Clean Power Drives

2
2 Ø 0.44 (11.2)
30.88 (784.4) Mounting
2 28.10 (713.7) Holes
(2 Places)
21.00 (533.3)
2 3.00 (76.2)
Minimum
2 Air Space
Required
Both Sides
2 14.81
(376.2) 11.28
2 67.65 (286.5)
7.75
(1718.4)
2
(196.9)
66.60 3.00 (76.2)

2 (1691.7) 47.67
(1210.8) 68.09
5.00 (127.0)
25.50 (647.7)
(1729.6)
2 48.35
(1228.1)
27.50 (698.5)
2
2
2
2 30.92 (785.4) 3.72
(94.4)
17.76 (451.2)
2
2 30.88 (784.4)
Ø 0.44 (11.2)
Mounting
2 27.88 (708.2) Holes
(2 Places)
21.00 (533.3)
2 3.00 (76.2)
Minimum
Air Space
2 Required
Both Sides
2 77.65
(1972.4)
14.81
2 76.60
(376.2) 11.28
(286.5)
(1945.7) 7.75
2 78.09
(196.9)
48.35 (1983.6)
2 (1228.1)
3.00 (76.2)
5.00 (127.0)
57.68 25.50 (647.7)
2 (1465.0) 27.50 (698.5)
2
2
2
2 30.92 (785.4) 3.72 17.76
(94.4) (451.2)
2
2

Clean Power Drives
2.12
2
DX Box Type 1
29.30 (744.2)
2
4.00 (101.6)
Minimum
Ø 0.44 (11.2)
Mounting
2
Required
(2 Places) 2
2
3.00 (76.2)
Minimum
Air Space
Required
Both Sides 2
82.23
(2088.6)
22.56
(573.0) 6.13 2
(155.6)
82.85 2
(2104.4)
76.35
(1939.3)
67.88
(1724.2)
1.62 (41.1)
8.38 (212.9)
2
22.12
(561.8) 2
28.88 (733.6)
2
2
30.92 (785.4) 1.55 22.48
2
(39.4) (571.1)
2
2
DX Box Type 12
29.30 (744.2) 2
4.00 (101.6)
Minimum
Free Air Space
Ø 0.44 (11.2)
Mounting 2
Holes
2
Required
(2 Places)
3.00 (76.2)
Minimum
Air Space
2
2
Required
Both Sides
22.56
82.35 (573.0) 6.13
(155.6)
2
(2091.7)
82.85
(2104.4)
2
1.62 (41.1)
76.35 67.89
(1724.4)
8.38 (212.9) 2
(1939.3) 22.12
(561.8)
2
28.88 (733.6)
2
2
30.92 1.55 22.48
2
(785.4) (39.4) (571.1)
2
2
2

Clean Power Drives

2
DX Box Type 3R
2 30.88 (784.4)
Ø 0.44 (11.2)
2 27.88 (708.2) Mounting
Holes
25.51 (647.8)
(2 Places)
2 3.00 (76.2)
Minimum
2 Air Space
Required
2 89.70
Both Sides
(2278.3)
2 22.81
(579.2) 6.31
82.84 (160.3)
2 (2104.1) 90.14
(2289.5)
67.89
2 76.35 (1724.4) 1.80 (45.7)
(1939.3)
8.56 (217.4)
2 22.30
(566.4)
2 29.06 (738.1)
2
2
30.92 (785.4) 3.64 22.48
2 (92.5) (571.1)
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2

Clean Power Drives
2.12
Contents
CFX Enclosed Drives
Description Page
2
EGF Enclosed Drives . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V6-T2-317 2
CFX Enclosed Drives
Product Identification . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V6-T2-338 2
Catalog Number Selection . . . . . . . . . . . . . V6-T2-339
Product Selection . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V6-T2-341 2
2
Enclosure Selection . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V6-T2-344
Options . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V6-T2-345
Technical Data and Specifications . . . . . . . .
Wiring Diagram . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
V6-T2-346
V6-T2-348
2
Dimensions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V6-T2-349 2
Enclosed 18-Pulse Drives . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V6-T2-366 2
Enclosed Regenerative Drives . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V6-T2-406
2
CFX Enclosed Drives 2
The enclosed passive filtered The CFX passive filtered drive ● UL
drive also delivers True features include (at 480 V): ● cUL 2
Power Factor—in addition to ● 508C
UL Type 1, UL Type 12, UL
2
●
reducing harmonic distortion,
the enclosed passive filtered Type 3R and NEMA 1 with
gaskets and filters
drive prevents transformer
overheating and overloading ● Input voltage: 480 V 2
of breakers and feeders, ● Complete range of control,
which enables the application network and power options 2
of adjustable frequency ● Horsepower range:
drives on generators and
other high impedance
● 480 V, 7-1/2–400 hp IL 2
● Single enclosure for both
power systems.
drive and filter reduces 2
field wiring and enables
convenient bypass 2
installation
● Packaged solution ensures 2
optimal coordination of
drive and filter
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2

Clean Power Drives
Product Identification
2
Enclosed Passive Filtered Drive—UL Type 12, 40 hp
2
SVX Drive
2 Input Reactor
2
2
2 Optional Breaker
Disconnect (P1)
2
2 Shunt Fusing
2
Door Mounted
2 Keypad
Tuned Shunt
2 Reactor
2
2 Tuned Harmonic
Capacitor
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2

Clean Power Drives
2.12
Catalog Number Selection is for reference only. Not all option combinations may be available. 2
CFX Enclosed—Base Catalog Number 2
CFX F07 1 A 1 _ _ _ _ _ _ 2
2
CFX = Enclosed CFX passive filtered drives See Page V6-T2-340 for catalog 2
2
Enclosure Rating 3
1 = NEMA Type 1 2
Output Horsepower Rating 2 = NEMA Type 12
007 = 7.5 hp
480 V
075 = 75 hp
3 = NEMA Type 3R
6 = NEMA Type 1 Filtered and gasketed 2
• = Custom option
2
010 = 10 hp 100 = 100 hp
015 = 15 hp 125 = 125 hp
020 = 20 hp 150 = 150 hp
025 =
030 =
25 hp
30 hp
200 = 200 hp
250 = 250 hp
Drive Type/Braking/Application 2 2
040 = 40 hp 300 = 300 hp A = Standard drive/no brake chopper/low overload
050 =
060 =
50 hp
60 hp
350 = 350 hp
400 = 400 hp
B = Standard drive/brake chopper/low overload
C = Standard drive/no brake chopper/high overload
2
D = Standard drive/brake chopper/high overload
E = High-performance drive/no brake chopper/low overload
F = High-performance drive/brake chopper/low overload
2
Phasing and Voltage Rating 1
4 = Input: Three-phase, 480 V Output: Three-phase

G = High-performance drive/no brake chopper/high overload
H = High-performance drive/brake chopper/high overload 2
Notes 2
1 Single-phase voltage refers to the supply voltage. Output voltage will be three-phase and equal to the magnitude of the input voltage.
2 Brake chopper is a factory-installed option only. Braking resistors sold separately. See SVX catalog section for selection.
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2

Clean Power Drives
2
CFX Enclosed—Catalog Number Options
2 CFX F07 1 A 1 2 0 0 B 1 0 0 0 0
2
number selection.
Option Boards 2
2 Same options and codes as Option Boards 1
2 0 = None
2 = Circuit breaker
2 3 = Circuit breaker/isolation fusing
0 = No option
6 = 6 DI, 1 ext +24 Vdc/EXT +24 Vdc
7 = 1 RO (NC-NO), 1 RO (NO), 1 therm
2 8 = Circuit breaker/SPD
E = Isolation fuses
8 = 1 AI (mA isolated), 2 AO (mA isolated), 1 ext +24 Vdc/EXT +24 Vdc
9 = 3 RO (NO)
2
A = 1 ext +24 Vdc/EXT +24 Vdc, 3 Pt100
B = 1 RO (NO), 5 DI 42–240 Vac input
C = Encoder low volt +5 V / 15 V / 24 V (high-performance drive only)
2 Bypass Options 3
D = Encoder high volt +15 V / 24 V (high-performance drive only)
E = Double encoder (high-performance drive only)
2
0 = None
2 = Manual HOA bypass/isolation fusing
2 4
7
=
=
Manual HOA bypass/isolation fusing/SPD
Manual HOA bypass/SPD
H = Manual HOA RVSS bypass 0 = No option
2 J
L
=
=
Manual HOA RVSS bypass/isolation fusing
Manual HOA RVSS bypass/isolation fusing/SPD
1 = PROFIBUS-DP
2 = LonWorks
P = Manual HOA RVSS bypass/SPD 3 = CANopen (slave)
2 • = Custom option 2 4 = DeviceNet
6 = Modbus
2 7 = Modbus (D9 connector)
8 = Johnson Controls N2
2
Output Power Options 4 9 = Modbus TCP
0 = None A = BACnet
A = Output contactor B = EtherNet/IP
2 B
D
=
=
3% Output reactor
dV/dt filter
C = RS-232 with D9 connector
E = 3% Output Reactor/output contactor
2 G = dV/dt/output contactor
Enclosure Options
2 0 = None
Control Options 5 1 = Floor stand—12 inches
2 0 = None
1 = Speed pot
A = Space heater
B = Space heater & 12-inch floor stands
2 2 = Start-stop pushbutton
C = Space heater & 22-inch floor stands
A = HOA switch
2 B = Start-stop pushbutton with speed pot & HOA switch
C = Start-stop pushbutton with HOA switch Light Options 5
2 • = Custom option 2
0 = None
1 = Non-bypass light kit—Power On, Run, Fault
2 Notes
2 1 HMCP disconnect option required and only available when bypass is selected.
2 4 Output contactor not available with bypass. Bypass comes standard with output contactor.
2
2
2
2

Clean Power Drives
2.12
Product Selection
2
480 V Drives
2
CFX Enclosed Drives 480 V Drives—Constant Torque (CT)/High Overload (IH) Enclosed Drives
2
7.5 11 5 CFX0074D1 CFX0074D2 CFX0074D3
10 14 5 CFX0104D1 CFX0104D2 CFX0104D3 2
15 21 5 CFX0154D1 CFX0154D2 CFX0154D3
20 27 6 CFX0204D1 CFX0204D2 CFX0204D3 2
25
30
34
40
6
6
CFX0254D1
CFX0304D1
CFX0254D2
CFX0304D2
CFX0254D3
CFX0304D3
2
40 52 7 CFX0404C1 CFX0404C2 CFX0404C3 2
50 65 7 CFX0504C1 CFX0504C2 CFX0504C3
60 77 7 CFX0604C1 CFX0604C2 CFX0604C3 2
75 96 8 CFX0754C1 CFX0754C2 CFX0754C3
100 124 8 CFX1004C1 CFX1004C2 CFX1004C3
2
125 156 8 CFX1254C1 CFX1254C2 CFX1254C3
2
150 180 9 CFX1504C1 CFX1504C2 CFX1504C3
200 240 9 CFX2004C1 CFX2004C2 CFX2004C3 2
250 302 10 CFX2504G1 CFX2504G2 CFX2504G3
300 361 10 CFX3004G1 CFX3004G2 CFX3004G3 2
2
350 414 10 CFX3504G1 CFX3504G2 CFX3504G3
CFX Enclosed Drives 480 V Drives—Variable Torque (VT)/Low Overload (IL) Enclosed Drives 2
Drive
NEMA Type 1
Base
NEMA Type 12
Base
NEMA Type 3R
Base
2
7.5 11 4 CFX0074B1 CFX0074B2 CFX0074B3
2
10 14 5 CFX0104B1 CFX0104B2 CFX0104B3
2
15 21 5 CFX0154B1 CFX0154B2 CFX0154B3
20 27 5 CFX0204B1 CFX0204B2 CFX0204B3 2
25 34 6 CFX0254B1 CFX0254B2 CFX0254B3
30 40 6 CFX0304B1 CFX0304B2 CFX0304B3 2
40
50
52
65
6
7
CFX0404B1
CFX0504A1
CFX0404B2
CFX0504A2
CFX0404B3
CFX0504A3
2
60 77 7 CFX0604A1 CFX0604A2 CFX0604A3 2
75 96 7 CFX0754A1 CFX0754A2 CFX0754A3
100 124 8 CFX1004A1 CFX1004A2 CFX1004A3 2
125 156 8 CFX1254A1 CFX1254A2 CFX1254A3
150 180 8 CFX1504A1 CFX1504A2 CFX1504A3 2
200
250
240
302
9
10
CFX2004A1
CFX2504E1
CFX2004A2
CFX2504E2
CFX2004A3
CFX2504E3
2
300 361 10 CFX3004E1 CFX3004E2 CFX3004E3 2
350 414 10 CFX3504E1 CFX3504E2 CFX3504E3
400 477 10 CFX4004E1 CFX4004E2 CFX4004E3 2
Note
2
2
2

Clean Power Drives
Enclosed Passive Filtered Drive Option Board Kits

2 The enclosed passive filtered drive series can accommodate a wide selection of expander and
adapter option boards to customize the drive for your application needs. The drive’s control unit is
2 designed to accept a total of five option boards.
2 The enclosed passive filtered drive series factory-installed standard board configuration includes an A9
I/O board and an A2 relay output board, which are installed in slots A and B.
2 Option Board Kits
Option Boards
2 Field
Installed
Factory
Installed SVX Ready Programs
2
Allowed Slot Catalog Option Local/
2
Standard I/O Cards
D E 2 RO (NC/NO) B OPTA2 — ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■
A B C
2 6 DI, 1 DO, 2 AI, 1 AO, 1 +10 Vdc ref,

2 ext +24 Vdc/ext +24 Vdc
A OPTA9 — ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■

6 DI B, C, D, E OPTB1 B1 — — — — — ■ ■
2 1 RO (NC/NO), 1 RO (NO), 1 therm B, C, D, E OPTB2 B2 — — — — — ■ ■

1 AI (mA isolated), 2 AO (mA isolated) B, C, D, E OPTB4 B4 ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■
2 3 RO (NO) B, C, D, E OPTB5 B5 — — — — — ■ ■
■
2
3 Pt100 RTD board B, C, D, E OPTB8 B8 — — — — — —
Modbus D, E OPTC2 C2 ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■
2 Modbus TCP D, E OPTCI CI ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■
BACnet D, E OPTCJ CJ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■
2 Johnson Controls N2
PROFIBUS DP
D, E
D, E
OPTC2
OPTC3
CA
C3
■
■
■
■
■
■
■
■
■
■
■
■
■
■
2 LonWorks D, E OPTC4 C4 ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■
2 CANopen (slave) D, E OPTC6 C6 ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■
2 Modbus (D9 type connector) D, E OPTC8 C8 ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■
2 RS-232 with D9 connection D, E OPTD3 D3 ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■
Notes
2 1 AI = Analog Input; AO = Analog Output, DI = Digital Input, DO = Digital Output, RO = Relay Output
2 3 OPTC2 is a multi-protocol option card.
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2

Clean Power Drives
2.12
the SVX Drive as a slave the SVX Drive on a DeviceNet the SVX Drive to BACnet
on a Modbus network. The
interface is connected by
Network. It includes a
5.08 mm pluggable
networks. It includes a 5.08
mm pluggable connector.
2
Token Passing (MS/TP) 2
ranges from 300 to 19,200 twisted shielded cable with RS-485. This interface uses
baud. Other communication two-wire bus power cable a collection of 30 Binary 2
parameters include an and drain. The baud rates Value Objects (BVOs) and
address range from 1 to 247; used for communication 35 Analog Value Objects 2
a parity of None, Odd or include 125 Kbaud, (AVOs) to communicate
Even; and the stop bit is 1. 250 Kbaud and 500 Kbaud. drive parameters. The card
supports 9.6, 19.2 and 38.4
2
2
PROFIBUS Network Johnson Controls Metasys N2 Kbaud communication
Communications Network Communications speeds and supports network
The PROFIBUS Network Card The OPTC2 fieldbus board addresses 1 to 127.
OPTC3 is used for connecting provides communication 2
the SVX Drive as a slave between the SVX Drive EtherNet/IP Network
on a PROFIBUS-DP network. and a Johnson Controls Communications 2
The interface is connected Metasys™ N2 network. The EtherNet/IP Network
by a 9-pin DSUB connector
(female). The baud rates
With this connection, the
drive can be controlled,
Card OPTCK is used for
connecting the SVX Drive
2
monitored and programmed
from the Metasys system.
to Ethernet/Industrial Protocol
networks. It includes an 2
range from 1 to 127. The N2 fieldbus is available as RJ-45 pluggable connector.
a factory-installed option and The interface uses CIP 2
LonWorks Network as a field-installable kit. objects to communicate
Communications
Modbus/TCP Network
drive parameters (CIP is
“Common Industrial
2
The LonWorks Network Card
OPTC4 is used for connecting
the SVX Drive on a LonWorks
Communications
Protocol,” the same protocol
used by DeviceNet). The
2
network. This interface uses Card OPTCI is used for board supports 10 Mbps and
Standard Network Variable connecting the SVX Drive 100 Mbps communication 2
Types (SNVT) as data types. to Ethernet networks using speeds. The IP address of
The channel connection is Modbus protocol. It includes the board is configurable 2
achieved using a FTT-10 A an RJ-45 pluggable by Static, BOOTP and
via a single twisted transfer
connector. This interface
provides a selection of
DHCP methods. 2
cable. The communication
speed with LonWorks is
standard and custom register
values to communicate 2
78 kBits/s. drive parameters. The board
supports 10 Mbps and 2
CANopen (Slave) 100 Mbps communication
Communications speeds. The IP address of 2
The CANopen (Slave) the board is configurable over
Network Card OPTC6 is used
for connecting the SVX Drive
Ethernet using a supplied
software tool.
2
to a host system. According
to ISO11898 standard cables 2
to be chosen for CANbus
should have a nominal 2
and specific line delay of 2
nominal 5 as/m. 120 ohm
line termination resistors
2
2
2
2
2

Clean Power Drives
Enclosure Selection
2
CFX Drives
2 Enclosure selection charts are based on physical space limitations only and only to be used as a reference.
For actual enclosure sizing, refer to Bid Manager.
2
2
Note: Filtered enclosure sizing includes dedicated space for passive filter, Note: Filtered bypass enclosure sizing includes dedicated space for a
input fuses, circuit breaker or fusible disconnect, CPT, SPD, heater/ passive filter, input fuses, MCP, CPT, input contactor, output bypass
thermostat, control relay and terminal blocks. contactors, overload relay, SPD, heater/thermostat, control relay and
2 terminal blocks.
2
Filtered Enclosure X-Space Filtered Bypass Enclosure X-Space
Enclosure Size Frame 4 Frame 5 Frame 6 Frame 7 Frame 8 Enclosure Size Frame 4 Frame 5 Frame 6 Frame 7 Frame 8
2 AX — — — — — AX — — — — —
BX 0 0 — — — BX — — — — —
2 CX 3 3 2 2 — CX 2 1 0 — —
DX 14 14 13 13 10 DX 13 12 11 10 6
2
2 Filtered Power Options X-Space Filtered Bypass Power Options X-Space
Power Options Frame 4 Frame 5 Frame 6 Frame 7 Frame 8 Power Options Frame 4 Frame 5 Frame 6 Frame 7 Frame 8
2 3% Output reactor 1 1 3 5 6 RVSS Bypass 1 1 3 5 6
2
dV/dt filter 3 3 3 5 6 3% Output reactor 2 2 2 3 4
Output contactor 1 1 1 1 1 dV/dt filter 3 3 3 5 6
2
Larger Frame Enclosure Sizes Larger Frame Enclosure Sizes
2 Type 1 Filtered Type 1 Filtered
Frame Size Type 1 Type 12 and Gasketed Type 3R Frame Size Type 1 Type 12 and Gasketed Type 3R
2 Frame 9 Size 8 — Size 8 Size F Frame 9 Size 8 — Size 8 Size F
Frame 10 Size 9 Size 9 — 1 Frame 10 Size 9 Size 9 — 1
2 Note
2
1 Consult factory.
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2

Clean Power Drives
2.12
Options
2
Input Power Options
Option Description 2
HMCP Disconnect The HMCP motor protection circuit breaker uses an electronic trip unit to provide typical motor overload relay functionality and short-circuit protection
against potential phase-to-phase or phase-to-ground faults. 2
2
Circuit Breaker Utilizes a circuit breaker to provide a means of short-circuit protection for the power cables between it and the drive, and protection from high-level ground
Isolation Fusing Provides high-level fault protection of the drive input power circuit from the load side of the fuses to the input side of the power transistors. This option 2
3% Input Reactor The input reactor is a three-phase series inductance on the line side of an AFD. It is used to provide a reduction in voltage and current harmonics. It also
2
SPD Provides a UL 1449 surge protection device (SPD) rated for 40 kA/ph that is connected to the line side terminals. 2
the power cable. Allows a convenient means of disconnecting the drive from the line, and the operating mechanism can be padlocked in the OFF position.
2
Bypass Options
2
Option Description
2
operation, and AUTO mode is defaulted to control from an external terminal source. These modes of operation can be configured via programming to allow
2
Manual HOA RVSS Bypass This option adds a reduced voltage soft starter to bypass assembly for soft starting in bypass mode.
2
Option Description
Output Contactor Provides a means for positive disconnection of the drive output from the motor terminals. The contactor coil is controlled by the drive’s run or permissive logic. 2
and is factory mounted in the enclosure.
2
dV/dt Filter
2
2
Control Options
Option Description
2
Speed Pot Provides the ability to adjust the frequency reference using a door-mounted potentiometer. This option uses the 10 Vdc reference to generate a 0–10 V signal
2
2
operation, and AUTO mode is defaulted to control from an external terminal source. These modes of operation can be configured via drive programming to 2
Start-Stop Pushbutton Provides door-mounted START and STOP pushbuttons for either bypass or non-bypass configurations. 2
Light Options 2
Option Description
Non-Bypass Light Kit—Power On, Run, Provides a white POWER ON light that indicates power to the enclosed cabinet, a green RUN light that indicates the drive is running and a red FAULT light 2
Bypass Light Kit—On, VFD Run, Fault, Provides a white POWER ON light that indicates power to the enclosed cabinet, a green RUN light that indicates the drive is running, a red FAULT light that 2
2
Enclosure Options
Option Description 2
Floor Stand 12 in
Floor Stand 22 in
2
2
2

Clean Power Drives

2
2
2 Primary Design Features Input/Output Interface Features

45–66 Hz input frequency Standard Setup adjustment provisions
2 Output: AC volts maximum Input Voltage Base Remote keypad/display Standard
Output frequency range 0–320 Hz Personal computer Standard
2 Initial output current (IH) 250% for 2 seconds Operator control provisions
2 Overload (1 minute [IH/IL]) 150%/110% Drive mounted keypad/display Standard

Enclosure space heater Optional Remote keypad/display Standard
2 Oversize enclosure Standard Conventional control elements Standard

Output contactor Optional Serial communications Optional
2 Bypass motor starter Optional 115 Vac control circuit Optional
2
Listings UL, cUL, 508C Speed setting inputs
2 Incoming line fuses Optional 0–10 Vdc potentiometer/voltage signal Standard

AC input circuit disconnect Optional 4–20 mA isolated Configurable
2 Phase rotation insensitive Standard 4–20 mA differential Configurable
EMI filter Standard—FR6 thru FR9 1 3–15 psig Optional
2 Input phase loss protection Standard Analog outputs
2 Input overvoltage protection

Line surge protection
Standard
Standard
Speed/frequency
Torque/load/current
Standard
Programmable
2 Output short-circuit protection Standard Motor voltage Programmable

Output ground fault protection Standard Kilowatts Programmable
2 Output phase protection Standard 0–10 Vdc signals Configurable w/jumpers
Overtemperature protection Standard 4–20 mA DC signals Standard
2 DC overvoltage protection Standard Isolated signals Optional
2 Drive overload protection Standard Discrete outputs

Motor overload protection Standard Fault alarm Standard
2 Programmer software Optional Drive running Standard

Local/remote keypad Standard Drive at set speed Programmable
2 Keypad lockout Standard Optional parameters 14
2
Fault alarm output Standard Dry contacts 2 relays Form C
Built-in diagnostics Standard Open collector outputs 1
2 Surge protective device Optional Additional discrete outputs Optional

Communications
2 RS-232 Standard
RS-422/485 Optional
2 DeviceNet™ Optional
2 Modbus RTU
CANopen (slave)
Optional
Optional
2 PROFIBUS-DP Optional
Lonworks® Optional
2 Johnson Controls Metasys™ N2 Optional
EtherNet/IP/Modbus TCP Optional
2 BACnet Optional
2 Note
1 The EMI filter is optional in FR10.
2
2

Clean Power Drives
2.12
Enclosed Passive Filtered Drives, continued Standard I/O Specifications
2
Performance Features Six–digital input programmable 24 V: “0” <10 V, “1” >18V,Ri >5 kohms
2
Volts/hertz control Standard
w/jumpers Current: 0 (4)–20 mA, Ri = 250 kohms
2
Two–digital output programmable Form C relays 250 Vac or 30 Vdc 2 Amp resistive
Electronic reversing Standard
One–digital output programmable Open collector 48 Vdc 50 mA 2
One–analog output programmable 0–20 mA, RL max. 500 ohms 10 bits ±2%
Dynamic braking
DC braking
Optional
Standard
configurable w/jumper 2
PID setpoint controller Programmable 2
Critical speed lockout Standard I/O Specifications for Control/Communication Options
Current (torque) limit Standard Description Specification 2
Adjustable acceleration/deceleration Standard Analog voltage, input 0–±10 V, Ri >200 kilohms
Linear or S curve accel/decel Standard Analog current, input 0 (4)–20 mA, Ri = 250 ohms 2
Jog at preset speed Standard Digital input
Auxiliary voltage
24 V: “0” <10 V, “1” >18V, Ri >5 kilohms
24 V (±20%), max. 50 mA
2
Thread/preset speeds 7
Automatic restart Selectable Reference voltage 10 V ±3%, max. 10 mA 2
Coasting motor start Standard Analog current, output 0 (4)–20 mA, RL = 500 kilohms, resolution
Coast or ramp stop selection Standard
10 bit, accuracy <±2% 2
Analog voltage, output 0 (2)–10 V, RL >1 kohm, resolution
2
Elapsed time meter Optional 10 bit, accuracy <±2%
Standard Conditions for Application and Service Relay output max. switching voltage 300 Vdc, 250 Vac
Maximum operating ambient temperature 0 to 40 °C Relay output max. switching load 3 A/24 Vdc, 300 Vdc, 250 Vac 1 2
Storage temperature –40 to 60 °C Relay output max. continuous load 2 A rms
Humidity (maximum), non-condensing 95% Thermistor input Rtrip = 4.7 kohms 2
Altitude 100% load capacity (no derating) up to
3280 ft (1000 m);
1% derating for each 328 ft (100 m) above
Note
1 For applications above 3 A consult instruction manual.
2
2
3280 ft (1000 m); max. 9842 ft (3000 m)
Line voltage variation +10/–15%
Line frequency variation 45–66 Hz
2
Efficiency >96%
Power factor (displacement) 0.99 2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2

Clean Power Drives
Wiring Diagram
2
Control Input/Output
2
Basic Application Default I/O Configuration
2 Reference potentiometer
1–10 kohms
Terminal Signal Description
OPTA9
2 1 +10 Vref Reference output Voltage for potentiometer, etc.
2 2 AI1+ Analog input, voltage range 0–10 Vdc Voltage input frequency reference
3 AI1– I/O Ground Ground for reference and controls
2
Remote reference
4 AI2+ Analog input, current range 0–20 mA Current input frequency reference
0(4)–20 mA
5 AI2–
2 6 +24 V Control voltage output Voltage for switches, etc. max 0.1 A
2 7 GND I/O ground Ground for reference and controls

8 DIN1 Start forward Contact closed = start forward
2 9 DIN2 Start reverse Contact closed = start reverse
2 10 DIN3 External fault input (programmable) Contact open = no fault

Contact closed = fault
2 11
12
CMA
+24 V
Common for DIN 1–DIN 3
Control voltage output
Connect to GND or +24 V
Voltage for switches (see terminal 6)
2 13 GND I/O ground Ground for reference and controls

14 DIN4 Multi-step speed select 1 DIN4 DIN5 Frequency Ref.
2 15 DIN5 Multi-step speed select 2 Open Open Ref.Vin
Closed Open Multi-step ref.1
2 Open Closed Multi-step ref.2
Closed Closed RefMax
2 16 DIN6 Fault reset Contact open = no action

Contact closed = fault reset
2 17 CMB Common for DIN4–DIN6 Connect to GND or +24 V

18 AO1+ Output frequency Programmable
2
mA Analog output Range 0–20 mA, RL max. 500 ohms
READY 19 AO1–
2
20 DO1 Digital output Programmable
READY Open collector, I <50 mA, V <48 Vdc
OPTA2
2 21 RO1 Relay output 1
RUN
2 RUN 22 RO1
23 RO1
2 24 RO2 Relay output 2

FAULT
25 RO2
2 26 RO2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2

Clean Power Drives
2.12
Dimensions
BX Box Type 1 2
4.00 (101.6)
Minimum 2
Free Air Space
Required
2
2
3.00 (76.2)
Minimum
Air Space
Required
Both Sides 2
36.80
(934.7)
37.74 2
36.35 (958.6)
28.55
(923.3)
(725.1) 2
Ø 0.44 (11.2) 2
Mounting
Holes
(4 Places) 2
19.30 (490.2) 1.76
20.92 (531.4)
(44.8)
17.01 (432.2)
2
2
19.30 (490.2) 2
4.00 (101.6)
Minimum
Ø 0.44 (11.2)
Mounting
2
Required
(2 Places) 2
2
3.00 (76.2)
Minimum
Air Space 14.06
Required
Both Sides
(357.1) 10.53
(267.5) 7.00
2
(177.8)
36.35 2
(923.3)
3.00 (76.2)
48.37
48.87
(1241.3) 5.00 (127.0)
2
(1228.6) 40.38
(1025.7) 15.50 (393.7) 2
17.50 (444.5) 2
2
2
20.92 (531.4) 1.76
(44.8)
17.01 (432.2) 2
2
2
2
2
2
2

Clean Power Drives

2
2 19.30 (490.2)
2 4.00 (101.6)
Minimum
Ø 0.44 (11.2)
Mounting
Free Air Space
2
Holes
Required (2 Places)
2 3.00 (76.2)
Minimum
Air Space
2 Required
Both Sides
14.06
2 36.35
(357.1) 10.53
(267.5) 7.00
(923.3)
2
(177.8)
3.00 (76.2)
2 58.37
(1482.6)
58.87
(1495.3) 5.00 (127.0)
50.38
2 (1279.7)
15.50 (393.7)
2 17.50 (444.5)
2
2
2 1.76 17.01 (432.2)
20.92 (531.4) (44.8)
2
2 BX Box Type 12
4.00 (101.6) Ø 0.44 (11.2)
2 Minimum
Free Air Space
Mounting
Holes
Required (2 Places)
2
3.00 (76.2)
2 Minimum
Air Space
Required
2 36.80
(934.7)
Both Sides
37.74
2 36.35 28.55
(958.6)
(923.3)
2
(725.1)
2
2 1.76
17.01 (432.2)
19.30 (490.2)
(44.8)
2 20.92 (531.4)
2
2
2
2
2

Clean Power Drives
2.12
2
19.30 (490.2)
2
4.00 (101.6)
Minimum
Free Air Space
Ø 0.44 (11.2)
Mounting 2
Holes
2
Required
(2 Places)
3.00 (76.2)
Minimum
Air Space
14.06 2
(357.1)
10.53
2
Required
Both Sides (267.5) 7.00
36.35
(177.8)
2
(923.3)
3.00 (76.2)
48.37
(1228.6)
48.87
(1241.3) 5.00 (127.0) 2
40.38
(1025.7) 15.50 (393.7) 2
17.50 (444.5)
2
2
2
20.92 (531.4) 1.76
(44.8)
17.01 (432.2) 2
2
19.30 (490.2) 2
4.00 (101.6) Ø 0.44 (11.2)
Minimum
Free Air Space
Mounting
Holes
2
Required
2
(2 Places)
3.00 (76.2)
Minimum
Air Space
14.06
(357.1)
2
Required 10.53
Both Sides (267.5) 7.00 2
(177.8)
36.35
(923.3) 3.00 (76.2)
2
5.00 (127.0) 2
58.37 58.87
(1482.6) (1495.3) 15.50 (393.7)
2
17.50 (444.5)
2
2
2
2
20.92 (531.4)
1.76
(44.8)
17.01 (432.2) 2
2
2
2

Clean Power Drives

2
BX Box Type 3R
2 20.18 (512.5)
2
3.00 (76.2)
2 Minimum
Air Space
2 Required
Both Sides
44.09
2 (1119.8)
42.69
2 (1084.3)
37.74
(958.6)
2 36.35
(923.3)
28.56
(725.3)
2 Ø 0.44 (11.2)
Mounting
2 Holes
(4 Places)
2 19.30 (490.2)
3.51
(89.1)
17.01 (432.2)
2 20.92 (531.4)
2 BX Box Type 3R—12 Inch Floor Stands

19.30 (490.2)
2 4.00 (101.6)
Minimum
Ø 0.44 (11.2)
Mounting
Free Air Space
2 Required
Holes
(2 Places)
2 3.00 (76.2)
Minimum 14.06
Air Space
2 Required
Both Sides
(357.1)
10.53
(267.5) 7.00
36.35
2 (923.3) (177.8)
3.00 (76.2)
2 48.37 48.87
5.00 (127.0)
(1228.6) (1241.3)
2 40.38
(1025.7) 15.50 (393.7)
2 17.50 (444.5)
2
2
2 20.92 (531.4) 1.76 17.01 (432.2)
(44.8)
2
2
2
2
2
2

Clean Power Drives
2.12
2
20.88 (530.4) Ø 0.44 (11.2)

2
Mounting 20.18 (512.5)
17.88 (454.2) Holes
(2 Places)
2
3.00 (76.2)
Minimum
2
Air Space
Required 2
Both Sides
42.77
(1086.4)
14.06
2
36.35
(357.1)
10.53 2
55.10 (267.5) 7.00
(923.3)
(1429.9) (177.8)
2
65.66
(1667.7)
3.00 (76.2)
5.00 (127.0)
2
50.38
(1279.7) 15.50 (393.7) 2
17.50 (444.5) 2
2
2
2
20.92 (531.4) 3.57 (90.7) 17.01 (432.2)
2
CX Box Type 1
2
4.00 (101.6) Minimum
3.00 (76.2)
Minimum 2
Air Space
Required
Both Sides
2
2
48.80
(1239.5)
49.74 2
48.35 (1263.4)
35.85
(1228.1) (910.6) 2
2
Ø 0.44 (11.2) 2
Mounting
Holes
(4 Places) 2
29.30 (744.2)
30.92 (785.4)
1.74
(44.2)
17.76 (451.2) 2
2
2
2
2

Clean Power Drives

2
2 29.30 (744.2) Ø 0.44 (11.2)
Mounting
2 4.00 (101.6) Minimum
Holes
(2 Places)
2 3.00 (76.2)
Minimum
2 Air Space
Required
Both Sides
2 14.81
(376.2)
2 11.28
(286.5) 7.75
48.35
(196.9)
2 (1228.1)
3.00 (76.2)
2 60.37
(1533.4)
47.67
(1210.8) 49.74 5.00 (127.0)
(1263.4) 25.50 (647.7)
2 27.50 (698.5)
2
2
2
2 30.92 (785.4) 1.74
(44.2)
17.76 (451.2)
2
2 29.30 (744.2) Ø 0.44 (11.2)
Mounting Holes
4.00 (101.6) Minimum
(2 Places)
2 3.00 (76.2)
Minimum
Air Space
2 Required
Both Sides
2 14.81
(376.2)
2 48.35
(1228.1)
11.28
(286.5) 7.75
(196.9)
2 57.68
3.00
(1465.0) 70.87
70.37 (76.2)
2 (1787.4)
(1800.1)
25.50
5.00
(647.7)
2 (127.0)
27.50
(698.5)
2
2
2
2 30.92 (785.4)
1.74 (44.2) 17.76 (451.2)
2
2

Clean Power Drives
2.12
2
CX Box Type 12
4.00 (101.6) Minimum
2
2
3.00 (76.2)
Minimum
Air Space 2
Required
Both Sides 2
2
48.80
(1239.5)
49.74
(1263.4)
2
48.35
35.85
(910.6) 2
(1228.1)
2
Ø 0.44 (11.2)
Mounting 2
Holes
29.30 (744.2)
(4 Places) 2
1.74
17.76 (451.2)
30.92 (785.4) (44.2)
2
CX Box Type 12—12 Inch Floor Stands 2
29.30 (744.2)
2
Ø 0.44 (11.2)
Mounting
4.00 (101.6) Minimum
Holes
(2 Places)
2
3.00 (76.2)
Minimum
Air Space
2
Required
Both Sides 2
14.81
48.35
(376.2)
11.28
2
(1228.1) (286.5) 7.75
(196.9) 2
60.37
(1533.4)
47.67 3.00 (76.2) 2
(1210.8) 49.74 5.00 (127.0)
(1263.4) 25.50 (647.7) 2
27.50 (698.5)
2
2
2
1.74
2
30.92 (785.4) 17.76 (451.2)
(44.2)
2
2
2
2
2

Clean Power Drives

2
2 29.30 (744.2) Ø 0.44 (11.2)
Mounting
2 4.00 (101.6) Minimum
(2 Places)
2 3.00 (76.2)
Minimum
2 Air Space
Required
Both Sides
2 14.81
(376.2)
2 48.35
11.28
(286.5) 7.75
(1228.1)
2
(196.9)
3.00 (76.2)
2
70.37
(1787.4) 5.00 (127.0)
57.68 25.50 (647.7)
2 (1465.0) 70.87
(1800.1) 27.50 (698.5)
2
2
2
2 1.74 17.76
30.92 (785.4)
(44.2)
2 (451.2)
2 CX Box Type 3R
30.88 (784.4) 21.00 (533.3)
2
2 3.00 (76.2)
Minimum
Air Space
2 Required
Both Sides
56.08
2 (1424.5)
2 54.77
(1391.2)
56.96
2 (1446.9)
48.35
2 (1228.1)
35.85
(910.6)
2
2 Ø 0.44 (11.2)
2
Mounting
Holes
(4 Places)
2 29.30 (744.2) 3.72
(94.4)
17.76 (451.2)
30.92 (785.4)
2
2
2

Clean Power Drives
2.12
2
Ø 0.44 (11.2)
2
30.88 (784.4) Mounting
28.10 (713.7) Holes
(2 Places)
21.00 (533.3)
2
3.00 (76.2) 2
Minimum
Air Space
Required 2
Both Sides
14.81
2
(376.2) 11.28
67.65 (286.5)
7.75
2
(1718.4)
(196.9)
2
66.60 3.00 (76.2)
(1691.7) 47.67
(1210.8) 68.09
5.00 (127.0) 2
25.50 (647.7)
(1729.6)
48.35
(1228.1)
27.50 (698.5)
2
2
2
2
30.92 (785.4) 3.72
(94.4)
17.76 (451.2) 2
2
30.88 (784.4)
Ø 0.44 (11.2) 2
Mounting
27.88 (708.2) Holes
(2 Places)
21.00 (533.3)
2
3.00 (76.2)
Minimum
2
Air Space
Required 2
Both Sides
77.65
(1972.4) 2
14.81
76.60
(376.2) 11.28
(286.5)
2
(1945.7) 7.75
78.09
(196.9) 2
48.35 (1983.6)
2
3.00 (76.2)
(1228.1)
5.00 (127.0)
57.68 25.50 (647.7)
(1465.0) 27.50 (698.5) 2
2
2
2
30.92 (785.4) 3.72 17.76 2
(94.4) (451.2)
2
2

Clean Power Drives

2
DX Box Type 1
2 29.30 (744.2)
2 4.00 (101.6)
Minimum
Ø 0.44 (11.2)
Mounting
2 Required
(2 Places)
2
3.00 (76.2)
Minimum
Air Space
2 Required
Both Sides
2 82.23 22.56
(573.0) 6.13
(2088.6)
(155.6)
2 82.85
(2104.4)
2 76.35
(1939.3)
67.88
(1724.2)
1.62 (41.1)
8.38 (212.9)
2 22.12
(561.8)
2 28.88 (733.6)
2
2 30.92 (785.4) 1.55 22.48
(39.4) (571.1)
2
2
DX Box Type 12
2 29.30 (744.2)
4.00 (101.6)
2 Minimum
Free Air Space
Ø 0.44 (11.2)
Mounting
Holes
2
Required
(2 Places)
3.00 (76.2)
2 Minimum
Air Space
2
Required
Both Sides
2
22.56
(573.0) 6.13
82.35 (155.6)
(2091.7)
2 82.85
(2104.4)
1.62 (41.1)
2 76.35 67.89
(1724.4)
8.38 (212.9)
(1939.3) 22.12
2 (561.8)
28.88 (733.6)
2
2
2 30.92 1.55 22.48
(785.4) (39.4) (571.1)
2
2
2

Clean Power Drives
2.12
2
Size 8
31.00
(787.4)
2
1.25
8.25
(31.8)
2
(209.6)
Opening for Top Cable Entry
(2 Places) 2
2
Top View 2
4.00 (101.6) Minimum
Keypad
2
2
Mounted on These Panels
2
2
Door Handle
2
(key-lock optional)
93.50
(2374.9) 90.00 84.37
(2286.0) (2143.0)
2
Intake Ventilating Slots
(Filtered on NEMA 12)
2
2
Quarter Turn Latch
(2 Places)
2
2
24.00 (609.6) 21.45 (544.8) 21.31 (541.3)
48.00 (1219.2)
2
25.14 (639)
2
Front View
Side View .56 (14.2) Dia. 9.50
Mounting Holes (241.3)
(4 Places)
Opening for
Bottom Cable Entry 2
22.47
(570.74)
12.50
(317.5) 2
5.48
(139.19)
7.73
(196.34)
2
Construction: UL Type 1 Oversize 3.01 (76.45)
37.47 (951.74)
Approximate
Shipping Weight 2
Finish: Enclosure – ANSI 61 Gray (Light) Lbs (kg)
2
45.22 (1148.59)
Bottom View 1400 (636)
For reference only, dimensions are subject to change. See Page V6-T2-341, notes 3 and 5 for enclosure and option selection. 2
Wide
A
High
B
Deep
C
Mounting
D D1 E E1 F G G1
Door Height
H
Min. Air Space
J K
2
48.0 (1219) 90.0 (2286) 24.0 (610) 42.2 (1072) 3.0 (77) — — — 5.5 (139) — 84.4 (2143) 4.0 (102) —
2
Cable Entry
Max. Approx.
Shipping Weight 2
9.5 37.5 12.5 7.7 8.3 1.3 31.0 21.5 21.3 — 93.5 — — — — 2000 (908) 2
(241) (952) (318) (196) (210) (32) (787) (545) (541) (2375)
2

Clean Power Drives

2
Size 9
2 1.50 (38.1)
43.50 (1104.9)
2 8.75
(222.3)
7.46 x 15.00
2
(189.5 x 381.0)
Access in Top
(two places)
2
2
90 Max. 90 Max.
Door Door
27.36 Opening Opening
(694.9) 27.06
2
(687.3)
29.05
(737.9)
2 Top View
2
4.00 (101.6) Minimum
2
2
2
2 93.50
Drive
(2374.9)
2
Circuit Breaker
2 90.00
(2286.0)
2 Door Handle
(key-lock optional)
2 Access
Plate
(4 places)
2
2 60.00 (1524.0)
24.00 (609.6)
2 25.14 (638.6) Front View

8.50 x 12.00 (215.9 x 304.8)
Side View 32.72 (831.1) Bottom Access
ø0.56 (ø14.2) Dia.
2 Mounting Hole
25.00
2
(635.0)
18.84
(478.5)
Finish: Enclosure—ANSI 61 Gray (light) 11.93
2
8.20 (303.0) Approximate
Material: Enclosure and Backplate— (208.3)
Shipping Weight
12 ga. = 0.1046 Cold Rolled Steel
Lbs (kg)
2.00 (50.8) 22.90 (581.7)
2 46.30 (1176.0)
54.90 (1394.5)
1800 (817)
2
Bottom View
For reference only, dimensions are subject to change. See Page V6-T2-341, notes 3 and 5 for enclosure and option selection.
2
2 A B C D D1 E E1 F G G1 H J K
60.0 (1524) 90.0 (2286) 260.1 (664) 22.9 (582) 2.0 (51) 30.0 (762) 44.3 (1125) 10.6 (270) 10.6 (270) 8.2 (208) — 4.0 (102) —
2
Max. Approx.
Cable Entry
2 L M N P R S T U V W RR SS TT UU VV
Shipping Weight
Lbs (kg)
2 8.5
(216)
32.7
(831)
12.0
(305)
11.9
(303)
9.8
(249)
1.5
(38)
43.5
(1105)
15.0
(381)
7.5
(191)
25.0
(635)
93.5
(2375)
27.4
(696)
290.1
(738)
270.1
(687)
— 2500 (1135)

Clean Power Drives
2.12
2
Enclosure Size F
W D 2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
H1 H
2
2
2
2
2
W1 D1 2
2
2
2
2
2
Approximate Approximate
2
Weight Shipping Weight
H H1 W W1 D D1 Lbs (kg) Lbs (kg) 2
93.58 69.51 60.00 48.00 37.50 26.00 1700 (771) 1850 (839)
(2376.9) (1765.60) (1524.0) (1219.2) (952.5) (660.4) 2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2

Clean Power Drives
Contents
2 Enclosed 12-Pulse Drives
Description Page
2 EGF Enclosed Drives . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V6-T2-317
2
Dimensions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V6-T2-365
2 EPG Drives . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
CPX Drives . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
V6-T2-366
V6-T2-382
2 Enclosed Regenerative Drives . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V6-T2-406
2
2
2 HCX Enclosed 12-Pulse Drives
2 Product Description Standards and Certifications
The Enclosed HCX Drives is ● UL 508C
2 specifically tailored for HVAC
applications where clean
2 power is necessary. The
Enclosed HCX Drive uses
2 Eaton’s SVX drive with a
12-pulse phase shifting
transformer to deliver a
2 substantial reduction in
voltage and current
2 harmonics.
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2

Clean Power Drives
2.12
2
HCX Enclosed 12-Pulse Drives
2
HCX 007 1 2 B A
2
Product Family Enclosure Style 2
HCX = Enclosed 12-pulse drive A = Enclosed drive
2
Application—
2
Horsepower Rating Torque/Braking
007 = 7.5 hp A = IL /No brake chopper
010 = 10 hp B = IL /Internal brake chopper
015 = 15 hp
020 = 20 hp
2
025 = 25 hp
2
Voltage Rating
030 = 30 hp 1 = 208 V
040 = 40 hp 2 = 230 V
050 = 50 hp
060 = 60 hp
4 = 480 V
2
075 = 75 hp
100 = 100 hp
125 = 125 hp
Enclosure Rating
1 = Type 1
2
6 = Type 1 filtered
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2

Clean Power Drives
Product Selection
2
208 V Drives
2
HCX Enclosed Drives 208 V Drives—Variable Torque (VT)/Low Overload (IL) Enclosed Drives
2 NEMA Type 1 NEMA Type 1 Filtered
Drive Base Base
2 hp Current (A) Frame Size Catalog Number 1 Catalog Number 1
7.5 24.2 5 HCX00711BA HCX00761BA
2 10 30.8 5 HCX01011BA HCX01061BA
15 46.2 6 HCX01511BA HCX01561BA
2 20 59.4 6 HCX02011BA HCX02061BA
2 25
30
74.8
88
7
7
HCX02511AA
HCX03011AA
HCX02561AA
HCX03061AA
2 40 114 7 HCX04011AA HCX04061AA

50 143 8 HCX05011AA HCX05061AA
2 60 169 8 HCX06011AA HCX06061AA
2 230 V Drives
2 HCX Enclosed Drives 230 V Drives—Variable Torque (VT)/Low Overload (IL) Enclosed Drives
NEMA Type 1 NEMA Type 1 Filtered
2 hp Current (A)
Drive
Frame Size
Base
Catalog Number 1
Base
Catalog Number 1
2 7.5 22 5 HCX00712BA HCX00762BA

10 28 5 HCX01012BA HCX01062BA
2 15 42 6 HCX01512BA HCX01562BA
20 54 6 HCX02012BA HCX02062BA
2 25 68 7 HCX02512AA HCX02562AA
2 30
40
80
104
7
7
HCX03012AA
HCX04012AA
HCX03062AA
HCX04062AA
2 50 130 8 HCX05012AA HCX05062AA

60 154 8 HCX06012AA HCX06062AA
2
480 V Drives
2 HCX Enclosed Drives 480 V Drives—Variable Torque (VT)/Low Overload (IL) Enclosed Drives
2 Drive
NEMA Type 1
Base
NEMA Type 1 Filtered
Base
hp Current (A) Frame Size Catalog Number 1 Catalog Number 1
2 25 34 6 HCX02514BA HCX02564BA
2 30 40 6 HCX03014BA HCX03064BA
40 52 6 HCX04014BA HCX04064BA
2 50 65 7 HCX05014AA HCX05064AA
60 77 7 HCX06014AA HCX06064AA
2 75 96 7 HCX07514AA HCX07564AA
2 100
125
124
156
8
8
HCX10014AA
HCX12514AA
HCX10064AA
HCX12564AA
2 Note
2
2
2
2

Clean Power Drives
2.12
Dimensions
Enclosure Size 7 2
25–150 hp IL and 25–125 hp IH 480 V—25–100 hp IL and 25–75 hp IH 575 V 2
Exhaust Air 4.79
(121.7) 2
20.00
(508.0)
For
Cable
15.00
(381.0)
2
Entry
2
26.25
(666.8) Hinged
2.00
(50.8)
2
Side Door 10.00
Clearance at 90º (254.0)
2
Top View
4.00 (101.6) Minimum

2
2
2
Keypad
2
With Circuit Breaker
When Specified 2
Operator Elements
When Specified, Mounted
2
2
On These Panels
84.37
90.00
(2143.0) 93.92
(2385.6)
Door Handle
(key-lock optional)
2
(2286.0)
2
2
2
2
2
Quarter Turn Latch
(three places)
2
15.50 30.00 2
(393.7) ø0.56 (ø14.2) Dia. (762.0)
21.50
Mounting Holes
(five places) Opening For Bottom 2
(546.1) Cable Entry
14.90 2
Side View (378.5) 10.50
18.75
(476.3)
4.25
(107.9)
(266.7)
2
2
5.75 7.00
(146.1) (177.8)
1.75
Finish: Enclosure—ANSI 61 Gray (light)
Material: Enclosure and Backplate—
(44.5) 24.45 2
(621.0) 28.05
2
(712.5)
Bottom View
2

Clean Power Drives
Contents
2 EGP Enclosed 18-Pulse Drives
Description Page
2 EGP Drives
2
Product Selection . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V6-T2-369
2 Options . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
CPX Drives . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
V6-T2-371
V6-T2-382
2 Enclosed Regenerative Drives . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V6-T2-406
2
2
Eaton’s enclosed 18-pulse Enclosed 18-pulse drive UL 508C
2 drives use advanced features include:
18-pulse technology that
Space optimized enclosure
2
●
significantly reduces line
harmonics at the drive input ● Simple layout for power
options
2 terminals, resulting in one
of the purest sinusoidal ● NEMA Type 1, Type 1
waveforms available.
2
filtered and gasketed,
The enclosed 18-pulse drive Type 3R, Type 4 and
Type 4X
2 also delivers True Power
Factor—in addition to ● IEEE 519 compliance
2 Robust design includes
●
the enclosed 18-pulse phase-shifting transformers

drive prevents upstream
2 Complete range of control,
●
transformer overheating
and overloading of breakers network and power options
2 Input voltage and

●
and feeders, enabling the
application of adjustable horsepower range:
2
frequency drives on ● 480 V, 25–800 hp (consult
generators and other high factory for larger sizes)
impedance power systems.
2 ● 208/230 V consult
factory
2 ● 575 V consult factory
● Over 30 years of 18-pulse
2 clean power experience
● 100 kAIC standard
2
2
2
2
2
2

Clean Power Drives
2.12
2
EGP 034 4 A – 1 Build options alphabetically and numerically.
_ _ _ _ _ _ 2
2
Product Family
EGP = PowerXL 18-pulse clean
power enclosed drives
Enclosure Rating
1 = Type 1
Options 3 2
See Page V6-T2-368 for catalog
2
6 = Type 1 filtered number option selection.
3 = Type 3R
Output Power Rating/Horsepower 4 = Type 4
034 = 34 A, 25 hp
480 V
361 = 361 A, 300 hp
5 = Type 4X
* = Custom option 2
040 = 40 A, 30 hp 414 = 414 A, 350 hp
052 = 52 A, 40 hp 477 = 477 A, 400 hp 2
065 = 65 A, 50 hp 515 = 515 A, 450 hp
077 = 77 A, 60 hp
096 = 96 A, 75 hp
590 = 590 A, 500 hp
730 = 730 A, 600 hp
Drive Type/Braking/Application
A = Variable torque, 40C, standard drive/no brake chopper/low overload 2
124 = 124 A, 100 hp 818 = 818 A, 700 hp B = Variable torque, 40C, standard drive/brake chopper/low overload
156 = 156 A, 125 hp
180 = 180 A, 150 hp
920 = 920 A, 800 hp
954 = 954 A, 800 hp
C = Constant torque, 40C, standard drive/no brake chopper/high overload
D = Constant torque, 40C, standard drive/brake chopper/high overload
2
240 = 240 A, 200 hp 1K0 = 1030 A, 900 hp
2
J = Constant torque, 50C, standard drive/no brake chopper/high overload
302 = 302 A, 250 hp 1K2 = 1180 A, 1000 hp K = Constant torque, 50C, standard drive/brake chopper/high overload
Input Phasing, Voltage

2
4 = Three-phase, 480 V
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2

Clean Power Drives

2 EGP 034 3 A – 1 0 0 A 1 1 1 0 0 0
2 Base Catalog Number Example

number selection.
Option Boards 2
2 0 = No option
1 = 3 x DI, 3 x DO, 1 thermistor, 24Vdc/EXT (DG1 only)
Power Disconnect Options 2 = 1 x AI, 2 x AO (Isolated to control board) (DG1 only)
2 0 = None (+PTB, single-phase only) 1
1 = MCP Disc (1)
3 = 3 x relay dry contact (2NO + 1NO/NC) (DG1 only)
4 = 3 x PT100 RTD thermistor input (DG1 only)
2 = Circuit breaker 5 = 6 DI 240 Vac input (DG1 only)
2 3 = Circuit breaker/VFD fuses 6 = 6 DI, 1 ext +24 Vdc/EXT +24 Vdc (SVX only)
4 = Circuit breaker/VFD fuses/3% input reactor 7 = 1 RO (NC-NO), 1 RO (NO), 1 therm (SVX only)
2 5 = Circuit breaker/VFD fuses/SPD
6 = Circuit breaker/VFD fuses/SPD/3% input reactor
8 = 1 AI (mA isolated), 2 AO (mA isolated),
1 ext +24 Vdc/EXT +24 Vdc (SVX only)
7 = Circuit breaker/3% input reactor 9 = 3 RO (NO) (SVX only)
2 8 = Circuit breaker/SPD
A = 1 ext +24 Vdc/EXT +24 Vdc, 3 Pt100 (SVX only)
B = 1 RO (NO), 5 DI 42–240 Vac input (SVX only)
A = Fused disc (DG1 only) C = Encoder low volt +5 V/15 V/24 V (high performance drive only)
2 B = Fused disc/SPD (DG1 only)
C = Fused disc/SPD/3% input reactor (DG1 only)
D = Encoder high volt +15 V/24 V (high performance drive only)
E = Double encoder (high performance drive only)
2
D = Fused disc/3% input reactor (DG1 only) • = Custom option 2
E = Isolation fuses (+PTB)
F = Isolation fuses/3% input reactor (+PTB)
2 G = Isolation fuses/SPD (+PTB)
H = Isolation fuses/SPD/ 3% input reactor (+PTB)
0 = No option
Option Boards 1
2
1 = 3 x DI, 3 x DO, 1 thermistor, 24 Vdc/EXT (DG1 only)
2 = 1 x AI, 2 x AO (isolated to control board) (DG1 only)
3 = 3 x relay dry contact (2NO + 1NO/NC) (DG1 only)
2 0 = None
Bypass Options 3 4 = 3 x PT100 RTD thermistor input (DG1 only)
5 = 6 DI 240 Vac input (DG1 only)
1 = Standard bypass 6 = 6 DI, 1 ext +24 Vdc/EXT +24 Vdc (SVX only)
2 2 = Standard bypass/VFD fuses
3 = Standard bypass/VFD fuses/3% input reactor
7 = 1 RO (NC-NO), 1 RO (NO), 1 thermistor (SVX only)
8 = 1 AI (mA isolated), 2 AO (mA isolated),
4 = Standard bypass/VFD fuses/SPD
2
1 ext +24 Vdc/EXT +24 Vdc (SVX only)
5 = Standard bypass/VFD fuses/SPD/3% input reactor 9 = 3 RO (NO) (SVX only)
6 = Standard bypass/3% input reactor A = 1 ext +24 Vdc/EXT +24 Vdc, 3 Pt100 (SVX only)
2 7 = Standard bypass/SPD
8 = Standard bypass/SPD/3% input reactor
B = 1 RO (NO), 5 DI 42–240 Vac input (SVX only)
C = Encoder low volt +5 V/15 V/24 V (high performance drive only)
H = RVSS bypass D = Encoder high volt +15 V/24 V (high performance drive only)
2 J = RVSS bypass/VFD fuses
K = RVSS bypass/VFD fuses/3% input reactor
E = Double encoder (high performance drive only)
L = RVSS bypass/VFD fuses/SPD
2 M = RVSS bypass/VFD fuses/SPD/3% input reactor
N = RVSS bypass/3% input reactor Communication Options
2 P = RVSS bypass/SPD
R = RVSS bypass/SPD/3% input reactor
0 = No option
1 = PROFIBUS DP
5 = PROFIBUS DP (D9 connector)
D = SmartWire-DT (DG1 only)
• = Custom option 2 3 = CANopen (slave) • = Custom option 2
2 4 = DeviceNet
Output Power Options

2 0 = None
A = Output contactor (3) Enclosure Options
2 B = 3% out reactor (+PTB)

C = MotoRX (+PTB)
0 = None
1 = Floor stand 12-in
A = Space heater (7)
B = Space heater and 12-in floor stands (7)
D = DVDT filter (+PTB) 2 = Floor stand 22-in C = Space heater and 22-in floor stands (7)
2 E = 3% out reactor/out contactor
F = MotoRX/out contactor
2
G = DVDT/out contactor
Light Options
2 Control Options
0 = None
1 = Non-bypass 22 mm Power On, Run, Fault Indicator Lights
0 = None 2 = Bypass –22 mm Power On, VFD Run, Fault, Bypass Run Indicator Lights
2 1 = Speed pot
2 = Start-Stop pushbutton
3 = Start-Stop pushbutton with speed pot Notes
2 A = HOA switch 1 For standard designs (non-bypass, not filtered). If any of the following are required, the input option
B = Start-Stop pushbutton with speed pot and HOA switch code cannot be zero: Code 12 = A, E, F or G or Code 13 = 2, 3, A, B, C, D or Code 14 = 1 or Code 15 = A.
2 C = Start-Stop pushbutton with HOA switch
These options require some sort of input disconnect or input PTB defined by code 10 not as 0.
2 Catalog number selection is for reference only. Not all configurations are possible. Utilize Eaton’s suite
• = Custom option 2 of digital tools, including BidManager™, to configure desired options. Consult your Eaton
2 representative for details.
3 Configurations above 300 hp low overload come standard with reduced-voltage soft-starter.

Clean Power Drives
2.12
Product Selection
2
When Ordering
Select a base catalog number that meets the application requirements—nominal horsepower, voltage and enclosure rating. 2
● The enclosed drive’s Ambient temperature ratings: ● If dynamic brake chopper ● Select enclosed options.
continuous output amp
● Standard ambient
or control/communication Add the codes as suffixes 2
rating should be equal to or option is desired, change to the base catalog number
greater than the motor’s
full load amp rating.) ●
temperature rated to 40 °C
Optional 50 °C ambient
the appropriate code in the
base catalog number.
in alphabetical and numeric
order.
2
● The base-enclosed
package includes a
temperature ratings
available for configuration ● All of the programming is 2
in BidManager exactly the same as the
standard drive, door-
mounted alphanumeric
standard PowerXL DG1. 2
panel and enclosure.
2
Enclosed PowerXL 18-Pulse Base Drive, NEMA Type 1 and NEMA Type 1 Filtered and Gasketed
2
Enclosed 18-Pulse
Drive Enclosure Component Drive Frame Dimensions Base
Size hp Current (A) 1 DG1 Frame Size (w x h x d) (in) Catalog Number 2 Outline Drawing 3
Low Overload (Variable Torque) Application 2
7X
7X
30
40
40
52
3
3
30 x 90 x 20.2
31 x 90 x 20.2
EGP0404A
EGP0524A
*84-39493-7010
*84-39493-7010
2
7X 50 65 4 32 x 90 x 20.2 EGP0654A *84-39493-7010 2
7X 60 77 4 33 x 90 x 20.2 EGP0774A *84-39493-7010
7X 75 96 4 34 x 90 x 20.2 EGP0964A *84-39493-7010 2
7X 100 124 5 35 x 90 x 20.2 EGP1244A *84-39493-7010
7X 125 156 5 36 x 90 x 20.2 EGP1564A *84-39493-7010
2
7X 150 180 5 37 x 90 x 20.2 EGP1804A *84-39493-7010
2
8X 200 240 6 48 x 90 x 27.2 EGP2404A *84-39494-8010
8X 250 302 6 48 x 90 x 27.2 EGP3024A *84-39494-8010 2
9X 300 361 7 60 x 90 x 27.3 EGP3614A *84-39495-9010
9X 350 414 7 61 x 90 x 27.3 EGP4144A *84-39495-9010 2
2
9X 400 477 7 62 x 90 x 27.3 EGP4774A *84-39495-9010
9X 450 515 7 63 x 90 x 27.3 EGP5154A *84-39495-9010
9X 500 590 7 64 x 90 x 27.3 EGP5904A *84-39495-9010
2
High Overload (Constant Torque) Application
7X 25 34 3 30 x 90 x 20.2 EGP0344C *84-39493-7010 2
7X 30 40 3 30 x 90 x 20.2 EGP0404C *84-39493-7010
7X 40 52 4 30 x 90 x 20.2 EGP0524C *84-39493-7010 2
7X
7X
50
60
65
77
4
4
30 x 90 x 20.2
30 x 90 x 20.2
EGP0654C
EGP0774C
*84-39493-7010
*84-39493-7010
2
7X 75 96 5 30 x 90 x 20.2 EGP0964C *84-39493-7010 2
7X 100 124 5 30 x 90 x 20.2 EGP1244C *84-39493-7010
7X 125 156 5 30 x 90 x 20.2 EGP1564C *84-39493-7010 2
8X 150 180 6 48 x 90 x 27.2 EGP1804C *84-39494-8010
8X 200 240 6 48 x 90 x 27.2 EGP2404C *84-39494-8010
2
9X
9X
250
300
302
361
7
7
60 x 90 x 27.3
60 x 90 x 27.3
EGP3024C
EGP3614C
*84-39495-9010
*84-39495-9010
2
9X 350 414 7 60 x 90 x 27.3 EGP4144C *84-39495-9010 2
9X 400 477 7 60 x 90 x 27.3 EGP4774C *84-39495-9010
9X 450 515 7 60 x 90 x 27.3 EGP5154C *84-39495-9010 2
Notes
1 hp ratings are provided as a guideline. Drives should be sized per motor nameplate full load amps (FLA).
2
2
2 The PowerXL EGP 18-pulse clean power base drive includes a standard drive, door-mounted local/remote keypad and enclosure. Adding multiple options might increase
the size of the enclosure. For hp or enclosure ratings not listed in the tables above, please contact your Eaton representative for an engineered-to-order quote.
3 For NEMA Type 1 Filtered and Gasketed, add “F” to the end of the outline drawing number.
Example, 30 hp variable torque, NEMA Type 1 Filtered and Gasketed will use outline drawing *84-39493-7010F.
2

Clean Power Drives
Enclosed PowerXL 18-Pulse Base Drive, NEMA Type 3R

2 Enclosed 18-Pulse
Drive Enclosure Component Drive Frame Dimensions Base
Size hp Current (A) 1 DG1 Frame Size (w x h x d) (in) Catalog Number 2 Outline Drawing 3
2 Low Overload (Variable Torque) Application
2 FX 30 40 3 48.87 x 93.8 x 38.42 EGP0404A *84-39490-FX30

FX 40 52 3 48.87 x 93.8 x 38.42 EGP0524A *84-39490-FX30
2 FX 50 65 4 48.87 x 93.8 x 38.42 EGP0654A *84-39490-FX30
FX 60 77 4 48.87 x 93.8 x 38.42 EGP0774A *84-39490-FX30
2 FX 75 96 4 48.87 x 93.8 x 38.42 EGP0964A *84-39490-FX30
2
FX 100 124 5 48.87 x 93.8 x 38.42 EGP1244A *84-39490-FX30
FX 125 156 5 48.87 x 93.8 x 38.42 EGP1564A *84-39490-FX30
2 FX 150 180 5 48.87 x 93.8 x 38.42 EGP1804A *84-39490-FX30

FX 200 240 6 48.87 x 93.8 x 38.42 EGP2404A *84-39490-FX30
2 FX 250 302 6 48.87 x 93.8 x 38.42 EGP3024A *84-39490-FX30
High Overload (Constant Torque) Application
2 FX 25 34 3 48.87 x 93.8 x 38.42 EGP0344C *84-39490-FX30
2 FX
FX
30
40
40
52
3
4
48.87 x 93.8 x 38.42
48.87 x 93.8 x 38.42
EGP0404C
EGP0524C
*84-39490-FX30
*84-39490-FX30
2 FX 50 65 4 48.87 x 93.8 x 38.42 EGP0654C *84-39490-FX30

FX 60 77 4 48.87 x 93.8 x 38.42 EGP0774C *84-39490-FX30
2 FX 75 96 5 48.87 x 93.8 x 38.42 EGP0964C *84-39490-FX30
2
FX 100 124 5 48.87 x 93.8 x 38.42 EGP1244C *84-39490-FX30
FX 125 156 5 48.87 x 93.8 x 38.42 EGP1564C *84-39490-FX30
2 FX 150 180 6 48.87 x 93.8 x 38.42 EGP1804C *84-39490-FX30

FX 200 240 6 48.87 x 93.8 x 38.42 EGP2404C *84-39490-FX30
2 Notes
1 hp ratings are provided as a guideline. Drives should be sized per motor nameplate full load amps (FLA).
2 2 The PowerXL EGP 18-pulse clean power base drive includes a standard drive, door-mounted local/remote keypad and enclosure. Adding multiple options might increase
the size of the enclosure. For hp or enclosure ratings not listed in the tables above, please contact your Eaton representative for an engineered-to-order quote.
2
3 For NEMA Type 1 Filtered and Gasketed, add “F” to the end of the outline drawing number.
Example, 30 hp variable torque, NEMA Type 1 Filtered and Gasketed will use outline drawing *84-39493-7010F.
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2

Clean Power Drives
2.12
Accesories
The PowerXL Series—DG1 drives can accommodate a wide 2
2
2
● Standard I/O:
● 8DI, 1DO 2
● 2AI, 2AO
2
●

2
PowerXL Series—DG1 I/O Card Kits
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
SmartWire communication card and module DXG-NET-SWD
2
PowerXL Series—DG1 Keypad Kits
2
Standard keypad DXG-KEY-LCD
Remote keypad kit (IP 54 rated keypad holder and 3 m cable) DXG-KEY-RMTKIT 2
2
Remote keypad mounting holder only DXG-KEY-HOLDER
2
Type 12/IP54 keypad hole plug (maintain rating without keypad) DXG-KEY-N12PLUG
2
2
2
2
2
2
2

Clean Power Drives

2
2 Input ratings Input voltage Uin 208 V, 230 V, 480 V, 575 V, –15 to 10%
2 Connection to power Once per minute or less
2 Starting delay 3 s (FR1 to FR2), 4 s (FR3), 5 s (FR4), 6 s (FR5 and FR6)

2 Output ratings Output voltage 0 to Uin
Output current IL: overload 1.1 x IL (1 min./10 min.)
2 IH: overload 1.5 x IH (1 min./10 min.)
2 Initial output current 200% (2 s / 20 s)

2 Control characteristics Control methods Frequency control

Speed control
2 Open-loop speed control
2 Switching frequency 480 V range:
2 FR4–6: 1 kHz to 10 kHz
480 V defaults:
2 FR1–3: 4 kHz
FR4–5: 3.6 kHz
2 FR6: 2 kHz
2 Frequency reference Analog input: resolution 0.1% (10-bit), accuracy +1%
2 Panel reference: resolution 0.01 Hz
2 Acceleration time 0.1 s to 3000 s
2 Deceleration time 0.1 s to 3000 s
2 Dynamic braking (with optional brake chopper using an external brake resistor):
2 Ambient conditions Ambient operating temperature –10 °C (no frost) to +40 °C and up to +50 °C as an option
2 Storage temperature –40 °C to +70 °C
Relative humidity 0–95% RH, noncondensing, non-corrosive
2 Air quality: Tested according to IEC 60068-2-60 Test Key:
Flowing mixed gas corrosion test, Method 1 (H2S [hydrogen sulfide] and SO2 [sulfur dioxide])
2 Chemical vapors
●

2 IEC 60721-3-3, unit in operation, class 3S2
2 3280 ft (1000 m); max. 9842 ft (3000 m) (2000 m for corner grounded earth main systems)
For 575 V product, maximum altitude is 6561 ft (2000 m) regardless of main system
2
2
2
2

Clean Power Drives
2.12
Attribute Description Specification
2
Ambient conditions,
continued
Overvoltage Overvoltage Category III 2
Enclosure class NEMA Type 1, 12, 3R, 4, 4X 2
Immunity Fulfills EN 61800-3 (2004), first and second environment 2
Standards Safety UL 508C
Approvals UL 2
Fieldbus connections Onboard: EtherNet/IP, Modbus® TCP, Modbus RTU, BACnet
2
Overvoltage trip limit 480 V drives: 911 V 2
2
Undervoltage trip limit 480 V drives: 370 V
Earth fault protection Yes 2
2
Input phase supervision Yes 2
2
Unit overtemperature protection Yes 2
Class 10 motor overload protection Yes
Class 10 motor stall protection Yes
2
Motor underload protection Yes 2
DC bus overvoltage control Yes
Short-circuit protection of 24 V Yes 2
reference voltages
Surge protection Yes (differential mode 2 kV; common mode 4 kV
2
2
480 V drives: 320 Vac, 8000 A
Conformal-coated boards Yes (prevents corrosion)
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2

Clean Power Drives

2
Size 7X, NEMA Type 1
2 26.3 (668)
1.9
2 Enclosure
Mounting Holes
(47) 13.2
(334)
Bottom Available
Conduit Location
(5 places)
2
Top Available
2 Conduit Location 13.0
(330)
10.5 (267)
2 6.0
(152)
2
4.3 1.6 (40)
27.3 (108) 7.3
Ø0.56
(693.0) (184)
(5 places)
2 Bottom View
2 Ø1.5 (38)
Lifting Eyes
2 30.0
(762)
(2 places)
2
2
2
2
90.0
(2286)
2 93.5 92.1
(2375)
2 (2339)
68.0
2 (1726)
Side
2 Available 10.0
Fans
(Qty. 2 or 4)
Conduit (254)
2 Location
2 Quarter Turn
Latches
(3 places)
2 7.6
(193) 6.0 2.8
(152) (71) 23.0
2
10.0
(585)
(254)
2 Note: Dimension shown are typical.
2 Recommended 1/2–13 Grade 5 hardware

Disconnect Handle Mechanism (optional)
Keyed Door Handle
2
2
2
2
2
2

Clean Power Drives
2.12
2
Size 7X, NEMA Type 1 Filtered and Gasketed
26.3 (668)
2
1.9
Enclosure
Mounting Holes
(47) 13.2
(334) Bottom Available 2
Conduit Location
2
(5 places)
Top Available
Conduit Location
13.0
(330)
10.5 (267) 2
6.0
2
(152)
2
4.3 1.6 (40)
27.3 7.3
(108)
(693.0) (184)
Ø0.56
(5 places)
2
Bottom View
2
Ø1.5 (38)
2
2
Lifting Eyes
30.0
(2 places)
(762)
2
Filters
(2 places) 2
2
90.0
(2286) 2
2
93.5 92.1
(2375) (2339)
2
68.0
(1726) 2
Side
Available
10.0
Fans
(Qty. 2 or 4)
2
(254)
Conduit
Location 2
Quarter Turn
Latches
2
7.6
(193) 6.0
(3 places)
2.8
2
(71) 23.0
10.0
(254)
(152)
(585) 2
Note: Dimension shown are typical. 2
Recommended 1/2–13 Grade 5 hardware
Keyed Door Handle
2
2
2
2
2
2

Clean Power Drives

2
Size 8X, NEMA 1
2 Top Available 13.6
Conduit Locations (346)
2
2
2 7.5 (190)
2 15.0
(381)
1.5 (39)
31.5 (799)
2
42.2 Enclosure
2 48.0 (1219) Lifting Angle (1072) Mounting Holes
(2 places) 29.2 (5 places)
40.0 (1016) 2.9
(741)
2 Ø2.0 (51.0)
Lifting Holes
(73) Bottom Available
Conduit Location
(4 places)
2 17.0
12.5 (318)
(432)
2 19.1
(485)
91.8
2 (2331)
90.0 93.5 9.5
12.7
(323)
(2286) (2375) 10.6 (241)
2 72.0
(1828)
(269) Ø0.56
(5 places)
1.1 (29)
2 Bottom View
2
2
2 Quarter Turn
1.5
(39)
27.2 (692)
Latches (2 places)
2 31.8 (807)
Note: Dimension shown are typical.

2 Recommended 1/2–13 Grade 5 hardware
2
Keyed Door Handle
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2

Clean Power Drives
2.12
2
13.7
2
Top Available
(348)
Conduit Locations
2
2
7.5 (190) 2
15.0
(381)
1.5 (39)
2
31.5 (799)
2
42.2 Enclosure
2
48.0 (1219) Lifting Angle (1072) Mounting Holes
40.0 (1016) (2 places) 29.2 (5 places)
2.9 (741)
Ø2.0 (51.0) Bottom Available
Lifting Holes
(73)
Conduit Location 2
(4 places)
Filters
17.0
12.5 (318)
2
(432)
(4 places)
19.1
(485) 2
12.7
91.8 90.0 10.6 9.5
(323) 2
(2331) (2286) Ø0.56 (241)
(269) 1.1 (29)
2
93.5 (5 places)
(2375)
72.0
2
(1828) Bottom View
2
2
Quarter Turn
Latches (2 places)
1.5
(39)
27.2 (692) 2
31.8 (807)
2
2
2
Keyed Door Handle
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2

Clean Power Drives

2
Size 9X, NEMA Type 1
2 52.9 (1344) Enclosure
Mounting
2 2.0
44.3 (1125) Holes
(5 places)
(51) 22.9
2 Top Available 13.6 10.6
(582)
14.0
Conduit Locations (346) (270) (356)
2
2
2
13.9
7.5 (190) (352)
12.2 12.0
1.5 (39) (310) Ø0.56 (305)
2 15.0
(5 places)
38.0 (965)
15.3
(388)
(381) Bottom Avalable
2 43.5 (1104) Conduit Locations
Bottom View
2 60.0 (1524) Lifting Angle

(2 places)
2 52.1 (1322)
Ø2.0 (51.0)
2 Lifting Holes
(4 places)
2
2 90.0
(2286)
93.5
2 91.8
71.1
(1805)
(2374)
(2331) 73.1
2 (1857)
2 10.0
(254)
2
2
Quarter Turn 12.3 (312) 7.1
2 27.3 (693)
Latches (2 places) 11.5 (292) (180)
31.8 (808)
2
2 Note: Dimension shown are typical.
2
Keyed Door Handle
2
2
2
2
2
2
2

Clean Power Drives
2.12
2
52.9 (1344) Enclosure
2
Mounting
2.0
44.3 (1125) Holes
(5 places)
2
(51) 22.9
Top Available 13.6 10.6

(582)
14.0 2
Conduit Locations (346) (270) (356)
2
2
13.9
7.5 (190)
12.2 12.0 (352) 2
(310) Ø0.56 (305)
15.0
(381)
1.5 (39) (5 places)
38.0 (965)
15.3
(388) 2
Bottom Avalable
43.5 (1104) Conduit Locations
Bottom View
2
60.0 (1524) Lifting Angle

2
(2 places)
52.1 (1322) 2
Ø2.0 (51.0)
Lifting Holes
(4 places)
2
Filters
(4 places) 2
2
91.8 90.0 93.5
(2331) (2286) (2374)
2
73.1
71.1
(1805)
(1857)
2
10.0 2
(254)
2
2
Quarter Turn 12.3 (312) 7.1
27.3 (693) Latches (2 places) 11.5 (292) (180) 2
31.8 (808)
2
2
2
Keyed Door Handle
2
2
2
2
2
2
2

Clean Power Drives

2
Size FX, NEMA Type 3R
2 48.87 (1241.4) 38.42 (976.0)
2 3.00 (76.2) 2.65

(67.2)
Minimum 44.86
2 Free Air
Space
(1139.3) 10.54
(267.6)
2.04
(51.7)
Required
2 1.55
(39.2)
2 93.80
3.79
(96.1)
(2382.5)
2 21.79
(553.3)
2 24.05
64.42 (610.7)
2 (1636.4)
2 Conduit
Access
2
Location
2
2
2
48.00 (1219.2)
2 Standard Keypad
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2

Clean Power Drives
2.12
Size 7X, NEMA Type 1—3D Rendering Size 9X, NEMA Type 1—3D Rendering
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2

Clean Power Drives
Contents
Description Page
2 EGP Drives . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V6-T2-366
2
CPX Drives . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V6-T2-382
2 Product Selection . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Options . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
V6-T2-369
V6-T2-371
2 Technical Data and Specifications . . . . . . . . V6-T2-398
Wiring Diagrams . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V6-T2-400
2 Dimensions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V6-T2-401
Enclosed Regenerative Drives . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V6-T2-406
2
2 CPX Enclosed 18-Pulse Drives
Eaton’s enclosed 18-pulse Enclosed 18-pulse drive UL 508C
2 drives use advanced features include:
18-pulse technology that
Space optimized enclosure
2
●
significantly reduces line
harmonics at the drive input ● Simple layout for power
options
2 terminals, resulting in one
of the purest sinusoidal ● NEMA Type 1, Type 1
waveforms available.
2
filtered and gasketed,
The enclosed 18-pulse drive Type 3R
2 also delivers True Power Input voltage: 480 V, 208 V,

●
Factor—in addition to 575 V

2 Complete range of control,
●
the enclosed 18-pulse network and power options

drive prevents upstream
2 Horsepower range:
●
transformer overheating and
overloading of breakers ● 480 V, 25–800 hp (consult
2 and feeders, enabling the
application of adjustable
factory for larger sizes)
● 208/230 V, 25–200 hp
2
frequency drives on ● 575 V, 25–800 hp (consult
generators and other high
factory for larger sizes)
impedance power systems.
2 ● Over 15 years of 18-pulse
clean power experience
2 ● 65 kAIC Standard at 480 V
and 208 V
2 ● 100 kAIC optional
2
2
2
2
2
2

Clean Power Drives
2.12
Product Identification
2
Type 1, 25–150 hp (30 x 90 x 21.50)
SVX Drive
2
2
2
Bypass Starter Assembly 2
(option)
Motor Circuit Protector

2
(standard with bypass options)
2
Door Mounted Keypad
2
Pre-Charge Input Contactor 2
2
18-Pulse Diode Rectifier Input Line Fuses 2
2
2
Input Choke 2
2
18-Pulse Auto-Transformer 2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2

Clean Power Drives

2
2 Build options alphabetically and numerically.
CPX 100 1 4 A A
2 Product Family Enclosed Options 234 Type
K1 Door-mounted speed potentiometer 5 Control
2 CPX = Clean power 18-pulse
enclosed drives K2
K4
Door-mounted speed potentiometer with HOA selector switch 5 Control
Control
HAND/OFF/AUTO switch 0.87-inch (22 mm)
2
K5 MANUAL/AUTO reference switch 0.87-inch (22 mm) Control
Horsepower Rating K6 START/STOP pushbuttons 0.87-inch (22 mm) Control
025 = 25 hp 100 = 100 hp 350 = 350 hp KF Bypass test switch for RA Addl. bypass
2 030 = 30 hp 125 = 125 hp 400 = 400 hp

040 = 40 hp 150 = 150 hp 500 = 500 hp
KO
L1
Standard elapsed time meter
Power, RUN and fault pilot lights
Control
Light
050 = 50 hp 200 = 200 hp 600 = 600 hp L2 Bypass pilot lights for RA, RB, bypass options Addl. bypass
2 060 = 60 hp 250 = 250 hp 700 = 700 hp
075 = 75 hp 300 = 300 hp 800 = 800 hp
LE Red RUN light Light
P1 Input disconnect Input
2 Enclosure Rating
P8
PE
Surge protective device
Output contactor
Input
Output
PF Output filter Output
1 = Type 1
2 3 = Type 3R
PG
PH
MotoRx (up to 600 ft [182.9 m]) 1000 V/μS dV/dt filter
Single overload relay
Output
Output
6 = Type 1 filtered and gasketed PI Dual overload relays Output
2 Voltage Rating
PN
RA
Dual overloads for bypass
Manual HOA bypass controller
Addl. bypass
Bypass
RC Auto transfer HOA bypass controller Bypass
2
1 = 230 V (208–240 V)
4 = 480 V RG Reduced voltage starter for bypass Bypass
5 = 575 V (575–600 V) S7 10.00-inch (254.0 mm) expansion Enclosure
2 Application—Torque/Braking 1
S8
S9
20.00-inch (508.0 mm) expansion
Space heater
Enclosure
Enclosure
2 A = IL/no brake chopper

B = IL/internal brake chopper
Communication Options 6
D = IH/no brake chopper
2 E = IH/internal brake chopper C2 = Modbus®
C3 = PROFIBUS® DP
CA =
CI =
Johnson Controls N2
Modbus TCP
C4 = LonWorks® CJ = BACnet
2 Enclosed Style
A = Enclosed drive
C5 = PROFIBUS DP (D9 connector)
C6 = CANopen (slave)
CQ =
D3 =
EtherNet/IP
RS-232 with D9 connection
C7 = DeviceNet™
2 C8 = Modbus (D9 Type connector)
2 Control Options
B1 = 6 DI, 1 ext +24 Vdc/ext +24 Vdc
B2 = 1 RO (NC/NO), 1 RO (NO), 1 therm
2 B4 = 1 AI (mA isolated), 2 AO (mA isolated), 1 ext +24 Vdc/EXT +24 Vdc
B5 = 3 RO (NO)
B8 = 1 ext +24 Vdc/ext +24 Vdc, 3 Pt100
2 B9 = 1 RO (NO), 5 DI 42–240 Vac input
2 VB Varnished boards
Engineered Options
2 Notes
2
1 Brake chopper is standard in drives up to 30 hp I or 40 hp I at 480 V. It is optional in larger drives.
H L
2 Local/remote keypad is included as the standard control panel.
3 Some options are voltage and/or horsepower specific. Consult your Eaton representative for details.
2 4 See Pages V6-T2-395 and V6-T2-396 for complete descriptions.

5 Includes local/remote speed reference switch.
2 6 See Pages V6-T2-393 and V6-T2-394 for complete descriptions.
2
2
2
2
2
2

Clean Power Drives
2.12
Product Selection
2
When Ordering
● Select a base catalog Ambient Temperature ● If dynamic brake chopper 2
number that meets the Ratings or control/communication
application requirements—
nominal horsepower,
Frame
Size IH IL
option is desired, change
the appropriate code in the
2
voltage and enclosure
rating. (The enclosed
FR4–FR9 50 °C 50 °C
base catalog number.
2
drive’s continuous output FR10 and above 40 °C 40 °C
● All of the programming is
amp rating should be equal exactly the same as the
standard SVX drive.
2
to or greater than the
motor’s full load amp ● Select enclosed options.
Add the codes as suffixes
2
rating.) The base-enclosed
package includes a
standard drive, door-
to the base catalog number
in alphabetical and numeric 2
mounted alphanumeric order.
panel and enclosure. 2
2
208 V Drives 2
Enclosed 18-Pulse Enclosed 18-Pulse Base Drive Type 1 2
Drive
2
Enclosure Current Chassis Base Catalog
Size 1 hp 2 (A) Frame Number 3
2
Low Overload Drive
7 25 75 FR7 CPX02512AA
30 88 FR7 CPX03012AA
2
40 114 FR7 CPX04012AA
50 143 FR8 CPX05012AA 2
60 169 FR8 CPX06012AA
75 211 FR8 CPX07512AA 2
8
9
100
125
273
343
FR9
FR8T
CPX10012AA
CPX12512AA
2
150 396 FR8T CPX15012AA 2
10 200 480 FR9T CPX20012AA
High Overload Drive 2
7 25 75 FR7 CPX02512DA
30 88 FR7 CPX03012DA
2
40 114 FR8 CPX04012DA
2
50 143 FR8 CPX05012DA
60 169 FR8 CPX06012DA 2
8 75 211 FR9 CPX07512DA
9 100 273 FR8T CPX10012DA 2
2
125 343 FR8T CPX12512DA
10 150 396 FR9T CPX15012DA
200 480 FR9T CPX20012DA
2
Notes
1 See enclosure dimensions beginning on Page V6-T2-401. 2
2 hp ratings are provided as a guideline. Drives should be sized per motor nameplate FLA.
3 The 18-pulse clean power assembly includes a standard drive, door-mounted local/remote keypad and enclosure.
2
2
2
2

Clean Power Drives
Enclosed 18-Pulse Base Drive NEMA 12 Filtered

2 Enclosed 18-Pulse
Drive Enclosure Current Chassis Base Catalog
2 Low Overload Drive
2 7 25 75 FR7 CPX02562AA
30 88 FR7 CPX03062AA
2 40 114 FR7 CPX04062AA
50 143 FR8 CPX05062AA
2 60 169 FR8 CPX06062AA
2
75 211 FR8 CPX07562AA
8 100 273 FR9 CPX10062AA
2 9 125 343 FR8T CPX12562AA

150 396 FR8T CPX15052AA
2 10 200 480 FR9T CPX20062AA
High Overload Drive
2 7 25 75 FR7 CPX02562DA
2 30
40
88
114
FR7
FR8
CPX03062DA
CPX04062DA
2 50 143 FR8 CPX05062DA

60 169 FR8 CPX06062DA
2 8 75 211 FR9 CPX07562DA
2
9 100 273 FR8T CPX10062DA
125 343 FR8T CPX12562DA
2 10 150 396 FR9T CPX15062DA

200 480 FR9T CPX20062DA
2
2 Enclosed 18-Pulse Base Drive Type 3R 4
Enclosure Current Chassis Base Catalog
2 Size 1 hp 2 (A) Frame Number 3
Low Overload Drive
2 7 25 75 FR7 CPX02532AA
30 88 FR7 CPX03032AA
2 40 114 FR7 CPX04032AA
2 50 143 FR8 CPX05032AA

60 169 FR8 CPX06032AA
2 75 211 FR8 CPX07532AA

8 100 273 FR9 CPX10032AA
2 9 125 343 FR8T CPX12532AA
2
High Overload Drive
7 25 75 FR7 CPX02532DA
2 30 88 FR7 CPX03032DA
40 114 FR8 CPX04032DA
2 50 143 FR8 CPX05032DA
60 169 FR8 CPX06032DA
2 8 75 211 FR9 CPX07532DA
2 9 100 273 FR8T CPX10032DA
Notes
2 1 See enclosure dimensions beginning on Page V6-T2-401.
2
4 All Type 3R drives use the Size F enclosure.

Clean Power Drives
2.12
480 V Drives
2
Enclosed 18-Pulse Base Drive Type 1
2
Enclosed 18-Pulse
Low Overload Drive 2
2
7 25 34 FR6 CPX02514BA
30 40 FR6 CPX03014BA
40 52 FR6 CPX04014BA
2
50 65 FR7 CPX05014AA
60 77 FR7 CPX06014AA 2
75 96 FR7 CPX07514AA
100 124 FR8 CPX10014AA 2
125
150
156
180
FR8
FR8
CPX12514AA
CPX15014AA
2
8 200 240 FR9 CPX20014AA 2
250 300 FR9 CPX25014AA
9 300 361 FR10 CPX30014AA 2
350 414 FR10 CPX35014AA
400 477 FR10 CPX40014AA
2
10 500 590 FR11 CPX50014AA
2
550 650 FR11 CPX55014AA
600 730 FR11 CPX60014AA 2
11 650 820 FR12 CPX65014AA
700 920 FR12 CPX70014AA 2
2
800 1030 FR12 CPX80014AA
High Overload Drive
7 25 34 FR6 CPX02514EA
2
30 40 FR6 CPX03014EA
40 52 FR7 CPX04014DA 2
50 65 FR7 CPX05014DA
60 77 FR7 CPX06014DA 2
75
100
96
124
FR8
FR8
CPX07514DA
CPX10014DA
2
125 156 FR8 CPX12514DA 2
8 150 180 FR9 CPX15014DA
200 240 FR9 CPX20014DA 2
9 250 302 FR10 CPX25014DA
300 361 FR10 CPX30014DA
2
350 414 FR10 CPX35014DA
2
10 400 477 FR11 CPX40014DA
500 590 FR11 CPX50014DA 2
550 650 FR11 CPX55014DA
11 600 730 FR12 CPX60014DA 2
2
650 820 FR12 CPX65014DA
700 920 FR12 CPX70014DA
Notes 2
1 See enclosure dimensions beginning on Page V6-T2-401.
2
2
2

Clean Power Drives

2 Enclosed 18-Pulse
2 7 25 34 FR6 CPX02564BA
30 40 FR6 CPX03064BA
2 40 52 FR6 CPX04064BA
50 65 FR7 CPX05064AA
2 60 77 FR7 CPX06064AA
2
75 96 FR7 CPX07564AA
100 124 FR8 CPX10064AA
2 125 156 FR8 CPX12564AA

150 180 FR8 CPX15064AA
2 8 200 240 FR9 CPX20064AA
250 300 FR9 CPX25064AA
2 9 300 361 FR10 CPX30064AA
2 350
400
414
477
FR10
FR10
CPX35064AA
CPX40064AA
2 10 500 590 FR11 CPX50064AA

550 650 FR11 CPX55064AA
2 600 730 FR11 CPX60064AA
2
11 650 820 FR11 CPX65064AA
700 920 FR12 CPX70064AA
2 800 1030 FR12 CPX80064AA

High Overload Drive
2 7 25 34 FR6 CPX02564EA
30 40 FR6 CPX03064EA
2 40 52 FR7 CPX04064DA
2
50 65 FR7 CPX05064DA
60 77 FR7 CPX06064DA
2 75 96 FR8 CPX07564DA
100 124 FR8 CPX10064DA
2 125 156 FR8 CPX12564DA
8 150 180 FR9 CPX15064DA
2 200 240 FR9 CPX20064DA
2 9 250
300
302
361
FR10
FR10
CPX25064DA
CPX30064DA
2 350 414 FR10 CPX35014DA

10 400 477 FR11 CPX40064DA
2 500 590 FR11 CPX50064DA
550 650 FR11 CPX55064DA
2 11 600 730 FR12 CPX60064DA
2 650 820 FR12 CPX65064DA

700 920 FR12 CPX70064DA
2 Notes
2 2 hp ratings are provided as a guideline. Drives should be sized per motor nameplate FLA.
2
2
2

Clean Power Drives
2.12
Enclosed 18-Pulse Base Drive Type 3R 1
Enclosed 18-Pulse
2
Low Overload Drive
2
7 25 34 FR6 CPX02534AA
2
30 40 FR6 CPX03034AA
40 52 FR6 CPX04034AA 2
50 65 FR7 CPX05034AA
60 77 FR7 CPX06034AA 2
2
75 96 FR7 CPX07534AA
100 124 FR8 CPX10034AA
125 156 FR8 CPX12534AA
2
150 180 FR8 CPX15034AA
8 200 240 FR9 CPX20034AA 2
250 300 FR9 CPX25034AA
High Overload Drive 2
7 25
30
34
40
FR6
FR6
CPX02534DA
CPX03034DA
2
40 52 FR7 CPX04034DA 2
50 65 FR7 CPX05034DA
60 77 FR7 CPX06034DA 2
75 96 FR8 CPX07534DA
100 124 FR8 CPX10034DA
2
125 156 FR8 CPX12534DA
2
8 150 180 FR9 CPX15034DA
200 240 FR9 CPX20034DA 2
2
Notes
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2

Clean Power Drives
575 V Drives
2
Enclosed 18-Pulse Base Drive Type 1
2
Enclosed 18-Pulse
2 7 25
30
27
32
FR6
FR6
CPX02515AA
CPX03015AA
2 40 41 FR7 CPX04015AA
50 52 FR7 CPX05015AA
2 60 62 FR8 CPX06015AA
75 77 FR8 CPX07515AA
2 100 99 FR8 CPX10015AA
2 8 125
150
125
144
FR9
FR9
CPX12515AA
CPX15015AA
2 200 192 FR9 CPX20015AA

9 250 242 FR10 CPX25015AA
2 300 289 FR10 CPX30015AA
2
400 382 FR10 CPX40015AA
10 500 472 FR11 CPX50015AA
2 600 730 FR11 CPX60015AA

11 650 820 FR12 CPX65015AA
2 700 920 FR12 CPX70015AA
800 1030 FR12 CPX80015AA
2 High Overload Drive
2 7 25
30
27
32
FR6
FR7
CPX02515DA
CPX03015DA
2 40 41 FR7 CPX04015DA
50 52 FR8 CPX05015DA
2 60 62 FR8 CPX06015DA
75 77 FR8 CPX07515DA
2 8 100 99 FR9 CPX10015DA
2 125
150
125
144
FR9
FR9
CPX12515DA
CPX15015DA
2 9 200 192 FR10 CPX20015DA

250 242 FR10 CPX25015DA
2 300 289 FR10 CPX30015DA
2
10 400 382 FR11 CPX40015DA
450 472 FR11 CPX45015DA
2 500 730 FR11 CPX50015DA

11 600 820 FR12 CPX60015DA
2 650 920 FR12 CPX65015DA
700 1030 FR12 CPX70015DA
2 Notes
2
2
2
2
2

Clean Power Drives
2.12
Enclosed 18-Pulse
2
Low Overload Drive
2
7 25 27 FR6 CPX02565AA
2
30 32 FR6 CPX03065AA
40 41 FR7 CPX04065AA 2
50 52 FR7 CPX05065AA
60 62 FR8 CPX06065AA 2
2
75 77 FR8 CPX07565AA
100 99 FR8 CPX10065AA
8 125 125 FR9 CPX12565AA
2
150 144 FR9 CPX15065AA
200 192 FR9 CPX20065AA 2
9 250 242 FR10 CPX25065AA
300 289 FR10 CPX30065AA 2
10
400
500
382
472
FR10
FR11
CPX40065AA
CPX50065AA
2
600 730 FR11 CPX60065AA 2
11 650 820 FR12 CPX65065AA
700 920 FR12 CPX70065AA 2
800 1030 FR12 CPX80065AA
High Overload Drive
2
7 25 27 FR6 CPX02565DA
2
30 32 FR7 CPX03065DA
40 41 FR7 CPX04065DA 2
50 52 FR8 CPX05065DA
60 62 FR8 CPX06065DA 2
2
75 77 FR8 CPX07565DA
8 100 99 FR9 CPX10065DA
125 125 FR9 CPX12565DA
2
150 144 FR9 CPX15065DA
9 200 192 FR10 CPX20065DA 2
250 242 FR10 CPX25065DA
300 289 FR10 CPX30065DA 2
10 400
450
382
472
FR11
FR11
CPX40065DA
CPX45065DA
2
500 730 FR11 CPX50065DA 2
11 600 820 FR12 CPX60065DA
650 920 FR12 CPX65065DA 2
700 1030 FR12 CPX70065DA
Notes
2
2 hp ratings are provided as a guideline. Drives should be sized per motor nameplate FLA. 2
2
2
2
2
2

Clean Power Drives
Enclosed 18-Pulse Base Drive Type 3R 1

2 Enclosed 18-Pulse
2 7 25 27 FR6 CPX02535AA
30 32 FR6 CPX03035AA
2 40 41 FR7 CPX04035AA
50 52 FR7 CPX05035AA
2 60 62 FR8 CPX06035AA
2
75 77 FR8 CPX07535AA
100 99 FR8 CPX10035AA
2 8 125 125 FR9 CPX12535AA

150 144 FR9 CPX15035AA
2 200 192 FR9 CPX20035AA
High Overload Drive
2 7 25 27 FR6 CPX02535DA
2 30
40
32
41
FR7
FR7
CPX03035DA
CPX04035DA
2 50 52 FR8 CPX05035DA
60 62 FR8 CPX06035DA
2 75 77 FR8 CPX07535DA
2
8 100 99 FR9 CPX10035DA
125 125 FR9 CPX12535DA
2 150 144 FR9 CPX15035DA
Notes
2 1 All Type 3R drives use the Size F enclosure.
2 3 hp ratings are provided as a guideline. Drives should be sized per motor nameplate FLA.
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2

Clean Power Drives
2.12
Options
2
Enclosed 18-Pulse Drive Option Board Kits
The enclosed 18-pulse drives can accommodate a wide selection of expander and adapter option 2
boards to customize the drive for your application needs. The drive’s control unit is designed to accept
a total of five option boards (see figure below). 2
The enclosed 18-pulse drives factory-installed standard board configuration includes an A9 I/O board
and an A2 relay output board, which are installed in slots A and B. 2
2
2
Option Boards Option Board Kits
Field Factory 2
Option Kit Description 1

Allowed Slot
Locations 2
Catalog
Number
Option
Designator Basic
Local/
Remote Standard MSS PID Multi-P. PFC
2
Standard I/O Cards
2
D E 2 RO (NC/NO) B OPTA2 — ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■
B C
2
A
2 ext +24 Vdc/ext +24 Vdc
6 DI B, C, D, E OPTB1 B1 — — — — — ■ ■
1 RO (NC/NO), 1 RO (NO), 1 therm B, C, D, E OPTB2 B2 — — — — — ■ ■ 2
■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■
2
1 AI (mA isolated), 2 AO (mA isolated) B, C, D, E OPTB4 B4
3 RO (NO) B, C, D, E OPTB5 B5 — — — — — ■ ■
3 Pt100 RTD board B, C, D, E OPTB8 B8 — — — — — ■ —
2
Communication Cards 3 2
Modbus D, E OPTC2 C2 ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■
Modbus TCP D, E OPTCI CI ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ 2
BACnet
EtherNet/IP
D, E
D, E
OPTCJ
OPTCQ
CJ
CQ
■
■
■
■
■
■
■
■
■
■
■
■
■
■
2
Johnson Controls N2 D, E OPTC2 CA ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ 2
PROFIBUS DP D, E OPTC3 C3 ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■
LonWorks D, E OPTC4 C4 ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ 2
2
2
Modbus (D9 type connector) D, E OPTC8 C8 ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■
RS-232 with D9 connection D, E OPTD3 D3 ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ 2
2
Notes
2
2
2
2
2
2
2

Clean Power Drives

2 Communications Communications Communications
2 OPTC2 is used for connecting OPTC7 is used for connecting OPTCJ is used for connecting
the SVX Drive as a slave the SVX Drive on a DeviceNet the SVX Drive to BACnet
2 on a Modbus network. The
interface is connected by
Network. It includes a 5.08
networks. It includes a 5.08
2 a 9-pin DSUB connector
Transfer method is via CAN
using a two-wire twisted
ranges from 300 to 19,200 shielded cable with two-wire RS-485. This interface uses
2 baud. Other communication bus power cable and drain. a collection of 30 Binary
parameters include an The baud rates used for Value Objects (BVOs) and
2 address range from 1 to 247; communication include 35 Analog Value Objects
a parity of None, Odd or 125 Kbaud, 250 Kbaud and (AVOs) to communicate
2 Even; and the stop bit is 1. 500 Kbaud. drive parameters. The card
supports 9.6, 19.2 and 38.4
2 PROFIBUS Network
Communications
Johnson Controls Metasys N2
Network Communications
Kbaud communication
The PROFIBUS Network Card The OPTC2 fieldbus board addresses 1 to 127.
2 OPTC3 is used for connecting provides communication
the SVX Drive as a slave between the SVX Drive EtherNet/IP Network
2 on a PROFIBUS-DP network. and a Johnson Controls Communications
The interface is connected Metasys™ N2 network. The EtherNet/IP Network
2 by a 9-pin DSUB connector
(female). The baud rates
With this connection, the
drive can be controlled,
Card OPTCK is used for
connecting the SVX Drive
2 range from 9.6 Kbaud to
monitored and programmed
from the Metasys system.
to Ethernet/Industrial Protocol
range from 1 to 127. The N2 fieldbus is available as RJ-45 pluggable connector.
2 a factory-installed option and The interface uses CIP
LonWorks Network as a field-installable kit. objects to communicate
2 Communications
Modbus/TCP Network
drive parameters (CIP is
The LonWorks Network Card “Common Industrial
2 OPTC4 is used for connecting
the SVX Drive on a LonWorks
Communications
Protocol,” the same protocol
used by DeviceNet). The
board supports 10 Mbps and
2
network. This interface uses Card OPTCI is used for
Standard Network Variable connecting the SVX Drive 100 Mbps communication
Types (SNVT) as data types. to Ethernet networks speeds. The IP address of
2 The channel connection is using Modbus protocol. It the board is configurable
achieved using a FTT-10 A includes an RJ-45 pluggable by Static, BOOTP and
2 Free Topology transceiver
via a single twisted transfer
connector. This interface
provides a selection of
DHCP methods.
2 cable. The communication

speed with LonWorks is
standard and custom register
values to communicate drive
78 kBits/s. parameters. The board
2 supports 10 Mbps and
CANopen (Slave) 100 Mbps communication
2 Communications speeds. The IP address of
The CANopen (Slave) the board is configurable over
2 Network Card OPTC6 is used
for connecting the SVX Drive
Ethernet using a supplied
software tool.
2 to a host system. According
to be chosen for CANbus
2 should have a nominal
2 and specific line delay of
nominal 5 nS/m. 120 ohm
2 line termination resistors
2
2
2
2

Clean Power Drives
2.12
Control/Communication Option Descriptions
2
For availability, see Product Selection for base drive voltage required.
2
Available Control/Communications Options
Option 2
Option Description Type
K1 Door-Mounted Speed Potentiometer—Provides the enclosed 18-pulse drive with the ability to adjust the frequency reference using a door-mounted potentiometer. Control 2
This option uses the 10 Vdc reference to generate a 0–10 V signal at the analog voltage input signal terminal. When the HOA bypass option is added, the speed is
controlled when the HOA switch is in the HAND position. Without the HOA bypass option, a two-position switch (labeled local/remote) is provided on the keypad to select
speed reference from the speed potentiometer or a remote speed signal.
2
K2 Door-Mounted Speed Potentiometer with HOA Selector Switch—Provides the enclosed 18-pulse drive with the ability to start/stop and adjust the speed
reference from door-mounted control devices or remotely from customer-supplied inputs. In HAND position, the drive will start and the speed is controlled by the door-
Control
2
mounted speed potentiometer. The drive will be disabled in the OFF position. When AUTO is selected, the drive run and speed control commands are via user-supplied dry
contact and 4–20 mA signal. 2
K4 HAND/OFF/AUTO Switch for Non-Bypass Configurations—Provides a three-position selector switch that allows the user to select either a HAND or AUTO mode Control
of operation. HAND mode is defaulted to keypad operation, and AUTO mode is defaulted to control from an external terminal source. These modes of operation can be
configured via drive programming to allow for alternate combinations of start and speed sources. Start and speed sources include Keypad, I/O and fieldbus.
2
K5 MANUAL/AUTO Speed Reference Switch—Provides door-mounted selector switch for MANUAL/AUTO speed reference. Control
2
K6 START/STOP Pushbuttons—Provide door-mounted START and STOP pushbuttons for either bypass or non-bypass configurations. Control
KF Bypass Test Switch for RA—Allows the user to energize the AF drive for testing while operating the motor on the bypass controller. The Test Switch is mounted on
the inside of the enclosure door.
Addl. bypass 2
KO Standard Elapsed Time Meter—Provides a door-mounted elapsed run-time meter. Control 2
L1 Power On and Fault Power Lights—Provide a white Power On light that indicates power to the enclosed cabinet and a red fault light that indicates a drive fault Light
has occurred. 2
L2 Bypass Pilot Lights for RA Bypass Options—A green light indicates when the motor is running in Inverter mode and an amber light indicates when the motor is Addl. bypass
running in Bypass mode. The lights are mounted on the enclosure door, above the switches.
2
LE Red Run Pilot Light 0.87-Inch (22 mm)—Provides a red Run pilot light that indicates the drive is running. Light
P1 Input Circuit Breaker—High interrupting circuit breaker that provides a means of short-circuit protection for the power cables between it and the enclosed 18-pulse
drive, and protection from high-level ground faults on the power cable. Allows a convenient means of disconnecting the enclosed 18-pulse drive from the line, and the operating
Input 2
PE
mechanism can be padlocked in the OFF position. This is factory mounted in the enclosure. Standard rating is 65 kAIC at 208/480 V. 100 kAIC is available as an option.
Output Contactor—Provides a means for positive disconnection of the drive output from the motor terminals. The contactor coil is controlled by the drive’s run or Output
2
2
permissive logic. NC and NO auxiliary contacts rated at 10 A, 600 Vac are provided for customer use. Bypass options RB and RA include an output contactor as standard.
This option includes a low VA 115 Vac fused control power transformer and is factory mounted in the enclosure.
PF Output Filter—Used to reduce the transient voltage (dV/dt) at the motor terminals. The output filter is recommended for cable lengths exceeding 100 ft (30.5 m) with a Output
drive of 3 hp and above, for cable lengths of 33 ft (10.1 m) with a drive of 2 hp and below, or for a drive rated at 525–690 V. This option is mounted in the enclosure. 2
PG MotoRx (300–600 Ft) 1000 V/μS dV/dt Filter—Used to reduce transient voltage (dV/dt) and peak voltages at the motor terminals. This option is comprised of a 0.5% line Output
reactor, followed by capacitive filtering and an energy recovery/clamping circuit. Unlike the output filter (see option PF), the MotoRx recovers most of the energy from the voltage
peaks, resulting in a lower voltage drop to the motor, and therefore conserving power. This option is used when the distance between a single motor and the drive is 300–
2
2
600 ft (91.4–182.9 m).
PH Single Overload Relay—Uses a bimetallic overload relay to provide additional overload current protection to the motor on configurations without bypass options. Output
It is included with the bypass configurations for overload current protection in the bypass mode. The overload relay is mounted within the enclosure, and is manually
resettable. Heater pack included. 2
PI Dual Overload Relays—This option is recommended when a single drive is operating two motors and overload current protection is needed for each of the motors. Output
The standard configuration includes two bimetallic overload relays, each sized to protect a motor with 50% of the drive hp rating. For example, a 100 hp drive would
include two overload relays sized to protect two 50 hp motors. The relays are mounted within the enclosure, and are manually resettable. Heater packs not included.
2
PN Dual Overloads for Bypass—This option is recommended when a single drive is operating two motors in the Bypass mode and overload current protection is needed
for each of the motors. The standard configuration includes two bimetallic overload relays, each sized to protect a motor with 50% of the drive hp rating. For example,
Addl. bypass 2
a 100 hp drive would include two overload relays sized to protect two 50 hp motors. The relays are mounted within the enclosure, and are manually resettable.
RA Manual HOA Bypass Controller—The manual HAND/OFF/AUTO (HOA)—three-contactor—bypass option provides a means of bypassing the enclosed 18-pulse drive, Bypass
2
allowing the AC motor to be operated at full speed directly from the AC supply line. This option consists of an input HMCP, a fused control power transformer, and a
full voltage bypass starter with a door-mounted HOA selector switch and an INVERTER/BYPASS switch. The HOA switch provides the ability to start and stop the drive
in the inverter mode. IEC type input, bypass and input contactors are provided. The contactors are mechanically and electrically interlocked (see wiring diagram on
2
2
Page V6-T2-400).
RC Auto Transfer HOA Bypass Controller —The manual HAND/OFF/AUTO (HOA)—three-contactor—bypass option provides a means of bypassing the enclosed Bypass
18-pulse drive, allowing the AC motor to be operated at full speed directly from the AC supply line. The circuitry provides an automatic transfer of the load to “across the
line” operation after a drive trip. This option consists of an input HMCP, a fused control power transformer, and a full voltage bypass starter with a door-mounted HOA 2
selector switch and an INVERTER/BYPASS switch. The HOA switch provides the ability to start and stop the drive in either mode. IEC type input, bypass and input
contactors are provided. The contactors are mechanically and electrically interlocked (see wiring diagram on Page V6-T2-400). Door-mounted pilot lights are provided
that indicate bypass or inverter operation. A green light indicates when the motor is running in inverter mode and an amber light indicates when the motor is running in 2
bypass mode.
WARNING: The motor may restart when the overcurrent relay is reset when operating in bypass, unless the IOB selector switch is turned to the OFF position.
2
RG Reduced Voltage Starter for Bypass—Used in conjunction with bypass option RA or RC. This option adds reduced voltage soft starter to bypass assembly for Bypass
soft starting in bypass mode.
2
2

Clean Power Drives
For availability, see Product Selection for base drive voltage required.
2
Available Control/Communications Options, continued
2 Option
Option Description Type
2 S7 10.00-Inch (254.0 mm) Expansion—Expansion cabinet allows for special components, customer-supplied components or oversized cables. Enclosure
NOTE: Enclosure expansion rated Type 1 only.
2 S8 20.00-Inch (508.0 mm) Expansion—Expansion cabinet allows for special components, customer-supplied components or oversized cables. Enclosure
NOTE: Enclosure expansion rated Type 1 only.
2 S9 Space Heater—Prevents condensation from forming in the enclosure when the drive is inactive or in storage. Includes a thermostat for variable temperature control. Enclosure
The heater requires a customer-supplied 115 V remote supply source.
2
2 Dissipated Watt Losses
Horsepower 40 50 60 75 100 125 150 200 250 300 350 400 450 500 600 700 800
2 Watts 1844 2170 2540 3040 4011 4940 5730 8020 9383 11600 13600 15700 16250 17976 20393 27200 31400
2 Conformal (Varnished) Coating 1 Enclosed Drive Options

2 Chassis
Frame
Delivery
Code
Chassis
Frame
Delivery
Code Light Options
2 FR6 FP FR9 FP Catalog

Description Number Suffix
FR7 FP FR10 FP
2
Power on, run, fault LED lights (22 mm) L1
FR8 FP FR11 FP
Power on, fault LED lights (22 mm) L3
— — FR12 FP
2 Green LED run light (22 mm) LA
Green LED stop light (22 mm) LD
2 480 V Input Disconnect Selection 2
P1 Input Bypass Motor Circuit Protector
Red LED run light (22 mm) LE
Red LED stop light (22 mm) LF
2
Horsepower Breaker (RA, RB, RC, RD)
Red LED fault light (22 mm) LG
25 HFD3050 HMCP050K2C
2 30 HFD3060 HMCP100R3C
Power on white LED light (22 mm)
Miscellaneous LED light (22 mm)
LJ
LU
40 HFD3080 HMCP100R3C
2 50 HFD3100 HMCP100R3C
60 HFD3100 HMCP150T4C Control Options
2 75 HFD3125 HMCP150T4C Catalog
2 100 HFD3150 HMCP150U4C
Door-mounted speed potentiometer K1
125 HFD3200 HMCP250W5C
2
Door-mounted speed potentiometer with HOA selector switch K2
150 HFD3225 HMCP250W5C
HOA selector switch K4
200 HKD3300 HMCP400X5C
2 250 HKD3400 HMCP400X5C
MANUAL/AUTO reference switch K5
START-STOP pushbuttons K6
2
300–400 HLD3600 HMCP600L6W
Type D2 control relay SD
500–600 NGH308033E HMCP800X7W
On-delay relay SE
2 650–800 NGH312033E 3
Off-delay relay SF
2 Additional terminal blocks per 4 points SD
Notes
2 1 See catalog number description to order.
2 Contact factory for 208 V and 575 V applications.
2
3 Contact factory.
2
2
2
2

Clean Power Drives
2.12
Bypass Control Options 208 and 230 V Power Options, 25–200 hp
Catalog Catalog
2
Description Number Suffix Description Number Suffix
Bypass test switch used with RA KF Input breaker P1
2
Inverter/bypass pilot lights L2 Output contactor PE
2
Single overload relay PH
Meter Options Dual overload relays PI 2
Catalog MOV P7
50 kA surge protective device P8 2
Standard elapsed time meter KO
2
100 kA surge protective device PA
Frequency meter KS
MP-3000 relay with URTD KV
MP-3000 relay with URTD and CTs KU
480 and 575 V Power Options, 25–800 hp
Catalog
2
2
Enclosure Options Input breaker P1
Enclosure
Size
Catalog
Number Suffix
Output contactor PE 2
Output filter PF
10.00 Inch (254.0 mm) Expansion
7 S7
MotoRx (300–600 Ft) dV/dt filter PG 2
Single overload relay PH
8 S7
Dual overload relays PI
2
9 S7
10 S7
Input MOV P7
2
50 kA surge protective device P8
2
11 S7
100 kA surge protective device PA
20.00 Inch (508.0 mm) Expansion
7 S8 208 and 230 V Bypass Options, 25–200 hp 2
8 S8 Catalog
9 S8 Description Number Suffix 2
10 S8 Manual HOA bypass controller RA
11 S8 Auto transfer HOA bypass controller RC 2
2
Space Heater 1 Reduced voltage starter for bypass RG
7 S9 Dual overloads for bypass PN
8 S9
480 and 575 V Bypass Options, 25–800 hp
2
9 S9
10 S9
Description
Catalog
Number Suffix
2
11 S9
Plastic Nameplate
Manual HOA bypass controller RA 2
Auto transfer HOA bypass controller RC
7
8
SN
SN
Reduced voltage starter for bypass RG 2
Dual overloads for bypass PN
9 SN 2
10 SN Note
11 SN
1 Requires customer-supplied 115 Vac supply.
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2

Clean Power Drives

2
2
2 Primary Design Features Input/Output Interface Features

45–66 Hz input frequency Standard Setup adjustment provisions
2 Output: AC volts maximum Input voltage base Remote keypad/display Standard
Output frequency range 0–320 Hz Personal computer Standard
2 Initial output current (IH) 250% for 2 seconds Operator control provisions
2 Overload (1 minute [IH/IL]) 150%/110% Drive mounted keypad/display Standard

Enclosure space heater Optional Remote keypad/display Standard
2 Oversize enclosure Standard Conventional control elements Standard

Output contactor Optional Serial communications Optional
2 Bypass motor starter Optional 115 Vac control circuit Optional
2
Listings UL, cUL, 508C Speed setting inputs
2 Incoming line fuses Standard 200 kAIC rating 0–10 Vdc potentiometer/voltage signal Standard
AC input circuit disconnect Optional 4–20 mA isolated Configurable
2 Phase rotation insensitive Standard 4–20 mA differential Configurable
EMI filter Standard FR6 thru FR9 1 3–15 psig Optional
2 Input phase loss protection Standard Analog outputs
2 Input overvoltage protection

Line surge protection
Standard
Standard
Speed/frequency
Torque/load/current
Standard
Programmable
2 Output short-circuit protection Standard Motor voltage Programmable

Output ground fault protection Standard Kilowatts Programmable
2 Output phase protection Standard 0–10 Vdc signals Configurable w/jumpers
Overtemperature protection Standard 4–20 mA DC signals Standard
2 DC overvoltage protection Standard Isolated signals Standard
2 Drive overload protection Standard Discrete outputs

Motor overload protection Standard Fault alarm Standard
2 Programmer software Optional Drive running Standard

Local/remote keypad Standard Drive at set speed Programmable
2 Keypad lockout Standard Optional parameters 14
2
Fault alarm output Standard Dry contacts 2 Form C contacts available
Built-in diagnostics Standard Additional discrete outputs Optional
2 Surge protective device Optional Communications

RS-232 Standard
2 RS-422/485 Optional
DeviceNet™ Optional
2 Modbus RTU Optional
2 CANopen (slave)
PROFIBUS-DP
Optional
Optional
2 LonWorks Optional
Johnson Controls Metasys N2 Optional
2 EtherNet/IP/Modbus TCP Optional
BACnet Optional
2 Note
2 1 The EMI filter is optional in FR10 and larger.
2
2

Clean Power Drives
2.12
Enclosed 18-Pulse Drives Standard I/O Specifications
2
Performance Features Six–digital input programmable 24 V: “0” <10 V, “1” >18V,Ri >5 kohms
2
Volts/hertz control Standard
w/jumpers Current: 0 (4)–20 mA, Ri = 250 ohms
2
Two–digital output programmable Form C relays 250 Vac
Electronic reversing Standard One–analog output programmable
30 Vdc 2 amp resistive
0–20 mA, RL max. 500 ohms 10 bits ±2%
2
2
Dynamic braking Optional configurable w/jumper
DC braking Standard
PID set point controller Programmable
I/O Specifications for Control/Communication Options 2
Critical speed lockout Standard
Current (torque) limit Standard
2
Analog voltage, input 0–±10 V, Ri >200 kilohms
Adjustable acceleration/deceleration Standard
Linear or S curve accel/decel Standard
Analog current, input 0 (4)–20 mA, Ri = 250 ohms 2
Digital input 24 V: “0” <10 V, “1” >18V, Ri >5 kilohms
Jog at preset speed Standard
Auxiliary voltage 24 V (±20%), max. 50 mA 2
Thread/preset speeds 7
Automatic restart Selectable
Reference voltage
Analog current, output
10 V ±3%, max. 10 mA
0 (4)–20 mA, RL = 500 kilohms, resolution
2
Coasting motor start Standard 10 bit, accuracy <±2%
Coast or ramp stop selection Standard Analog voltage, output 0 (2)–10 V, RL >1 kilohm, resolution
2
10 bit, accuracy <±2%
2
Elapsed time meter Optional
Carrier frequency adjustment 1–16 kHz Relay output max. switching voltage 300 Vdc, 250 Vac
Standard Conditions for Application and Service Relay output max. switching load
Relay output max. continuous load
3 A/24 Vdc, 300 Vdc, 250 Vac 1
2 A rms
2
Maximum operating ambient temperature 0–40 °C up to FR9
0–40 °C FR10 and larger, consult factory for 50 °C
rating above FR9
Thermistor input Rtrip = 4.7 kohms 2
Note
Storage temperature
Humidity (maximum), noncondensing
–40 to 60 °C
95%
1 For applications above 3 A consult instruction manual. 2
Altitude (maximum without derate) 3300 ft (1000 m) 2
Line voltage variation +10/–15%
Line frequency variation 45–66 Hz 2
Efficiency >95%
Power factor (displacement) 0.99+
2
Power factor (apparent) 0.99
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2

Clean Power Drives
Wiring Diagrams
2
2 Power Diagram Up to FR9 Power Diagram Up to FR9 with Bypass
2 Circuit HMCP
Breaker
2
Input Inverter Input
2 Fusing
Inverter Input
Contactor I
I Contactor Input
2 Fusing
18-Pulse
2 Transformer 18-Pulse
Transformer
2 18-Pulse
Diode Bridge
Optional
(S811+)
18-Pulse Reduced
2
Diode Bridge Voltage Starter
SVX
2 Drive SVX
Drive
2 Mechanical
Interlock
Output M L Bypass
2 Motor
Contactor Contactor
2 Overload
2
Motor
2
2 Power Diagram FR10 and Larger Power Diagram FR10 and Larger with Bypass
2 HMCP
Circuit
2 Breaker
Inverter Input
2 Contactor I
Input
Fusing Input
2 Fusing
(S811+)
18-Pulse Optional
2 Transformer
18-Pulse
Transformer
Reduced
Voltage Starter
Pre-charge Pre-charge
2 Complete
Contactor
Complete
Contactor
2 6-Pulse
Diode Bridge
6-Pulse
Diode Bridge
2 SVX
12-Pulse Drive SVX
2 12-Pulse Drive
Mechanical
2 Output M
Interlock
L Bypass
Contactor Contactor
2 Motor
2 Overload
2 Motor

Clean Power Drives
2.12
Dimensions
Enclosure Size 7 2
25–150 hp IL and 25–125 hp IH 480 V—25–100 hp IL and 25–75 hp IH 575 V 2
Exhaust Air 4.79
(121.7) 2
20.00
(508.0)
For
Cable
15.00
(381.0)
2
Entry
2
26.25
(666.8) Hinged
2.00
(50.8)
2
Side Door 10.00
2
Top View
4.00 (101.6) Minimum

2
2
2
Keypad
2
When Specified 2
Operator Elements
2
2
On These Panels
84.37
90.00
(2143.0) 93.92
(2385.6)
Door Handle
(key-lock optional)
2
(2286.0)
2
2
2
2
2
Quarter Turn Latch
(three places)
2
15.50 30.00 2
(393.7) ø0.56 (ø14.2) Dia. (762.0)
21.50
Mounting Holes
(five places) Opening For Bottom 2
(546.1) Cable Entry
14.90 2
Side View (378.5) 10.50
18.75
(476.3)
4.25
(107.9)
(266.7)
2
2
5.75 7.00
(146.1) (177.8)
1.75
(44.5) 24.45 2
(621.0) 28.05
2
(712.5)
Bottom View
2

Clean Power Drives

2
Enclosure Size 8
2 200–250 hp IL and 150–200 hp IH 480 V—125–200 hp IL and 100–150 hp IH 575 V
2 1.25 31.00
(31.8) (787.4)
2
8.25
2 (209.6)
2
2 For Top
Cable Entry
(two places)
2 Top View
2 4.00 (101.6) Minimum

2
2
2
2
Drive
2 Circuit Breaker
2
2 90.00 84.37
93.50
(2374.9)
(2286.0) (2143.0)
2
2 Door Handle
(key-lock optional)
2
2
2
2
2 24.00 21.45
(544.8)
21.31
(541.3)
(609.6) 48.00
2 Side View
(1219.2)
For Bottom
2
Cable Entry
9.50
(241.3)
2
12.50
22.47 32.20 (317.5)
(570.7) (817.9)
13.97
2 (354.8) 7.73 5.48 ø0.56
(196.3) (139.2)
2
(ø14.2)
Material: Enclosure and Backplate— (five places)
3.01 (76.5)
12 ga. = 0.1046 Cold Rolled Steel 37.47 (951.7)
2 45.22 (1148.6)
Bottom View
2

Clean Power Drives
2.12
2
Enclosure Size 9
300–400 hp IL and 250–350 hp IH 480 V—250–400 hp IL and 200–300 hp IH 575 V
2
43.50 (1104.9) 2
1.50 (38.1)
8.75 2
(222.3)
2
7.46 x 15.00
(189.5 x 381.0)
Access in Top
(two places) 2
2
90 Max. 90 Max.
27.36
(694.9)
Door
Opening
Door
Opening
27.06
2
(687.3)
29.05
(737.9)
2
Top View 2
4.00 (101.6) Minimum
2
2
2
2
2
93.50
2
(2374.9) Drive
Circuit Breaker
2
2
90.00
(2286.0)
Door Handle
2
(key-lock optional)
2
Access
Plate
(4 places)
2
2
2
24.00 (609.6) 60.00 (1524.0)
25.14 (638.6) Front View
8.50 x 12.00 (215.9 x 304.8) 2
Side View 32.72 (831.1) Bottom Access
ø0.56 (ø14.2) Dia.
Mounting Hole 2
(five places)
25.00
(635.0)
2
18.84

(478.5)
11.93
2
8.20 (303.0)
(208.3)
2
2.00 (50.8) 22.90 (581.7)
46.30 (1176.0) 2
54.90 (1394.5)
Bottom View
2

Clean Power Drives

2
Enclosure Size 10
2 500–600 hp IL and 400–500 hp IH 480 V—500–600 hp IL and 400–500 hp IH 575 V
2 15.63
(397.0)
2 9.03
(229.4)
2
2
21.00 x 10.00
2 (533.4 x 254.0)
Access in Top
2 Top View
2 4.00 (101.6) Minimum

2 Flanged
Disconnect
2
Supplied with
Circuit Breaker
When Specified
2
Keypad
2 Door Handle
Operator (key-lock optional)
2 Elements
When
Specified,
2 93.50
Mounted
on These
Panels
(2374.9)
2 90.00
(2286.0)
2 84.37
(2143.0)
Quarter-Turn
2 Latch (four places)
2
2 Intake Ventilating
Slots (filtered on
Type 12)
2
2 30.50 (774.7)
35.75 (908.1) 35.75 (908.1)
80.00 (2032.0)
2 31.75 (806.5)
Side View
15.64
Front View
21.00 x 10.00 (533.4 x 254.0)
(397.3) Bottom Access
2
2
2 29.04
(737.6) 17.79
4.87 (451.9)
2 (123.7)
2 2.00 (50.8)
38.00 (965.2)
2 Finish: Enclosure – ANSI 61 Gray (light)
42.02 (1067.3)
Material: Enclosure and Backplate— 78.02 (1981.7)
2 12 ga. = 0.1046 Cold Rolled Steel Bottom View

Clean Power Drives
2.12
2
Enclosure Size F Type 3R Drives
25–250 hp IL and 25–200 hp IH 480 V—25–200 hp IL and 25–150 hp IH 575 V Type 3R Drives
2
60.00 (1524.0) 37.50 (952.5) 2
18.00 x 8.50
(457.2 x 215.9) 2
Exhaust Air Side Access
Venting Slots
2
Enclosure Flanged
Door Stop Disconnect
Supplied with
2
Keypad Located Circuit Breaker
Inside Locking When Specified 2
Enclosure Door Key Locking
Operator Elements
Three-Position
Latch 2
When Specified, 93.50
Mounted Inside
Locking Enclosure Door
Filtered
Intake Air
(2374.9) 2
Ventilating
Slots 2
25.84
2
35.75 (908.0)
(656.2) Exhaust Air
48.00 (1219.2)
29.58 Venting Slots 2
(751.2)
18.00 x 8.50
(457.2 x 215.9) 2
Bottom Access
2
29.32
(744.7)
9.08
2
(230.5)
3.11 (78.9) 2
6.82 37.43 (950.7)
(173.3) 45.32 (1151.1) 2
2
Enclosed 18-Pulse Drive Enclosure Dimensions
Enclosure
Size 1 Width Height Depth
Approx. Shipping
Weight in Lbs (kg)
2
7 30.00 (762.0) 90.00 (2286.0) 21.50 (546.1) 1000 (454) 2
8 48.00 (1219.2) 90.00 (2286.0) 26.14 (664.0) 1400 (636)
9 60.00 (1524.0) 90.00 (2286.0) 25.74 (653.8) 1800 (817) 2
10
11 23
80.00 (2032.0)
120.00 (3048.0)
90.00 (2286.0)
90.00 (2286.0)
31.75 (806.5)
25.74 (653.8)
2100 (953)
2500 (1,135)
2
F4 60.00 (1524.0) 93.50 (2374.9) 37.50 (952.5) 2500 (1,135)
2
Notes
1 Enclosure sizes accommodate drive and options, including bypass and disconnect. 2
For other power options, consult your Eaton representative.
2 Consult factory. Limited power options available.
3 Enclosure size 11 consists of two of the enclosure size 9.
2
2
2
2
2
2

Clean Power Drives
Contents
2 Enclosed Regenerative Drives
Description Page
2 Enclosed Passive Filtered Drives . . . . . . . . . . . . . V6-T2-316
RGX Enclosed Regenerative Drives
2 Options . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V6-T2-411
2
Dimensions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V6-T2-413
2
2
2
2
2 RGX Enclosed Regenerative Drives
2 Product Description Application Description
The RGX is an enclosed Inverter Unit flows bi-directionally through The RGX Series encompasses
2 solution to meet the needs
The RGX uses an SPI drive
the drive unit and can be a wide range of application
of customer's regenerative converted back to an AC solutions, including belt
module, which is a DC-fed
2 load applications. It combines
Eaton’s comprehensive
power inverter for the supply
voltage. Additionally, the LCL
filter corrects distorted
conveyor, ball mill, extruder,
centrifugal pump, center
and control of AC motors.
2 family of DC common DC
bus drive products together
This inverter is specifically
voltage wave form on the
output, thus producing clean
driver winder and a variety
of test stands.
designed to also allow
with the necessary circuit power with low harmonics
2 protection and filtering to
power to flow back to the
DC bus in a regenerative
suitable to be returned to
give the customer an all-in- utility line. With power Standards and Certifications
2 one package. The RGX is
load application.
regeneration, the system ● UL
available in 480 V and 575 V does not need large resistor ● cUL
Harmonic Distortion
2 configurations in sizes up
through 900 hp. Harmonics are distorted
banks for ridding excess
energy. Eliminating resistors
● EN 61800-5-1 (2003)
electrical waveforms that
2 Base Assembly Components produce inefficiencies, which
increases energy savings
while simplifying design.
could negatively affect your
2 LCL Filter system. These inefficiencies
can cause increased electrical
Energy Savings
An LCL filter is applied on The RGX provides exceptional
2 the line side of the of the
usage, power quality
problems, increased machine
energy savings through the
front end unit and integrated use of regenerative braking.
wear and utility penalties.
2 into the enclosed solution. The RGX takes control of
Regenerative braking uses
the electric motor as a
This unit corrects the high harmonics and reduces
2 voltage wave form to
return clean power back
distortion to below the
generator when slowing, and
in turn, power is regenerated.
IEEE 519 recommendations.
Recovered, clean power
2 to the power system. This minimal harmonic
output allows the RGX drive
can then be returned to the
Front-End Unit line or utility for other uses.
2 The RGX uses the SPA drive
to increase user energy
efficiency, extend system
Comparatively, regenerative
braking reduces energy
life and reduce maintenance
2 module, which is an active
bi-directional converter. This costs.
consumption greatly over
traditional mechanical and
converter allows power to
2 Regeneration resistive braking because
flow from the main voltage to power is returned to the
The active front end module
the DC bus and back from the line rather than released
2 DC bus to the main voltage.
gives the system power
regeneration capabilities. as heat.
Through the use of IGBT
2 bridge components, power

Clean Power Drives
2.12
Product Identification 1
2
Power Flow Diagram and Components RGX Size 9 Enclosure 2
● Power flows from the utility through the LCL filter, active-front 2
end IGBT bridge and component inverter to the motor
● IGBT bridge components allow bi-directional current Common
DC Bus
2
conversion and flow for power regeneration needs Circuit
● The active rectifier draws linear current off of the line, reducing Breaker Inverter 2
peak currents on the input and reducing THDI to 2–3% Unit
● During regeneration, the LCL filter corrects the voltage wave
Door-
Mounted Front End 2
form to return clean power back to the utility Keypad Unit
Power Flow Diagram and Components

2
2
Input Line
Fuses
2
Input
Contactor 2
2
LCL Filter
2
RGX Size 3 Enclosure 3 2
2
Circuit 2
Breaker
Door- Input Line

2
Mounted Fuses
Keypad 2
2
Front End 2
LCL Filter Unit
2
Auto 2
Transformer
2
2
2
Notes
1 Product identification section serves as example products and does not encompass full
RGX product range.

2 Size 9 enclosure example is used as a solution for the RGX product range of 100–250 hp.
3 Size 3 enclosure example is used as a solution for a 30 hp RGX product.
2
2
2
2
2
2
2

Clean Power Drives

2
Enclosed Regenerative Drives 1
2
RGX 052 4 E 1 1 1 A 0 0 0 1 1 1
2
2 Product Family Option Boards 2
RGX = Enclosed regenerative drives 0 = No option
2 1 = 3 x DI, 3 x DO, 1 thermistor,
24 Vdc/EXT
Output Brake/Overload 2 = 1 x AI, 2 x AO
2 480 V
052 = 52 A – 40 hp 032 =
575 V
32 A – 30 hp
E = No brake chopper /
low overload
(isolated to control board)
3 = 3 x relay dry contact
G = No brake chopper / Output Power Options 3
2 065 = 65 A – 50 hp 041 = 41 A – 40 hp (2NO + 1NO/NC)
077 = 77 A – 60 hp 052 = 52 A – 50 hp high overload 0 = None 4 = 3 x PT100 RTD thermistor input
096 = 96 A – 75 hp 062 = 62 A – 60 hp A = Output contactor 5 = 6 DI 240 Vac input
2 124 = 124 A – 100 hp
156 = 156 A – 125 hp
077 =
099 =
77 A – 75 hp
99 A – 100 hp
Enclosure B = % Output reactor
D = dV/dt filter
180 = 180 A – 150 hp 0= None Option Boards 1
125 = 125 A – 125 hp E = 3% Output reactor/output
2 240 = 240 A – 200 hp
302 = 302 A – 250 hp
144 =
192 =
144 A – 150 hp
192 A – 200 hp
1=
4=
Type 1
NEMA 4/4X
contactor
G = dV/dt/output contactor
0=
1=
No option
3 x DI, 3 x DO, 1 thermistor, 24 Vdc/EXT
6= Type 1 filtered and
2
361 = 361 A – 300 hp 242 = 242 A – 250 hp • = Custom option 4 2= 1 x AI, 2 x AO (isolated to control board)
gasketed
414 = 414 A – 350 hp 289 = 289 A – 300 hp 3= 3 x relay dry contact (2NO + 1NO/NC)
477 = 477 A – 400 hp 336 = 336 A – 350 hp 4= 3 x PT100 RTD thermistor input
2 590 = 590 A – 500 hp
650 = 650 A – 600 hp
382 =
412 =
382 A – 400 hp
412 A – 450 hp
0 = None 0=
Control Options 5
None
5= 6 DI 240 Vac input
730 = 730 A – 650 hp 472 = 472 A – 500 hp

2 1 = HMCP disconnect 2 1= Speed pot
820 = 820 A – 750 hp 590 = 590 A – 600 hp 2= Start-stop pushbutton Communication Options
920 = 920 A – 800 hp 650 = 650 A – 650 hp 3= Start-stop pushbutton 0= No option
5 = Circuit breaker/isolation
H10 = 1030 A – 900 hp 750 = 750 A – 750 hp
2 fusing/SPD with speed pot
A = HOA switch
1=
2=
PROFIBUS-DP
LonWorks
B = Start-stop pushbutton 3= CANopen (slave)
2
Input Phasing/ 4= DeviceNet
with speed pot & HOA
Voltage 5= PROFIBUS-DP (D9 connector)
switch
4 = Three-phase, 480 V C = Start-stop pushbutton 6= Modbus
2 5 = Three-phase, 575 V with HOA switch 7=
8=
Modbus (D9 connector)
Johnson Controls N2
D = HOA switch with
2 speed pot 9= Modbus TCP

Bypass Options • = Custom option 4 A= BACNet
0= None B= EtherNet/IP
2 2=
4=
Manual HOA bypass/isolation fusing
Manual HOA bypass/isolation fusing/SPD Light Options
C=
•=
RS-232 with D9 connector
Custom option 4
0 = None
2
J= Manual HOA RVSS bypass/isolation fusing
L= Manual HOA RVSS bypass/isolation fusing/SPD 1 = Non-bypass light kit—
Power On, Run, Fault Enclosure Options
2 2 = Bypass light kit—
On, VFD Run, Fault, Bypass Run
0 = None
2
Notes
2 1 Catalog number selection is for illustration purpose only and not to be used to create new catalog numbers.
2 HMCP disconnect is standard when bypass is selected.
2
4 More options are available as Engineered to Order (ETO) through the BidManager tool.
5 Pilot devices are 22 mm standard. 30 mm options are available as Engineered to Order (ETO) through the BidManager tool.
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2

Clean Power Drives
2.12
Product Selection
2
480 V Drives
2
RGX Drive RGX 480 V—NEMA Type 1/IP21
Enclosure Size hp Current (A) Frame Size Catalog Number 1 2
Low Overload Drive and Enclosure (VT)
7 50 65 7 RGX0654E1 2
60
75
77
96
7
7
RGX0774E1
RGX0964E1
2
5 100 124 8 RGX1244E1 2
125 156 9 RGX1564E1
150 180 9 RGX1804E1 2
200 240 9 RGX2404E1
8 250 302 9 RGX3024E1 2
300
350
361
414
10
10
RGX3614E1
RGX4144E1
2
400 477 10 RGX4774E1 2
Consult factory 500 590 12 RGX5904E1
600 650 12 RGX6504E1 2
2
650 730 12 RGX7304E1
750 820 12 RGX8204E1
800 920 12 RGX9204E1
2
900 1030 12 RGX10304E1
High Overload Drive and Enclosure (CT) 2
7 40 52 7 RGX0524G1
50 65 7 RGX0654G1 2
60
75
77
96
7
8
RGX0774G1
RGX0964G1
2
5 100 124 9 RGX1244G1 2
125 156 9 RGX1564G1
150 180 9 RGX1804G1 2
200 240 9 RGX2404G1
8 250 300 10 RGX3004G1 2
300
350
361
414
10
10
RGX3614G1
RGX4144G1
2
Consult factory 450 515 12 RGX5154G1 2
500 590 12 RGX5904G1
600 650 12 RGX6504G1 2
2
650 730 12 RGX7304G1
750 820 12 RGX8204G1
800 920 12 RGX9204G1
2
Note
1 “_” denotes that catalog numbers are incomplete, base catalog numbers.
2
2
2
2
2
2

Clean Power Drives
575 V Drives
2
RGX Drive RGX 575 V—NEMA Type 1/IP21
2 Enclosure Size hp Current (A) Frame Size Catalog Number 1
2
Low Overload Drive and Enclosure (VT)
7 40 41 7 RGX0415E1
2 50 52 7 RGX0525E1
50 62 8 RGX0625E1
2 75 77 8 RGX0775E1
100 99 8 RGX0995E1
2 5 125 125 9 RGX1255E1
2 150
150
144
192
9
9
RGX1445E1
RGX1925E1
2 200 242 9 RGX2425E1

250 289 10 RGX2895E1
2 8 300 336 10 RGX3365E1
400 382 10 RGX3825E1
2 Consult factory 450 412 12 RGX4125E1
2 500
600
472
590
12
12
RGX4725E1
RGX5905E1
2 650 650 12 RGX6505E1

750 750 12 RGX7505E1
2 High Overload Drive and Enclosure (CT)
2
7 30 032 7 RGX0325G1
40 041 7 RGX0415G1
2 50 052 8 RGX0525G1
60 062 8 RGX0625G1
2 75 077 8 RGX0775G1
5 100 099 9 RGX0995G1
2 125 125 9 RGX1255G1
2 150
150
144
170
9
9
RGX1445G1
RGX1705G1
2 8 200 192 10 RGX1925G1

250 242 10 RGX2425G1
2 300 289 10 RGX2895G1
Consult factory 400 382 12 RGX3825G1
2 450 412 12 RGX4125G1
2 500
600
472
590
12
12
RGX4725G1
RGX5905G1
2 650 650 12 RGX6505G1
Note
2 1 “_” denotes that catalog numbers are incomplete, base catalog numbers.
2
2
2
2
2
2

Clean Power Drives
2.12
Options
2
RGX Series Option Board Kits
The RGX Series drives can accommodate a wide selection of expander and adapter option boards 2
to customize the drive for your application needs. The drive’s control unit is designed to accept a
total of five option boards. 2
The RGX Series factory installed standard board configuration includes an A9 I/O board and an
A2 relay output board, which are installed in slots A and B. 2
Option Boards Option Board Kits 2
Allowed Slot Field Installed
Option Kit Description 1 Locations 2 Catalog Number 2
Standard I/O Cards
2 RO (NC-NO) B OPTA2 2
6 DI, 1 DO, 2 AI, 1AO, 1 +10 Vdc ref, A OPTA9
A B C
D E 2 ext +24 Vdc/EXT +24 Vdc 2
Extended I/O Cards
2 RO, therm B OPTA3 2
Encoder low volt +5 V/15 V 24 V C OPTA4
Encoder high volt +15 V/24 V C OPTA5 2
Double encoder C OPTA7
6 DI, 1 DO, 2 AI, 1 AO A OPTA8 2
3 DI (encoder 10–24 V), out +15 V/+24 V, 2 DO (pulse+direction)
6 DI, 1 ext +24 Vdc/EXT +24 Vdc
C
B, C, D, E
OPTAE
OPTB1
2
1 RO (NC-NO), 1 RO (NO), 1 therm
1 AI (mA isolated), 2 AO (mA isolated), 1 ext +24 Vdc/EXT +24 Vdc
B, C, D, E
B, C, D, E
OPTB2
OPTB4
2
3 RO (NO) B, C, D, E OPTB5
2
1 ext +24 Vdc/EXT +24 Vdc, 3 Pt100 B, C, D, E OPTB8
1 RO (NO), 5 DI 42–240 Vac input B, C, D, E OPTB9 2
SPI, absolute encoder C OPTBB
Communication Cards 3 2
Modbus D, E OPTC2
Johnson Controls N2 D, E OPTC2 2
Modbus TCP D, E OPTCI
BACnet D, E OPTCJ 2
EtherNet/IP D, E OPTCQ
PROFIBUS-DP D, E OPTC3 2
2
LonWorks D, E OPTC4
PROFIBUS-DP (D9 connector) D, E OPTC5
CANopen (slave)
DeviceNet
D, E
D, E
OPTC6
OPTC7
2
Modbus (D9 type connector) D, E OPTC8
2
Adapter D, E OPTD1
Adapter D, E OPTD2V 2
RS-232 with D9 connection D, E OPTD3
Notes 2
2
2
2
2
2
2

Clean Power Drives

2
2
Enclosed Regenerative Drives
2 Supply Connection
Input voltage Uin (AC) front end modules 380–500 Vac/525–690 Vac –10% to +10%
2 Input voltage Uin (DC) inverter 465–800 Vdc/640–1100 Vdc –0% to 0%, the waviness of the inverter supply voltage,
formed in rectification of the electric network’s alternating voltage in basic frequency,
2 must be less than 50 V peak-to-peak
Output voltage Uout (AC) inverter 3 ~ 0–Uin/1.4
2 Output voltage Uout (DC) active front end module 1.35 x Uin (factory default)
Output voltage Uout (DC) non-regenerative front end module 1.35 x Uin
2
Ambient operating temperature 14 (no frost) to +104 °F (–10 °C to +40 °C)
Storage temperature –40 °F to +158 °F (–40 °C to +70 °C)
2 Relative humidity 0 to 95% RH, non-condensing, non-corrosive, no dripping water

Air quality
2 Chemical vapors IEC 721-3-3, unit in operation, class 3C2
Mechanical particles IEC 721-3-3, unit in operation, class 3S2
2 Altitude 100% load capacity (no derating) up to 1000 m
1% derating for each 100 m above 1000 m; max. 3000 m
2 Vibration 5–150 Hz
EN50178/EN60068-2-6 Displacement amplitude 0.25 mm (peak) at 3–15.8 Hz
2 Max. acceleration amplitude 1 G at 15.8–150 Hz
Shock UPS Drop Test (for applicable UPS weights)
2 EN50178, EN60068-2-27 Storage and shipping: max. 15 G, 11 ms (in package)
Cooling capacity required Approximately 2%
2 Cooling air required FR4 41 cfm, FR6 250 cfm, FR7 250 cfm, FR8 383 cfm
FI9 677 cfm, FI10 824 cfm, FI12 1648 cfm, FI13 2472 cfm
2 Unit enclosure class FR4–FR7 NEMA Type 1/IP21; FR8, FI9–FI14 chassis (IP00)
EMC (at fault settings)
2 Immunity Fulfill all EMC immunity requirements
2 Safety
Approvals UL, cUL, EN 61800-5-1 (2003), see unit nameplate for more detailed approvals
2 Control Connections
Analog input voltage 0–10 V, Ri = 200 kohms, (–10 V to +10 V joystick control)
2 Resolution 0.1%, accuracy ±1%
Analog input current 0(4)–20 mA, Ri = 250 ohms differential
2 Digital inputs 6, positive or negative logic; 18–30 Vdc
Auxiliary voltage +24 V, ±15%, max. 250 mA
2 Output reference voltage +10 V, +3%, max. load 10 mA
2 Analog output 0(4)–20 mA; RL max. 500 ohms; resolution 10 bits

Accuracy ±2%
2 Digital outputs
Relay outputs
Open collector output, 50 mA/48 V
2 programmable change-over relay outputs
2
Min. switching load: 5 V/10 mA
2
2
2
2
2

Clean Power Drives
2.12
Dimensions
2
Enclosure Size 3 2
0.50 (12.7)
Lifting Eyes 2
2 Places K
2
J
M P
For Cable
V 2
Entry U
L
2
S
T
2
H
Top View
2
B RR
2
0.44 (11.2)
Mounting Holes
6 Places For Cable
R Entry
2
F N 2
G
2
TT W
C
SS UU
A
G1 D1
E1
D
E 2
VV
NEMA Type 1/IP21 Bottom View 2
Wide High Deep Mounting Door Height Min. Air Space 2
26.4 (671) 77.0 (1956) 19.4 (493) 19.5 (495) 3.3 (83) 23.0 (584) 1.5 (38) 11.7 (298) 5.5 (140) 0.9 (24) 76.4 (1939) 4.0 (102) 3.0 (76) 2
Cable Entry Door Clearance CB Handle
Max. Approx.
Shipping Weight
2
5.3 23.4 10.0 1.3 12.9 26.4 1.5 8.0 4.8 6.8 79.5 13.40 0.8 1.3 26.0 690 (313)
2
(133) (594) (254) (32) (328) (669) (38) (203) (121) (173) (2018) (340) (19) (32) (660)
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2

Clean Power Drives

2
Enclosure Size 5
2
J
2
2
2
Lifting Eyes
2 (2 Places)
2 RR
2
2 N
T For Cable
2
Entry L
H
S
2 B
M P
A Top View
2 Front View
NEMA Type 1/IP21
2
0.56 (14.2) Dia.
2 Mounting
Holes
(4 Places) F
2 SS
G
C
2 Side View D1 D
Bottom View
2
2
2
2
2
2 Front View
NEMA Type 12/IP54
2 Wide
A
High
B
Deep
C
Mounting
D D1 E E1 F G G1
Door Height
H
Min. Air Space
J K
2 40.0 (1016) 90.0 (2286) 21.3 (541) 36.0 (914) 2.0 (51) — — 8.0 (203) 10.8 (273) — 84.4 (2143) 4.0 (102) —
2 Cable Entry Door Clearance

Max. Approx.
Shipping Weight
2 15.0 10.0 4.8 2.0 — 36.3 20.0 — — — 94.0 15.5 — — — 1275 (579)
(381) (254) (122) (51) (921) (508) (2387) (394)
2
2
2

Clean Power Drives
2.12
2
Enclosure Size 7
2
Exhaust Air 4.79
(121.7)
2
20.00 For 15.00
(508.0) Cable
Entry
(381.0) 2
26.25
2
(666.8) 2.00
Hinged
Side Door 10.00
(50.8) 2
Top View 2
4.00 (101.6) Minimum
2
2
2
Keypad
Flanged Disconnect Supplied 2

When Specified
2
Operator Elements
On These Panels
2
84.37 2
(2143.0) 93.92 Door Handle
90.00
(2286.0)
(2385.6) (key-lock optional) 2
2
2
2
2
Quarter Turn Latch 2
(three places)
2
15.50
(393.7) ø0.56 (ø14.2) Dia.
30.00
(762.0) 2
Mounting Holes
21.50
(546.1)
(five places) Opening For Bottom
Cable Entry 2
Side View
14.90
(378.5) 10.50 2
18.75 4.25 (266.7)
(476.3) (107.9) 2
5.75 7.00
(146.1)
1.75
(177.8)
2
2
(44.5) 24.45
Material: Enclosure and Backplate— (621.0)
12 ga. = 0.1046 Cold Rolled Steel 28.05
(712.5)
Bottom View 2
2
2

Clean Power Drives

2
Enclosure Size 8
2
1.25 31.00
2 (31.8) (787.4)
2 8.25
(209.6)
2
2 For Top
Cable Entry
2 Top View
(two places)
2 4.00 (101.6) Minimum

2
2
2
2
2 Drive
Circuit Breaker
2
2 90.00 84.37
93.50
(2374.9)
2
(2286.0) (2143.0)
2 Door Handle
(key-lock optional)
2
2
2
2
2 24.00 21.45 21.31
(544.8) (541.3)
2
(609.6) 48.00
(1219.2)
Side View
For Bottom
2 Cable Entry
9.50
2 22.47 32.20
(241.3) 12.50
(317.5)
2
(570.7) (817.9)
13.97
(354.8) 7.73 5.48 ø0.56
2
(196.3) (139.2)
(ø14.2)
Material: Enclosure and Backplate— (five places)
3.01 (76.5)
2 12 ga. = 0.1046 Cold Rolled Steel 37.47 (951.7)
45.22 (1148.6)
2 Bottom View

Clean Power Drives
2.12
2
Enclosure Size 9
2
43.50 (1104.9)
1.50 (38.1)
8.75
2
(222.3)
7.46 x 15.00
(189.5 x 381.0)
2
Access in Top
(two places) 2
2
90 Max. 90 Max.
27.36
Door
Opening
Door
Opening
2
(694.9) 27.06
29.05
(687.3)
2
(737.9)
Top View 2
4.00 (101.6) Minimum 2
2
2
2
2
2
93.50
2
(2374.9) Drive
Circuit Breaker
2
90.00
(2286.0) 2
Door Handle
(key-lock optional)
2
Access
Plate 2
(4 places)
2
2
2
24.00 (609.6) 60.00 (1524.0)
25.14 (638.6) Front View
8.50 x 12.00 (215.9 x 304.8)
Bottom Access
2
Side View 32.72 (831.1)
ø0.56 (ø14.2) Dia.
Mounting Hole
(five places)
25.00 2
(635.0)
18.84
(478.5) 2
Finish: Enclosure—ANSI 61 Gray (light) 11.93
8.20
(208.3)
(303.0)
2
2
2.00 (50.8) 22.90 (581.7)
46.30 (1176.0)
54.90 (1394.5)
Bottom View 2
2

Clean Power Drives

2
Enclosure Size 10
2 15.63
(397.0)
2 9.03
(229.4)
2
2
2
21.00 x 10.00
(533.4 x 254.0)
Access in Top
2
Top View
2 4.00 (101.6) Minimum
2 Flanged
Disconnect
2 Supplied with
Circuit Breaker
When Specified
2
Keypad
2
Door Handle
2 Operator
Elements
(key-lock optional)
When
2 Specified,
Mounted
on These
93.50
2
Panels
(2374.9)
90.00
2 (2286.0)
84.37
(2143.0)
2 Quarter-Turn
Latch (four places)
2
2 Intake Ventilating
Slots (filtered on
2 Type 12)
2 35.75 (908.1) 35.75 (908.1)

30.50 (774.7) 80.00 (2032.0)
2 31.75 (806.5) Front View
21.00 x 10.00 (533.4 x 254.0)
15.64
Side View
2
(397.3) Bottom Access
2
2 29.04
(737.6) 17.79
2 4.87
(123.7)
(451.9)
2
2.00 (50.8)
2 38.00 (965.2)
42.02 (1067.3)
Finish: Enclosure – ANSI 61 Gray (light)
2 Material: Enclosure and Backplate—
78.02 (1981.7)
Bottom View

LCX Liquid Cooled Drives
2.13
Contents
LCX Liquid Cooled Adjustable Frequency Drives
Description Page
2
LCX Drives 2
Options . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V6-T2-424
Wiring Diagrams . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V6-T2-426
Dimensions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V6-T2-428 2
2
2
2
2
2
Standards and 2
Product Description Features and Benefits Certifications
The LCX Liquid Cooled Drive ● Compact size and low ● CE mark ensures ● UL
2
compliance with the
family continues Eaton’s
tradition of providing state-of-
heat transfer rates allow
enclosure size to be greatly Electromagnetic
● cUL 2
Compatibility Directive
● CE
the-industry products, by reduced, which is especially
taking advantage of liquid beneficial in UL Type 4X (EMC) and the Low Voltage ● IEC 2
cooling technology in lieu of applications Directive (LVD)
air-cooling techniques. ● Design is modular, with ● Reliable drive with over 2
control and power modules 500,000 hours MTBF
The LCX drives are liquid-
cooled products that utilize independent of each other.
Connection between
based on MIL 217 2
potable water or a water-
● Currently supports
glycol mixture as a cooling power and control modules
can be direct or extended
DeviceNet, PROFIBUS-DP,
Modbus RTU and Modbus
2
medium.
via a fiber optic cable TCP communication
● Same reliable control protocols 2
module and operating Separately mounted line
2
●
system as the SPX reactor included with AC

air-cooled drives fed models
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2


2
LCX Liquid Cooled Adjustable Frequency Drives
2
LCX 016 A 0 – 4 A 3 B 2 _ _ _ _ _ _
2
2 Product Family
LCX = High performance, liquid-cooled drive
Options
List options in alphabetical order.
2
Extended I/O Card Options
A3 = 2 RO, therm
Current Rating A4 = Encoder low volt +5 V/15 V/24 V
2 480 V Software Series
A5 = Encoder high volt +15 V/24 V
A7 = Dual encoder +15 V/24 V
016 = 16 A 385 = 385 A A = Standard A8 = 6 DI, 1 DO, 2 AI, 1 AO
2 022 = 22 A
031 = 31 A
460 = 460 A
520 = 520 A
AE = Encoder with 2 DOs
038 = 38 A 590 = 590 A
2 045 = 45 A
061 = 61 A
650 = 650 A
730 = 730 A
Enclosure Rating
0 = Open chassis
B4 = 1 AI (mA isolated), 2 AO (mA isolated),
1 ext +24 Vdc/EXT + 24 Vdc
2
072 = 72 A 820 = 820 A
B5 = 3 RO (NO)
087 = 87 A 920 = 920 A
105 = 105 A H10 = 1030 A
Voltage Rating B9 = 1 RO (NO), 5 DI 42–240 Vac input
2 140 = 140 A
168 = 168 A
H11 = 1150 A
H13 = 1370 A 4 = 380–500 V BB = SPI, absolute encoder
205 = 205 A H16 = 1640 A 5 = 520–690 V Communication Cards
2 261 = 261 A
300 = 300 A
H20 = 2060 A
H23 = 2300 A
CA = Johnson Controls N2
CI = Modbus TCP
C2 = Modbus
2 170 = 170 A
690 V
590 = 590 A
Keypad
A = Alphanumeric
C3 = PROFIBUS DP
C4 = LonWorks
208 = 208 A 650 = 650 A
2 261 = 261 A
325 = 325 A
750 = 750 A
820 = 820 A
C5 = PROFIBUS DP (D9 Connector)
C6 = CANopen (Slave)
Input Options C7 = DeviceNet
2
385 = 385 A H10 = 1030 A
3 = Three-phase, EMC T C8 = Modbus (D9 Type Connector)
416 = 416 A H11 = 1180 A
7 = DC Input D1 = Adapter
460 = 460 A H13 = 1300 A
D2 = Adapter
2 502 = 502 A H15 = 1500 A
D3 = RS-232 with D9 Connection
2 Brake Chopper Options 1

N = No brake chopper circuit Board Modifications
B = Internal brake chopper
2
2 = Varnished boards
Note
2 1 Brake chopper is only available in 480 V CH3 drives.
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2

2.13
Product Selection
2
LCX Liquid Cooled
Drives
380–500 Vac Liquid Cooled Drives
Motor Output
2
Current
Thermal, Ith (A) IL (A) IH (A) kW Chassis Catalog Number
2
16 15 11 7.5 CH3 LCX016A0-4A3N2 2
22 20 15 11 CH3 LCX022A0-4A3N2
31 28 21 15 CH3 LCX031A0-4A3N2 2
38 35 25 18.5 CH3 LCX038A0-4A3N2
45 41 30 22 CH3 LCX045A0-4A3N2
2
61 55 41 30 CH3 LCX061A0-4A3N2
2
72 65 48 37 CH4 LCX072A0-4A3N2
87 79 58 45 CH4 LCX087A0-4A3N2 2
105 95 70 55 CH4 LCX105A0-4A3N2
140 127 93 75 CH4 LCX140A0-4A3N2 2
2
168 153 112 90 CH5 LCX168A0-4A3N2
205 186 137 110 CH5 LCX205A0-4A3N2
261 237 174 132 CH5 LCX261A0-4A3N2
2
300 273 200 160 CH61 LCX300A0-4A3N2
385 350 257 200 CH61 LCX385A0-4A3N2 2
460 418 307 250 CH72 LCX460A0-4A3N2
520 473 347 250 CH72 LCX520A0-4A3N2 2
590
650
536
591
393
433
315
355
CH72
CH72
LCX590A0-4A3N2
LCX650A0-4A3N2
2
730 664 487 400 CH72 LCX730A0-4A3N2 2
820 745 547 450 CH63 LCX820A0-4A3N2
920 836 613 500 CH63 LCX920A0-4A3N2 2
1030 936 687 560 CH63 LCXH10A0-4A3N2
1150 1045 766 600 CH63 LCXH11A0-4A3N2
2
1370
1640
1245
1491
913
1093
700
900
CH74
CH74
LCXH13A0-4A3N2
LCXH16A0-4A3N2
2
2060 1873 1373 1100 CH74 LCXH20A0-4A3N2 2
2300 2091 1533 1200 CH74 LCXH23A0-4A3N2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2

525–690 Vac Liquid Cooled Drives

2 LCX Liquid Cooled
Drives Motor Output
2 Current
Thermal, Ith (A) IL (A) IH (A) kW Chassis Catalog Number
2 170 155 113 110 CH61 LCX170A0-5A3N2

208 189 139 132 CH61 LCX208A0-5A3N2
2 261 237 174 160 CH72 LCX261A0-5A3N2
325 295 217 200 CH72 LCX325A0-5A3N2
2 385 350 257 250 CH72 LCX385A0-5A3N2
2 416
460
378
418
277
307
250
300
CH72
CH72
LCX416A0-5A3N2
LCX460A0-5A3N2
2 502 456 335 355 CH72 LCX502A0-5A3N2

590 536 393 400 CH63 LCX590A0-5A3N2
2 650 591 433 450 CH63 LCX650A0-5A3N2
750 682 500 500 CH63 LCX750A0-5A3N2
2 820 745 547 560 CH74 LCX820A0-5A3N2
2 920 836 613 650 CH74 LCX920A0-5A3N2

1030 936 687 700 CH74 LCXH10A0-5A3N2
2 1180 1073 787 800 CH74 LCXH11A0-5A3N2

1300 1182 867 900 CH74 LCXH13A0-5A3N2
2 1500 1364 1000 1000 CH74 LCXH15A0-5A3N2
2
540–675 Vdc Liquid Cooled Inverter Units
2 Drive Output
2
Current Motor Output Power Power Loss
Thermal Rated Cont. Rated Cont. Optimum Motor Optimum Motor c/a/T
Ith (A) IL (A) IH (A) at Ith 400 V (kW) at Ith 500 V (kW) (kW) Chassis Catalog Number
2 16 15 11 7.5 11 0.4/0.2/0.6 CH3 LCX016A0-4A7B2
2 22
31
20
28
15
21
11
15
15
18.5
0.5/0.2/0.7
0.7/0.2/0.9
CH3
CH3
LCX022A0-4A7B2
LCX031A0-4A7B2
2 38 35 25 18.5 22 0.8/0.2/1.0 CH3 LCX038A0-4A7B2

45 41 30 22 30 1.0/0.3/1.3 CH3 LCX045A0-4A7B2
2 61 55 41 30 37 1.3/0.3/1.5 CH3 LCX061A0-4A7B2
72 65 48 37 45 1.2/0.3/1.5 CH4 LCX072A0-4A7N2
2 87 79 58 45 55 1.5/0.3/1.8 CH4 LCX087A0-4A7N2
2 105 95 70 55 75 1.8/0.3/2.1 CH4 LCX105A0-4A7N2

140 127 93 75 90 2.3/0.3/2.6 CH4 LCX140A0-4A7N2
2 168 153 112 90 110 2.5/0.3/2.8 CH5 LCX168A0-4A7N2

205 186 137 110 132 3.0/0.4/3.4 CH5 LCX205A0-4A7N2
2 261 237 174 132 160 4.0/0.4/4.4 CH5 LCX261A0-4A7N2
2
300 273 200 160 200 4.5/0.4/4.9 CH61 LCX300A0-4A7N2
385 350 257 200 250 5.5/0.5/6.0 CH61 LCX385A0-4A7N2
2 460 418 307 250 315 5.5/0.5/6.0 CH62 LCX460A0-4A7N2

520 473 347 250 355 6.5/0.5/7.0 CH62 LCX520A0-4A7N2
2 590 536 393 315 400 7.5/0.6/8.1 CH62 LCX590A0-4A7N2
2
2
2
2

2.13
540–675 Vdc Liquid Cooled Inverter Units, continued
LCX Liquid Cooled
Drives Drive Output
2
Current
Thermal Rated Cont. Rated Cont.
Motor Output Power
Optimum Motor Optimum Motor
Power Loss
c/a/T
2
Ith (A) IL (A) IH (A) at Ith 400 V (kW) at Ith 500 V (kW) (kW) Chassis Catalog Number
650 591 433 355 450 8.5/0.6/9.1 CH62 LCX650A0-4A7N2 2
730
820
664
745
487
547
400
450
500
560
10.0/0.7/10.7
12.5/0.8/13.3
CH62
CH63
LCX730A0-4A7N2
LCX820A0-4A7N2
2
920 836 613 500 600 14.4/0.9/15.3 CH63 LCX920A0-4A7N2 2
1030 936 687 560 700 16.5/1.0/17.5 CH63 LCXH10A0-4A7N2
1150 1045 766 600 750 18.4/10.1/19.5 CH63 LCXH11A0-4A7N2 2
2
1370 1245 913 700 900 15.5/1.0/16.5 CH64 LCXH13A0-4A7N2
1640 1491 1093 900 1100 19.5/1.2/20.7 CH64 LCXH16A0-4A7N2
2060 1873 1373 1100 1400 26.5/1.5/28.0 CH64 LCXH20A0-4A7N2
2
2300 2091 1533 1250 1500 29.6/1.7/31.3 CH64 LCXH23A0-4A7N2
2470 2245 1647 1300 1600 36.0/2.0/38.0 2*CH64 LCXH24A0-4A7N2 2
2950 2681 1967 1550 1950 39.0/2.4/41.4 2*CH64 LCXH29A0-4A7N2
3710 3372 2473 1950 2450 48.0/2.7/50.7 2*CH64 LCXH37A0-4A7N2 2
4140 3763 2760 2150 2700 53.0/3.0/66.0 2*CH64 LCXH41A0-4A7N2
2
710–930 Vdc Liquid Cooled Inverter Unit 2
Drive Output
Current Motor Output Power
2
Power Loss
Thermal
Ith (A)
Rated Cont.
IL (A)
Rated Cont.
IH (A)
Optimum Motor
at Ith 400 V (kW)
Optimum Motor
at Ith 500 V (kW)
c/a/T
(kW) Chassis Catalog Number 2
170
208
155
189
113
139
110
132
160
200
4.5/0.2/4.7
5.5/0.3/5.8
CH61
CH61
LCX170A0-5A7N2
LCX208A0-5A7N2
2
261 237 174 160 250 5.5/0.3/5.8 CH61 LCX261A0-5A7N2 2
325 295 217 200 300 6.5/0.3/6.8 CH62 LCX325A0-5A7N2
385 350 257 250 355 7.5/0.4/7.9 CH62 LCX385A0-5A7N2 2
2
416 378 277 250 355 8.0/0.4/8.4 CH62 LCX416A0-5A7N2
460 418 307 300 400 8.5/0.4/8.9 CH62 LCX460A0-5A7N2
502 456 335 355 450 10.0/0.5/10.5 CH62 LCX502A0-5A7N2
2
590 536 393 400 560 10.0/0.5/10.5 CH63 LCX590A0-5A7N2
650 591 433 450 600 13.5/0.7/14.2 CH63 LCX650A0-5A7N2 2
750 682 500 500 700 16.0/0.8/16.8 CH63 LCX750A0-5A7N2
820 745 547 560 800 16.0/0.8/16.8 CH64 LCX820A0-5A7N2 2
920
1030
836
936
613
687
650
700
850
1000
18.0/0.9/18.9
19.0/1.0/20.0
CH64
CH64
LCX920A0-5A7N2
LCXH10A0-5A7N2
2
1180 1073 787 800 1100 21.0/10.1/20.1 CH64 LCXH11A0-5A7N2
2
1300 1182 867 900 1200 27.0/1.4/28.4 CH64 LCXH13A0-5A7N2
1500 1364 1000 1050 1400 32.0/1.6/33.6 CH64 LCXH15A0-5A7N2 2
1700 1545 1133 1150 1550 N/A CH64 LCXH17A0-5A7N2
1850 1682 1233 1250 1650 34.2/1.8/36.0 2*CH64 LCXH18A0-5A7N2 2
2120
2340
1927
2127
1413
1560
1450
1600
1900
2100
37.8/2.0/39.8
48.6/2.5/51.1
2*CH64
2*CH64
LCXH21A0-5A7N2
LCXH23A0-5A7N2
2
2700 2455 1800 1850 2450 57.6/3.0/60.6 2*CH64 LCXH27A0-5A7N2 2
3100 2818 2066 2150 2800 N/A 2*CH64 LCXH31A0-5A7N2
2
2
2

Options
2
9000X Series Option Board Kits
2 The 9000X Series drives can accommodate a wide selection of expander and adapter option boards to
customize the drive for your application needs. The drive’s control unit is designed to accept a total of
2 five option boards.
2 The 9000X Series factory installed standard board configuration includes an A9 I/O board and an A2
relay output board, which are installed in slots A and B.
2 Option Boards Option Board Kits
2 Field
Installed
Factory
Installed SVX Ready Programs
Allowed Slot Catalog Option Local/
2 Option Kit Description 1 Locations 2 Number Designator Basic Remote Standard MSS PID Multi-P. PFC
Standard I/O Cards
2 B C
D E 2 RO (NC-NO) B OPTA2 — ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■
A
2 2 ext +24 Vdc/EXT +24 Vdc
Extended I/O Cards
2 2 RO, therm B OPTA3 A3 — ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■
■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■
2
Encoder low Volt +5 V/15 V/24 V C OPTA4 A4 —
Encoder high Volt +15 V/24 V C OPTA5 A5 — ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■
2 Dual encoder +15 V/24 V

6 DI, 1 DO, 2 AI, 1 AO
C
A
OPTA7
OPTA8
A7
A8
—
—
■
■
■
■
■
■
■
■
■
■
■
■
2 3 DI (encoder 10–24 V), out +15 V/+24 V,

C OPTAE AE ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■

2 1 AI (mA isolated), 2 AO (mA isolated),

B, C, D, E OPTB4 B4 — ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■
2 3 RO (NO) B, C, D, E OPTB5 B5 — — — — — ■ ■
2 1 RO (NO), 5 DI 42–240 Vac input B, C, D, E OPTB9 B9 — — — — — ■ ■
Modbus D, E OPTC2 C2 ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■
2 Johnson Controls N2 D, E OPTC2 CA — — — — — — —
2 PROFIBUS DP
LonWorks
D, E
D, E
OPTC3
OPTC4
C3
C4
■
■
■
■
■
■
■
■
■
■
■
■
■
■
2 PROFIBUS DP (D9 connector) D, E OPTC5 C5 ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■

Modbus (D9 Type connector) D, E OPTC8 C8 ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■
2 Modbus TCP D, E OPTCI CI ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■
Adapter—SPX only D, E OPTD1 D1 ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■
2 Adapter—SPX only D, E OPTD2V D2 ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■
2 RS-232 with D9 connection

Keypad
D, E OPTD3 D3 ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■
2 9000X Series standard keypad — KEYPAD-

STD
— — — — — — — ■
2 9000X Series remote mount keypad unit

(keypad not included, includes 10 ft cable,
— OPTRMT-
KIT-9000X
— — — — — — — —
keypad holder, mounting hardware)

2 Notes
2

2.13
2
LCX Products
2
General Specifications Ambient Conditions 2
Line voltage 400 to 500 Vac; 525 to 690 Vac; (–10% to 10%) Ambient operating temperature 14 °F (–10 °C), no frost to 122 °F (50 °C) at Ith
465 to 800 Vdc; 640 to 1100 Vdc; (–0 to 0%) 122 to 158 °F (50 to 70 °C), derating required
2
Frequency 50/60 Hz Storage temperature –40 °F to 158 °F (–40 to 70 °C)
Line voltage variation –10% to 10%
No liquid in heatsink under 32 °F (0 °C)
2
Relative humidity 5–96% RH, noncondensing, no dripping water
Input frequency variation 45–66 Hz
Continuous output current Rated current at incoming cooling liquid
Air quality Chemical vapors:
2
temperature of 30 °C
Output frequency 0–320 Hz
Mechanical particles:
IEC 721-3-3, unit in operation, class 3S2 (no conductive 2
dust allowed); No corrosive gases
2
Drive efficiency >95%
Altitude Up to 1,000 m: 100% load capacity (no derating)
Power factor (displacement) 0.96 Above 1,000 m: Derating of 1% per each 100 m required
Liquid coolant pressure 87 psi (6 bar) maximum Vibration EN 50178, EN 60068-2-6; 5–150 Hz
Displacement amplitude: 0.25 mm (peak) at 3–31 Hz
2
Liquid coolant flow rate 1.3 to 7.9 gal./min. (5 to 30 liter/min.)
minimum depending on drive size
Shock
Max. acceleration amplitude: 1G at 31–150 Hz
EN 50178, EN 60068-2-27, UPS drop test
2
Liquid coolant fittings Standard quick connect, NPT
2
(for applicable UPS weights)
Operating ambient temperature –10/50 °C Storage and shipping: Max. 15 g, 11 ms (in package)
Storage temperature –40/70 °C Enclosure class IP00 open frame standard in entire kW/hp range
Humidity 95% maximum (non-condensing) EMC
2
2
Altitude 3300 ft (1000 m) maximum without derating Immunity Fulfils all EMC immunity requirements
Enclosure IP00 Emissions EMC level N; EMC level T for IT networks
Warranty Standard terms, 3 years with certified start-up Safety 2
Mains Connection Approvals EN 50178, EN 60204-1, CE, UL, CUL, FI,
Input voltage (Vin) 400–500 Vac; 525–690 Vac; (–10%–10%) GOST R, IEC 61800-5
(See unit nameplate for more detailed approvals.)
2
465–800 Vdc; 640–1100 Vdc; (–0–0%)
Input frequency (fin) 45–66 Hz Control Connections
2
Connection to mains Once per minute or less (normal case) Analog input voltage 0 to +10 V, Ri = 200 kohm (–10 V to +10 V joystick control)
Motor Connection
Resolution 0.1%; accuracy ±1%
2
Analog input current 0(4)–20 mA, Ri = 250 ohm differential
2
Output voltage 0–Vin
Digital inputs 6 positive or negative logic; 18–24 Vdc
Continuous output current Rated current at nominal inflow cooling water
Auxiliary voltage +24 V, ±15%, max. 250 mA
2
temperature of 30 °C; Overload 2 sec./20 sec.
Starting current Rated current at 2 sec./20 sec. if output frequency Output reference voltage +10 V, +3%, max. load 10 mA
<30 Hz and temperature of heatsink <149 °F (65 °C)
2
Analog output 0(4)–20 mA, RL max. 500 ohm
Output frequency 0–320 Hz (standard); 7200 Hz (special software) Resolution 10 bits; accuracy ±2%
Digital outputs Open collector output, 50 mA/48V
Frequency resolution
Application dependent
Relay outputs Two programmable change-over relay outputs
2
Switching capacity: 24 Vdc/8 A, 250 Vac/8 A,
Control method Frequency control (V/f)
Open loop: Sensorless vector control
125 Vdc/0.4 A
2
2
Closed loop: Frequency control
Closed loop: Vector control Note
1 Derating required if higher switching frequency than the default is used.
Switching frequency Adjustable with parameter 2.6.9
480 V 1 Up to and including 61-Amp size: 2
1–16 kHz (factory default, 10 kHz)
From 72-Amp size:
1–12 kHz (factory default, 3.6 kHz)
2
2
575 V 1 1–6 kHz (factory default, 1.5 kHz)
Frequency reference Analog input: resolution 0.1% (10 bits); accuracy ±1%
Field weakening point

30–320 Hz
2
Acceleration time 0.1–3000 seconds 2
Deceleration time 0.1–3000 seconds
Braking torque DC brake: 30% x Tn (without brake option) 2
2

LCX Products, continued

2 Protections Protections, continued

Overvoltage protection Overcurrent protection Yes
2 480 V 911 V Motor overload protection Yes
575 V 1200 V Motor stall protection Yes
2 Undervoltage protection Motor underload protection Yes
480 V 333 V
2 575 V 461 V
Short-circuit protection
Liquid Cooling
Yes (+24 V and +10 V reference voltages)
2 Ground fault protection In case of ground fault in motor or motor cable,

only the drive is protected
Allowed cooling agents Drinking water
Water-glycol mixture
2
Mains supervision Trips if any of the input phases are missing (drives only)
Temperature of cooling agent 32 to 86 °F (0 to 30 °C) at Ith for input;
Motor phase supervision Trips if any of the output phases are missing 86 to 149 °F (30 to 65 °C)
Max. temperature rise during circulation: 9 °F (5 °C), no
2 Unit overtemperature protection
Alarm limit 149 °F (65 °C) for heatsink, 158 °F (70 °C) for circuit
condensation allowed
System max. working pressure 87 psi (6 bar)
2
boards
Trip limit 158 °F (70 °C) for heatsink, 185 °F (85 °C) for circuit System max. peak pressure 580 psi (40 bar)
boards
2 Pressure loss (at nominal flow) Varies according to size
2
Wiring Diagrams
2 Cooling System Diagrams
2 Example of a Typical Cooling System
2
2 30.0C 18.0C
2
2
2 Heat
Exchanger
2
2
2
35.4C 26.1C
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2

2.13
Example PI-Diagram of a Typical Cooling System and Connections
2
Cooling Water Inlet
Frequency
Converters
2
2
2
2
2
Cooling Water Outlet
2
2
2
Customer Delivery
2
2
I/O Board Diagrams
2
A9 Option Board Control Wiring
Basic I/O Board A9

2
+10 V ref 1
AI1+ 2 Reference 2
(voltage)
GND 3 2
AI2+ 4
AI2- 5
Reference
(current) 2
24Vout 6 Control Voltage Output 2
GND 7
DIN1 8
2
DIN2 9 2
DIN3 10 24V
CMA 11
GND 2
24Vout 12 2
GND 13
DIN4 14
2
DIN5 15 2
DIN6 16 24V
CMB 17 GND 2
AO1+ 18 0 (4)/20mA 2
AO1- 19
2
RL<500W
DO1 20 + V<+48V
I<50mA
2
Dotted lines indicate the connections for inverted signals
2
2
2

A2 Option Board Wiring

2
Basic Relay Board A2
2 RO1/1 21
2 RO1/2 22
RL
RO1/3
2
23 AC / DC
RO2/1 24 Switching:
2 RO2/2 25
<8 A / 24 Vdc
<0.4 A / 125 Vdc
2 RO2/3 26
<8 A / 250 Vac
<2 Arms
Continuous
2
2
2 Dimensions
LCX Drives
2 Chassis Size, CH3
2 W1
R2
H2
W2
2
2
2
2 Top
H1
2
2
2
2
H3 W3 D1 Bottom
R1
2 Front Side
2
Weight
Voltage Amps H1 H2 H3 D1 W1 W2 W3 R1 Dia. R2 Dia. Lbs (kg)
2
380–500 Vac 16–61 16.97 0.53 0.59 9.69 6.30 4.80 4.80 0.39 0.35 66 (30)
(431.0) (13.5) (15.0) (246.0) (160.0) (122.0) (122.0) (10.0) (9.0)
2
2
2
2
2
2
2

2.13
2
Chassis Size, CH4
W1
2
H2 R1
W2
2
2
2
2
H1 Top
2
2
2
H3
2
W3 R1 D1
Right Side Front Left Side

Bottom 2
Voltage Amps H1 H2 H3 D1 W1 W2 W3 R1 Dia. R2 Dia.
Weight
Lbs (kg)
2
380–500 Vac 72–140 19.41
(493.0)
0.49
(12.5)
1.77
(45.0)
10.14
(257.5)
7.60
(193.0)
3.35
(85.0)
5.24
(133.0)
0.39
(10.0)
— 77 (35)
2
2
Chassis Size, CH5
2
W1
W2 R1 2
2
2
2
H1 H3 Top 2
2
2
2
H2 2
W3 R1 D1 Bottom
2
Front Side

Weight
Lbs (kg)
2
380–500 Vac 168–261 21.77
(553.0)
1.30
(33.0)
19.88
(505.0)
10.39
(264.0)
9.69
(246)
3.94
(100.0)
7.87
(200.0)
0.51
(13.0)
— 88 (40) 2
2
2
2


2
Chassis Size, CH61
2 W1
2 R2 W2
2
2
2
2
H3 H1
Top
2
2
2 H2
2 R1
2 W3 D1

2
Bottom
Weight
2 Voltage
380–500 Vac
Amps
300–385
H1
25.91
H2
2.09
H3
23.23
D1
14.69
W1
9.69
W2
3.94
W3
5.91
R1 Dia.
0.55
R2 Dia.
0.51
Lbs (kg)
121 (55)
2
(658.0) (53.0) (590.0) (373.0) (246.0) (100.0) (150.0) (14.0) (13.0)
525–690 Vac 170–208
2
Liquid-Cooled Inverter—Chassis Size, CH62
2 W1
2 R2 W2
2
2
2
Top
2 H1 H3
2
2
2 H2
2 D1 W3 R1
2 Bottom Side Front

2 540–675 Vdc 460–730 26.50 2.0 23.23 14.69 9.69 3.94 5.91 0.55 0.51
(673) (53) (590) (373) (246) (100) (150) (14) (13)
2
710–930 Vdc 325–502

2.13
2
Chassis Size, CH63
H2
2
2
2
2
2
2
H3 H1
Top
2
2
2
R1
2
W2 D1
Bottom
W1 2
Weight
2
Voltage Amps H1 H2 H3 D1 W1 W2 R1 Dia. Lbs (kg)
380–500 Vac 820–1030 36.36 0.91 34.39 15.35 19.88 13.98 0.43 264 (120)
2
(923.5) (23.0) (873.5) (390.0) (505.0) (355.0) (11.0)
525–690 Vac 590–750
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2


2
Liquid-Cooled Inverter with Mounting Bracket, Chassis Size CH64, IP90
2
2
2
2
2
2 Bottom Top
2 H2
2
2
2
2
2 H3 H1
2
2
2
2
2
2 W2 W2 W2 R1
2 W1 D1

2 Voltage Amps H1 H2 H3 D1 W1 W2 R1 Dia.
2 540–675 Vdc 1370–4140 36.38

(924)
1.03
(26)
34.37
(873)
15.35
(390)
29.37
(746)
7.87
(200)
0.43
(11)
710–930 Vdc 820–3100
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2

2.13
2
Chassis Size, CH72
W1 R1 2
2
2
2
2
Top
H3 H1
2
2
2
2
2
Bottom
2
H2 W1 R2 D1 2
Front Side
Weight
2
Voltage Amps H1 H2 H3 D1 W1 R1 Dia. R2 Dia. Lbs (kg)
380–500 Vac 460–730 42.38 1.57 39.37 14.65 7.87 0.55 0.51 198 (90)
2
(1076.5) (40.0) (1000.0) (372.0) (200.0) (14.0) (13.0)
525–690 Vac 261–502
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2


2
Chassis Size, CH74
2 R2
2
2
2
2
2
2 Top
H1 H3
2
2
2
2
2
2 Bottom
H2
2 W2 W3 R1 D1
W4 W4
2 W1
Front Side
2 Weight
Voltage Amps H1 H2 H3 D1 W1 W2 W3 W4 R1 Dia. R2 Dia. Lbs (kg)
2 380–500 Vac 1370–2300 42.38 1.57 39.37 14.65 29.06 0.91 7.87 9.69 0.51 0.55 617 (280)
(1076.5) (40.0) (1000.0) (372.0) (738.0) (23.0) (200.0) (246) (13.0) (14.0)
2
525–690 Vac 820–1500
2 Control Unit
2 D1
D2
2 H2
2
2 H1 H3
2
2 Bottom
2 W1
Front Side Back
2 H1 H2 H3 D1 D2 W1
2 12.93
(328.5)
0.33
(8.5)
11.81
(300.0)
2.95
(75.0)
0.33
(8.5)
5.75
(146.0)

SPA/SPN/SPI Common DC Bus Drives
2.14
Contents
SPA/SPN/SPI Common DC Bus Drive Products
Description Page
2
SPA/SPN/SPI Common DC Bus Drives 2
Application Description . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V6-T2-436
Product Comparison . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V6-T2-436 2
Features . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V6-T2-437
Standards and Certifications . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V6-T2-437 2
2
Options . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V6-T2-441
Wiring Diagrams . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Dimensions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
V6-T2-444
V6-T2-445
2
2
2
2
Product Description 2
Eaton offers a comprehensive
range of common DC bus
Front-End Units Inverter Unit 2
The front-end units convert a The SPN (non-regenerative The SPI Inverter Unit is a
drive products. The product
family covers a number of
mains AC voltage and current
into a DC voltage and current.
front-end) unit is a uni-
directional (motoring) power
bidirectional DC-fed power
inverter for the supply and
2
front-end units and inverter The power is transferred from converter for the front-end control of AC motors. The
units in the entire power the mains to a common DC of a common DC bus drive inverter is supplied from a 2
range from 1-1/2 to 2000 bus (and, in certain cases, line-up. The device operates common DC bus drive line-
horsepower at 460 V and 690
V. The drive components are
vice versa). as a diode bridge using diode/ up. A charging circuit is 2
thyristor components. A needed in case a connection
built on the SPX technology. The SPA (active front-end)
unit is a bidirectional
dedicated external choke is
used at the input. The unit
to a live DC bus is required.
The DC side charging circuit
2
(regenerative) power
converter for the front end
has the capacity to charge a
common DC bus. This unit is
is integrated up to 75 kW
(FR4–FR8) and external 2
of a common DC bus drive suitable as a rectifying device for higher power ratings
line up. An external LCL filter when a “normal” level of (FI9–FI14). 2
is used at the input. This unit harmonics is accepted and
is suitable in applications
where low mains harmonics
no regeneration to the mains 2
is required.
are required.
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2

Application Description
2
The common DC bus product portfolio fulfills all solution demands with a flexible architecture.
2 Front end units are selected according to the level of harmonics and power requirements. Typical
drive system configurations are illustrated the following figures.
2 SPA + Inverters SPN + Inverters Combination Configuration
2 Active
Front End
Non-regenerative
Front End
Non-regenerative
Front End
Active
Front End
(SPA) (SPN) (SPN) Alternative (SPA) Alternative
2 3 3 3 3
2
2 2 2 2
2 Common DC Bus
2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2
2
2 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3
Inverter Inverter Inverter Inverter Inverter Inverter Inverter Inverter
2 ● Low harmonics, -Pmains ● Low total mains power, Common DC bus

~
~ +Pmains/Pmains < PINU Pmains < PINU components are used in a
2 ● Suitable for almost every ● Suitable e.g. for small
multitude of combinations.
Drives which are braking can
application processing line with
2 un- and recoiler, em-stop
transfer the energy directly to
the drives in motoring mode.
coasting
2
2 Product Comparison
2 Advantages over Conventional Front Ends
2 Eaton Front Ends vs. Conventional

Non-Regenerative Active Conventional
2
Front End Front End Regenerative Front End 1
Input device Choke (L) Filter (LCL) Choke or auto-transformer (L)
2 Bridge type Diode/thyristor bridge IGBT bridge, two-level type Anti-parallel connected thyristor bridge
Type of operation Controlled half-bridge High frequency modulation Firing angle controlled
2 (1.5 to 3.6 kHz)
Direction of power Motoring Motoring and regenerating Motoring and regenerating
2 Charging Constant current External required Usually internal
DC voltage Nominal (approx. 1.35 Stable at +10% of nominal Lowered DC voltage for commutation margin
2 alternative UN) (approx. 110% of 1.35
alternative UN)
(e.g. 17% fi approx. 83% of 1.35 alternative UN) or
autotransformer on regenerative bridge
2 THD Similar to six-pulse bridge

normal <40%
Very low Similar to six-pulse bridge or worse
2 Note
1 Conventional regenerative front end (a.k.a. “anti-parallel thyristor bridge”) is not available from Eaton.
2
2
2
2
2
2
2

2.14
Features
2
Standard Features
SPI SPA SPN
2
Feature FR4, 6, 7 FR8 FI9–FI14 FI9–FI14 FI9
2
IP00 — ■ ■ ■ ■
IP21 ■ — — — — 2
Air cooling ■ ■ ■ ■ ■
Standard board ■ ■ ■ ■ 2
Varnished board
Alphanumeric keypad
—
■
—
■
—
■
—
■
—
—
2
EMC class T (EN 61800-3 for IT networks) ■ ■ ■ ■ ■
2
Safety CE/UL ■ ■ ■ ■ ■
Input choke — — — — ■ 2
LCL filter — — — ■ —
No integrated charging — — ■ ■ — 2
Integrated charging (DC side)
Diode/thyristor rectifier
■
—
■
—
—
—
—
—
■
■
2
IGBT ■ ■ ■ ■ — 2
2
● CE 2
● UL
● cUL 2
EN 61800-5-1 (2003)
2
●
2
2
2
Active Front End
2
SPA 205 A 0 – 4 A 3 N 1
2
Product Family Board Modifications
SPA = Active Front End 1 = Standard boards 2
2 = Varnished boards
Current Rating 2
480 V 575 V Brake Chopper Options
205 = 205 A 125 = 125 A N = No brake chopper circuit 2
385 = 385 A 325 = 325 A
H10 = 1150 A 920 = 920 A
EMC Level 2
3 = IT network
Software Series 2
A = Standard
Keypad 2
A = Alphanumeric
Enclosure Rating
0 = Chassis
Voltage Rating
4 = 480 V 2
5 = 575 V
2
2
2

Non-Regenerative Front End

2
SPN 510 A 0 – 4 A 3 N 1
2
2 Product Family Board Modifications
SPN = Non-regenerative 1 = Standard boards
2 SPN = front end 2 = Varnished boards
2 Current Rating Brake Chopper Options

N = No brake chopper circuit
480 V/575 V
2 510 = 510 A
EMC Level
2 Software Series 3 = IT network
A = Standard
2 Keypad
A = Alphanumeric
2 Enclosure Rating
0 = Chassis
Voltage Rating
4 = 480 V
2 5 = 575 V
2
SPI Inverter Unit
2
SPI 016 A 1 – 4 A 3 N 1
2
2 Product Family Board Modifications
SPI = Inverter unit 1 = Standard boards
2 2 = Varnished boards
2 480 V (FR4–FR8)
Current Rating
575 V (FR6–FR8) Brake Chopper Options
N = No brake chopper circuit
2 003 = 3.3 A
007 = 7.6 A
031 = 31 A
038 = 38 A
003 = 3.2 A
004 = 4.5 A
022 = 22 A
027 = 27 A
009 = 9 A 061 = 61 A 005 = 5.5 A 034 = 34 A
2 012 = 12 A
016 = 16 A
071 = 72 A
087 = 87 A
007 = 7.5 A
010 = 10 A
041 = 41 A
052 = 52 A
EMC Level
023 = 23 A 105 = 105 A 013 = 13.5 A 062 = 62 A 3 = IT network
2 018 = 18 A 080 = 80 A
480 V (FI9–FI13) 575 V (FI9–FI14)
2 140 = 140 A
170 = 170 A
730 = 730 A
820 = 820 A
100 = 100 A
125 = 125 A
502 = 502 A
590 = 590 A
Keypad
A = Alphanumeric
205 = 205 A 920 = 920 A 144 = 144 A 650 = 650 A
2 245 = 245 A
300 = 300 A
H10 = 1030 A
H11 = 1150 A
170 = 170 A
208 = 207 A
820 = 820 A
920 = 920 A
Voltage Rating
2 385 = 385 A
460 = 460 A
H13 = 1300 A
H16 = 1600 A
261 = 261 A
325 = 325 A
H10 = 1030 A
H13 = 1300 A 4 = 480 V
520 = 520 A H19 = 1940 A 385 = 385 A H15 = 1500 A Enclosure Rating 5 = 575 V
2 590 = 590 A
650 = 650 A
H23 = 2300 A 460 = 460 A H19 = 1900 A 1 = NEMA Type 1/IP21
0 = Chassis
2
Software Series
2 A = Standard
2
2
2
2
2

2.14
Product Selection
2
Common DC Bus Drive
Products
SPA Active Front End 480 V
Low Overload (AC Current) High Overload (AC Current) Imax
2
Frame IL-cont (A) I1 min (A) IH-cont (A) I1 min (A) I2s (A) Catalog Number 2
FI9 261 287 205 308 349 SPA205A0-4A3N1
FI10 460 506 385 578 693 SPA385A0-4A3N1 2
2
FI13 1300 1430 1150 1725 2070 SPAH11A0-4A3N1
SPN Non-Regenerative Front End 480 V 2

2
Frame IL-cont (A) I1 min (A) IH-cont (A) I1 min (A) I2s (A) Catalog Number
FI9 520 572 460 690 828 SPN460A0-4A3N1 2
2
SPI Inverter Unit 480 V
Low Overload (AC Current) High Overload (AC Current) Imax 2
2
FR4 4.3 4.7 3.3 5 6.2 SPI003A1-4A3N1
9 9.9 7.6 11.4 14 SPI007A1-4A3N1 2
12 13.2 9 13.5 18 SPI009A1-4A3N1
FR6 16 17.6 12 18 24 SPI012A1-4A3N1 2
2
23 25.3 16 24 32 SPI016A1-4A3N1
31 34 23 35 46 SPI023A1-4A3N1
38 42 31 47 62 SPI031A1-4A3N1
2
46 51 38 57 76 SPI038A1-4A3N1
FR7 72 79 61 92 122 SPI061A1-4A3N1 2
87 96 72 108 144 SPI072A1-4A3N1
105 116 87 131 174 SPI087A1-4A3N1 2
FR8
FI9
140
170
154
187
105
140
158
210
210
280
SPI105A0-4A3N1
SPI140A0-4A3N1
2
205 226 170 255 336 SPI170A0-4A3N1 2
261 287 205 308 349 SPI205A0-4A3N1
300 330 245 379 444 SPI245A0-4A3N1 2
FI10 385 424 300 450 540 SPI300A0-4A3N1
460 506 385 578 693 SPI385A0-4A3N1
2
520 572 460 690 828 SPI460A0-4A3N1
2
FI12 590 649 520 780 936 SPI520A0-4A3N1
650 715 590 885 1062 SPI590A0-4A3N1 2
730 803 650 975 1170 SPI650A0-4A3N1
820 902 730 1095 1314 SPI730A0-4A3N1 2
2
920 1012 820 1230 1476 SPI820A0-4A3N1
1030 1133 920 1380 1656 SPI920A0-4A3N1
FI13 1150 1265 1030 1545 1854 SPIH10A0-4A3N1
2
1300 1430 1150 1720 2070 SPIH11A0-4A3N1
1450 1595 1300 1950 2340 SPIH13A0-4A3N1 2
FI14 1770 1947 1600 2400 2880 SPIH16A0-4A3N1
2150 2365 1940 2910 3492 SPIH19A0-4A3N1 2
2
2

SPA Active Front End 575 V

2 Common DC Bus Drive
Products Low Overload (AC Current) High Overload (AC Current) Imax
2
FI9 144 158 125 188 213 SPA125A0-5A3N1
2 FI10 385 424 325 488 585 SPA325A0-5A3N1

FI13 1030 1133 920 1380 1656 SPA920A0-5A3N1
2
SPN Non-Regenerative Front End 575 V
2 Low Overload (AC Current) High Overload (AC Current) Imax
2 FI9 600 660 510 732 888 SPN510A0-5A3N1
2 SPI Inverter Unit 575 V

2 Frame IL-cont (A) I1 min (A) IH-cont (A) I1 min (A) I2s (A) Catalog Number
FR6 4.5 5 3.2 5 6.4 SPI003A1-5A3N1
2 5.5 6 4.5 7 9 SPI004A1-5A3N1
7.5 8 5.5 8 11 SPI005A1-5A3N1
2 10 11 7.5 11 15 SPI007A1-5A3N1
2
13.5 15 10 15 20 SPI010A1-5A3N1
18 20 13.5 20 27 SPI013A1-5A3N1
2 22
27
24
30
18
22
27
33
36
44
SPI018A1-5A3N1
SPI022A1-5A3N1
2 34 37 27 41 54 SPI027A1-5A3N1
FR7 41 45 34 51 68 SPI034A1-5A3N1
2 52 57 41 62 82 SPI041A1-5A3N1
FR8 62 68 52 78 104 SPI052A0-5A3N1
2 80 88 62 93 124 SPI062A0-5A3N1
100 110 80 120 160 SPI080A0-5A3N1
2 FI9 125 138 100 150 200 SPI100A0-5A3N1
2
144 158 125 188 213 SPI125A0-5A3N1
170 187 144 216 245 SPI144A0-5A3N1
2 FI10
208
261
229
287
170
208
255
312
289
375
SPI170A0-5A3N1
SPI208A0-5A3N1
2 325 358 261 392 470 SPI261A0-5A3N1

385 424 325 488 585 SPI325A0-5A3N1
2 FI12 460 506 385 578 693 SPI385A0-5A3N1
502 552 460 690 828 SPI460A0-5A3N1
2 590 649 502 753 904 SPI502A0-5A3N1
650 715 590 885 1062 SPI590A0-5A3N1
2 750 825 650 975 1170 SPI650A0-5A3N1
2 FI13 920
1030
1012
1133
820
920
1230
1380
1476
1656
SPI820A0-5A3N1
SPI920A0-5A3N1
2 FI14
1180
1500
1298
1650
1030
1300
1464
1950
1755
2340
SPIH10A0-5A3N1
SPIH13A0-5A3N1
2 1900 2090 1500 2250 2700 SPIH15A0-5A3N1

2250 2475 1900 2782 3335 SPIH19A0-5A3N1
2 Line Reactor
2 Line Reactor for Non-Regenerative Front End (480/575 VV)
Watts Catalog
2 Amps Losses Number
600 493 CHK600
2
2

2.14
Options
2
The SVX Series drives can accommodate a wide selection of expander and adapter option boards to 2
customize the drive for your application needs. The drive’s control unit is designed to accept a total of
five option boards. 2
output board, which are installed in slots A and B. 2
Option Boards Option Board Kits
Field Factory
2
Allowed Slot Catalog Option Local/ 2
Standard I/O Cards 2
D E 2 RO (NC-NO) B OPTA2 — ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■
A B C
6 DI, 1 DO, 2 AI, 1 AO, 1 +10 Vdc ref, A OPTA9 — ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ 2
2 RO, therm B OPTA3 A3 — ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■
Encoder low volt +5 V/15 V24 V C OPTA4 A4 — ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ 2
Encoder high volt +15 V/24 V C OPTA5 A5 — ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■
Double encoder C OPTA7 A7 ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ 2
■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■
2
2 DO (pulse+direction)
6 DI, 1 ext +24 Vdc/EXT +24 Vdc B, C, D, E OPTB1 B1 — — — — — ■ ■ 2
1 AI (mA isolated), 2 AO (mA isolated), B, C, D, E OPTB4 B4 — ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ 2
3 RO (NO) B, C, D, E OPTB5 B5 — — — — — ■ ■ 2
1 RO (NO), 5 DI 42–240 Vac input B, C, D, E OPTB9 B9 — — — — — ■ ■ 2
2
Communication Cards 3
Modbus
Johnson Controls N2
D, E
D, E
OPTC2
OPTC2
C2
CA
■
—
■
—
■
—
■
—
■
—
■
—
■
—
2
Modbus TCP
BACnet
D, E
D, E
OPTCI
OPTCJ
CI
CJ
■
■
■
■
■
■
■
■
■
■
■
■
■
■
2
EtherNet/IP D, E OPTCQ CQ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■
2
PROFIBUS DP D, E OPTC3 C3 ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■
LonWorks D, E OPTC4 C4 ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ 2
CANopen (slave) D, E OPTC6 C6 ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ 2
Modbus (D9 type connector) D, E OPTC8 C8 ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ 2
Adapter D, E OPTD1 D1 ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■
Adapter D, E OPTD2V D2 ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ 2
RS-232 with D9 connection D, E OPTD3 D3 ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■
Keypad 2
■
9000X Series local/remote keypad
(replacement keypad)
— KEYPAD-
LOC/REM
— — — — — — —
2
9000X Series remote mount keypad unit — OPTRMT- — — — — — — — —
(keypad not included, includes 10 ft cable, KIT-9000X 2
keypad holder, mounting hardware)
9000X Series RS-232 cable, 13 ft — PP00104 — — — — — — — — 2
Notes
1 AI = Analog Input; AO = Analog Output, DI = Digital Input, DO = Digital Output, RO = Relay Output 2
2


2
2 SPA/SPN/SPI
2 Supply Connection
Input voltage Uin (AC) front end modules 380–500 Vac/525–690 Vac –10% to 10%
2 Input voltage Uin (DC) inverter 465–800 Vdc/640–1100 Vdc –0% to 0%, the waviness of the inverter supply voltage,
formed in rectification of the electric network’s alternating voltage in basic frequency,
2 must be less than 50 V peak-to-peak
Output voltage Uout (AC) inverter 3 ~ 0–Uin/1.4
2 Output voltage Uout (DC) active front end module 10.10 x 1.35 x Uin (factory default)
Output voltage Uout (DC) non-regenerative front end module 1.35 x Uin
2 Ambient operating temperature 14 (no frost) to 122 °F (–10 to 50 °C): IH

14 (no frost) to 104 °F (–10 to 40 °C): IL
2
Storage temperature –40 to 158 °F (–40 to 70 °C)
Relative humidity 0 to 95% RH, non-condensing, non-corrosive, no dripping water
2 Air quality
Chemical vapors IEC 721-3-3, unit in operation, class 3C2
2 Mechanical particles IEC 721-3-3, unit in operation, class 3S2

Altitude 100% load capacity (no derating) up to 1000 m
2 1% derating for each 100 m above 1000 m; max. 3000 m
Vibration 5–150 Hz
2 EN50178/EN60068-2-6 Displacement amplitude 0.25 mm (peak) at 3–15.8 Hz
Max acceleration amplitude 1G at 15.8–150 Hz
2 Shock
EN50178, EN60068-2-27
UPS Drop Test (for applicable UPS weights)
Storage and shipping: max 15 g, 11 ms (in package)
2 Cooling capacity required Approximately 2%

Cooling air required FR4 41 cfm, FR6 250 cfm, FR7 250 cfm, FR8 383 cfm
2 FI9 677 cfm, FI10 824 cfm, FI12 1648 cfm, FI13 2472 cfm
Unit enclosure class FR4–FR7 NEMA Type 1/IP21; FR8, FI9–FI14 chassis (IP00)
2 EMC (at fault settings)
Immunity Fulfill all EMC immunity requirements
2 Safety
2 Approvals
Control Connections
CE, UL, cUL, EN 61800-5-1 (2003), see unit nameplate for more detailed approvals
2 Analog input voltage 0–10 V, Ri = 200 kohms, (–10 V to 10 V joystick control)

Resolution 0.1%, accuracy ±1%
2 Analog input current 0(4)–20 mA, Ri = 250 ohms differential

Digital inputs 6, positive or negative logic; 18–30 Vdc
2 Auxiliary voltage +24 V, ±15%, max. 250 mA
Output reference voltage +10 V, +3%, max. load 10 mA
2 Analog output 0(4)–20 mA; RL max. 500 ohms; resolution 10 bits
Accuracy ±2%
2 Digital outputs Open collector output, 50 mA/48V
2
Relay outputs 2 programmable change-over relay outputs
2
2
2
2
2

2.14
SPA/SPN/SPI, continued
2
Protections
2
Overvoltage protection 480 V/911 Vdc, 575 V/1200 Vdc
Undervoltage protection 480 V/333 Vdc, 575 V/460 Vdc 2
Ground fault protection In case of ground fault in motor or motor cable, only the inverter is protected
Motor phase supervision Trips if any of the output phases is missing 2
Overcurrent protection
Unit overtemperature protection
Yes
Yes
2
Motor overload protection Yes 2
Motor underload protection Yes 2
Short-circuit protection of 24 V and 10 V reference voltages Yes
2
Input Fuses 2
SHT fuses can be assembled into same-size DIN fuse base.
2
SPA/SPN/SPI
Module 2
Component Frame Bussmann Fuse Type (aR) Size UN (V) IN (A) Qty.
Inverter Units 2
SPI003A1-4 FR4 170M1560 0 690 20 2
SPI007A1-4 FR4 170M1562 0 690 63 2
2
SPI009A1-4 FR4 170M1562 0 690 63 2
2
SPI012A1-4 FR6 170M1565 0 690 63 2
SPI016A1-4 FR6 170M1565 0 690 63 2 2
SPI023A1-4 FR6 170M1565 0 690 63 2
SPI031A1-4 FR6 170M1567 0 690 100 2 2
2
SPI038A1-4 FR6 170M1567 0 690 100 2
SPI061A1-4 FR7 170M1570 0 690 200 2
SPI072A1-4 FR7 170M1570 0 690 200 2
2
SPI087A1-4 FR7 170M1571 0 690 250 2
SPI105A0-4 FR8 170M3819 DIN1 690 400 2 2
SPI140A0-4 FR8 170M3819 DIN1 690 400 2
SPI170A0-4 FR8 170M3819 DIN1 690 400 2 2
SPI205A0-4
SPI245A0-4
FI9
FI9
170M6812
170M6812
DIN3
DIN3
690
690
800
800
2
2
2
SPI300A0-4 FI10 170M8547 3SHT 690 1250 2 2
SPI385A0-4 FI10 170M8547 3SHT 690 1250 2
SPI460A0-4 FI10 170M8547 3SHT 690 1250 2 2
SPI520A0-4 FI12 170M8547 3SHT 690 1250 2x2
SPI590A0-4 FI12 170M8547 3SHT 690 1250 2x2
2
SPI650A0-4 FI12 170M8547 3SHT 690 1250 2x2
2
SPI730A0-4 FI12 170M8547 3SHT 690 1250 2x2
SPI820A0-4 FI12 170M8547 3SHT 690 1250 2x2 2
SPI920A0-4 FI12 170M8547 3SHT 690 1250 2x2
SPIH10A0-4 FI13 170M8547 3SHT 690 1250 6 2
2
SPIH11A0-4 FI13 170M8547 3SHT 690 1250 6
SPIH13A0-4 FI13 170M8547 3SHT 690 1250 6
SPIH16A0-4 FI14 170M8547 3SHT 690 1250 2x6
2
SPIH19A0-4 FI14 170M8547 3SHT 690 1250 2x6
SPIH23A0-4 FI14 170M8547 3SHT 690 1250 2x6 2

SHT fuses can be assembled into same-size DIN fuse base.

2
SPA/SPN/SPI, continued
2 Module
Component Frame Bussmann Fuse Type (aR) Size UN (V) IN (A) Qty.
2 Active Front Ends

SPA205 A0-4 FI9 170 m6202 3SHT 1250 500 3
2 SPA385 A0-4 FI10 170 m6277 3SHT 1250 1000 3
2 SPAH10 A0-4 FI13

Non-Regenerative Front Ends
170 m6277 3SHT 1250 1000 3x3
2 SPN468 A0-4 FI9 170 m8547 3SHT 690 1250 3
2
Wiring Diagrams
2 SPA— SPN—Non-Regenerative SPI—Inverter Unit SPI—Inverter Unit
Active Front End Front End (FR4–FR8) (FI9–FI14)
2 380 – 500 Vac 380 – 500 Vac 425 – 800 Vdc 425 – 800 Vdc
L1 L1 DC+ DC+
2 L2
L3
L2
L3
DC- DC-
2 AFE -F1 NFE

INU DC+
-F1
DC- INU DC+
-F1
DC-
-F1
2 -F4
-K4
2 -L1.1
-K5
2 -L1.2
-V4
-L1
2 -U1
-R4
-U1
2
2 PE U V W PE U V W
2 -F2 -F2
425 – 600 Vdc 425 – 800 Vdc M M

2 DC+
DC-
DC+
DC-
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2

2.14
Dimensions
2
SPA/SPN/SPI 2
Weight
Frame Height Width Depth Lbs (kg) 2
Active Front Ends
FI9 40.6 (1030) 9.4 (239) 14.6 (372) 148 (67) 2
FI10
FI12
40.6 (1032)
40.6 (1032)
9.4 (239)
2 x 9.4 (2 x 239)
21.7 (552)
21.7 (552)
220 (100)
441 (200)
2
FI13 40.6 (1032) 27.9 (708) 21.8 (553) 674 (306) 2
FI14 40.6 (1032) 2 x 27.9 (2 x 708) 21.8 (553) 1348 (612)
Non-Regenerative Front Ends 2
FI9 40.6 (1030) 9.4 (239) 14.6 (372) 148 (67)
Inverter Units
2
FR4 11.5 (292) 5.0 (128) 7.5 (190) 11 (5)
2
FR6 20.4 (519) 7.7 (195) 9.3 (237) 35 (16)
FR7 23.3 (591) 9.3 (237) 10.1 (257) 64 (29) 2
FR8 29.8 (758) 11.4 (289) 13.5 (344) 106 (48)
FI9 40.6 (1030) 9.4 (239) 14.6 (372) 148 (67) 2
2
FI10 40.6 (1032) 9.4 (239) 21.7 (552) 220 (100)
FI12 40.6 (1032) 2 x 9.4 (2 x 239) 21.7 (552) 441 (200)
FI13 40.6 (1032) 27.9 (708) 21.8 (553) 674 (306)
2
FI14 40.6 (1032) 2 x 27.9 (2 x 708) 21.8 (553) 1348 (612)
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2

Eaton Catalog Vol06 - Tab02 - 18 10 2021

Uploaded by

Copyright:

Available Formats

Eaton Catalog Vol06 - Tab02 - 18 10 2021

Uploaded by

Document Information

Original Title

Copyright

Available Formats

Share this document

Share or Embed Document

Sharing Options

Did you find this document useful?

Is this content inappropriate?

Copyright:

Available Formats

Eaton Catalog Vol06 - Tab02 - 18 10 2021

Uploaded by

Copyright:

Available Formats

Adjustable Frequency Drives

2.1 Product Overview . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

2.4 PowerXL DC1 Series Drives . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V6-T2-24 2

Volume 6—Solid-State Motor Control CA08100007E—October 2021 www.eaton.com V6-T2-1

A Drive For Any Application

2 Single-phase input Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes — —

2 Maximum 230 V hp 15 125 125 125 — — 100 60 200 —

2 General purpose industrial

2 = Enclosed—consult Enclosed Drives Plant (Watertown, WI)

V6-T2-2 Volume 6—Solid-State Motor Control CA08100007E—October 2021 www.eaton.com

Single-phase input Yes — Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes —

General purpose HVAC drives

Volume 6—Solid-State Motor Control CA08100007E—October 2021 www.eaton.com V6-T2-3

Product Selection Guide

2 Applications Applications Applications Applications

2 Description Description Description Description

2 solution for variable speed. The VSS is

Enclosure Enclosure Enclosure Enclosure

V6-T2-4 Volume 6—Solid-State Motor Control CA08100007E—October 2021 www.eaton.com

Applications Applications Applications Applications 2

Offering/Range Offering/Range Offering/Range Offering/Range 2

Volume 6—Solid-State Motor Control CA08100007E—October 2021 www.eaton.com V6-T2-5

Product Selection Guide

Applications Applications Applications

2 Description Description Description

Offering/Range Offering/Range Offering/Range

2 Open IP20, IP21, IP54

V6-T2-6 Volume 6—Solid-State Motor Control CA08100007E—October 2021 www.eaton.com

Applications Applications Applications Applications

12-pulse drive 18-pulse drive 18-pulse drive Regenerative drive 2

Offering/Range Offering/Range Offering/Range Offering/Range 2

Volume 6—Solid-State Motor Control CA08100007E—October 2021 www.eaton.com V6-T2-7

Product Selection Guide

2 when air-cooling would be difficult or

2 Open IP00 Open IP00, IP21

V6-T2-8 Volume 6—Solid-State Motor Control CA08100007E—October 2021 www.eaton.com

construction that can be enclosures available built-in with functional

Volume 6—Solid-State Motor Control CA08100007E—October 2021 www.eaton.com V6-T2-9

Catalog Number Selection

2 1D6 = 1.6 A, 0.25 hp, 0.18 kW

V6-T2-10 Volume 6—Solid-State Motor Control CA08100007E—October 2021 www.eaton.com

115 V—Single-Phase Input

Volume 6—Solid-State Motor Control CA08100007E—October 2021 www.eaton.com V6-T2-11

PowerXL DM1 PRO Series Drives

2 FR2 2.2 3 11 4 5 17.5 DM1-32011NB-S20S

2 1.5 2 4.3 2.2 3 5.6 DM1-344D3NB-S20S

V6-T2-12 Volume 6—Solid-State Motor Control CA08100007E—October 2021 www.eaton.com

PowerXL Series—DM1 NEMA 1 Plenum Rated Kits 2

Volume 6—Solid-State Motor Control CA08100007E—October 2021 www.eaton.com V6-T2-13

2 7 B RS-485 signal B — Fieldbus communication (Modbus RTU, BACNet)

2 9 AI1– Analog input 1 ground — Analog input 1 common (ground)

V6-T2-14 Volume 6—Solid-State Motor Control CA08100007E—October 2021 www.eaton.com

Volume 6—Solid-State Motor Control CA08100007E—October 2021 www.eaton.com V6-T2-15

PowerXL DM1 Series Specifications, continued

2 Control section Control voltage

2 Specification Switching capacity:

2 BACnet MSTP Onboard (DM1 PRO only)

2 SmartWire D/T Onboard (DM1 PRO only)

V6-T2-16 Volume 6—Solid-State Motor Control CA08100007E—October 2021 www.eaton.com